Service Course AutoCargo 2000

AutroCARGO 2000
Service 1
AutroCARGO 2000
Course 2 Brochures: Cargo handling systems
Feature Leaflet: Radar-based level gauging
AutroCARGO 2000
3 Data Sheets: GL-100, NL-300, NL-190,
· 'AiutroCARGO 2000 NL-196, ExLON, GC-90, GL7NL4
Cargo Monitoring
& AutroCARGO 2000
!,'
4 Preinstallation Manual
Control System "
AutroCARGO 2000
5 System Description
AutroCARGO 2000
6 User's Manual
Appendix: Calibration of Pressure Sensors
Pressure Transm.. series GT-300/200
Brochure: GT-300 Pressure Transmitters
7 Data Sheets: GT-302, GT-302/LNG, GT-303,
GT-304,GT•256, GT-257
I<ONGSBERG Pressure Transmitters series GT-300
8 Technical Information
Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS and Application Guidelines
··.,_; N-7005 Trondheim
Norway. Pressure Transmitters series GT-200
9 Technical Information
Phone: +47 73 58 10 00 and Application Guidelines
Fax: +47 73 58 10 02
E-mail: autronica.service@kmss.no
Sensors and Transmitters
lnternett: 10 Brochure: Sensors and Transmitters
http://www.kongsberg.com
Temperature Sensors
11 Data Sheets: MN-1535, Pt-100 (Pt-1000)
Sales office:
P.O. Box 1009
N-3194 Horten
Norway 12 Misc.
Phone: +47 33 03 20 00
Fax: +47 33 04 22 50
·~·
AGENDA
AutroCARGO 2000 I GL-90 SERVICE I TRAINING COURSE
Part 1 : 24 - 28 February 2003 (week 9 )
Part 2: 3 - 4 March 2003 (week 10)
Participants : Francisco Valero Sedni Control Spain

Jose Garcia Hernandez Sedni Control Spain
Stig Martinsen Sedni Control Spain
Gerdo Rutten KMSS Holland
Arjan Paans KMSS Holland
Steinar Fenes KMSS Trondheim
Kjell Espen Ringen KMSS Horten
Accommodation in Trondheim :Britannia Hotel, Address : Dronningens gt 5, 7011 Trondheim,

Tr~nsportation: From hotel to KMSS ( Autronica ): 08:45, Return to hotel: 16:10
Date & Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

(place\
Mbnday Radar based level gauging
24 Februarv NL-300 Presentation program
09.00 - 09.30 Introduction - learning objectives 0. Juul
( D-room)
09.30-10.15 GL-100 Radar based level gauging - characteristics, -0:Jensen
(D-room) principle and design .
..,..--. .
10.15 -10.30 Goffe Break 15 min
·.~ ;o.3o -12.00 GL-100 Radar based level gauging - continues 0.Jensen
D-room)
12.00-13.00 Lunch
13.00 -14.15 Overview of NL-300 Robert Larsen
(U-room) Configuration I back-up of NL-300
14.15 -14.30 Coffee Break 15 min

14.30-16.00 Configuration I back-up of NL-300 - continues Robert Larsen
(U-room) Practical exercises NL-300
-
Oate_.·&.T_i_me Subject Responsible I Lecturer

(place) · .
Tuesday The AutroCARGO 2000 system

25 Februa~ Pressure transducers & Temp. sensors
09.00-10.15 Presentation A~troCargo 2000 R. Slettes101
'U-room'
10.15-10.30 Coffee Break-15 min
10.30 -12.00 Pressure transducers - characteristics, principles and KAaen
(U-room) design.Installation guides I checking I fault finding
12.00 -13.00 Lunch

13.00-14.15 Pressure transducers- continues K.Aaen
IU-room 1
14.15-14.30 Coffee Break 15 min
14.30-15.00 Pressure transducers - continues KAaen
tU-room 1
15.00-16.00 Temp. sensors - characteristics, principles and KAaen
(U-room) design.Installation guides I checking I fault finding
Date &Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

(olacel
Wednesday GL-100 Level gauge
26 FebruaN GLK-100 Slnnal nrocesslnn unit
09.00-10.15 GLK-100 I EX-LON Configuration program B.M. F•leide
. IU-room 1
.. 10.30 -12.00 GLK-100 Configuration data S. Pettersen
: 'U-room 1
12.00-13.00 Lunch
13.00-14.15 GLK~100 Practical exercises S.Svendsen
1u-room 1
14.30 -16.00 GLK-100 Practical exercises - continues S.Svendsen
'U-room \
'
Date& Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

(clacel
Thursday GLK-100 Signal processing unit
27 Februant EA-300 Mlcrocomcuter
09.00-10.15 GLK -100 Practical exercises - continues S.Svendsen
(U-room l
10.15 ·10.30 Coffee Break 15 min
10.30 ·12.00 GLK -100 Practical exercises - continues S.Svendsen
CU-room l
12.00 -13.00 Lunch
13.00-14.15 CPU-unit EAC-300 N. Fmseth
(U·room)
14.30 ·16.00 CPU-unit EAC-300. continues N. Freseth
CU-room l
Date & Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

(place)
Friday NL-190 Graphic display
28 Februarv EA-300 Microcomputer
09.00 ·10.15 Back up display NL-190 N.Fmseth
CU-room l
10.30 • 12.00 Practical exercises EAC-300, NL-190 N.Freseth
CU-room)
12.00 ·13.00 Lunch
13.00-14.15 Practical exercises EAC-300, NL-190- continues N.Fnaseth
CU-room l
14.30 • 15.30 Practical exercises EAC-300, NL-190- continues N.Fr0seth
(U-room)
15.30-16.00 End of Part 1 /Summing up All lecturers
CU-room)
Date& Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

(place)
Monday The GL-90 System , EA-Microcomputer
3 March NL-200 Alarm presentation svstem
09.00 ·10.15 The GL-90 System A.Gundersen
CU-room l
10.15-10.30 Goffe Break 15 min

10.30 ·12.00 The GL-90 System - continues A.Gundersen
{U-room) .
12.00 ·13.00 Lunch

13.00 ·14.15 The EA - Microcomputer for the GL-90 system A.Gundersen
(U-room l
14.30-16.00 NL-200 AJann presentation system A.Gundersen IR. Kvalvlk
(U-room l
Date&Tlme Subject Responsible I Lecturer

(place)
Tuesday Old EX-LON
4 March NL-4/ GL-7
09.00 -10.15 Old EX-LON system R.Kvalvik I A.Gundersen
C"Hiemet"l
10.30 -12.00 NL-4 / GL-7 ( 95% & 98% High al. system) R.Kvalvik I A.Gundersen
C"Hiemet"l
12.00 ·13.00 lunch
13.00 ·14.15 Practical exercises R.Kvalvik I A.Gundersen
!"Hiemen
14.30 ·15.30 Practical exercises R.Kvalvik I A.Gundersen
("Hiernen
15.30 - 16.00 End of Part 2 / Summing up All lecturers
l"Hiemen
Host and course supervisor : 0istein Juul
\kurs\agent-servicekurs\lastsystemer\agenda-autrocargo2000-Gl-90-w09y03-A.doc
Kongsberg Maritime '
SERVICE REPORT 24/7 Follow the Sun Support:
Norway: +47 3303 2407
KM·TMPL-9505 Revl2 Singapore: +65 9862 2881
USA: +1 S04 712 7906
I<ONGSBERG
E-mail: km.support@kongsben:;.com
CUSTOMER: VESSEi./ FACTORY/ SITE: PAGE:
Obis Ship manageme nt Sincere 2of4
LOCATION: ENGINEER: DATE:
Fujairah anch. SHYJISH 2018-10-18
WORK ORDER/ CUSTOMER PO: KM ACCOUNT/ PROJECT No.: . SERIAL No./ IMO No./ INST. NQ.:
M42-11790
6. TECHNICAL REPORT
A: Inspection vlsist : Cargo tank radars , temperature, pressure erratic Indication::~· Status : OK
1. Customer Fault Description

Problems with various tanks Ullage, temperature, pressure.
2. Technical Report
1·UF;;
Attended the vessel at Fujairah Anchorage. Below problems observed onboarcf! ( 1 ii'!: ii
;. '.'- ! -' ' d ' -~ "
1) COT 3P Ullage, pressure, temperature showing erratic. L · i 1!!,) i
Main reason for this issue is identified as malfunctioning of GLK processing Unit.iii:· .
The tank radar installed for this tank was found in good condition.
1
; '.I ii;:· ,
Received an old GLK-100 processing card from the vessel. Re-configured this ta rd;forkOT3P and connected.
1
The Ullage indication started showing proper. , i: ·: ,, I

pressure transmitter - Shows big deviation from actual; This Is suggested to, be ieplaced.
'': !•'''·1'' ·:'
Temperature converter unit-Showing erratic, To be ordered and replaced;: ' IJ'i:! :' ;,:
2) lS-Shows slow performance, incorrect Indication for radar. • '[,ii·.. ' 'i'i!Ji'f .·
GLKshowsextremeslowperformance-Tobereplaced. . , 'n;:: '!:'ii;,
' ;;:,-.;')-.·p;::-1',
·.
Taken the radar reflections from tank Radar electronics isn't responding prope~ly 7 ;GLAlOO/SSFl to be replaced.
,., !I
3) Radar ullages shows erratic. 6P , .·W ',','

Tried taking the reflection diagrams, to check radar performance .GLH 92/1 radar~lectronics to be replaced.
4) COT17 -Service tank-The temperature converter module to be replaced fa! th~i~.;1 ·
!: :;;\!'.::;
~ l ~ I!! I ~- i-
B: WSl doest not start up - Status: OK/Closed.
1. Customer Fault Description

WS·l NL300 computer does not start up. ,1,1 11' '
2. Technical Report
'';lll
Carried out the troubleshooting, understood that the licence file could not pe,EJ , ~.
ii
.
j .1'
lb the time/date confllct In the
'i\/nJ1ti i , , ' 9'.#eration.''
!
1 1
computer. correct configuration are entered, restarted the computer. The · •
Comments: The NL300 Workstation computers are almost 16+years old. ws:-ip ,,i~: i I· ~I
These computers are suggested to be replaced at the earliest based on the faO,:, ,f:\'.a ~ , ' cdmputers are obsolete and in case.of · ,
.
any unexpected failures, the spares parts/support will hot be possible. And flnW'~~' ' : ~?mputers with matching ·i
1 1
software/platform can be time consuming process. ) !Ji, 1
':•
:111 ' ..•• ' 'i

;l~ l '. ' .
lii ;
7. REPORTED WHILE ON·BOARD ·NIL '~·~~ '·
.
!i~lt.~~--.;
... .-'l ~
·'.!
Date: KM representative signature: Work accept~
Printed : _.Jl-f~f,t
SHYJISH SREEDHARAN
:/:.::,
.,(,'!:.\,,·.; ..
·:1
>
Kongsberg Maritime
SERVICE REPORT . ,I .
24/7 Follow the Sun Suppor:t:
Norway:
Singapore:
+47 3303 2407
+65 9862 288i : .
•
:_r ·-
KM·TMPL-9505 Rev12
USA: +1 504 71Z:i906 • . :[1: ,
KONGSBERG
.-,.i-- E~mall: km.support@konRsberC:con1
CUSTOMER: VESSEL/ FACTORY/ SITE: PAGE:
Obis Ship manageme nt ,3of4
:~
LOCATION:
Fujairah anch.
DATE:
2018-10-18 ; . · )r>
WORK ORDER/ CUSTOMER PO: SERIAL No./ IMO No;/ INST. Nci'.:
M42-11790
8. SAFETY INFORMATION
(To be completed by the customer)
,...--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--'-'"'~2:!.'!'~--'-'"''--~~~~~~~~--'-'"'c__.;·
Did the attending KM engineer have all the necessary Personal Protective Equipmi?~t?i Yes 0 No 0 T
,__---------------------------~-~~--------+--------!:
Was the attending KM engineer given an on-board safety briefing on emergency situations and evacuation? Yes Di No 0 \'
,__W_a_s_t_h_e_a_tt_e_n_d-ln~g~K-M_e_n~g-ln_e_e_r=ln-t-ro_d_u_c_e_d_t_o_o_n_-b_o_a_r_d~W-o_r_k_P~e~rm-lt-/S_a_f_e~Jo-b-.~,y-s-te-.m-,-?-',-,~-------+-Y-e_s_O_•.-,-,-,N-o-0-,-•.-1 i
9. SATISFACTION SURVEY
(To be completed by the customer)
Overall experience with Kongsberg Maritime engineer? Roor: 0 Fair: 0 Good: 0 !EXcellehti.HJ . :: ·
Overall experience with product functionality? Fair: o Good: D '.EXcellent::o '
Additional Comments:
SHYJISH SREEDHARAN
Kongsberg Maritime
Norway: +47 3303 2407
KM-TMPL-9505 Rev12 Singapore: +65 9862 2881
USA: +1 504 712 7906
KOl\l.GSBERG km.supeort@kongsbers.com
CUSTOMER: VESSEL/ FACTORY/ SITE: PAGE:
Obis Ship management Sincero 1 of4
Fujairah anch. SHYJISH 2018-10-18
WORK ORDER/ CUSTOMER PO: KM ACCOUNT/ PROJECT No.: SERIAL No. /IMO No./ INST. No.:
, ·.· M42-11790
1. MAIN PURPOSE OF VISIT

' '-~·)· ,;{:;:·;-; _; :;
A: Inspection vlsist : Cargo tank radars, temperature, pressure erratic lndlcatl~Hi}!:~t~fus : OK
B: WSl doest not start up - Status: OK/Closed. '11'; !;: .
ADDITIONAL CASES
X: NIL
2. REPORTED WHILE ON-BOARD

1:
3. AFTER SERVICE VISIT

3.1. Update Cases.
3.2. Update documentation.
3.3. Complete after service checklist.
3.4. Debrief with KM Responsible.
4. SPARE PARTS DELIVERED BY KM SERVICE ENGINEER
Qty Item Name Item No. Serial No.
5. SYSTEM DETAILS
Software release upgrade D Software - ConfiisUr'atiqn 'changes 181
System Old SW release New SW release Recovery/Back~p'ifate:. · Updated System Backup
GLK 2.4.2
Hardware changes D
What was tested: GLlOO system performance

How was it tested:
Who witnessed the test: Ship Staff.
OS details: WS-WS100
KM representative signature:
SHYJISH SREEDHARAN
·''i
.~'.; .~ ;i
Kongsberg Maritime},·.
.:,:~,~ '. ·. .':J~., f 11
j :j
SERVICE REPORT 24/7 Follow the Sun SuppOrt~ - ;·
Norway: +47 3303 2407: i
.:;;; ·
- · ·{=[
1
l '.)
Singapore: +65 9862 2881 :• ~ .;
KM-TMPL-9505 Rev12
KONGSBERG
USA: +1504 712'7.906. .. f' . ..
E-mail: km.supeorf&iiikongsbefi~eoni :{
CUSTOMER: VESSEL/ FACTORY/ SITE:
Obis Ship manageme nt Sincere
::~ '
Fujairah anch. SHYJISH .. 2018-10-18 ' ..·.· . . .·: . :·
WORK ORDER/ CUSTOMER PO: KM ACCOUNT/ PROJECT Nq./ ·ii ; c; SERIAL No./ IMO No,/ lf\IST.[llC!;: j i
!L·(!' i --)·:·:.: -:_,:_,-. --JJ:: :. "f.;
M42- 11790 t ,;{. ·: ' : -:,/~J.
:~r
LOP/In-House Time
Day/Date
Off-/On-Shore TIMESHEET From-Tdc
17.10.2018 Preparation for service
18.10.2018
Thursday Travel to vessel 0800-1200
Work On board 1200-1700
Travel Back
Afterwork/documentation
Date: KM representative signature:

2018-10-18
SHYJISH SREEDHARAN
Kongsberg Maritime
Norway:
Singapore:
+47 3303 2407
+65 9711 2407
KM-TMPL-9505 Rev.9
KON GS BERG USA' +1 S04 712 7906
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-:-c:-:-:-::c--:::-:--:=-:c:-~c=:,---~~~~~~~-':'E-~m=•l~l'~~Akm...,..su~p~p~ort~@"'°'ko~n~~~be~r~g.~co~m,_
\,_) CUSTOMER: VESSEL/FACTORY/SITE: PAGE:
Obis Ship Management M/T SINCERO 4 of 4
Fujairah Anchorage, U.A.E Darren Than 2016-08-02
WORK ORDER/ CUSTOMER PO: KM ACCOUNT/ PROJECT No.: SERIAL No.:/ IMO No.:/ INST. No.:
M42-11790
LOP/In-House Time Hours

Day/Date
Off-/On-Shore TIMESHEET From-To
01/08/2016 In-House Preparing for attendance+ pre-progarmming of spare HOD 08:00-12:00
Off-Shore Travel to Fujairah Port+ Port Clearance 0800-1000

Travel to Vessel by Service Boat 1000-1200
02/08/2016 Working on board 1200-1400
After Work 12:00-14:00
03/08/2016
'
Work Time:
Waiting
Time:
Note: Travel time and after work will be added Travel Time:
Date: KM repres tative signature:

Printed:
Signature:
Kongsberg Maritime

Norway:
Singapore:
+47 3303 2407
+65 9711 2407
- KM-TMPL-9505 Rev.9
USA: +1 504 712 7906
KONGSBERG E-mail: km.supDort@kongsberg.com
CUSTOMER: VESSEL/FACTORY/SITE: PAGE:
Obis Ship Management M/TSJNCERO 3 of 4
M42-11790
8. SAFETY INFORMATION
To be filled out by Client Representative
Did the attending KM engineer have all the necessary Personal Protective Equipment? Yes D NoD
Was the attending KM engineer given an on-board safety briefing on emergency situations and evacuation? Yes D NoD
Was the attending KM engineer introduced to on-board Work Permit/Safe Job system? Yes D NoO
Did the attending KM engineer positively contribute to a good HSE culture by providing HSE observations? Yes D NoD
Did the attending KM engineer comply with all the on-board HSE rules? Yes D NoD
Additional HSE Comments:
9. Satisfaction Survey
To be filled out by Client Representative
Satisfaction survey. Please rate the service (1 =dissatisfied, 5 =excellent): 1: D 2: D 3: D 4: D 5: D
Comments (if not 5, what would it take for us to reach 5):
Date: KM repre entative signature:
Signature:
I
Kongsberg Maritime
- SERVICE REPORT 24/7 Follow the Sun Support:
Norway: +47 3303 2407
Singapore: +65 97112407
KM-TMPL-9505 Rev.9
USA: +1504 712 7906
KON GS BERG
E-mail: km.support@kongsberg.com
CUSTOMER: VESSEL/FACTORY/SITE: PAGE:
Obis Ship Management M/TSINCERO 2 of4
Fujairah Anchorage, U.A.E Darren Than 2016-08·02
M42-11790
6. SYSTEM DETAILS
Software release upgrade 0 Software - Configuration changes 0

System Old SW release New SW release Recovery/Backup Date Updated System Backup
·.•on~site/ori.B§aid. · In office
••••••••••••
•
Hardware changes 0 Hardware - Configuration changes 0

System OldHW New HW Old Configuration New Configuration
What was tested:

How was it tested:
Who witnessed the test: I Time for testing:
7. TECHNICAL REPORT
WS-2 Hard disk failure
Travelled to Fujairah Port and embarked the vessel as requested.
Upon arrival, checked the WS-2 NL300 Computer and found that the PC was having Non System Disk Error.
Checked the settings in the BIOS and found all the settings were correct
Restarted the PC and found the PC has started automatically and NL300 was loaded automatically.
Therefore, concluded that the WS-2 PC is operational and reported issue was fixed.
v As agreed earlier with the Customer, although the scope was to replace the HDD on WS-2, WS-2 was found working
satisfactory during attending Engineer present.
However, due to the age of the PC, agreed with Chief Engineer to leave the spare HDD which was already
preprogramed to enable the Crew to replace whenever the existing HDD become defective.
Software/configuration changes: NIL
Date: KM represe tative signature:
Signature:
I
Kongsberg Maritime
:, SERVICE REPORT 24/7 Follow the Sun Support:

Norway: +47 3303 2407
Singapore: +65 97112407
KM-TMPL-9505 Rev.9
USA: +1 S04 712 7906
KONGSBERG E~mail: km.supDort@kongsberg.com
\___,! CUSTOMER: VESSEL/FACTORY/SITE: PAGE:
Obis Ship Management M/TSINCERO 1 of4
M42-11790
1. MAIN PURPOSE OF VISIT
1.1. REPORTED WHILE ON BOARD
2. TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY
3. SPARE PARTS DELIVERED BY KM SERVICE ENGINEER

"-'
Qty Item Name Item No. Serial No. Comment
1 8GB Flash Disk 364743 BCA113070401000Sl Supplied as replacement HDD for WS-2
4. WORK DUE FOR NEXT SERVICE

1. Follow up on outstanding issues
2. Update documentation on-board
5. AFTER WORK
1. Document changes and update revision
2. General Service closing tasks.
Date:
Signature:
c;
a...c. c ""<L c.. c. ( ~L 0 c
0 w~·c..~ '~ Q \c...y> s '~

~<.>{I.. \\-<._ '":."-<A\ O"'- \__,,
(_\, \_c____; (_6 '.\ '!. )
( r-~ (. , e j ~ b h-e eicc,l--rcc, [e_ )
~ l V..~<>::.r~-<- - \ o'.l,O v-.. \.c "-"'--
\ M?c. = Iv '""'~""
10 Me\.e(l.. o~ we = o;D'C,JJoG/ (Y)p~
,._/ I ~c..CL ~ --(l.. · evea.\.\ '\-0, I~') «1e\-8<>~ Uc.~ Ccu_,.. .,,""- n
\ (J \'V1 C'. \_-1h WC :: 0 ,(• j i.SJo (7 fl1f'c_
1 \):,r.... -=- ' , o 1 s+z '-'r Ic.. 1vi '- .

Kongsberg Maritime
f0 c- "'""--"". "'-.) -="'.:> \C';,. 'flJ, "'-<.. c. (:+,,_..: ,,). KONGSBERG
I\~ s c; yZ. \ , \ V\ ':) !-\ ""''- ~ c.. ... A C..:<i!. \... c"'
\'.) ~-s s '--~"-a\ ~\ --\ (cv--\,...'.'.) "-\l3 cc ~ I-\ l'2> oOeKpeRt

.. ( Q~\·V\I S ~\Z C.. \..c.. )(.._
'...,/
s L~\...( V"\~ c G.V' \...-. ".'J ."'- . . . . . . '-"

L'::::> y .,.._cv\ \... c... \.'-- \ c ~ \ \'\
G.(Jolo..kl 1'2i \/~. .~s _

-----D MPY\ iJ'.e00~ c:Ack~SE:..
~ ~e ."° \. ;\,~ }.~ 'P-+<-\, '"' .S~
~
KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS

Haakon VIl's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.kongsberg.com
Foretaksreglsteret No 982 762 529 MVA Bank Account Ship Control 7058 06 84023
\00.C\.E>{,i-e o\ fY'cJe
··-
.:_::A c..c..,..,f>'"""-"' ii<. 2) '0\-en. \.JCA.\s. ~
=~ 100U. s.
\..A.') \. h '.)
/\ll:soo
~ " """ o\ c '\,) :I
~\ "'-c:y).
a~ {f ~~ 0!)0 Sehr(¥) .
\46//l{(ll. T;'ti"fft_{{~-1-
~···
L.f' G .SJ NGfl..M c-.. L JA If"\ '-' ""'- ."'- ~") A ""'('> ·«r·
lA ·
1 ""° O
OvL
-·v~rZ~e ·
lf"'l ('., t\\v.""-c_
···...,_,/
!.... rz..0 0 "(,..
i\1\1'1
1'Vli1 j '2..0 0 cc
(;f _soo senenc:.,L

~
I ..:J en5\·"e '«..CC>.f"V'I o..-rpL....c..c.G.i:.Y'I). S\cAe ~ V'\:J _
2. ~ ~e\ Mee-') u.. "1.e '{\--\81"'\ \-""' ~ S.C<Z.v \ c. e kn Ls
-r0
~w\;\c:.. '?. \_ rLA""""'P flfLesS"---"'l.e
\JeV"'c..\'\. w."':J .:.'(> ~ ~ 'c-"' \;
~ ~cJ,A.c...<;, \_ '\- lb"""'~ ~k \-e vt:' \
[)ytc..~ L I }ru:""' I Lt~~ .
q ~ c~YLSo l(\Ae. ~w; •Sc,l o\ (?tLc.) <;.~iLQ.. .
•.._;.-
I
c r
\
\:.. '- "-- '" '->. '(\_ ._
..
1\ Mh CV'(. ~ t \/'(\ .· Uf -\-•ctt>-'-"'- ' , \-\ \_~ ~ f1.e 'S T l.A.lv\:I:.'. - k ~.:.;{;;l ~
<-.. (_ •
C ::,0~0c<?- \'V\~~--;os ~C-~C\k~ i' 2- ~A~~~~
,, '
•\ '
J
1t / '
/CD._>·
c1 >S ./'
/{12_) <!>s)
Kongsberg Maritime
Technical Note KON GS BERG
AutroCAL®, self-calibrating radar level gauge.
Radar sig11al propagatio11 i11 a gas-filled pipe.
The AutroCAL® level gauge for LPG and LNG applications is based on the radar level gauge
sensor GLAlOO disposed on top of a circular still-pipe. The still-pipe extends vertically from the
tank top down to the tank bottom, and is an integral part of the level gauge instrument AutroCAL®.
Radar signals that propagate in a still-pipe are retarded. The propagation speed is determined by the
interior diameter of the pipe, the operational frequency of the radar, and the dielectric properties
retained by the gas/vapor constituents (molecular mixture) of the tank atmosphere. The relative
"-·-.! propagation speed in the still-pipe, as compared with signal propagation in an open and empty
space, can be calculated from the equation,
1~
v, = e,. Ve,-(/) (1)
in which Er is the relative dielectric constant of the gas/vapor in the tank

atmosphere, f is the operational radar frequency, and fc is the cut-off frequency for wave
propagation in the still-pipe. The latter is a purely geometric property of the pipe, and is expressed
by,
(2)
fc=_c_
p·a
in which c is the 'speed oflight' in vacuum, pis a numerical constant (defined by the specific mode
of wave propagation employed by the radar level gauge sensor), and a is the bore radius of the still-
pipe.
- The ratio between the frequency of operation and cut-off frequency is subject to change, due to
thermal changes of the pipe diameter, and/or thermal drift of the radar frequency. Such changes
will alter the propagation speed of the radar signal, see eq. (1).
- Gas/vapor mixture and density are both subject to changes, from which follows that the
dielectric properties of the gas/vapor confined within the still-pipe may change. From this
observation follows that the propagation speed of the radar signal is subject to change, as is
evident from eq. (1).
Exact measurements of distance by a radar instrument rely on good control of the propagation speed
of the radar signal. From the reasoning above follows that temperature, pressure, and composition
and density of the gas/vapor in the tank vapor space are all subject to changes. In the general case,
© Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

HaakonVII's g 4 N-7005 Trondheim Nornay AutroCAL.doc/2001-06-06/stp/Page 1 of 6
Kongsberg Maritime
Technical Note KON GS BERG
most of these changes have to be considered predictable only in qualitative terms, but beyond
control in quantitative terms. This means that the propagation speed of the radar signal may change
without control, and exceed the limits defined to meet the accuracy requirements claimed for the
radar level gauge instrument. If the speed is not known with required accuracy, due to changes in
the relevant environmental parameters, the speed has to be measured. Means to measure the
propagation speed has therefore been implemented in the still-pipe. '
Still-pipe design.
Each still-pipe is made of several pipe sections. The physical length of each pipe section is carefully
measured under controlled conditions at 20 °C before the pipes are shipped from the factory. The
length measurements are carried out with a certified tool-kit. As will be explained below, the pipe
length data form the basis for the self-calibrating feature of the radar instrument, and will guarantee
that measurement accuracy is maintained during operations.
The still pipe sections are joined together utilizing specially designed mating flanges. A perforated
Teflon {PTFE) plate is mounted inside the pipe at each flange joint. Based on the measurements of
the pipe section lengths at the factory, the exact location of each of the PTFE plates along the pipe is
known at 20 °C.
Use of reference markers during operation.
During operation the PTFE plates give rise to radar echoes. The locations of the plates are known,
thus serving as reference markers for distance down the still-pipe. The GLAlOO radar sensor has
multitarget capability, and a complete reflection picture (all echoes) is available for analysis for
every measurement. The system will automatically identify the liquid echo and the closest reference
marker echo, and the latter will be selected as the active reference.
As liquid is raised to a level close to the location of a marker, the echoes from the marker and the
liquid will interfere. Special super resolution algorithms are implemented in the instrument signal
processing SW in order to resolve the two echoes, thus allowing the level gauge to monitor the true
level of the liquid. A similar algorithm will be activated as the liquid level reaches the bottom zone,
in which case interference by the echo produced by the tank bottom floor will be suppressed.
Below is shown a Signature Reflection Diagram recorded on the factory test pipe. The test pipe is
made of five sections, and contains four PTFE plates that give rise to four easily recognizable
echoes. The locations of the plates along the pipe are indicated above the respective echoes. The
ullage echo indicated at the end of the pipe is not representative for a real cargo. Typically, the
signal strength from a LNG or LPG cargo will be some 5 - 8 dB stronger than the reference marker
echoes (i.e. well above the 60 dB line in the Signature Reflection Diagram shown below).
© Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

HaakonVIl's g 4 N·7005 Trondheim Norway AutroCAL.doc/2001-06-06/stp/Page 2 of 6
--- - - - ------------
__________..
Kongsberg Maritime
Technical Note
KONGSBERG
FAT Signature Reflecfion Diagram 50 mm Pipe

unage: 23.28t5 m
C:\Cgl100\DATA\glmp0088.Rho.AUp 20010426-1755.txt Amplitude: 42.81 dB
r
r
'
lo
.0
S1: 2.6799 52: 9.093 [SJ: 15.5089l . ,21.9255
.
r .... tla ge
1\ ~
r~ , . \ \~ ' "" ~ (\
I /'
r
'\ ~ l
.,
10 .• 4
v }' " v r II
-2 -1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 v 18 19 ~ 21 ~ ~ ~
Ullage[m)
II
AutroCAL®, U/lage and Level Calculations.
The distance to each echo produced by the PTFE plates down the pipe, and the distance to the cargo
echo, are all recorded simultaneously for each measurement. As the location of the active reference
marker in use is known, a self-calibration of the measured distance to the liquid echo is made
possible. This self-calibration capability allows the radar instrument to perform reliable and accurate
measurements ofliquid level.
The measurement accuracy is realized by continuously correcting for the relative change in
propagation speed of the radar signal. This allows the radar instrument to perform self-calibration in
regard of any change in the gas/vapor mixture and density, or other factors, which influence the
propagation speed of the radar signal. The following simple relationship is applied,
Ullage20-c = (SnmecwSn.i) · Ul/agee1 (3)
in which U/lage.1 is the uncorrected distance measured to the cargo, Sn.1 is the uncorrected distance
measured to the active reference marker, and Sn,..ch is the known distance (at 20 °C) to the active
reference marker (n in Sn being the signature index). The value of the measured ullage (U/lage20'C)
will consequently refer to 20 'C.
Cl Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

HaakonVIl's g 4 N·7005 Trondheim Norway AutroCAL.doc/2001-06-06/stp/Page 3 of 6
I
Kongsberg Maritime
l
KONGSBERG
Technical Note
I
-·---~--4---+- I -+-1+1- - ________ J_________ _
L.Actiw Reference I - .... • set. s ""!.!!...
--
-
1----;----+-- i :
__J.•_ -!-- - -
-
.
.
-----f- --f-----
--r-----1------
----'-.-·_ _ _ _1_ _ J - ----L·--·-j-----·-·--
__Li9uid_~I-:- -!-___ ,,-- __LJH;;ge;;j- __
----.-- •., .. ! -·-
--+---+--1-+- __l_ ~ - - 1------ ----t---···--
1-----;----1---1-'1- _j_ I __
I :
:
:
1----+----1--;-1--11-:-1--1--~r----+---1---·-
>----+---+-4-'-ll-•-<-+-H----l----•----
I :
I :
:.r
I
..__ _,....,_ _-1-+-;--l~v~1-+-r-1----,..,,..--4-
Tank bottom I ! dlstHb_m ,___ _
1
_--=:::=J'---~~'~'-~~~~----~----~---
Tue temperature in the tank vapor space is continuously measured by a separate temperature
measurement system installed closely along the still-pipe. Tue pipe is assumed to have the same
average temperature as recorded for the tank vapor space.
Instrument configurations.
Tue radar level gauge instrument can be configured to display the ullage with respect to the average
temperature of the tank vapor space, in which case the instrument performs a correction based on
both the thermal expansion factor of the pipe and the thermal expansion factor of the tank shell.
e Kongsberg Maritime Ship systems /lS

HaakonVl!'s g 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway AutroCAL.doc/2001-06-06/stp/Page 4 of6
Kongsberg Maritime
Technical Note KONGSBERG
Normally, however, the ullage value will not be corrected according to the option referenced above
as all corrections regarding thermal influences on the pipe and tank shell are contained in the cargo
calculation tables issued by the sworn surveyor.
The mechanical distances from the upper reference point (zero ullage) of the radar sensor to the
reference markers, and the distance from the same reference point to the datum level at the tank
bottom (zero level), distHb_m, are all programmed in the tank.dat configuration file, and stored in
the memory circuit of the dedicated signal processing unit (GLK-100) of the radar level gauge
instrument. The distHb_m value applied is the sworn surveyor's figure given at the tank volume
reference temperature, normally at +20 °C. Other reference temperatures may be used for this
distance, for instance -160 °C for a LNG application.
The measured level displayed to the user is the difference between distHb_m and the ullage value
measured (according to the AutroCAL® scheme).
Reference Level Control Feature.
The reference level of the active reference marker in use is continuously displayed on the NL-190
digital display. This is done to allow the operator or surveyor to control the accuracy of the system,
at any time. One may note that this control is done without interrupting the operational service of
the radar level gauge.
Information regarding the location of the reference levels for each tank is contained in a separate
document being issued for each radar level gauge instrument.
Installation of the radar level gauge instrument
Installation shall be carried out according to maker's instructions in order to ensure compliance with
the operational performance of the instrument as specified.
Applicable documents and references.
- Refrigerated light hydrocarbon fluids - Measurement of liquid levels in tanks containing liquefied
gas - Microwave-type level gauges, ISO 13689:2001 (E), first edition 2001-04-01.
- Custody Transfer System (CTS) with AutroCAL® for use onboard LNG tankers, Autronica leaflet
P-AC2ffE, rev. l, issue date 2000-03-07.
- The NL-190/LNG Graphic Display, Autronica application sheet no. P-NL190LNG/CE 000628.
- The GL-100/LNG Level Gauge, Autronica application sheet no. P-GLlOOLNG/CE 000328.
- Temperature Measurement in Tanks with Liquid Natural Gas (LNG), Autronica application sheet
no. P-MN3927/CE 000627.
C> Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

HaakonVII's g 4 N-7005 Trondheim NO<Way AutroCAL.doc/2001-06-06/stp/Page 5 of 6
•,'
Kongsberg Maritime
Technical Note KONGSBERG
- The GT302/LNG Pressure Transmitter, Autronica application sheet no. P-GT302LNG/CE 000328.
- System Description AutroCARGO 2000, Cargo Monitoring and Control System, Autronica
document P-AC2LNG/XE, issue date 2000-10-19.
c Koogsberg Maritime Ship Systems ftS

HaakonVll's g 4 N·7005 Trondheim Norway AutroCAL.doc/2001-06-06/stp/Page 6 of6
.. ,.
~
~ (, ('- l
.: : ~
Kongsberg Maritime KON GS BERG
GL-100 Level Gauging system
• 1983-1984 GL-90
• 1995-1997 GL-100 7
• 1999 GL-100 on LNG applications
overh 5.doc Page 1

( ( . (I c 1.
-;,:
Kongsberg Maritime KONGSBERG
Sonar
Sound waves
Speed: 330 mis
Time resolution needed to measure 1 mm: 3·10-6 s 0.3 µs
Disadvantage:
Sensitive to temperature, dust and humidity
overh_S.doc Page2
( (. ( I
• Pulse Radar
• Chirp Radar
• FM-CW Radar
• Reflectometre Radar
Electromagnetic waves
Speed of light: ,...,3.1os mis
Time resolution needed to measure 1 mm: 3.33·10-12 S 3.33 ps
Advantage:
Insensitive to temperature and atmospheric conditions
overh_S.doc Page 3
( ( (1
Pulse Radar
- commercial marine surface
• High Power radar:
- kW - MW peak power • PRF: 3000 pps (SP), 1500
pps (LP)
• Medium to Long • pulse width 0.1, 0.67 µs,
• range to 32 nmi (~60 km)
Distance - military missile tracker (NIKE
• Resolution Ajax MTR)
• PRF: 4000 pps, pulse
typically 10-100 m width
• peak power: 0.25 MW
• avg power: 140 kW
• range to 50 nmi (~90 km)
overh_5.doc Page4
( .·. C;: C
Pulse Radar
Modulator Oscillator Diplexer Antenna
fj\ I {GI I x I <
Local
Oscillator [8] ' Mixer
D
}\_ _J\
....
~
Tim
Detector
Echoes from Targets at different distances

as pulses in real time
overh_S.doc Page 5
(' ( ( '
FM-CW Radar
• Lowpower
• Frequency modulated signal
• Detected signal frequency proportional to target distance
• Real time Tracking filter to find frequency of the strongest signal
Frequency shift with movement of target (Doppler effect)
overh_S.doc Page 6
( ( . (1
Reflectometer Radar
• Lowpower
• Frequency modulated signal
• Detected signal frequency (or number of periods) proportional to
target distance
• Fourier Transform (FFT) frequency analysis calculation to find
target frequency
overh_S.doc Page7
( ( (

Reflectometer Radar
Oscillator Diplexer Antenna
IA I ·~1 Ix I I x I <
FFT
Mixer
AID
Amplifier
Echoes from Targets at different distances

Reflection Picture in microprocessor memory
overh 5.doc Page 8

( ( . (1
Frequency of Radar Signal
X-Band Sweep Bandwith: 9.4 - 10.6 GHz
A == ~ ,..., 3 · 10
8
I~ 10.1o9 = 0.03
Wave length: /.., = 0.03 m = 30 mm
overh_5.doc Page9
'( ·. (. ( .J
··-· '.··
Radar Frequencies used in Autronica Radar Sytems
GL-90/GL-100 Level Gauging System: 9.4-10.6 GHz
GX-100 Berthing Aid System (BAS): 13.5-13.9 GHz
overh_5.doc Page 10
\
'( ( (1
Reflection Picture
• Data Set in Processors Memory
• Autronica's patented detection method causes echo strength to be
almost the same independent of distance to cargo
• Liquid echo found based on zone criteria
Full Analysis of all echoes possible
overh_5.doc Page 11
1·
\.. ( ( )
1995.01.31 128GN
NESTE GAS AB, Sundsvall
13:34:11 EPS Version: 3
File: N0131_04.001 Ullage: 9.098 m Sensor Serial No: 366
,10.0
5.
0.
5.
0.0
ULL
5.0
I
0.0
C3'
~
~
~
1
5.0
:E
0.
.!l 0.0
. 5.0 AA
y
:o.o
115.0 I
110.0
le- .1 '-
5.0 • • ...
.0
I\ I\ \
'
I
-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ullage (m)
-6.38 Mycket sannollk
Basert p~ ekko: 37.93 m
overh_S.doc Page 12
Kongsberg Maritime
I
KONGSBERG
1. An Introduction to Complex Numbers
Imaginary numbers are an extension to real numbers. Imaginary numbers are an extension of
the number conception, an extension introduced to make possible calculations that else would
not be possible. The imaginary number
j =R is introduced such that j' = -1 (I.I)
This will make it possible to express any complex number utilising real numbers and the
single imaginary numberj.
An example possibly clarifies this. The equation x 2 =-I has no real roots. But it has two
non-real roots, which can be expressed
x=±R=±j (1.2)
As known, the real numbers can be marked as

points on an axis or number line. In a similar
way we can imagine the imaginary numbers c=a+jb
being depicted in an orthogonal co-ordinate
system. The number pair (a, b) in the complex b
number c=a+jb can be comprehended as the co-
ordinates for a point in the plane.
a
The depiction of the real numbers will fall on the
x-axis, which therefore is called the real axis.
And as the depiction of the imaginary numbers
will fall on the y-axis, this axis is called the
imaginary axis. 5j
-2•3] 4 J
3]
Instead of the point (a, b) we let the vector from
2]
the origin to the point (a, b) represent the ,.. 3•]
depiction of the complex number c=a+jb.
-5 -3 3 5
Real Axis
The length of the vector c is called the modulus of
c and is denominated 14 It can easily be seen that
2 2
lci=../a +b (1.3)
The angle cp between the real axis and the depiction vector for the number c is called the
argument of c and is written
cp=argc (1.4)
ComplexNumbers.doc/stp/25.11.02 Page I of 3
_; ©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS AS
'--.../ Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 56 10 00 Telefax +47 73 56 10 01 www.kongsbero.com
- --- - ----- -- --- -- "'~-·-·--- ---

Kongsberg Maritime
This angle is ambiguous because we can add or subtract an arbitrary number of27t (360°).
However, we can define the main argument cpo to be the angle within the interval
-it< cpo ~ 1t (1.5)
A complex number is known if we know the modulus and the argument. If we use the
denomination p = lei for the modulus and cp for the argument, we get
a =p·cosrp (1.6)
b = p·sin rp (1.7)
or
c =a+ jb = p(cosrp+ jsin rp) (1.8)
which is the trigonometric form.

,._,, The Maclaurin series for the functions eX, sinx and cosx are as follows:
x x 2 x 3 x4 x 5 x 6
e' =I+-+-+-+-+-+-+···· (1.9)
I 2! 3! 4! 5! 6!
. xJ xs x1 x9
smx=x--+---+--··· (I. IO)
3! 5! 7! 9!
x2 x4 x6 xs
cosx=I--+---+--··· (1.11)
2! 4! 6! 8!
Formally we are allowed to introduce x =jcp in the series for eX. This will give
(1.12)
(1.13)
qT rp• rp• . qi rp5 rp1

ei'=(l--+---+····)+;(rp--+---+····) (1.14)
2! 4! 6! 3! 5! 7!
In the parenthesis we recognise the series for coscp and sincp. Based on what is shown above,
we therefore can set
el' =cos rp+ j sin rp (1.15)
which is called Euler's formula after the Swiss mathematician Leonard Euler (1707-1783).
Based on this, any complex number can be written in this particular simple form
c =a+ jb = p(cos rp+ jsin rp) = p·ef' (1.16)

ComplexNumbern.doc/stp/25, 11.02 Page 2 of 3
©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS AS
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 SB 10 01 www.konQSbero.com
--·-------
Kongsberg Maritime
--·------~-·---· ----~---·-····-·-· --·· ----

~----- ·---.,_ ; ___ _
__ "'_,
--
Further equation (1.16) can be written:
c= a+ jb = p(cosrp+ jsinrp) = p·e" = p(cosrp+ jcos(rp-;r /2)) (1.17)
Both the real and imaginary part is describing the same signal frequency, as the cosine and
sine parts only are shifted the angle 7t/2 respective to each other. For frequency analysis only
the one of these components, for instance the real part of the signal, can be used to find the
frequency of the signal.
ComplexNumbei>.doc/stp/25.11.02 Page 3 of 3
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.kongsbern.com
·.
Kongsberg Maritime
I
KONGSBERG
I
2. An Introduction to Frequency Analysis
A sinusoidal signal as a function of time can be written as
f(t) =A· sin( OJ· I)= A ·sin(27r · f · t) (2.1)
where A is the amplitude, oo is the angular frequency and f is the frequency of the signal.
A I Hz signal with a amplitude A=! is shown in the diagram below (T =I second).
,-·-......_
~C-1L.....~-L~~-L~~-'-~~'--~-L~-"'-'-"'°-~-'-~--'
0 0.13 0.25 0.38 0.5 0.63 0.75 0.88 I
.o. t; T
If several sinusoidal signals with different amplitudes and frequency are summed
f(t) =A, ·sin(2ef. · t)+ A, ·sin(2ef, · t)+ A, ·sin(2Jif, · t)+ A, ·sin(2ef. · t)+ · ··· (2.2)
it could look like the diagram on next page.
Here the weaker lined curves represent the signals
J;(t) = sin(27r· f ·t), J, (t) =.!.sin(27r ·3/ ·t),

3
fs(t) =.!.sin(27r ·5/ · t), and
5
f,(t) =.!.sin(27r· 7f ·t),
7
while the stronger line represents the sum
lntroToFreqencyAnalysis.doc/stp/26.11.02 Page I of 4
©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS PS
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N·7005 Trondheim NO<Way Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.Jsongsbero.com
Kongsberg Maritime
f(t) = J;(t)+ f,(t)+ f,(t)+ f,(t).
The diagram shows that a sum of sinusoidal odd harmonic signals with amplitude 1/n, where
n is the harmonic number, approaches a square wave with the same frequency as the first
harmonic signal.
1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.I.
fl; 0.5
13;
- --
. . ' \ -.,,,-'I /' \ I -.... .-· I/ - //y_'' ...-, >(;.~,
,/ '/'' \\
f5;
,~( ."\ '-./ J _·:,~ '(
0 \ \.' \ \ '\;'.1/ \'
'"'\ /\ ./ IY~
17; .,/ ' , .........,
\, ~ .,•I
-- -
f,·
_-o.s
..-1, -1 L_~~~~L_~~~~J_~~~~J_~__:,,__,,::t:._~~~~~
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
.o, t; T
Increasing the freqency to I 0 Hz, i.e. including several periodes, the diagram looks like:
1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.1,
fl; 0
.o, t; T
lntroToFreqencyAnalysis.doc/stp/26.11.02 Page 2 of 4
Haakon VII's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.kongsbero.com
Kongsberg Maritime
Including the hannonic signals:
fl; 0.5
13;
f5;
f,·
_-o.s
.:-1. -1 '--~"-~-'--'-~........~~........~--''--~-"-.._~-"-~--''-'-~---"-~~-"-'
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 I
.o. T
I
.0.997.
U frequency 0.5 ~
-
,. ' ' \
.o. '- ,;
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
.o. frequency 8·F
lntroToFreqencyAnalysis.doc/stp/26.l l.02 Page 3 of 4

Haakon V!I's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.kongsbera.com
Kongsberg Maritime
Or if the FFT diagram is presented on a power dB scale instead of voltage U:
0
0
-10
'
P _dB frcqucncy-20
J
10
\
20
I
30
\ 40 50
\
60 70
\ 80
.o. frequency 8·F
The diagram is showing the freqency components in the signal
f(t) =J;(t)+ f,(t)+ f,(t)+ f,(t)

where the first harmonic frequency is f= IO Hz.
The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is a frequency analysis algorithm finding the sinusoidal
frequency components of the time varying signal in the analysed time interval T, i.e. a
software spectrum analyser, where the processing algorithm is taldng the signal from the time
domain to the frequency domain.
The pulse with is dependent of the bandwidth of the sampled signal and filtering of the signal.
A discrete Fourier transform is time consuming even on fast processors, so time saving
algorithms like the FFT has been developed for use in computer analysis of signals in the time
domain.
The Inverse Transform (IFFT) takes the signal from the frequency domain to the time domain.
lntroToFreqencyAnalysis.doc/stp/26.11.02 Page 4 of 4
©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS "5
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www kongsbern.com
Kongsberg Maritime
I
KONGSBERG
The VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator)

The VCO generates a frequency varying in the range between 9 .4 and 10.6 GHz during a 0.1
ms sweep time. The controlling voltage is a linear slope varying between a start and,a stop
voltage in the range 0 and -10 Volts DC. The exact start and stop voltages for the VCO is
adjusted individually for each GLH tank electronic unit at the factory.
The FFT demands evenly spaced microwave frequency samples to give correct calculations.
The ideal situation would therefore be to have a linear variation of the output frequency with
the linear variation in the controlling voltage, as the sampling is done at evenly spaced time
intervals. However, the microwave output signal is not linear with the controlling voltage, so
special software routines must be utilised to calculate the sampling points.
The figure below illustrates the relationship between the input voltage and the output
microwave frequency. The non-linearity is illustrated by the fact that the output frequency
shifts dFl and dF2 has different size for equal voltage intervals dV (or time intervals dt).
Unlinearities are detected during the calibration process, and corrections during operation to
find correct linear frequency samples are governed by the sensor calibration data.
VCO non linearity
10.6 ,
.,,--?
.,,y v
10.4
/
~ 10.2 /
g
~
...
! 10
/I
,
J 9.8
~
_,,.'
.,. df; dV
9.6
A
,,,.
fl
9.4 /- dt; tN
0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9
Controlling Voltage (Volts DC)
MicrowaveModule.doclstp/26. l l.02 Page I of 2

V Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim NOtWay Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 SB 10 01 www.kongsbero.com
Kongsberg Maritime
The Reflectometre
A principal sketch of the

Reference line
reflectometre is shown at B channel
right. The reflectometre is a
two-channel reflectometre
containing a modulator and a IX
~------~Modulating
Modulator
3 dB coupler Signal in
mixer for each channel. The
RF signal (9.5-10.5 GHz) is I--!...
. _ Demodulated
fed into the reflectometre RF in Mixers Signals out
==t;:;::::;;=::;::::::::=j~ 1. LO
from the VCO (RF in).
The signal is split into two

channels. The 3 dB coupler
couples half of the signal to A channel
the modulator (red line) and Antenna
half of the signal (blue line)

to the mixer (unmodulated
LO signal). The modulator
(2-PSK) reflects a modulated signal (red line) to the antenna (for the A channel). The signal
reflected from the antenna is coupled in the 3-dB coupler into the mixer (red line) and mixed
with the direct unmodulated LO signal (blue line). The outputs from the modulators are fed
into following amplifiers and mixers detecting the low frequency signals.
The process in the B channel is equal. The modulation frequency of the A channel is I MHz,
while the modulation freqency of the B channel is 4 MHz.
The newer reflectometer being part of the microwave module is differently arranged to reduce
crosstalk between the A and B channel, but the principle mode of operation rel0ated what is
said above is the same.
MicrowaveModule.doc/stp/26.11.02 Page 2 of2

.; ©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS AS
'-../ .. Haakon VII's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.kongsbera.com
GL-100 Signal Processing
The Autronica GL-90 and GL-100 Level Gauging Systems are FMCW radars utilising
the reflectometer principle. '
When measuring, the radar transmits a signal that is sweeping in frequency. A VCO
(Voltage Controlled Oscillator) generates the high frequency signal controlled by a
triangular voltage applied to the input port. The signal is divided into two channels. In
each channel the signal is modulated and further divided in two, where one half is fed
directly to a mixer, while the other half is sent out on a transmission line.
The transmission line in the reference channel (B channel) is a coaxial cable cut to a
fixed length. The transmission line in the measurement channel (A channel) is the
sensor antenna and the space (the tank) the signal is transmitted into.
The signal sent into the transmission line will be reflected from changes in the
impedance along the line. The reflected signal is received by the antenna and is mixed
with the signal fed directly to the mixer. While the reflected signal is travelling along
the reflection line from the sensor to the target and back again, the direct signal has
changed in frequency due to the sweep. The output from the mixer is a low frequency
signal, being the difference between the direct and the reflected signal. The frequency of
this signal (or the number of periods seen in the raw data) is proportional to the distance
to the target and the bandwidth of the swept signal.
1 (one) period of the low frequency signal is corresponding to a distance denominated

the thefourier distance, described by the sensor.dat parameterfourierDist_m:
6
.. n· C 300·10 (m/sec) O.lS(m)
fiourzeru1st_m 2
·BW
2·l(GHz=l09 /sec)
-·...
v
where the speed oflight i c =:300 ·106 m/sec, and the used system bandwidthBWat the
moment is 1 GHz. By in principle counting periods in the received signal, one is able to
find the distance to the target.
Sensor calibration
The sensor is calibrated on a calibration range specially adapted for the purpose. On the
calibration range is located two reflectors. The distance from the sensor's mounting
flange to each of the reflectors is precisely controlled.
During calibration a measurement is taken and the sampled data are stored on a file.
The calibration program reads the data from the file. As the distance to the two
reflectors and the distance between them are known, the calibration program is able to
GLI OOSignalProcessing.dcx:/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page I of 18
'.F Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www,konosbE!ro,com
"
Kongsberg Maritime
·-~
~--·
calculate the linearity data for the VCO and length of the B channel reference line.
These data are stored in the system sensor.dat file for each sensor/tank. During
operation, the processor uses this information to compensate for unlinearities in the
VCO and find the length of the B channel reference line.
Raw Data
During a O. l second interval the radar signal first sweeps from 9.5 to 10.5 GHz
(up-sweep), and the next 0.1 second the signal sweep from 10.5 GHz to 9.5 GHz
(down-sweep). During these sweeps, the low frequency signals from the sensor to the
GLK-100 central unit are sampled at regular time intervals. Only the data from the up-
sweep is used for processing.
Raw.Bup is the data from the measurement of the reference line (B channel), and
Raw.Aup is the data from the measurement of the tank (A channel). In GL-100 the
signals contain 2456 samples (as decided by the parameter rawDataLen under group
genCfg in the tank.dat file) of the received signal.
GLI OOSignalProcessing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 2 of 18

' ,,I Haakon VIl's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www,konosb<lrg.com
'
Kongsberg Maritime
B channel processing
_,
01-.q. """'
"""'
• '
'
O•~ eitA.H
ll-
•
ll- """'
......
""" • •'
D•""-•
o........ ,, ...... • ••
•
Raw.BUp - Sampled measurement data from B channel up-sweep
Raw.BUp will be 55 to 65 periods, as a bandwidth of approximately 1.2 GHz is used

during the sweep (48periods·1.2 =57.6 periods). The signal is close to sinusoidal (see
details next page), as the signal mainly is caused by the reflection from the end of the
reference line coaxial cable.
Raw.Bop will typically have the amplitude+/- 4000. The signal shall vary around the
zero line.
Ifthe B-return signal is having a high offietfrom 0, this can be caused by the B-return
signal not beingat +5V DC. The B-return signal must then be restored.
If the conductor in the cable between the sensor and the central unit is damaged, or the
error is caused by contact failure in the tank electronic unit or sensor housing, it can
temporarily be restored by disconnecting the B-return line at the GLK-100 terminal and
strap the B-return input to the A-return terminal at the GLK-100 central unit.
Distortions in the regular waveform can indicate a defective reference line, but this can
easier be seen when looking at the Rho.Bop reflection diagram.
GL!OOSignalProcessing.doc/stpl26.l l.02/CONFIDENTIAL Page 3of18

·.-.. ©KONGSBERG MARnlME SHIP SYSTEMS f>S
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www·konosl>em.com
Kongsberg Maritime
(">' y;
~·· -
"""
......
D,-,1q;i !IUU!
l:l•- """
[ l - ......
[ l - ........
[l-.
D•~
_..
_ •
•'
•
...t(I;_____ .---.. l ____ ;. ___..:__ --1----~------~-----:·---i
,""'t-. ,_ _ -r------J -i--f -!- ~\ L,. ',_. .;
''fl
1\-~-t:i --1- r~-'I'\
--~
1
..... ,.,... 1
-.... -If
..... • "'1"1 ;.isuu·.r; 1 1
"'-1U •. ~·=
'•llk"' I j I {- I ' I
.......""" .,,," ...._.n:..- -
~""'
•.o .. ~
"'""' I!! Y.fif"""·
.,.,. - . 1- I ,_ -r -----1
::i -1 t----_, -\ ·-; I
..,,.: -'-~ I -~-_J__J
• za •• Cl ID 111 12:1 UD na IDI :Zia
~ltMtfl

©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS f>S
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim NOfWaY Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 SB 10 01 wwwJsongsbero,com
Kongsberg Maritime
,_ ...
o, ....~ """ •
·-' _..
D•w~ ¢1lltti:
[)lv,.ua..
ll• .....
Qn.'Ul\>
"'"""'
"""'
......
-N
-N
.;f..f.l<l!i!: 1:1.1
'•' ••
• •
'
·.uv~
•
•
_,
~
....,
""""
•m
4J>J
"II .
..:t.•ltK Jti '.c.l~""·-
·~ i,..,.,
-...~""":
"H°"''
,.,.. JI.I~ f'] ..,,,..ru. .
i
-~,. ___ _L __l_ __ _L_ I
11a •• na m1 1a1a 1:m1
....... II
Intpol.Bup - Interpolated data from B channel up-sweep
The signals generated by the VCO are not linear in frequency. Utilising the sensor
calibration data, a linearization of the sweep data is carried out, and 1024 new values
corresponding to equidistant sweep frequency samples are calculated from the original
2456 samples. The 1024 samples cover exactly 48 periods in the B channel. For the
fourierStep 0.15 m this corresponds to 7.2 m (= 0.15m · 48 ), which is the electrical
length of the B channel reference line coaxial cable.
GLIOOSignalProcessing.doc/stp/26.11.0V CONFIDENTIAL Page S of 18

©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS PS
Haakon VII's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Noiway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.koMsbero.com
Kongsberg Maritime
J..,.Ju
D•:w~
<nl.N
<::'RH:
,.,
D•N~ \:J'.Rhi
OvlfoQ'&. o-fu4
'
~-~ ·t tr~-:. -~t.·--r-~.:.--1r--:,·

Dl~.IJ· Ofl.N
~ OflM
0'1!.""
• •"
O•~ •
=t·---
, , , ' ; I
JQ -·------: ...L.-·--~---·-l---·_! ___ , ____ ..J
.. j i ! i ; ! !
"
•
-112 , --" - ! ~ . I . r- . . !
-IQ
l ! ; l
---------'-----~--L-.-L.-- J. _ _ _ _ _ ,
! l
• 1 • I a ID 17 14 11 II m
Rho.BUp - B channel up-sweep reflection diagram, Fourier transformed

Intpol.BUp
The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is a frequency analyser software algorithm. The
Intpol.Bup is a time variable signal consisting of a sum of sinusoidal signals, where
each of these sinusoidal signals is originated from a reflection along the transmission
line. The FFT transforms the signal from the time domain to the frequency domain, i.e.
the FFT gives the amplitude and frequency (or number of periods) of each of these
sinusoidal signals.
The Rho.Bup diagram present these frequencies in a diagram, where the frequency is
along the x-axis and the amplitude is along the y-axis in terms of a normal co-ordinate
system. As 1 period = 0.15 m, the scale is given in m instead of number of periods or
frequency.
The characteristic impedance of the reflectometer and the reference cable is 50 ohm.
The stronger the amplitude of any signal frequency in the diagram, the more the
impedance at the corresponding transmission line distance deviates from the cable
characteristic impedance.
The diagram shows a typical Rho.Bup reflection diagram. The amplitude at 7 .2 m (48
periods= 7.2 m) is typically 66 dB. At point 14.4 m (96 periods=l4.4 m = 2 x 7.2 m)
the second order reflection can be seen. The second order reflection is the part of the
reflected signal that is re-reflected at the reflectometer output, and thus travels out and
back a second time.
GLIOOSignalProcessing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 6of18

Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www,kongsberg.rom
Kongsberg Maritime
-......_;·,
The amplitude around point 0 or zero distance relates to the connection between the
reflectometer and the cable connector. If this echo rises abnormally, it can indicate a
problem either in the reflectometer output or at the cable connector. The rest of the
diagram can under such circumstances also be influenced by a general reduction in
signal amplitude.
The coaxial cable is homogenous, thus presenting low reflection along its length until
the radar signal reaches the end. If abnormal high signals can be seen between 0 and
7.2 m this can indicate that the line has been physically distorted.
A channel processing
...... """"
!ICl:ID!I """'
•• •••
c-"""' '
c - """"
- -... ••
c
c......
c....... ""'"
...... •
•
•
•
'
----
.... ~~'lol
64.h.'tQ. . . ,
~
oUYCU...
'llY1a...
..... I
""'
Raw.AUp
Raw.A Up - Sampled measurement data from A channel up-sweep
Raw.AUp will be a more complex signal than Raw.BUp, as it consists of a sum of

sinusoidal signals originated from all reflections in the A channel. These are caused by
reflections from the connector connecting the antenna to the reflectometer, from the
feeding network and the antenna itself, from the sensor Teflon plate, and from all
objects in front of the antenna covered by the antenna signal lobe reflecting a detectable
signal back to the antenna.
The signal shall vary around the zero line. A large offset can indicate problems with the
cable connecting the A-return signal to GLK-100 input terminal. See under rawB.Up
above for temporarily restoring of the B-retum signal.
GLlOOSigna!Processing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 7of18

©KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS /lS
Haakon VII's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim NO!Way Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www,konQSbern.com
Kongsberg Maritime
.,........ _...
-or..t1a.:•<". l
·~ ;
<mtc
o<•tc
•>!-••
• ••
' •• "''"'! i
D•HloJJa..
Ql·..,..-
Ql... ,...r....... _
_..
°'""
•
'"'"'!
D,.._,
Q,iu...,. ' • i
-
_. .,......
hrilr< ,V•
.....,..
f~it;~
"'
l•I
:,;,.:~~:
•,Ulll'.J-
'"'l.....
1DIUI .
·ltlllil'J
--··l
.,., .. t m na l'lil :111 na :ia1 :JSI a ua

....... II
GLIOOSignalProcessing.doc/stp/26.l l.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 8of18

Haakon VII's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.l<ono5bern.com
Kongsberg Maritime
•-lU:I
D'-"-'>
. ._,.. J
Cl•-..~ •.sA.n:
:..·..
<FFl.K
.:sk.W
'.htit('
.:a
•W
0
.:.
~
,.,, .. .ie91n..tadilf• IJX
Q~'ll~i...., ~lfO II
n~ .,....,. o
D•k.q ""',. D
D•k...a¥• ~.. .. D
l.Alt)I I~ t"-1 \••U'A<.. -

~ kl.A.Ml 1:111 WI~ ..
·IS.UG
·tlJH(I -----'--~-'----'----'-·
1 sa Isa 15a 1m no :Jal :n1 - na
~ltHtll
Intpol.AUp - Interpolated data from A channel up-sweep
The signal in the A channel is interpolated the same way as the B channel signal.
In addition later in the processing the signal is filtered utilising a Hanning filter window
over the 1024 samples. The Hanning filter is a cos2 shaped filter (obtained by
multiplying each sample by a corresponding sample in a sin2 function) causing the
signal to have maximum value in the middle of the data range, decaying to 0 at the data
range or filter window ends. This is done to reduce the signal side-lobes in the
frequency domain.
In the GL-90 the service program shows the signal after interpolation and filtering.
The /ntpol.AUp diagram in the GL-100 only shows the effect ofthe interpolation, while
the filtering is not shown.
GLlOOSignalProccssing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 9of18

Haakon VII's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.Jsonqsbern.com
Kongsberg Maritime
~ ..
,.,.... -.
,_,.. '..;~
O•w..\Lf.. """' O<U•

.,;:~
•' ' ,., j i j '

'
o·--~ Qll'l..hli
'' •'
~1 · !·- I~ I -,
t
D'·'J<¥'"' ~•N
[h... ~•
Qu.-... ,
~N
•
•
::- -flI;
~N
'• •
-1,--'
11.....! -N
-.
Ktv'l<~''
.........
""w
",,"
r"?.\'llWll
n .... u
·=~
t.10\lf;o:,
It!~
l'J.q}l211o 8 ...,
,..,
!<i.....,.r.
..,"'"'*'"'-' .............,.....,..
'.L~'ill•J . .
... ,\
,
...... ~-~.
.....u,........
.,f - - j_ 1- '- ~-1
•• "' ... ..
~I.-
V,<l-~•--
_.~.,,
.. ' E 'J""'"'........ .... ,,"'%-

,." •'
• "'"'
·~-·::
""}"''
o1.___J _____ , _____. ____.t____L _ _ _ I

-· •
Rho.A Up -A channel up-sweep reflection diagram, Fourier transformed

Intpol.AUp
The A channel reflection diagram is giving the distance from the sensor flange to the
different reflecting objects in meters.
The echoes seen between -I and 0 meter are caused by reflections inside the antenna
~d the sensor Teflon plate (as the Ullage 0 distance is referred to the sensor flange__
. __
\ The signal strength at maximum negative distance (start point of curve) indicates the
pedance match of the reflectometer output and the antenna cable connector. A bad or
oken connection will increase the echo at this point and reduce the echoes in the rest
the diagram, because lesser signal or no signal will be fed to the antenna.
After 1.5 meter the signal amplitude shall generally be low until the signal reflects from
the liquid surface and/or tank structures.
A clean tank bottom will reflect the signal totally, while the amplitude of the cargo
signal in the reflection diagram varies with the type of cargo. The reflection coefficient
of the cargo is related to the dielectric properties of the cargo, as described by the
relative dielectric constant &- of the liquid.
GLI OOSignalProcessing.doc/stp/26. l l.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page I 0 of! 8

Haakon VIl's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.l<ong:;berg.com
Kongsberg Maritime
Reflection from a surface and transmission through a dielectric medium
The voltage reflection coefficient is:
p
Ji: -I
Fr +l
while the transmission coefficient is:
2
'r
Ji: +I
The fraction of incident power density reflected is:
and the relative reflection in dB compared to total reflection (from a metallic surface):
The part of the signal transmitted into the cargo will be:
P-r= l-IPI'
For most typical cargoes, like crude oil and refined petrochemical products, the
reflection coefficient is low. Thus a small fraction of the incident signal is reflected,
while most of the signal is transmitted into the cargo.
Example:
Crude oil and oil products will typically have a relative dielectric constant &- around
2.25.
The voltage reflection coefficient is:
p=
Ji: -I 1.5-1_0.5 -o 2
Ji:+! l.5+1-2.5-.
Reflected power is:
Pp =IPJ' =0.2 2
=0.04
i.e. only 4% of the incident power is reflected back from the surface, or the relative
signal in dB compared to a totally reflecting target (metal):
GLIOOSigna!Proccssing.doc/stpl26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 11 of 18

©KONGSBERG MARIT1ME SHIP SYSTEMS />S
Haakon VIl's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Noiway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.konosberg.com
Kongsberg Maritime
PP _dB= 10· loglpl' =20· loglpl =20· log0.2 =20·(-0.699) =-13.979 ~ -14 (dB)
Multiple reflections
At low liquid levels the signal can reflect multiple times between the bottom and the
liquid surface. The resulting echo in the reflection diagram will be the sum of all, these
reflections as a decaying tail on the bottom echo.
Attenuation
Liquids having high reflection factor, are often also having strong attenuation. Water,
inorganic acids and bases will reflect almost totally, and the transmission into the liquid
is attenuated strongly at the surface or through the cargo. Thus an even layer of water
on the lens can completely block the radar signal. Normally water condensation on the
sensor Teflon plate will be droplets hanging from the plate surface. The signal can in
this case be attenuated up to 10 dB, but this is normally not causing problems for the
system's ability to measure.
Change ofpropagation speed in cargo
The radar wave velocity v in the cargo is slower than the velocity c (speed oflight) in
air. The propagation speed in any dielectric medium is given by:
c
v=--
JE:
As the radar is calibrated for measurement in air (free space), the distances measured
inside the cargo for a certain level will be longer than the physical distance in air given
by:
This means that all echoes below the cargo will be shifted downwards in ullage
distance. The bottom echo will be shifted in distance in the reflection diagram by the
amount:
dbottom_,,/fl =d= -level= level· (jE;-1)

All cargoes will in addition give some attenuation of the radar wave. Crude oil, which is
containing carbon and sediments, can have an attenuation of typically 10 dB/m, while
refined petrochemical products are clean and give low attenuation.
GLI OOSignalProccssing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 12 of 18

Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www,konosberg com
Kongsberg Maritime
Additionally there will be a change in echo amplitude, as the reflection coefficient is

changing from
_ ~e, _targd -1
Ptargtf.)!t_air ~ l
e, _target +
to
Je, _target
~e, _target - ~e, _liquid ~e, _liqutd

=J +~
Prarget _iri _liquid
e, _target e, _lrqufd Je, _target +l
~e, _liquid
Reflection properties of different cargoes
Compared to a metallic surface having the reflection coefficient p = 1, the reflection

properties for some typical cargoes are listed below.
If the clean empty tank bottom echo is 70 dB, the values given in the table will be
typical cargo echo amplitudes as presented in the rho.Aup reflection diagram under
stable clean conditions.
Material/cargo Er p Return Relative amplitude

(liquid) loss in dB in dB (ref. 70 dB
(relative from clean tank
metallic bottom)
surface)
Water 80.4 0.799 -1.9 68.1
Acids, bases > 100 0.818 -1.7 68.3
inoraanic\
Ethanol 24.3 0.663 -3.6 66.4
Methanol 33.6 0.706 -3.0 67.0
Cyclohexan 2.02 0.174 -15.2 54.8
Benzene 2.28 0.203 -13.8 56.2
Chlorobenzene 5.7 0.410 -7.8 62.2
Naphtalene 2.54 0.229 -12.8 57.2
Palmitic acid 2.3 0.205 -13.8 56.2
Stearic acid 2.29 0.204 -13.8 56.2
Crude Oil - 2.2 0.195 -14.2 55.8
Oil Products - 2.2 0.195 -14.2 55.8
Prooane (LPG\ 1.6 0.117 -18.6 51.4
Ammonia 22.4 0.651 -3.7 66.3
Methane (LNG' 1.7 0.132 -17.6 52.4
GLt OOSigna!Processing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 13 of 18

Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www,konoWerq.rom
Kongsberg Maritime
Contamination
Contamination of the sensor and waves on the surface may reduce the signal strength.
Too much contamination can prevent normal operation. Under such circumstances the
sensor PTFE (Teflon®) plate must be cleaned.
In some systems cleaning nozzles are mounted in the tank adapter. With a hand-carried
pump, any solvent compatible with the cargo can be used to clean the sensor.
Reflection picture analysis
The reflection picture is the graphical presentation of the echoes the system measures as
function of distance. To find the echo originated by the liquid surface, a set of
conditions are put up in the pertinent tank.dat file. The tank is divided into several
zones, and in each of these zones a threshold is programmed. The signal has to be
stronger than the zone threshold to be considered as a possible liquid echo.
In most cases only three zones are programmed. A short zone in the tank top (zone 0), a
short zone at the tank bottom (zone4), while the main part of the tank is the third zone
(zone3).
Some times it is impossible to avoid interfering echoes from the tank structure. The
sensor will normally be located to have interfering echoes as low as possible, as
measurement accuracy is reduced when the liquid echo is disturbed by an interference.
An extra zone (zone2) around the location of the interfering signal can be programmed.
The interference zone divides zone3, and the upper part of the divided zone is becoming
zone!.
In addition a zoneO 1 is defined. Without an interference zone, zoneO 1 is including

zoneO and zone3. When an interference zone is programmed and activated, zoneOI
consists of zoneO and zone!.
Propagation velocity. 0.93650

Correeted Reflection Diagram 50 mm Pipe Comlded Ullage: 27.8626 m
D~T_uke39\Taik3_SAT_990727_1952.txt Amplitude: 76.02 dB level: 0.0404 m
80
·- I
I.o- ....,zonoo1 ·~-
Tank.datfor.TANK03 dl.3
'I
i ....,. . ~
if
g.,, I
~I30i
., \ A
I\ (1
A
\ J•
ftA.I
v
' :ut
I
20
V\ ,,.,
v J
I-
10
l --
•• 3 5 7
• 11 13 15
Ullagefm]
17 19 21 23 25 27 29
Aft«SATwilh NXKK990927 0.788111111111111 ET
GLIOOSigna!Processing.doc/s!p/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 14of18

Haakon VJl's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim NO<Way Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.konasbero,com
I
..
Kongsberg Maritime
A truth table representing the conditions are set up when analysing which echo to select.
When one or several echoes is found within the zone limits being above the
programmed threshold it is represented by a 1 in the table below, while no echo in the
zone is represented by 0. The following conditions are used to find the liquid echo:
System without i11terference zone
The system first investigates zoneOI
ZoneOI Decision
I First echo in zoneO I selected
0 Continue
If no echo is found in zoneO 1, then continue
Zone3 Zone4 Decision

I I Strongest echo in zone3 selected
I 0 Strongest echo in zone3 selected
0 I First echo in zone4 selected
0 0 Continue
If no echo is found in either zone3 or zone4, then continue
ZoneO Decision
I Strongest echo in zoneO selected
I
If no echo is found in zoneO the system will show empty tank or full tank depending of
the setting of the noEchoAction parameter in the tank.dot file.
If the echo is lost periodically, the system searches within a range close to where the last
found ullage was found. The value of the parameters acceptProcEnable,
acceptWinSize_m, and acceptCount in the tank.dot file decides the actions. During
normal operation acceptProcEnable shall be True. If the echo is lost, the next accepted
value has to be within a window being +/- accept WinSize_m to be accepted as a valid
echo. If for a period of acceptCount consecutive measurements an echo can not be
found, the system will search for an echo in the whole range from top to bottom.
System with interference zone
When an interference zone is programmed, the search is as follows
The system first investigates zoneO I
ZoneOI Decision
I First echo in zoneO I selected
0 Continue
GLI OOSignalProccssing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 15 of 18

Haakon VIl's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.!sorJqsbern.com
Kongsberg Maritime
If no echo is found in zoneO I, then continue
Zone! Zone2 Zone3 Zone4 Decision

I 0 or I 0 or I 0 or I Strongest echo in zone I
0 I I 0 or I Strongest echo in zone3
0 I 0 I First echo in zone4
0 I 0 0 First echo in zone 2
0 0 I 0 or I Strongest echo in zone 3
0 0 0 I First echo in zone4 selected
0 0 0 0 Continue
If no echo is found either in zone I, zone2, zone3, or zone4, then continue
ZoneO Decision
I Strongest echo in zoneO selected
0 Continue
Further action as described above under the conditions when no interference zone is
programmed.
Note that the interference zone is programmed to notify the system of a disturbing echo.
The system will take the interference zone echo only when this is the only echo that can
be found. The most plausible cause is then that the cargo echo is within the interference
zone as well.
Special adaption to LPG/LNG applications where 50 mm pipes with reference echoes

are used
In these applications several echoes will be present.
ZoneO 1 shall be programmed with a high threshold (higher than any possible echo,
typically 90 dB) to avoid the echo to be accepted under ZoneOI conditions (first peak
will be selected).
Zone3 is programmed to include the whole tank. In zone3 normally the strongest echo
will be taken, and the cargo will normally be stronger than the reference plate echoes.
However, when the cargo echo approaches the reference plate, the combined echo of the
reference plate and the liquid surface can periodically be weaker than the other strongest
reference plate. To avoid jumping to a wrong echo, the parameter decisionState (in
group applld) must be set to the value Lpg. The system will then additionally analyse
the cargo echo's position relative to the reference echoes based on the difference in
propagation speed in gas (air) and in the liquid to ensure that the correct peak is selected
as the cargo.

Haakon Vll's gt 4 N·7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www,k 000sber9.rom
Kongsberg Maritime
Analyzing the echo and finding the ullage
The shape of the pulse is depending on the bandwidth used, the filter function applied
(Hanning), and the number of samples (1024) used by the FFT calculation. The
envelope of the pulse is a sinx/x function. On this envelope, we have as a result of the
FFT calculation, an amplitude value corresponding to each Fourier point, i.e. each
0.15 min distance. The reflection diagram presents straight lines drawn between each of
these points.
Focusing on the pulse, the main energy in the pulse is inside a range of 5 points.
In the ullage calculation, a centre of gravity method is used to find the exact distance.
First the system finds which Fourier point has the strongest amplitude. Then an offset
from this Fourier point is calculated using the linear power value in the 5 points around
the Fourier point having the strongest amplitude.
For accurate calculation ofullage, the pulse must be ideal without any disturbance from
other echoes, or the signal to noise ratio must be high enough (SIN>30dB).
If the liquid is close to structures giving interfering signals, the resulting pulse is the
sum of these signals in amplitude and phase, and this resulting pulse's shape becomes
"disturbed" compared to the ideal. Mounting the sensor close to the tank wall also
results in interference patterns caused by part of the radar wave reflected via the tank
wall.
Close to the sensor, the liquid echo interferes with the sensor echo. A too short distance
between the maximum level and the sensor may lead to reduced accuracy.
Close to the bottom, the bottom echo will be disturbing the cargo echo if the cargo is
transparent and have moderate transmission loss (typically oil and refined products).
The bottom echo will under such conditions be stronger than the cargo echo. In the
reflection diagram (Rho.AUp) the system will not be able to distinguish the liquid echo
from the bottom echo, as only one echo is visible. This condition, being related to the
physical properties of the cargo and the limited system sweep bandwidth (all systems on
the market has the same or less bandwidth), makes it difficult to measure any level
lower than 0.2 m. For a microwave transparent cargo lower than this level the system
will show empty tank.
Special routines adapted to solve this problem are applied to LNG/LPG applications.
To reduce the influence from disturbing signals in the ullage calculation when the cargo
is in zone2 or in zone4, a different method utilising only 3 Fourier points is used to find
the ullage.
GLlOOSigna!Processing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 17of18

Haakon VIl's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Noiway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.konqsbern.com
Kongsberg Maritime
If disturbing echoes influence on the cargo echo, the accuracy will be reduced in a zone
where the cargo echo is close(± 300 mm) to the disturbance. The size of the inaccuracy
varies with the distance (i.e. phase difference) between the liquid echo and the
disturbing echo. The effect will be none when the echoes are coinciding, increasing to
worst case when the echoes are 150-200 mm apart, and from then reducing as the
distance increases.
Typical worst case figures are:
Signal to disturbance ratio Accuracy± mm

(SIN, S/D)
>30dB 2
20dB IO
IO dB 20
OdB 50
For high reflective liquids (water and inorganic acids and bases), the system will be
accurate also in the bottom zone (zone4), as there will be no influence from the bottom,
due to high reflection from the liquid surface and no transmission through the liquid.
For LNG/LPG applications utilising pipes, special routines are developed to resolve the
cargo echo from the reference echo. The routine starts automatically inside predefined
intervals around the reference. Processing time is increasing while the routine is active,
but accuracy is maintained in the vicinity of the reference plate.
GLtOOSignalProcessing.doc/stp/26.11.02/ CONFIDENTIAL Page 18of18

Haakon VIl's gt 4 N·7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.kona5bern.com
Kongsberg Maritime
KON GS BERG
Autronica GL-100 Level Gauging System

Averaging of ullage measurements
The reader must be aware of the distinct difference between the subjects described in this document:
• Instantaneous ullage
The instantaneous ullage (instUl/age) is the ullage calculated from a single measurement or one
"shot" by the radar. '
• Averaged ullage
The average ullage (avgU/lage) is the ullage resulting from an average calculation of a
consecutive row of instantaneous ullage measurements.
Depending on the installation, the averaged value can additionally be compensated for trim and
list. The compensated average ullage is the value presented to the user on all system displays.
The averaging method used in the GL-100 system is a sliding averaging method. The method
implemented rises the need for data storage of only the avgUllage and the instUl/age from the last
measurement calculation.
By using the index 0 for the last measurement, -1 for the one before, -2 for the one before that, and so
on, the displayed average ullage at time t=O, i.e. the last presented value, can be described by the
equation:
avgUl/age0 = (1- ullavgCoefj) · instUl/age0 + ul/avgCoe.ff avgUllage. 1 (I)
Equally at time 1~1. using the same indexing referred to time t=O, the average ullage was:
avgUl/age.1 = (1- ullavgCoefj) · instUllage. 1 + ullavgCoeif· avgUl/age.2 (2)
By replacing avgUllage. 1 in equation (1) with the expression at the right side of equation (2),
equation (I) gets the form:
avgUllage0 = (1- ullavgCoefj) · instUl/age0

+ ul/avgCoeif· ((1- ul/avgCoefj) · instUllage.1 + ullavgCoeif- avgUllage.i) (3)
By repeating this process, equation (3) expands to the series:
AvgUllage1 = Lu 1 ((1- ullavgCoefj)- ullavgCeif·' -instUllageJ
..•
1
originally stated u/lavgCoeff'-1 in equations (4) and (5) changed to u/lavgCoeff'
KONGSBERG MARI11ME SHIP SYSTEMS f>S GLI 00_AveraglngDescrlpt Ion. docf2002. 02.11 /stp
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Page I of2
Kongsberg Maritime
KON GS BERG
GL-100 Averaging
.12·
---u11a1.!1Coeff: 0.9 -.1-

-+-ulla\gCoeff: 0.94
--u11avgCoeff: 0.98
/
/
• .00·
~'"'
/
,.--:_.......- 0.04-
. "'.02-
-25 -15 ·10 0

Measurement at time t
If the inst UT/age is constant, the weighing function becomes:
Weight(t)=AvgUllage,!(.E011_,(instUllageJ) = (1- ullavgCoe.f/) · ullavgCoefT' (5)
The Weight(t) is an exponential function presented graphically for 3 different values of the ullage
averaging coefficient ullavgCoeff, being 0.9, 0.94, and 0.98, in the diagram above.
The graphs are giving the weight factor each instUllage1 (at times t=O, -1, -2, and so on) is multiplied
by when contributing to the avgUllage. The curve shows the latest instantaneous value is having more
influence on the average value than the earlier ones. This is done to ensure fast updating under a
loading or discharging without having a too high lag on the displayed average ullage compared to the
instantaneous ullage.
The typical ullavgCoe.ffprogrammed in the system is 0.94. It can be calculated that the center of
gravity for this value is at t=-15, i.e. the lag between the instUllage and the avgUllage is 15
measurements. The interval between measurements in GL-100 is typically 0.4 seconds, which gives a
typical delay time of 6 seconds between instUllage and avgUllage.
By adjusting the ullavgCoeffthe system can easily be adapted to situations where the updating time is
more critical. For systems operating with slower variations, like draft systems, the ullavgCoeff can be
increased to reduce variations caused by wave movements.
Level is the bottom reference distance distHb_m (from 0 ullage to 0 level) subtracted the avgUllage.
KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS AS GLJOO_AveraglngDescrlpllon.dod2002.02.l l/slp

Haakon VII's gt 4 N·7005 Trondheim Noiway Page2 of2
I
Kongsberg Maritime
Averaging in GL-90/GL-100
Averaging factor: a:= o.94
Averaging from measurement no: ti:= -100 to t2 := o
Final instantaneous ullage at 12: instUstop := IO·m
Loading/dischargin speed: instUstep := 0.002·~

sec
Loading= 1 (loading), 0 (discharging) Loading:= 0
instUstep := if(Loading = 1,-instUstcp,instUstep)
System measurement rate: mr:= 0.4-sec
Loading speed per measurement: k ::::: mr· instUstep
Number of measurements: N:=U-tl n:= 0 .. N t := ti + n

n
Instantaneous ullage: instUll := instUstop + k·t

n n
avgUU := instUll
0 0
Averaged ullage: avgUlln :=;If n =0,instUlln,(1-a).instUlln + B·avgUlln- ]

~L 1
9.9
9.95
instU11n
10
avgUU,,
10.05
10.1 L - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - ' - - - - - - ' - - - - - ' - - - - - - 0

-100 -so -60 -40 -20
Start Ullage: Ustart := instUstop + k·tl Ustart = 9.92 m
AverageDemo.MCD/stp/14.02.2002 Page I of3

KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS PS Trondheim
Haakon Vll's gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 SB 10 00 Telefax +47 73 SB 10 01 www.kongsberg.com
IKongsberg Maritime
Averaged Ullage as a sum of a series of all instantaneous ullage values:
12
AvgUIJage ;= "L... (l - 8 ) ·8 - t·(instUstop + k·t) + (instUstop + k·tl)·8 - ti
t =tl+I
Calculated;
AvgUIJage = 9.987m
instUstop =!Om
Delay between instantaneous ullage and averaged ullage:
instUstop - AvgUIJage
tDelay:= ---~-~~~ tDelay = -15.634
k
Alternative method:
The center of gravity for the function for the 12-tl last measurements is located at :
t2
L...
" t· ( l - 8 ) ·8 -t·(instUstop + k·t) + tl·(instUstop + k·tl)·8 -ti
tCG := t=tl+I
t2
L...
" (l - 8 ) ·8 - t·(instUstop + k·t) + (instUstop + k·tl)·8 -ti
t=tl+l
tCG = -15.614
The part of the equation representing the ullage variable part: instUstop+ kt can be reduced,
calculating the CG for the weighing function (the delay In unit number of measurements Is
independant of the loading/discharging rate):
Using a larger number of measurements: ti := -250
t2
L, ,.(1-0).0-t
t=tl
tCG := - - - - - - tCG =-15.667
12
L,
(1-0).0-
1
t=tl
AverageDemo.MCD/stp/14.02.2002 Page 2 of3

KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS "5 Trondheim
Haakon VIrs gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 01 www.koogsberg.com
IKongsberg Maritime
1
. \__./ I 2 3
Reducing the function utilising the series: --:=1+0+0 +0 + ...... .
t-0
I
~
I en
--:=
1-0 I
n=O
12
-t
I
I= ti
t·0
tCGrl := - - - - tCGrl = -15.667

t2
-t
I
t =ti
0
Reducing further:
t2
tCGI2 :=(I -0)· L t·0
-t
tCGr2 = -15.667
t=tl
Reducing further:
t2 -t+I
tCGr3 := -(1 -e). L 0
1-0
tCGr3 = -15.667
t=tl
Reducing further:
t2
tCGr4 := --0· L 0
-t
tCGr4 = -15.667
t =ti
Flnal reduction:
_.- - ... --0

tCGfinal := - - tCGfinal = -15.667
1- 0
For a continuous function, the center of gravity will be:
f12
-250
t·(l -0)·0- dt
1
tCGcont:= - - - - - - - tCGcont = -16.161
f12 (1-0).0-tdt
-250
I
tCGcont := - ( ) tCGcont = -16.162
In 0
AverageDemo.MCD/stp/14.02.2002 Page 3 of3

KONGSBERG MARillME SHIP SYSTEMS f>S Trondheim
Haakon VIrs gt 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway Telephone +47 73 SB 10 00 Telefax +47 73 SB 10 01 www.kongsberg.com
Level Gauge
The GLA I 00 Level Sensing Unit
Features
• Modem planar antenna technology .
• Outstanding accuracy: ±2mm.
• Rugged modular design .
• Non-intrusive installation - tank aperture 0
=200mm.
r.
""---J
Top welded installation - no scaffolding.
• Intrinsically safe for use in all zones .
• Approved by the major classification
societies.
• Options:
- Inert gas pressure input (1 of 4 to 20mA)
The GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit
- Tank temperature input (3 of 4 to 20mA)
- Alarm outputs (open collector)
Description
Application and general description
The GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge consists of the
GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit located on the tank
connected to a GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit
normally located in the Cargo Control Room.
Dedicated signal processing ensures normal system (i.e. ullage) is derived from the time delay of the
rpperation on the rest of the system if a malfunction reflected signal.
- occurs on one of the units. The GLA 100 Level
Sensing Unit is mounted to a· straight or angular tank A microwave signal sweeping in frequency is emitted
adapter that is top welded to the tank. from the GLA 100 Level Sensing Unit and directed as
a narrow beam towards the liquid surface in the tank.
The received reflected signal is detected by the
Application GLAI 00 Level Sensing Unit electronics. Signal
The Level Gauge is primarily intended to measure
processing is performed in the GLK-100 Signal
ullage in tanks on board ships, in offshore
Processing Unit.
installations, and in industry. The standard version
can measure any liquid; e.g. crude oil petroleum The patented detection method ensures accurate
products, chemical and bitumen. Accurate measuring up to 40 metres with .a limited sensor
measurement is possible regardless the atmospheric aperture size.
conditions. High instrument accuracy and flexible
software ensures easy adaptation to a large number of With specific tank data stored in dedicated
applications. memory, the processor calculates exact level and
volume in the tank. Adding Windows NT
Measurement principle workstations containing dedicated loading
(-,;·he measurement principle is based on the Frequency programs, more extensive cargo inventory
~ . -'Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW). The distance information like weight and filling rate will be
available.
Autronica Products from Kongsberg - quality makes sense

P-GLlOO/CE 021212 pab
lll§i.!.!M!ij.i§i!llQ!i!.!.~11
General
Measuring range: 0.3 to 40m
Instrument accuracy: ±2mm
Max trim/list: ±40
Ex classification: EEx ia IIC T4, Class I, Division I Group A, B, C, D
Quality standard: ISO 9001
Generic EMC standard: Emission: EN50081-1
Immunity: EN50082-2
The GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit

Frequency: X-band
Radiated power: <0.2mW (-7dBm)
Materials: AISI 316 in housing and connection box
Teflon (PTFE) plate facing the cargo
AISI 3161 in tank adapter
Dimensions: H = 162mm, 01=295mm, 02 = 245mm, antenna diameter= 200mm
Weight: 29kg
Protection: IP67
Environmental temperature: -40°C to +80°C
The GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit

Power supply: 24VDC (19 to 32V)
Power consumption: Maximum 9.6W
Heat dissipation: Maximum 5W
Dimension: 38 x 382 x 152mm
Communication: LONMARK network (ring-structure)
Input/output: I radar input
4 analogue 4 to 20mA inputs
4 open collector outputs galvanically isolated
Zener barriers: Integrated
fl I
r j
'"
Fig. 1:
The GLA 100, dimensions
"'
Fig. 2: GLA-100,
~th straight adapter
1. GLA-100 Level Sensing Ulit

2 GL-1731 TankAdaJXer.
3. Connection OOx.
4. Flexille protection tube for main calle. Aw- 500
5. Flexille protection tube for
Temperature Sensor
6. 1nerrgas· Pressure Transmitter (op:ion).
7. lnsi:ecfion hatch.
.r· /
Fig. 3: GLA-100, assembly '"

with angular adapter
1. GLA-100 Level Sensing

2. GL-1730Tank
3. Connection
4. Flexible protection tube for main cable.
5. Flexible protection tube for
Temperature Sensor
6. Inert gas Pressure Transmitter (option).
7. Inspection hatch with optional ullage
11-
,,,,,,,......_ , Drw. GL-1736
'(
p qII .20
;. -,,,'° \
Fig. 4: The GLK-100, dimensions
0 0
g
0
• ®
\ 4p;s ~M4x20
art ro_. UTN000/4M
~ .
382
'
•
®
D
' ®
~
•
0 0
' + ®
Fig. 5: Cable Connection Drawing

HAZARDQUS AR~A NQN-HAZARDO\JS AREA
' ,, Coririunico. tion tines

<RS-232 o.nd/or current toop)
4-20 nA
' I 11
Inputs
GLA100
KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS AS

Haakon VII's gt. 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway
Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 02 www.kongsberg.com KON GS BERG
Presentatio~ Program
Features
• User-friendly, advanced graphic presentation.
• Windows NT technology.
• Menu operated.
'r.· • Popup windows for parameter values and --~...-----·------
~--·
_,1 alarm limit settings.

• Printed reports available. - -
------------,,,..--------,
• Operator monitoring and interaction.
• Easy handling of alarms and faults.
• Easy configuration of the system.
• Storage of measured parameter values.
• Calculation using measured parameter values.
• Logging of history/trend for the last three The workstation is the main presentation unit in
months. the system. From the workstation normally
• Generation/printouts of reports. situated in a cargo control room, the operator can
• Automatic zero reference point adjustment monitor all data and control essential operating
for calibration of the pressure sensors in the parameters.
system. A number of workstations can be connected in a
network to provide several operator consoles at
Description different locations onboard. As an option, the
workstation can communicate with a load-
(/Application and general description calculator or other external systems.
The NL-300 Presentation Program is a PC-based
As alarms are processed continuously in the
system for cargo control and monitoring onboard
background, the operator is immediately alerted
ships. The system uses Windows NT technology,
if any alarm limits are exceeded. Any faults
providing a user-friendly and advanced graphic
occurring in the system are immediately reported
presentation of data from cargo monitoring and
on the screen. Reports on faults and alarms, as
control equipment (level gauging units, various
well as history/trend reports on all measured
temperature/pressure sensors, external equipment
parameters in the system are logged and stored
etc.).
and can be printed out at any time.
The system is operated from the main menu,
where each submenu can be selected. Popup
windows for parameter values and alarm limit
settings, plus graphic presentations of ship-
specific data are displayed on the screen.

P-NL300/CE 030103 pab
Data available on the screen
• Cargo tank ullage/level. • Miscellaneous.
- Cargo tank volume/weight. • Vapour line pressure.
- Cargo tank temperature. • Line pressure.
- Cargo tank inert gas pressure. • Draft F (fore).
- Filling/discharging rate. • Draft M (mid-ship), Port and Starboard.
• Ballast tank level. • Draft A (aft).
- Ballast tank volume.
• Trim.
• Service tank level.
• List.
- Service tank volume.
• ATM (atmospheric pressure).
- Service tank temperature.
••;•.111@1;.;g;11;;;1.1.i•
System requirements:
Software: Windows NT 4.0.
Intouch.
The NL-300 Program.
Hardware: Intel Pentium processor.

Minimum 64Mb RAM.
Minimum 1Gb hard disk.
Minimum 17", 1024 x 768 pixel, 256-colour screen.
System Elements: The NL-300 Presentation Program is run on a standard IBM compatible PC with the
installed NL-300 software package on a Windows NT operating system.
The system is operated via a mouse or "trackball" connected to the PC.
System Limits: The NL-300 Presentation Program covers the following:

• Up to 54 cargo tanks (i.e. 54 channels for ullage/level, inert gas and cargo
temperature).
• Up to 36 tanks/points for ballast tanks, miscellaneous and service tanks.
• Up to 54 points for line pressure.
• Up to 16 points for vapour lines.
~1-
r;
On the left hand side, and below the alarm window:
Status bar showing DRAFT (A, M & F), TRJM, LIST and Atmospheric Pressure (present on all pictures except
the opening/introduction picture).
Top window: Upper right corner:

Alarm window showing the last four alarms. Window showing local time, UTC-time, number of
alarms, operator-blocked alarms and fault page.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCT VALUE LIMIT UNIT TIME fIOC22o7:Dl:OB
301632 FAILURE CARGO TEMP. VAPOUR CARGJZ TEMP4 2111:11:13 OPBLK2
301632 FAILURE CARGO TEMP. VAPOUR CARGJZ TEMPS 2111:11:13 Alnnns 328 _,
301631 FAILURE CARGO TEMP. VA!=>OUR CARG31
301631 FAILURE CARGO TEMP. VAPOUR CARG31
TEMP4
TEMPS
2111:11:13
2111:11:13
F~~,-;·p~~~----f Ti
.AutroC.ARGO•. 2000
P•resent~t_iof,• •. Prog r.arri••····NL-300
11
!
'ii
.I .·.
I kONGSBERG I
i
Copyright© Kongsl:Jerg Marnime Ship Systems M/TAUTRONICA
SF3
--SETUP
BALLAST
SFS
CARGO
TANKS-·
"'BALLAsT
·TANKS
SFT
VAPOUR
LINES
SFS Sf10 ''
REPORT- :sEA
GOING::
Exrr -~i.
sr11: - - , Sf12"
··
'Ht-~300
"BALLAST
GROUPS
F4
SERVICE
--TANKS
FS
MISC
F6
LINE
PRESS
" PAGE
ACK
f8 :·
ACK
Fl!._;
cofflROL POTMmR"° "'ALAR:r
MENU
•.--: "'SIREH
OFF
' [ ) Function buttons:

In the opening/introduction picture:
Shift (S) Fl= SET-UP CONFIG (password protected), F2= CARGO GROUP, S F2= SET-UP CARGO,
F3=BALLAST GROUP, S F3= SET-UP BALLAST, F4= SERVICE TANKS, S F4= CARGO LEVEL, F5=
MISC., S F5= CARGO TANKS, F6= LINE PRESS, S F6= BALLAST TANKS, F7=PAGE ACK, S F7=
VAPOUR LINES, F8= ACK, S F8= HISTORY TREND, F9= -, S F9= -, FlO= -, S FlO= REPORT, Fl l=
ALARM MENU, S Fl l= SEAGOING (password protected), Fl2= SIREN OFF, S Fl2= EXIT NL-300
(password protected).
In all pictures (except the opening/introduction picture):

Fl= HELP, F2= PRINT, F3= PREV. PAGE, F4= NEXT PAGE, F5= CARGO (function dependent on picture),
F6= GROUP DISPLAY (function dependent on picture), F7= PAGE ACK, F8= ACK, F9= PREV MENU, FlO=
MAIN MENU, Fl l= ALARM MENU, Fl2= SIREN OFF.

Telephone +47 73 58 10 00 Telefax +47 73 58 10 02 www.kongsberg.com KONGSBERG
Graphic Display
Features
• Graphic presentation of cargo tanks.
• LCD display with backlight.
re. • Automatic dimming.
:f ·~ •
Operates as backup for PC based presentation
:~- system.
~ • Displays measured values, alarms and fault
diagnosis for the cargo system.
• LED indication for level alarms and faults.
• Alarm buzzer.
• Screen saver.
• Easy to operate.
Description
Available on the screen:
General description • Cargo tank ullage/level.
The NL-190 Graphic Display consists of a 16 x 40 • Cargo tank volume.
character LCD display with semi graphic characters
,.. for the bar graphs, processor board, 5 LEDs for • Cargo tank temperatures in liquid and vapour
' / " - ullage alarm and faults, 4 operator keys and display (up to 5 individual temperatures).
~. ·housing. The processor board comprises • Cargo tank inert gas pressure.
- communication ports for serial line and LON bus • Ballast tank level.
connection, embedded processor, FLASH memory • Service tank level.
for program and configuration files and light • Draft F (fore).
measurement circuitry for automatic dimming.
• Draft M (mid) port and starboard.
• Draft A (aft).
Application • Trim.
The NL-190 Graphic Display is used to display
• List.
measured values for cargo tanks, ballast and
• Misc. temperature and pressure.
service tanks, and draft and misc. temperature
and pressure applications. • Fault diagnosis.
• Alarm listing.
In a cargo monitoring system one NL-190
Display will always act as backup display for the NOTE!
cargo tanks in case of communication failure to Data available depends on scope of supply for
the presentation s'ystem. the actual vessel and which functions are
connected to the display.
··-y---.
Autronica Products from Kongsberg - quality makes sense .
P·NL190/CE 021212 pab

i:'l;.i I[ -
1"'-.
Scrolling keys. These keys are used to navigate in the menu system for selection/"·,"-
of the different screens. Optionally the scrolling keys can be used for parameter
adjustments, e.g. setting of density.
Enter key. This key is used for selection of screen picture. Long and short push
function are available and will determine which screen picture is selected. The
functionality depends on scope of supply for the actual vessel and which
functions are connected to the display.
ALARM Alarm lig~t. Flashing red when new alarms are present in the system.
Alarm status key. All alarms will be displayed by pushing the alarm status key.
LEDs for Level Alarms and Fault. Up to 4 Level alarms for each cargo tank can _:)\
be used. Tank no. for which the alarm has occurred can be found from the alarm r - ,
page.
CTOl
Ulla"" 9.567 l~.H2 c.lJJ
~~ 1J.2JI "
!ALARM/ Vol""' Jts.n
"'"
18,,'2
lB.912
2.,6B
2.96H
i""
1S.9t2 Z.HS
Tamp l"" U.I d<>o e
, • .., ... d lt.2 dea c
H.l d~o e
0 T•-tu.Qh.
0
AuttonlC:a NL·190 Li•H H!1
t.1.ut H
1.1.IUt !.
J.000 "'
J.5~0 "'
13.SOO 1>
'"' Autrcnlca NL-190
C:l? 15.HZ 6.ZJJ 6132.0l
1.1.&lt LI. H.;>OO :> GJl'!P 18.9'2 2.968 Sl6LOJ
0 ! 1.AHH.l
Dia""°H "odtos:
(2U,O)
" 0 tE!lilll C';:J~.S
GlS
16.912
18.912
2.96B
2.965
5461.CJ
5161.0J
0 ! :1,AH.) 0 Gl!lliil
0 IE!!il
0 f·lAL'' !-~:)
0 f_J.AU..f 0 li!l!lll
Q ff.AJJLT! 0 OEZ:m
0
·Example of cargo tank display Example of cargo tank table
~\
•e•.1.1s1;.;;•111;;;1.1.•
Power supply: 24VDC (18 to 32V).
Communication ports: RS232 serial line.
LON bus interface.
LCD display: 16 x 40 characters with semi-graphic characters for the bar graphs.
Dimensions: 350x195mm.
Weight: 2.3kg.
Screensaver: LCD display backlight switched off after 15 minutes.
Dimmer: Automatic LED dimming.
Processor: 386EX embedded processor, VxWorks.
PIC processor for function keys and dimmer function.
Memory: FLASH memory for program and configuration.
Protection: IP22 when installed in front door for standard cargo monitoring cabinet.
Better protection degree on request. Standalone display IP20.
Environmental temperature: 5 to 55°C, recommended below 45°C.
Based on dwg. no.: NL-465
LON TffiMNATION
fl
'~
"" ~
F1
...
~ ""
;::; ~
~· "~~
a ~ m~@
'" 0
""'"'
o@
.,J,.
"'El
• 469
50!
__, >-
'-5
,......,, r< •
-•
0
...,.,
GiII
I DISPLAY I 162 195)
{169
N
·la I' PANEL CUT OUT FLUSH MOUNTING

I
'
I
o(;;;:J
oG;;:) • 0
oG!IJ
.. G!W """ Qo "• 0
0
..... 28
' '
(33~ . s;:o. 21
350 . SO)
4 ncs. MS
or screws no.8
m
Hl
; .
' ~d)l©@ '- -r
{55/
L COllTRO~ PJJI&~
® J f~U
BULKHEAD MOUNTING I{135

'
I I
+------------+
Based on dwg. no.: NL-464
(,
;_ ,)

f /
Digital Barg~aph Display

Features
• Automatic self-test, identification and
configuration.
• Automatic dimming of the display.
• Full galvanic insulation.
r
.:.. i
~- Description
General description
The NL-196 performs a self-test, identification
and configuration at Power-Up or Reset. If
NodeNoSetting (S81/82) or SubNetSetting (S83)
is set to 0, no configuration will take place. The
unit may then be configured by means of the
software configuration tool.
Thefollowingfacilities are software selectable:
• Flashing or steady light in the Bargraph. Application
The NL-196 is a Digital and Bargraph Display,
• Flashing or steady 1" character in the
which is used to display, measured values for
alphanumeric display.
cargo tanks, ballast and service tanks, and draft
• Flashing or steady "on" or "off' on the Status
and misc. temperature and pressure applications.
( LEDs.
'• Flashing or steady "on" or "off' on the digital
outputs.
Technical specifications
Power input: 24VDC (18 to 32V) I 200mA
Communication: LON
Display: 2 lines with 8 alphanumeric characters each
Bargraph: 0 to 100%, 20 points LED-array
Status-LEDs: IAHH I IAH I JAL I IALL I Error
Output: 4 digital outputs, 24 to 1OOmA (galvanic insulated)
Input: 1 digital input (galvanic insulated). Iin is approximately 20mA
Dimming: All indications are dimmed by means of a light sensitive resistor*
Node no. setting: 1 to 99
SubNetNo setting: 46 to 49, switch I to 4
Nodes pr. Segment: Maximum 32
Size: 48 x 96 x 163mm I DIN 43700
(Weight: 400g
·, .. -Cutout: 43 x 9lmm
*On the first series, the dimming is disabled
Autronica Sensors from Kongsberg - quality makes sense

P·NL196/CE 030102 pab
ll I
(·
Dimensions: Component location and connection:

CCCCCCDDDDCCCCCDDDD 1
...
Bcccccaooaocaaccooaa 1
-
• •
I-----
_J, -
25
"'
Cut-out dimensions:
PAHEL
CUT-OJT
91
'"
Connection, seen from rear: Replacing the unit:

Set SubNetNo-switch (S83) and NodeNo
E-2523/1 +
N N
+
(") C"':I V
+
V
I
(S81, S82) to same positions as on the unit to
::I :; ::::i ::::I :l :::J be replaced.
000000
The unit is self-configuring.
24VDC
X41
LON
X10
7
------
• • • • • •
1/0
X82
12
12345 1234
k~~ti11~~ 1 ------
• • • • • • 6
+ + a o?
+ 0 + +
24VDC E .s
In :i 3
0 0

Ex-LON Field Bus
Features
• Reduces installation costs due to huge cable
savings.
• Improves reading accuracy .
r.• Intrinsically safe field bus .

Zener barriers not required.
Description

The Ex-LON Field Bus communication network is
specially designed for data collection from sensing
devices used on board vessels. The system comprises LON
cable, LON nodes and the repeater units.
11,S COM
LON Nodes
,-'-~--:;:,,,,__ 0
The LON node is an intelligent sensor input module +5
connected to the field bus cable. It comprises a =---_,-10
multiplexer, 18-bit AID Converter, CPU and memory
for range, offset etc. Processed values are transferred MEMO
r on the field bus cable via the repeater unit to a central
microcomputer. The field bus cable must be a two-
pair twisted type, one pair for power and one pair for MU
communication signals. CURR.G
There can be a maximum of 7 LON nodes per Ex- SENSOR INPUTS

LON bus. A total of 8 freely mixed temperature and
pressure sensors can be connected to each node, i.e.
maximum 56 sensors on each cable. Each LON node
is galvanically isolated, thus providing earth fault Repeater unit
monitoring facilities.
Repeater Unit 24V= z 300
The repeater unit is an electrical card separating the

Ex-LON field bus in a hazardous area from the LON
network in a safe area. One repeater unit is required
for each field bus cable. The repeater unit also serves
as the power supply for LON nodes, and zener
1,5V
+o-+--l
z !--+.<~ +/-1,SV
barriers are integrated in the unit. The communication

T'>ignal
, /
is galvanically isolated from the LON network.
.

P-EXLON/CE 021212 pab
General
Cable:
Ex-classification:
-
2-pair twisted cable, maximum L/R: 925µH/ohm.
EExia IIC T4.
TheAL100/AI8EX LON-Node
Capacity: 8 inputs per LON node. Maximum 7 LON nodes per repeater, dependent
on cable length and application, i.e. maximum 56 sensors per cable pair.
Type of inputs: PTIOO, PTIOOO, GT-250 pressure transmitter series, freely mixed. lmA,
5 to 55mV.
Power supply: 6 to l l.5V I 30mA.
Connection: Serial communication. LON talk protocol.
Communication speed: 78KBaud.
Material: AISI 316 stainless steel.
Dimensions (H x W x D): 207 x 314 x 75mm.
Protection: IP67.
The ALlOO/RPEX Repeater

Power supply: 24VDC.
Power output: l l .5V, maximum 300mA.
Signal: l.5Vpp voltage pulse.
Mechanical dimensions: 113 x 324 x ?Imm.
Fig. I: LON node, dimensions
207
. "'
Fig. 2: Repeater, dimensions
·r
~I
J
[ l
®
+ILITRCM!CI!- "1 ® I
[ l'O~~~iF
! u:""""",,!''"' ',,.'1j;,:a: LJ
.. ..... ,,..,,,.,,.
,,'"'"""'""' •
~
~ --.-~"
"-."'.!l.1:'1).-®
Ii ~ffii; @ 72 113
. ""' =
@ ~
01';--or. Q.l!>
! ::..::L=-
5!~.t-t ""' •r.I;qi 0 I::·"-
.:..2'!...
~ ~
'-
Ii
I
0
'"°~~
i.:.1L
s1'
~µ.:....:
,. ,.
""
O~:t<p 0
Li.
® ' II., .. " @) @) ® " @
317
324
Fig. 3: LON node connection to MN- Fig. 4: LON node connection to

1535 Temperature Sensor, example pressure transducers, example
AL-100 ION ful:I bJs :i:l A1r 100 ION :fhl:l bJs n
hazarr:bJs aJ'.ffi hazmr:bus area
NPUTNoJ. NPUTNo2
I Nl?UT No.6 Nl?UT No.7 NPUTNoB
L. •. I I
I I
!1ib1'7c\rol b, 8ltc••
IJ *
('
-
..LLL..t.<Al _[__L..J.,,J.;J\2 r1-rY,r1;A3
-
1 2 3 ~ 5 6 7 ~ 9 l! i·l12 Can.b:::r<
/ L.J.;J..;:t.;.J.;.L_l.;_t.;l.;J.;.L_l.;.I;:Q:;:L,J MN-1805
[, ,\ I .\ L_, J
If,, 34~1 UG-509 or

UG-510
Coon.1=
,, ,, ,, )EL Bil<
1.
" L L
RID
'
,aw
PtlOOO PtlOOO Ptl 000
'!>MP.
SENSOR
'!>MP.
SENSOR
'!>MP.
s ENSOR 12 3 .1 1 2 3 I!
+ + - + + - -
G'l'-250/ G'l'- 250/ G'l'-250/
PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE
" Cabl! .s:;:re6l lo 1::::e eru1hed. D. n}:pl? SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR
Fig. 5: Block diagram
D
Nir300
p:ii=smtatbn EA-300
Ccrnmurri::ati::n
P"'9""' h-re
Max. 7
10N r<des
per
!Eli=;
Tanpezatl.lle and pre:ssuie seis:>lS fiee}j

mi:B::l, max. 8 per ION ncce

Alarm System
Features
• Meets IMO requirements: "Cargo Tank
•
Overfill Protections System".
The GL-7 Level Switch is made of acid ......... -
........._ ....
l""""'P~- ~
resistant AISI 316 steel and PTFE Teflon. ,.,..,~. ~
t,.--.. • The level switch/es is/are continually

~
j
monitored.
• Centralised signal processing via two
separate NL-4 Monitoring Panels.
• Flexible modular system, which meets the
various requirements.
• Solid-state design - no moving parts .
• Intrinsically safe installation.
Both single and dual types are available.
Functional test of switch and electronics is carried out
Description by means of a small permanent magnet.
Application and general description The NL-4 Monitoring Panel

The GL-7/NL-4 High Level Alarm System is If liquid reaches the level-sensing element, the 95%
designed to monitor liquid levels in cargo tanks level, a red alarm light on the channel (cargo tank) in
onboard ships. question will start flashing, and a rotating light and
r siren connected to the panel will also be activated.
The GL-7A Level Switch When the siren and the rotating light are
A capacitive measuring principle is applied for level acknowledged the red alarm light will change to
detection. The capacitance is measured between the steady light. The same sequence will occur if the
inner and the outer electrode ring. liquid reaches the 98% level.
The inner electrode ring is insulated with Teflon The system is pre-designed for relay output from
(PTFE), and the outer ring is made of acid resistant each channel if function control is required .
.steel (AISI 316). If a liquid enters the gap between
When a tank is fully loaded, the· high-level alarm
the two electrode rings, the capacity will be altered.
This change in capacity is used to detect liquid I no system can be blocked. Simply press the
"BLOCKED" button to "in" position.
liquid.
The system is designed according to the "fail-safe
The GL-7 A Level Switch can be used both in
and self-checking" principle. Each switch and its
conducting and non-conducting liquids. The switches
electronic are constantly monitored. If a m·alfunction
do not require any re-adjustment due to different
occurs, a "Fault Alarm" or "Alarm" will be activated.
types of cargoes (liquids).
Indicator for power "ON" and a common "FAULT"
warning light indicator are included .

P-GL7NL4/CE 021212 pab
The GL-7A Level Switch
Power supply:
-
15VDC stabilised via zener barriers
r-'/
/
Current consumption: 20mA per measuring point

Output signal: Normal- lmA
Alarm - 1.3 to 2.5mA dependent on the measured liquid
Accuracy: ±lcm
Measuring principle: Capacitive
Materials: AISI 316 acid resistant steel
(SS·2343) and tetlon (PTFE)
Element length: Normally maximum 120cm
Housing protection: IP66 waterproof (housing to be filled with silicone grease after installation)
Weight: 1Okg (double type, I OOcm length)
Ambient temperature:
housing -25°C to +70°C
element -55°C to + 100°C (higher temperature on request)
Vibrations: Maximum 0.7g at 2 to lOOHz
The NL-4 Monitoring Panel

Power supply: 24 VDC + 10%, -15%
Voltage variations due to accumulator charging are tolerated
Current consumption: NL-4/lxlO: Total maximum 720mA without level switches
Output relay, channel unit: Relay contact, normally closed. Maximum 24V/1A
Alarm relay, alarm unit: Potential free change over contact, 24V/0.2A
Fault relay, alarm unit: Potential free change over contact, 24V/0.2A
"Valve man. open" relay: Relay contact, normally open, 24V/0.2A
Protection: IP42 (installed in a control desk)

Ambient temperature: -25°C to +70°C
Relative humidity: 0%to95%RH
Vibrations: Maximum 0.7g from 2 to lOOHz
f,
·.. J
NL- 4 Morutorilg Pane:B
95% 98% Power sur:p}y

0
0
c::i c:::t
c:::i c:::t
0
0
0
0
c:::i c:::i
c::i c::i
0
0 230 230
= = = =
i i
0 0 0 0
0 c:::i c:::J 0 0 c::J c::i 0
0 = c::J 0 0 = 0
.
c:J
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
~ ~
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 Oc:Jc::JO
o=o o=o
a EE a o EE o
I AiL sur:p}y
Sol:noi:i
@ vale
Zener barr-P""'
Rotathg/ fushilg
Re:i Jght
98% - r I
lel.cl.Sw:ir:h AiL
GL-7A/2 ,,, F @ twhoon
I I Rotathg/ fushilg
YeJl::w Jght
95%
98%
95% Valme
Valme
(,
. ::ioNGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS AS
Haakon VI!'s gt. 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway
Temperature Transmitter with the
MN1535 Temperature Transmitter
Description

The MNI535/GC-90 Temperature System is
designed for monitoring temperatures in cargo tanks
r onboard chemical tankers, gas- and oil tankers,
, /product carriers and certain specialized vessels.
The system consists of the following main parts:

• A UP-32 l Adapting Flange welded to the
tank top.
• A protecting pipe in the tank (not KMSS
supply).
• A GC-90 Connection Box with signal
converters.
• I, 2 or 3 MN! 535 Temperature Sensors.
A flange is welded to the deck for each tank top. A

protection pipe runs through the centre hole down
into the tank The terminal box is located on the top
of the flange. The temperature sensors run from the
box down to the protection tube.
( J.iquid in the Protection Pipe
j
ORDERING EXAMPLE: MNI535 T 12500 U
To reduce the response time, we recommend filling
the protection pipe with a liquid. The measurement
will also be more concentrated at the measuring
Mechanical l
3-wire connection(letter no. I) ----~
I
point. Different types of liquid can be used, but we Length in mm ·
Element type P!IOO (letter no.2)
recommend using transformer oil, which can be
delivered by most oil companies.
Letter No. 1 Exolanation
The liquid/oil must: F 4-wire connection
• Suit the cargo temperature. N 4-wire connection 1/3 DIN
• Not corrode the sensors and pipes. T 3-wire connection
• Not, in case ofleaks, be harmful to the cargo. s Single element 2-wire
• Not freeze or crystallize in the temperature
range.
Letter No. 2 Element Ram!:e
M PtlOOO ohm/0°C -200 to 400°C
The MN1535 Temperature Sensor
The temperature sensor can be delivered with Pt! 00
u PtlOO ohm/0°C -200 to 400°C
( o r Pt!OOO elements according to IEC 751. v T802 ohm/0°C oto 100°c

P-GC90/CE 021204 pab
r---1
There are four versions of the GC-90.
The GC-90 with PG-16 for cables up to 013, dimensional sketch GC-18 l.
The GC-90/A with PG-21 for cables up to 017, dimensional sketch UG-507.
The GC-90/B with PG-21 for cables up to 017, for Frank Mohn, dimensional sketch UG-530.
The GC-90/C with PG-21 for cables up to 025, dimensional sketch UG-183.
Each main design unit can be delivered with 1, 2 or 3 temperature sensors and different ranges, see order key.
Order key PtlOO PtIOOO Ran2e

ORDER EXAMPLE GC-90/C - Ul2 -3 UlO U20 -200 to 200°c
Design
Element/Range(PtlOO/Oto 160°C) -------~
TTJ Ul 1
Ul2
U21
U22
-50 to 50°C
0 to 160°C
Qty of GCB-110/- 1,2 or 3 sensors
Ul3 U23 oto 300°C
Ul4 NIA oto 600°C
Ul5 U25 oto 100°c
Ul6 U26 -50 to 100°c
/
11•;1.1111;1;1.;g1111;;;1.1.~-1
GC-90 GC-90 with DZ-110 Zener Barrier
Power supply: 24VDC (10 to 35V) 24VDC (18 to 35V)
Output signal: 4to20mA 4to20mA
Load: 0 to 1250 Ohm 0 to 650 Ohm at l 8V input
Recommended type of zener barrier: DZ-110
Type of protection: (EEx ia) !IC N
Number of GCB-110 signal converters: 1, 2 or 3

Operating temperature: -25°C to+70°C
Accuracy** (signal converter without
PtlOO element): < ±0.25% of FRO*
Temperature drift: < ±0.01% of FRO* /°C
Connection: Screw terminals, maximum 2.5mm 2
Weight: Approximately 5.0kg
Protection grade: IP67
Ex classification: EEx ia· !IC T4 according to Cenelec EN 50020
Types: See "Order key"
Material, box: AISI316
Generic EMC-standard:
Emission: EMC 50081-1
Immunity: EN 50082-2
Performance degradation
during immunity test: <±0.5%ofFRO
*FRO ~Full Range Output

**Accuracy ~Including non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at 25 °C
(~
The MN1535 Temperature Sensor
( , Element type: Pt 1aa or Ptl aaa according to !EC 7 51
· / Temperature range: -2aa to +4aa c 0
Connection: 2, 3 or 4 core, flexible wires

Length (L): To be specified. Minimum L = taamm, maximum L = saaaamm
Protection grade: IP6S
Coupling: l/S" NPT threads
Weight: a.lkg/m
Accuracy: Class B (standard) Class A (Upon request)

0
-1aa c ±a.s 0 c ±a.35°C
a0 c ±a.3°C ±a.1s 0 c
taa.oc ±a.s 0 c ±a.35°C
2aa 0 c ±l.3°C ±a.ss 0 c
4aa 0 c ±2.3oc ±a.95°C
6aa 0 c ±3.3°C ±l.35°C
r.j
• ' I
Fig. I: The GC-90 Temperature Transmitter with the MN1535 Sensor, dimensions
~,
4 5
1. GC-90 Transmitter
2. UP-321 Adapter flange
3. MN153_5 Sensor
4. UP-456 Adapter "
5. GL-1388/500 Protection tube
-1-----{3) 6. Protection pipe (not KMSS
supply) U?-321
G::-178
Fig. 3: Fig. 4:
The GC-90 Temperature Transmitter, connection The .MN1535 Temperature Sensor, dimensions
-0 00 -000 000
,"
jl----
12, 12,
"' ""
l-110
4 56
0
- 4 56
0
"'
4 56
&~·
100
~
,,.,.,,,_,
11
SAFE
AR EA
----- -
HAZA RDOUS
AREA
can press±:n fi:tbg
.!ESEtant stEel
Jlcij
_(
A 12 -. -. w
8 1 2 c 1L1J
l/S'NPr
34 5 6 3456-3456
-
L
+- 100
ELEMENT
T002 020'C
""'
lBTlaik) '
Pl100JQtl"C
Pl1000VC "
Yello
Yencw
,.,.
comcction
1ll02"
Pl1000
Black
Yellow • Boo
'8
Yellow
t1'1
Yellow ••
' '
\_!, EBnmt
Pl100
.L.-1._ '-+-'
"Pl100J Owg. :\fN'-1535
Boo
Boo

KONGSBERG
RADARS
- THE TERM RADAR IS A CONTRACTION OF THE

WORDS RADIO DETECTION AND RANGING.
- HOWEVER, MODERN RADARS ARE NOT ONLY DEVOTED

TO RANGE GAUGING, e.g. SPEED AND DIRECTION
FINDING HAVE LONG BEEN PART OF THE CONCEPT OF
RADAR. RADAR TARGET IDENTIFICATION BY SHAPE
MEASUREMENTS NOWADAYS ADDS TO THE GENERAL
CONCEPT OF RADAR.
- THE GLlOO RADAR FROM AUTRONICA CAN MEASURE

BOTH RANGE AND SPEED. LEVEL GAUGING RARELY
'
-~
INVOLVE SPEED GAUGING, THOUGH.
-RANGE GAUGING BY RADAR IS SIMPLY A MATTER OF

MEASURING TIME OF FLIGHT FOR THE RADAR SIGNAL
BEING ECHOED BY THE TARGET. RANGE AND TIME OF
FLIGHT ARE LINKED BY THE PROPAGATION SPEED OF
THE RADAR SIGNAL:
(RANGE) = (SPEED OF PROPAGATION) · (TIME OF FLIGHT)
J.-6" I
KONGSBERG
MICROWAVES
- RADARS GENERALLY APPLY RADIO SIGNALS IN THE

MICROWAVE PART OF THE ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE
SPECTRUM. A SKETCHY OVERVIEW OF THIS SPECTRUM
IS SUMMARIZED AS FOLLOWS,.
DIRECT CURRENTS (DC)

ELF-WAVES (SUBSEA NAVIGATION)
POWER CURRENTS (AC, 50/60 Hz)
RADIO BROADCAST (LW, MW, SW, FM)
TV BROADCAST (VHF, UHF)
MICROWAVES (SHF, EHF)
HEAT (INFRARED)
VISIBLE LIGHT (RAINBOW COLOURS)
ULTRAVIOLET (UVA, UVB, UVC)
X-RAYS (MEDICAL)
'
y-RAYS (RADIOACTIVE DECAY, BLACK HOLES)
ALL THESE ASPECTS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

ARE UNIFIED BY ONE VERY IMPORTANT COMMON
PROPERTY, NAMELY THE SPEED OF PROPAGATION IN
VACUUM (SPEED OF LIGHT): '· .
c = 299792458 [m/s] = 299.792458 [mmGHz]
NOTE THAT THIS PROPAGTION SPEED IS INDEPENDENT

OF THE FREQUENCY OF THE ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE.
RZ
KONGSS5RG
RADAR SIGNALS
PROPAGATION SPEED
SIGNAL LOSSES
ECHO
PRESENCE OF MATTER, e.g. VAPOUR MOLECULES, WILL

SLOW DOWN THE PROPAGATION SPEED OF RADAR
SIGNALS. IN GENERAL, HIGH DENSITY MEANS SLOW
SPEED.
RADAR SIGNALS PROPAGATING THROUGH MATTER

ARE SUBJET TO ENERGY LOSSES DUE TO THE
INTERACTION WITH MOLECULES THAT ABSORBE
ENERGY (HEAT LOSS). IN GENERAL, AND IN RELATIVE
TERMS, HIGH DENSITY MEANS HIGH LOSS.
EQUALLY IMPORTANT IN UNDERSTANDING RADAR,

RADAR SIGNALS ENCOUNTERING A CHANGE IN
MATTER DENSITY, e.g. THE INTERFACE BETWEEN GAS
AND LIQUID, WILL CAUSE PART OF THE INCOMMING
SIGNAL TO BE BACKSCATTERED, MEANING THAT AN .
ECHO SIGNAL WILL BE PRODUCED. IN GENERAL, A
LARGE (OR ABRUPT) CHANGE CAUSES A LARGER
PORTION OF BACKSCATTER THAN A SMALL (OR
GRADUAL) CHANGE.
1-8" 3
KONGSBERG
RADAR LEVEL GAUGING

PROPAGATION SPEED
SIGNAL LOSSES
ECHO
ACCURATE LEVEL GAUGING BY MEANS OF RADAR

DEPENDS ON GOOD CONTROL OF A RANGE OF
PARAMETERS, OF WHICH THE PROPAGATION SPEED,
QUALITY OF THE ECHO SIGNAL, AND TIME OF FLIGHT
ARE THE THREE MOST PROMINENT.
-AS REGARDS TIME OF FLIGHT, THE GLlOO LEVEL

GAUGE RADAR IS ABLE TO MEASURE THIS PARAMETER
VERY ACCURATELY. HOWEVER, ACCURATE TIME
MEASUREMENTS ARE BASED ON A GOOD QUALITY
SIN-RATIO OF THE ECHO SIGNAL RECORDED BY THE
LEVEL GAUGE RADAR. SIN-RATIO IS DEGRADED BY:
- SIGNAL ATTENUATION DUE TO LOSS)' VAPOURS

- LOW BACKSCATTER BY THE LIQUID SURFACE
- CORRUPTED ANTENNA GAIN
- INTERFERENCE PRODUCED BY OBSTRUCTIONS
- FAR RANGE TARGETS
-AS REGARDS THE PROPAGATION SPEED OF THE

RADAR SIGNAL, GOOD CONTROL IS CRUCIAL. WITH
SOME VERY FEW EXCEPTIONS, THE SPEED OF LIGHT IN
NORMAL AIR AT SEA LEVEL (cair = 299.698 mm GHz) IS A
VERY GOOD UNIVERSAL VALUE.
KONGSBERG
PULSE RADAR PRINCIPLE
TX(t) RX(t)
28 • ,
t 1 t
'
U=c·8
SURFACE '·
25 5
KONGSSERG
RADAR LEVEL GAUGING IN

STORAGE CONTAINER FOR LIQUIDS
'
The complex form ratio (I') between the signals collected
'-.../ by the antenna (RX), and the signal launched. (TX),
represents the reflection factor referenced to the antenna
terminal. r represents the echo signal(s), and all relevant
information about the radar target(s) ~re contained in r.
Linear FMCW and the Fourier transform concept are

perfectly suited for reflection coefficient measurements.
KONGSSERG
THE BASIC PRINCIPLE OF FMCW RADAR
A SHORT TIMEPULSE P(t) HAS A WIDE TWIN SIBLING

P(co) IN THE FRQUENCY DOMAIN. THE TWINS ARE
~ EQUIVALENT REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SIGNAL, AND
"---" CONSTITUTE A FOURIER-TRANSFORM PAIR.
P(t) P(w)
At t EQUALS
'
THE EQUIVALENCE MANIFEST ITSELF BY,
ti. t . ti. co "" 2. n:
THIS VERY IMPORT ANT RELATION TELLS TWO STORIES:
1. THE INFORMATION PRODUCED BY THE SIGNAL IS

INDEPENDENT OF WHICH TWIN WE PREFERE TO DATE.
2. LARGE BANDWIDTH (ti.co) MEANS HIGH RESOLUTION (L'i.t).
ti.co = 2·n:· 1.0 [GHz] <=> L'i.t = 1.0 [n-s]

KONGSEERG
i1F
V(t)j • MEASURE
LO "-' A·COS[<P(t)] <P(t) =<P,+ C.:>·l

RF"-' A·COS[<P(t-2·0)] <P(t-2·0) = <P,+ e.:>·l-2·e.:>·8
IF"-' A·cos[<P(t)-<P(l-2·8)] <P(t)-<P(t-2·0) = 2·e.:>·8
V(t) rv IF"-' A·cos[2. e.:>· 0]
'
OBSERVE THAT THE SIGNAL DETECTED BY THE RADAR,
1
'-.....1 V(t), DEPENDS ON 3 PARAMETERS, NAMELY:
.. . . .
A - AMPLITUDE, BEING PROPORTIONAL TO THE ECHO

STRENGHT. ..
e - TIME OF FLIGHT, BEING PROPORTIONAL TO THE
TARGET DISTANCE.
ro. - ANGULAR FREQUENCY OF THE RADAR SIGNAL.
BY CHANGING THE FREQUENCY OF THE RADAR SIGNAL,

THE DETECTED SIGNAL V(t) WILL ALSO CHANGE. THIS
CHANGE PROVIDES INFORMATION ABOUT THE RADAR
TARGET, i.e. A AND e CAN BE MEASURED.
KONGSBERG
PHASE OF THE DETECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL

VERSUS
RANGE (TIME OF FLIGHT)
- FROM ABOVE IT FOLLWS THAT THE PHASE OF THE OUT-

PUT SIGNAL FROM THE DETECTOR IS GIVEN BY,
 = 2·co·e = 2·co·U/c
- THIS RELATION MEANS THAT THE RANGE (U) IS READILY

CALCULATED FROM THE MEASURED PHASE (<1>) AT A
KN01'VN RADAR FREQUENCY (ro), PROVIDED THE
PROPAGATION SPEED (c) OF THE RADAR SIGNAL IS ALSO
KNOWN.
'
- MUCH EASIER TO REALIZE, HOWEVER, IS A KN01'VN
CHANGE IN THE RADAR FREQUENCY. BY A KNOWN
FREQUENCY CANGE ~co, A PHASE CANGE ~<1> OF THE
DETECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CAN BE MEASURED. BY
THE KNOWN ~co AND THE MEASURED ~cfl , TARGET
DISTANCE U IS READILY CALCULATED, ' .
NOTE THAT THE PROPAGATION SPEED STILL HAS TO BE

KNOWN!
KONGSBERG
DETECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL IN RESPONSE TO

RADAR FREQUENCY CHANGE
w
·····························································-··············~~
-
··························-····················~-
: !
.!., 2x-u = 2·B·8 J
'
' t
-A ····················-
OBSERVE THAT THE SIGNAL .DETECTED BY· THE RADAR,

V(t), CHANGES IN RESPONSE TO A CHANGE IN THE
ANGULAR FREQUENCY (co) OF THE RADAR SIGNAL.
NOTE THAT THE NUMBER OF PERIODS (u) PRODUCED

BY A SWEEP DEPENDS ON THE TOTAL CHANGE IN
FREQUENCY (B) AND THE TIME OF FLIGHT (9).
24"- Io
KONGSBERG
SYNTHESIZED PULSE RADAR PRINCIPLE
f{n) GENERATE
1'
.••
iN FREQUENCIES, f(n)
l11rroUIU _ _ _
12 3 4 5
"
-'-'--'-'+.N·..,_1N~
MEASURE
V(n)
A
N SHOT i t N ECHOS
-A
U=c·e
J
!CALCULATE
ECHO
'
TARGET'•'•
-
FOR EACH FREQUENCY COMPONENT f(n) BEING GENERATED, A
'·
e
time
RADAR SIGNAL IS 'SHOT' AGAINST THE TARGET. FOR EACH

SHOT AN ECHO IS PRODUCED, AND SUBSEQUENTLY MEASURED.
THE MEASURED SEQUENCE OF DATA V(n) IS FED TO A SIGNAL
PROCESSOR, WHICH APPLY A FFT TO
CALCULATE THE ACCUMULATED PHASESHIFT PRODUCED BY
THE N INDIVIDUAL ECHO SIGNALS. THIS PHASESHIFT, IN TURN,
IS USED TO CALCULATE THE TIME OF FLIGHT 9.
.2!r J {
KONGS8ERG
Measurement, \l(n)
(\ c\ /\
\ i\
4
( 'I i
7 I
r\
i
'
(\
i 11-2 Freq uency generation, n
I --
!i 6! 8 9 i I !H-111
I i
I \/ I
/
\ \ i
\
I..
Measured data {V(n} ; n = 1, 2, ...... , N} are stored in the instrument memory.

These data are well suited for a range of "off-line" signal processing techniques
that allow relevant information about the radar target to be extracted, i.e. echo
strength, target range and relative speed of the target. The Fourier Transfonn
is one such technique:
'
N
Cosine Transform: X(m) = 2: V(n)·cos[2rc·m·n/N]
n=l
N '·
Sine Transform: Y(m) = 2: V(n)·sin[2rc·m·n/N]
n=l
The FFT is nothing but a very efficient computation technique to produce the
Cosine transformation parameters {X(m) ; m = 1, 2, ...... , N/2} and the Sine
transformation parameters {Y(m) ; m = 1, 2, ...... , N/2}. These two are the
constituent parameters the complex form Fourier Transformation parameter
{Z(m); Z(m) = X(m) + j·Y(m)}.
.Jf1 I 2.
KONGSSERG
FFT calculation, IZ[m)l 2 r1Z(p1)1 2

l\
r1Z(p2)12
ft}, ·:~
••• 1I 1
4-'+''<'4'--+-+-~-1-+-········ ...... .
I) i~i m, Fourier test parameter, m
123456789
The Fourier parameter Z(m) reaches its energy maximum, IZ(Pi)12 when Pi
corresponds closely to the number of periods of the measurement function V(n).
·'--.J This means that the number Pi corresponds closely to the flight time of the echo
produced by radar target "i ".
'·
M' /3
KONGSBERG
LNG/LPG Still-pipe Radar

AutroCaI™
Antenna
Still-pipe
Marker
Vapour
dB u
R,i.
o4 o time
o1i1<04 - o1> I
KONGSBERG
DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
IFA
i ir-·------l :~m1~i1--+--1(HlU~~~~~~~L;$HO
f}lt,,,,,Wi--tf.®M%1\:ii
'18 ~Jfu'JJ
jn .__1__ Wff1«_<·<•<_ _ ;J-l-~:@_:~1,•_··~]1~~~~

TIME DELAY
REFERENCE
(YARD STICK)
I.
)-5 15
KONGSBERG
ANTENNA CHARACTERISTICS
I_,
D 3I
1. BEAM-WIDTH:
 "" A. ID'
A. IS THE RADAR SIGNAL WAVE-

t.ENGHT.
D' IS THE EFFECTIVE ANTENNA
DIAMETER (D' ~ 0.75 · D)
U=c-e
2. FOOT-PRINT DIAMETER:
F "" • U "" 1.33 · A. • U I D
3. CLOSE RANGE LIMIT:
Um "" D' I - 0.56 · D2 /A.

'
4. ANTENNA (DIRECTIVE) GAIN
5. RELATIVE STRENGHT OF SIGNAL ECHOED BY THE LIQUID:
r = E. • (G ·A.· y) I (8 · n · U) = 1/z • C, • y ·<Um.Lill
y IS THE REFLECTIVITY OF THE LIQUID CARGO, AND.£ IS THE

RADIATION EFFICIENCY OF THE ANTENNA (INCLUDES ANTENNA
LOSSES AND SIDELOBE RADIATION).
.'Ir-~ .
? ~. _!
Preinstallation Manual
('"-'· I
AutroCARG02000
Cargo Monitoring & Control System
/
Document no.: P-ACARGO/DE
Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

N-7005 Trondheim, Norway.
Phone:+47 73 58 1O 00 Fax:+47 73 58 1o 02
Internet: http://www.kmss.no
E-mail: mailbox@kmss.no
Sales office:
P.O. Box 1009
N-3194 Horten, Norway.
Phone: +47 33 03 20 00 Fax: +47 33 04 22 50 KONGSBERG
COPYRIGHT
Kongsberg Maritime Ship System

AS and its subsidiaries assume no
responsibility for any errors that
may appear in the publication, or
for damages arising from the
information in it. No infonnation
in this publication should be
regarded as a warranty made by
KMSS. The infonnation in this
publication may be updated
without notice.
Product names mentioned in this

publication may be trademarks.
They are w;ed only for
identification.
KMSS,2001
Table of Contents
/'
Table of Contents
Introduction ......................................................................... 5
About the Manual ............................................................................................... 5
The Reader .......................................................................................................... 5
Reference Documentation ................................................................................... 5
About Level Gauging ........................................................... 6

The -l=luT•a•1c.. GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge ............................................. 6
r ,/
Applications ........................................................................................................ 6
Planning the Installation ..................................................... 7

Installation Schedule ........................................................................................... 7
Requested Information Pages ............................................................................. 8
Installing the +lurRoN1c11- GLA100 Level Sensing Unit .......... 9

General ................................................................................................................ 9
Mounting the -l=luTRa•1c.. GLAlOO on Straight Type Adapters ........................... 10
Positioning ................................................................................................ 10
Mounting the +luT•a•1c .. GLAlOO ............................................................ 10
Connection of Optional Jet Nozzle ........................................................... 10
Mounting the -l=luT•a•1c.. GLAlOO on Angular Type Adapters ........................... 12
Positioning ................................................................................................ 12
Optional Manual Ullage Gauging Unit .................................................... 12
rj Mounting the -l=luTRaN1c .. GLAlOO ............................................................ 12
Connection of Optional Jet Nozzle ........................................................... 12
Mounting the -l=luT•a•1c.. GLAlOO on Pipes ........................................................ 14
General.. .................................................................................................... 14
Pipe Arrangement on GAS Carriers ......................................................... 14
Pipe Arrangement on Double Deck Vessels ............................................. 14
Connection of Other Sensors .............................................................................. 16
General.. .................................................................................................... 16
Tank Temperature ................................................................................ ;.... 16
Inert Gas Pressure Transmitters ................................................................ 16
Obstacles in Tanks ............................................................... 17

Introduction ......................................................................................................... 17
Reflections From Obstacles ...................................................................... 17
The Sensor Free Space ............................................................................. 18
Methods to Reduce Echoes ...................................................................... 18
P-ACARGO/DE 020418 Page3 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

Table of Contents
Cabling ................................................................................. 19
General ................................................................................................................ 19
Cable Specifications ........................................................................................... 19
Connections - Overview ...................................................................................... 20
Appendix Requested Information Pages ....................... 21

The +lur•o•1cR- GL-100 Information Tank Data .................................................. 24
Quadrant - Ullage Measurements I Volume Calculations .................................. 25
Longitudinals in Tank Bottom ............................................................................ 26
Tank and Sensor Related Distances for Ullage Measurements .......................... 27
Tank and Sensor Related Distances for Volume Calculation ............................. 28
Draft, Trim/List; Sensors Mounting Alternatives and Sensor Ranges ............... 29
Trim and List Data Table .................................................................................... 30
Tank and Sensor Related Values for Inert Gas Measurements .......................... 31
Tank I Sensor Related Values Cargo Tank Temperature Measurements ........... 32
Tank I Sensor Related Values for Pump Line Pressure Measurement ............... 33
Tank I Sensor Related Values Ballast Measurement .......................................... 34
Tank I Sensor Related Values Service Tank Measurement.. ............................. 35
The +lur•o•1cR- GL-7A High Level Alarm sensors .............................................. 36
CONSULTAS Loading Computer (for tankers and gas carriers) ....................... 37
Cable dimensions explained ............................................................................... 38
Reader's Comments ............................................................ 39

Introduction
Introduction
About the Manual

The +lurRaN1c11- GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge, consists of the +luTRDN1c11- GLAlOO
Level Sensing Unit and the +luTRDN1c11- GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit. This
preinstallation manual is intended to provide necessary information for the planning of
the +luTRaN1c11- GL-100 installation.
The manual is meant to give the reader a good understanding of important matters in
connection with engineering prior to the installation.
In Appendix you will find a complete set of the Requested Information Pages. The
number of pages you will need to complete and return to KMSS, will depend on the
actual installation and configuration of the system. The relevant pages, and only these,
will be provided by KMSS when necessary.
( j
_/
For further information on system functions, refer to the System Description, for
AutroCARGO 2000.
For inquires and technical assistance, please contact KMSS Trondheim.

The Reader
This manual is intended to be used by technical personnel at shipyards who are
responsible for the installation of the AutroCARGO 2000 System.
It is also intended to be used by KMSS service personnel, who are responsible for
carrying out the configuration, commissioning and final supervision.
Reference Documentation
In addition to this manual, the AutroCARGO 2000 System consists of the following
manuals:
P-GT300/KEE
P-AC2LNG/XE

About Level Gauging
About Level Gauging
The ..i:lurRaN1cR- GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge

The +luTRDN1cR- GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge uses well established radar principles
to provide accurate distance measurements. Advanced signal processing ensures
accuracy and reliability.
The +luTR0•1cR- GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge, consists of;

• the +luTRDNICR- GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit
• the +luTRDNICR- GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit.
The AutroCARGO 2000 system has a capacity of a maximum of 54 Level Sensing

units, each unit connected to one +luTRDNICR- GLK-100 unit on the LON network. (1
+luTRDN1cR- GLK-100 unit is required for each +luTRDNICR- GLAlOO unit).
The .J:luT1u1N1cR- GLAlOO Level The ..PuT110N1cR- GLAI 00 Level Sensing Unit consists of a
Sensing Unit microwave planar antenna with a transmitter/receiver
and communications electronics. It is fitted to a tank
adapter and mounted on top of the tank, thus leaving no
parts of the system in physical contact with the tank
content.
1 -+:luT111:1N1cR- GLK-100 board is required for each
+luT11aN1cR- GLAlOO unit.
The sensor's rugged construction allows withstanding of
severe mechanical, physical and chemical environmental
conditions. Only AISI 316 acid-resistant steel and teflon
(PTFE) are used.
The +luT"DNICR- GLK-100 Signal The .+IUT11aN1c"" GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit consist
Processing Unit of the following:
• a power supply, providing +24VDC
• zener barriers, providing power to the sensor, plus .~
LF-signal from the sensor analogue inputs
• intrinsically safe analogue inputs for 4 analogue
input signals 4 to 20mA
Applications
The +luTRDN1cR- GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge is primarily intended to measure the
ullage in tanks onboard ships, offshore and in industry. The standard version can
measure on any liquid, e.g. petroleum products, acids, solvents etc. up to 40m distance.
The measurements can be made under extreme environmental conditions with respect to
temperature, pressure and humidity.
P-ACARGO/DE 020418 Page 6 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

Planning the Installation
{.
Installation Schedule
All information that is required by KMSS must be supplied in due time according to the
actual project schedule. It is of great importance that the "Requested Information Pages»
(see Appendix) are filled in properly and returned to factory within the given deadline.
To ensure an efficient workschedule of the planning, installation and commissioning of

the system, the following.guidelines apply:
1. An order confirmation will be sent for the system

2. The System Description & Preinstallation Manual, plus the Requested Information
~-- Pages will be sent to the customer
3. Drawings for sensor positioning on tanks must be sent to KMSS for approval
4. The relevant Requested Information Pages must be completed and sent back to KMSS:
4a) For construction 12 weeks prior to delivery
4b) For test - 6 weeks prior to delivery
5. Installation drawings will be reviewed and approved by KMSS
6. The whole system with it's parts will be manufactured, tested and delivered together
with the final documentation
7. The customer will carry out all installations according to the final documentation.
KMSS is notified at least 2 weeks prior to the final inspection (commissioning)
8. Customer send request for a service engineer for commissioning
9. KMSS send out an service engineer after receiving a written confirmation that the
system is connected according to our drawings etc.
10.KMSS carries out the final inspection and commissioning
P-ACARGO/DE 020418 Page? Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

Requested Information Pages

In Appendix you will find a complete set of the Requested Information Pages.
The number of pages you need to complete and return to KMSS will depend on the actual
installation and configuration of the system.
NOTE:
Drawings showing the shipyards proposed positioning and drawings showing any
obstacle that might affect the radar beam must be sent to KMSS for approval in due time
before installation of ta11k adapters (preferably when the system is ordered), latest 6
weeks before installation.
,,---.-
< /

Installing the +luTRDNICA- GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit
Installing the ..i:lurR11N1c11- GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit
General
KMSS must approve positioning of sensors else system behaviour and accuracy can not
be guaranteed.
The Level Sensing Units (the +luTRDN1c11- GLAlOO) are mounted onto straight type
adapters or angular type a~apters. The units are mounted on top of the tank, leaving no
part of the system in physical contact with the tank content. Only a small hole in the tank
top/deck of S'l223mm is required.
It is important that the sensor is not mounted straight in front of and too close to the inert
gas inlet in a tank. The distance between the sensor and the inlet should not be less than
four (4) meters. If this is not taken into consideration, condensation, carbon black and dirt
from the inert gas may deposit on the sensor's teflon plate and develop to layers, which
may cause severe attenuation of the microwave signal.
NOTE
The .flurRaN1c11- GLAI 00 Level Sensing Unit is sealed at the factory, and must only be
opened by an KMSS service engineer or personnel specially authorised by KMSS.
The sensor must not be mounted on the tank before all internal coating of the actual tank
has been completed.

Installing the +luTRONlcA- GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit -
Mounting the +lurRaNtcR- GIAJOO on Straight Type Adapters
Mounting the +lurR11N1c11- GLAlOO on Straight Type Adapters
Positioning
The Straight Type Adapter shall be welded to the deck with its axis perpendicular when
the ship is at even keel. This adapter must be positioned in relation to the centre line (CL).
On request, KMSS can deliver tank adapters with a flange on the lower end. The adapters
can be bolted to an existing flange on the deck.
Mounting the +luTRaN1cA- GLAlOO

Refer to the drawing on the next page.
Connection of Optional Jet Nozzle

A jet nozzle for cleaning of the sensor's teflon plate can be connected to the inspection
hatch. The nozzle is supplied with a rapid coupling for easy connection of pump
equipment.
The nozzle must be fitted so that it points towards the sensor teflon plate.
NOTE:
Only cleaning agents not harming the cargo must be used.

-)
'i.~talling the +lurR•N1cR- GLAlOO Level Sensi~g~nit - Mounting the +lurRaN1aR- GIAJOO on Strciht Type Adapters
C'J
3 245
@-___~
~
"'
~
(/)
'-
a
0
a~
® . a'
-el'
. \_
:j "' CJ _J
..: CJ
a.~
a.
' . <{ -
0
- I ., 0
"'
lO
OBS. !
I ..:
' a.
The· drain hole on flex. pipe mantle, L ~11.
must turn downwards.

I _,
a.
<{
' ~
I
'
1
11. 02 02 .11
¢219 ~
1. GLA 100 Level Sensing Unit.

2. Tonk Adopler GLG-100/SW--.
3. Connection box.
~RMINIMUM
4. Flexible protection tube for main coble.
5. Flexible protection tube for Temperature Sensor (option).
6. Inert gos Pressure Transmitter (option).
7. Inspection hatch.
REMARKS
- Flange mounted adopter may be delivered on request.
PROTECTION TUBE R MINIMUM THREADS

GL-1387/- 130 mm 150228-GJ/1,
GL -1388/- 190 mm IS0228·G1
GL-1389/- 240 mm IS0228-G1 111,
Based on dwg. no: GL-1735
GL-181,6/- 260 mm IS0228-G1 3/8

· Installing the +luTRDN1c11- GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit -
Mounting the +luTRDN1c11- GLAJOO on Angular Type Adapters
Mounting the +luTRnN1c11- GLAlOO on Angular Type Adapters
Positioning
The Angular Type Adapter shall be welded to the deck with the axis of the longest pipe
perpendicular when the ship is at even keel. This adapter must be positioned in relation
to the centre line (CL).
On request, KMSS can deliver tank adapters with a flange on the lower end. The
adapters can be bolted to an existing flange on the deck.
Optional Manual Ullage Gauging Unit

A ball valve for connection of optional manual ullage gauging equipment for closed
manual gauging of the tank can be connected to the Angular Type Adapter.
Mounting the +luTRDN1c11- GLAlOO

Connection of Optional Jet Nozzle

A jet nozzle for cleaning of the sensor's teflon plate can be connected to the inspection
hatch. The nozzle is supplied with a rapid coupling for easy connection of pump
equipment.
The nozzle must be fitti;d so that it points towards the sensor teflon plate.
NOTE:
Only cleaning agents not hanning the cargo must be used.

1) ) ,) )
Installing the ..i:lurRDNJc,.. GLAlOO Level Sensin}unit - Mounting the -l4urllaN1cF1- GIAJOO on Angular Type Adapters
295
L()
CD
-tj-
L
OBS. I 0..
The drain hole on flex. pipe 0..
must lurn downwards. <
11~202 .1
~219 ~
1. GLA 100 Level Sensing Unit.

2. Tank Adapter GLG-1 OO/AW--
-~R
3. Connection box.
4. Flexible protection tube for main cable.
MINIMUM
5. Flexible protection tube for Temperature Sensor (option).
6. Inert gas Pressure Transmitter (option).
8. Ullage plug (option).
REMARKS
PROTECTION TUBE R MINIMUM THREADS - Flange mounted adopter may be delivered on request.
GL-1387/- i30 mm· IS0228-G3/4
GL-1388/- 190 mm IS0228-G1
GL-1389/- 240 mm IS0228-G1 1/4
GL-1846/- 260 mm IS0228-G1 3/8 Based on dwg. no.: GL-1736

Installing the +luT•a•1c11- GLAlOO Level Sensing Vnit-
Mounting the +lur•aN1c11- GLAJOO on Double Deck Vessels
-_,.,--\
Mounting the +luTR11N1c11- GLAlOO on Pipes
General
If required, for example on gas carriers or on double deck vessels, the +luT•a•1c11-
GLAlOO Level Sensing Unit can be fitted to stillpipes for measuring.
The tank adapter is normally equipped with a standard flange for connection to a similar
flange on the stillpipe.
NOTE:
Jn any case where measuring on pipes is required, advice and approval must be
obtained from KMSS. It is of the outmost importance that pipe joints are fabricated to
specifications to avoid unwanted reflections from the joints.
Pipe Arrangement on GAS Carriers

As standard, 50mm I 2" acid resistant steel pipes are used.
Reference is made to System Description for Gas Carriers application.
Pipe Arrangement on Double Deck Vessels

The drawing shows the installation principle. As standard, 200mm I 8" acid resistant
steel pipes are used.

~ l ·~ ,l
Iilstalling the +luTRDN1c11- GLAIOO Level Sensing'lJnit - Mounting the +lurRaN1cR- GLAJOO on Double Deck Vessels
332
Section 'A' - '_A' 9 112

'
VD
¢260 (Pitch circle dia.)
far M16 baits ~ 3
5
/5:11- "
OJ
v~ "'
~~
I
I
-T
'Al + -=jJ=ldl
' I
I I
I I I
I I
I
I
I I
I
I I
I I I
I I
I I
I I I
I I
I
I
I I
I
I I
I
I
I I
I
I I
I I I
I I
I I I
~
I
I
BY I
REMARKS
1. GLA 100 Level Sensing Unit
2. Tonk Adapter GLG-100/AF--.
3. Connection box
4. Flexible protection tube for main cable
5. Flexible protecting tube for Temperature Sensor (option)
6. Inert gas Pressure Transmitter (option)
8. Tonk adapter GLG-100/SW- - , with optional length. Based on dwg. no.: GL-1 745
9. Ullage plug (option).

Installing the +luTRDN1c11- GLAl 00 Level Sensing Unit - Connection of Other Sensors
Connection of Other Sensors
General
As an option, up to four 4 to 20mA sensors (3 temperature sensors and 1 inert gas
pressure transmitter) can be connected to the +luT•oN1c11- GLK-100 Signal Processing
Unit.
For detailed information on temperature sensors and pressure transmitters, refer to the
separate manual «Technical Information & Application Guidelines - Pressure
Transmitters, Series GT300», item no. P-GT300/KEE.
Tank Temperature
As an option, up to 3 temperature sensors for each tank can be connected to the
+luT•oN1c11- GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit. These signals are normally routed via the
+luT•oN1c11- GLAIOO connection box, and use a common cable between the +luT•oN1c11-
GLAIOO and the +luT•oN1c11- GLK-100. Alternatively, a separate cable can be used; in
which case this extra pair must be separately shielded/screened.
Inert Gas Pressure Transmitters

As an option, Inert Gas Pressure Transmitters can be connected to either of the straight
type or the angular type tank adapters. These transmitters gauge absolute pressure,
requiring a separate atmosphere pressure sensor to be used as reference.
These signals are normally routed via the +luT•DN1c11- GLAlOO connection box, and use a
common cable between the +luTRDN1c11- GLAlOO and the +luTRDN1c11- GLK-100.
Alternatively, a separate cable can be used; in which case this extra pair must be
separately shielded/screened.
If an inert gas sensor is not used, a plug is fitted from the factory (internal threads of the
hole: M26 x 1.5).
P-ACARGOIDE 020418 Page 16 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

Obstacles in Tanks
Obstacles in Tanks
Introduction
Obstacles in the measuring area in a tank may cause intelference echoes, which may
affect the measuring accuracy.
NOTE:
It is important to choose !'.Ill optimum position and orientation of the sensor antenna to
keep the inteiference echo as low as possible. The larger the ratio between the cargo
echo and the intelference echo, the less the inteiference echo affects the measuring
accuracy.
Reflections From Obstacles

If it is impossible to keep the echo from an obstacle in the radar beam 20dB lower than a
normal cargo echo, the system will function according to specifications except in the
vicinity of the obstacle, where accuracy will be reduced.
Longitudinal and transverse beams, and especially the interaction, usually give strong
echoes between the flange and the tank wall comprising a comer reflector. Means
should be taken to obtain sufficient reduction of echoes from such beams if high
gauging accuracy is required in their vicinity.

Obstacles in Tanks
The Sensor Free Space

A cone of 12° apex angle defines the sensor free
space with its axis along the antenna axis and its
apex in the antenna aperture. However, the radar
beam also spreads energy outside this cone.
TANK TOP
Especially, pipes and structures comprising a

comer reflector (90° angular connections) are
12°
strong reflecting objects reflecting the signal back
to the origin. Special care must be taken to avoid TANK
BOTIOM
such constructions close to the radar beam 12°
cone. Wg
I I
Methods to Reduce Echoes

The following methods can be used to reduce echoes:
1. Deflection plates can be welded on top of the beams located close to the antenna axis
to direct the reflected signal away from the antenna. These plates should have an
angle of at least 10 to 15° with the top flange of the beam. Usually, it is sufficient to
weld plates only to the two beams located closest to the antenna axis.
2. In extreme cases, measurements can be done through stillpipes.
3. Pipes should be routed outside the radar beam.

Cabling
Cabling
General
For detailed information on cabling, refer to «Installation Drawing for FM Approval, GL-
1739.
Cable Specifications
The +lur•cN1c11- GLAlOO unit is as standard connected to the +lur•cN1c11- GLK-100 unit by a
4-twisted pair screened cr;ible.
If signals for an inert gas pressure, tank temperature (4 to 20mA signal transmitters) or a
local intrinsically safe instrument (0 to lmA) are transmitted in the same cable, the
number of pairs must be increased accordingly. Up to 8 pairs with individual screen and
common outer screen is used.
The cable has the following specifications:

• Minimum conductor cross-sectional area: 0.5mm2
• Maximum outer diameter: 30mm
• Maximum length*:
- conductor cross-sectional area 0.5mm2 : l 70m
- conductor cross-sectional area 0.75mm2 : 255m
- conductor cross-sectional area 1.5mm2 : 51 Om
• Maximum cable resistance: 7 ohm
• Maximum L 0 R 0 : 17µH/ohm
The following applies to separate cabling for connection of optional 4 to 20mA signal
transmitters:
• Maximum length*:
- conductor cross-sectional area 0.5mm2 : 700m
• Maximum cable resistance: 50 ohm
• Maximum L 0 Ro: 46µH/ohm
* The maximum length may be increased approximately 25% by using an additional

ground wire.

Cabling
Connections - Overview
The table below shows the connection of the cable between the +lur•aN1c"" GLAIOO
Level Sensing Unit and the +lur•aN1c"" GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit.
·signal ..
Cable Pair. Cable core Terminal ..
· :
. · . . I >-·'---- :- _ Bfock
+ 12 volt I I I
0 volt I 2 2
Start 2 3 3
Fault/tmn 2 4 4
. A 3 5 5
Artn 3 6 6
B 4 7 7
Brtn 4 8 8
Optfon,4to 20IriA + 5 9 X-51 I
I
#1.
·.·· .. . .. - 5 IO 2
Option, 4 to 20IriA + 6 II X-52 1
#2 --,
· . .·.... .. · .. · - 6 12 2
'
Option, 4 to 20IriA + 7 13 X-53 I
' #3
- :·· - .. .••
- 7 14 2
Option, 4 to 20IriA + 8 15 X-54 I

..
#4
·.
... • .· • - 8 16 2

Appendix
Appendix
r /
c:;,-_
{

)
A-ppendix
) ) l
Requested Information
For
AutroCARGO 2000
Cargo Monitoring System
Customer's record: KMSS record:
M42-0
Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS Sales offlce:

P.0.Box 1009
N-3194 Horten, Norway.
Phone: +47 73 58 10 00
Phone: +47 33 03 20 00
Fax: +47 73 58 10 02
Fax: +47 33 04 22 50
Internet: http://www.kmss.no
E-mail: rnailbox@kmss.no
KONGSBERG

Appendix
The +lurRoN1c11- GL-100 Information Tank Data
Definition Hr: Definition Hb:

The distance from +luTRaN1c11- GL-100 adapter flange upper surface to Bottom ullage referred to top of the +luTRaN1c11- GL-100 adapter,
reference plane pipe defined as zero ullage. which is the distance from the +luTRaN1c11- GL-100 adapter flange
The distance is defined as positive (+) when reference plane ullage pipe upper surface to tank bottom, measured vertically below the
is higher than the +luTRaN1c11- GLAlOO Adapter flange upper surface, and +luTRaN1c11- GL-100 tank unit.
negative (-) when lower. Hr+Hb-Lr=MPB
With straight adapter With angular adapter
MP"" MP""
-,rr--;:;- m I
Hr
MANUAL----- MANUAL-
ULLAGE PIPE ULLAGE PIPE
PORT STBD PORT STBD
CROSS SECTION Hb CROSS SECTION MPB Hb
--~ . '--:I_
Lr L,=J
T")ARGO/DE 020418
') Page 24
) Kongsberg Maritime Ship Syste~ · )5
) ) ) '-)
Appendix
Quadrant- Ullage Measurements I Volume Calculations
FWD 1 La, Lb
La:+ La:+
Volume Calculations Ta:- Ta:+
Lb: + Lb:+
Tu:- Tb:+
CG:Centre of gravity
La:Longitudinal distance from sensor to CG _Tb --$~p
Ta:Transversal distance from sensor to CG '
Lbl•,
Ullage Measurements
_Ta ___ L )... CG
I --·-W--
• I
La'
MP:Manual point r--~---~---+- Ta, Tu
Lb:Longitudinal distance from sensor to MP
Tb:Transversal distance from sensor to MP
See sign conventions in the circle. ~
La:·
Ta:+
Lb: -
lb:+
M42·00000.109 AFT

Appendix
Longitudinals in Tank Bottom
.
·• ·.
· Dist. b~tween
. 1
Tank ...•.
•
Width 1-leight
. .
. . . ..
Tank··•· ···:,,. . -Name Wg Hg Longit.Lg
N. · . (·.'-'-·-.· __ ·_,_<:I·· . .· I
o. •.. Max. 6 char., *111111* •. .. *mill* .... *mm*.···
TANK TOP
12°
TANK
BOTTOM
Wg
-H-
'-~·-~· 'J_t~· j i"'
;-;ARGO/DE 020418 ) Page 26

) Kongsberg Maritime Ship Syster J
) , ) ) l
);,ppendix
Tank and Sensor Related Distances for Ullage Measurements
.~a~k.• .•.·•
·· No;.···.·.1.•.··••·.•·.·.•.•.·.r
· Name .....a. ".•· ·.•.k.·.• •· ·.·
r•r=0~;j~:uw ~:Hu~mm"*lhl•~
· max& ch. M\%tdl'.11J1.&J-Jffi ~<~-- "' --- ' Y::m>Am
I< 2
I 3
I >4
. ••5
6
. •.
I __ :.7_•,:>
I ca>
ID9·····
toe.
.11 .
12
13
•J4
/'15r•
.16/
i17?
•18
19
20
21
···22
/•23
>•24\.
' Diameter for instaJlation cable: J 0 mm
KMSS suoolied cable

Appendix
Tank and Sensor Related Distances for Volume Calculation
''W"''°~..z.¥srt'itf&t:f.fiiiiid..4¥?!WEt2si.if'..l.J.•-211\se-'t.:iiE'.i:21>UMdi01 EX8Ct .va1ues. fOf: CommissiOning
I Ta~k.•. l.• )· · .T· ·. ·.~ n.k.·· •.•.· .·

No... , .. Name
max6 ch~
1
~~."'i:"'""".·A''~'N.tW'-.j'ffe~ %*M~,~ i""-~¥J1~0ifW
~iitttwilrtln1irt-.!i%~A lThlliW:ft,JJ:t.mli;Jr"At!th
Ta
mm
La
mm
:2•
I 3...
I 4
5
I 6
I 8
!I
1!1
lf
il2
13.
14
il5
.16..
./17. .
18
I 19
20
21
22
I 2t
24
T )ARGO/DE 020418
) Page 28
) Kongsberg Maritime Ship Syster ·y
,l l ") l
Appendix
Draft, Trim/List; Sensors Mounting Alternatives and Sensor Ranges
' ''' -··-.·
Se~~'1~ ~t~rllativ~~·.·· r~>·~~~ I ~~n~or pl~~~~~11~~

,-'-
Sellsor Ranges
Alternative Range
,, •'' ·- - ..-.
Altemative1 Explanation of Measurement

Trim .
(EAconf: 1/lf)
--1:------7- ...-~~~~~~-+-----__, Signs.
Trirri, List with

illclinometer .·• ... --!-------+- 7- LIST
<EA calir:1ili> 1 1 '"'"" "'''"• +!- 5.75°
--1-~-r-
Altefuativb2 FWD PORT~~ srao
Tri~andList
(EAconf:2/12)
--Ii------ 7- AFT Port
AFT. Stbd
+
~~~~;:nt~jt ::~~"J b..~~-=-~r~ S

>.:·_,j_/-:<:_-:\;_>,·_::-'.->·-- .".::_;'./: TFll~I
.Altel"native ~ · ·•. • ••.. FWD - ........... ·---· . . . . +
· --E----;---7-
.• 0+'.'\It~rnati~~
<>·········>·••····. . ·>·.~ f
.AFT Aft Trim=+
'I'~~.~24~i~.t ··
(l~9/i~gp.eter)<··•·•····· -i r ~ -3> lnckList
+t- 5.75°
+/- 5.75°
Port List=+
(EA~orff:}O) ··

Appendix
Trim and List Data Table
Rall!;Je ill A B c D F1 F2 G H WF1 WF2

*cm*
Alternative 1
Alternative. 2
Alternative 3
Alternative.4
.fl.atjgtitj<
*mm*····
Alternative 1
Alternative 2
Alternative 3
Alternative.4
M<\)(
--
SWAN NECK
- ----
MAX
-
--
- - s:TeD
Hi
--
PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER \
=--
-- G
PORT
-- - --
- -- Z2•t=- r- Z3.5
1~F1-+-Fril
- Z4,5,6 Z2,3
I
Z1 i i I
c.
~ D
~ B
Note! .
In order to achieve the best accuracy, draft sensors must be mounted on centre line. If this is not possible, the
sensors must be mounted in the same distance at the same side of the centre line. List measurement sensors must
be mounted SY.Jllmetrically related to the centre line.
~ ;ARGO/DE 020418
) Page 30 I )
Kongsberg Maritime Ship SysteP J
-) '~)
)
~pendix
\._ . 1
Tank and Sensor Related Values for Inert Gas Measurements
L I Length
·. .... .. .
Length .
·..
. .·
Max. Min. of .
Max. Min . of
I·: ... --
. a.··~·~·•.••·1·•• · Tank .
..
mantle Tank . . Tank design · .· design · •.. mantle

T design design .·
. No.. name Drawing cable •. 110•. .· .·.. name< ... · . 1>ress. oress. ···• Drawing .· .. cable.
- :
max.a ch.
' '
no. mm ... · inax 6ch. lllmWC . .... mmWC no. mm

I 1 .17
1.8
k •3{ . 19
.4 20
L 5 21
/'5F 22 .
7 ,23
8 24,
9 •... .• . ·25
10.• 2s•·
·11 · 27
<12· ·. 28
.13 .. 29
•14. 30
I .15 31 ...
16. 32··.
Note!
Mantle cable for Inert gas pressure transmitter mounted on straight adapter = 430mm
Mantle cable for Inert gas pressure transmitter mounted on angular adapter = 580mm

Appendix
Tank I Sensor Related Values Cargo Tank Temperature Measurements
.....
. . .
·.
..
·Max. .
Min. ; ·.·. Length of sensors · . • · .·•.·• .
.
Tank ··· Tank desigll design . L1. Lower L2 Middle L3 Upper· Temperature --
I . rl0. ; <name · temp.·· .temp. ._: ·.-. ,- ---·_, .. ... " - ..
I range .
I• ·.. • •;; •. ;.. rllax 6 ch. •.·;.,·.·. Oc·/ ; ; ; oc.;; ·.:mm•. '_,_---mm.:--._- ...-.··:·mm ; ;
'
; ·.·.1··· .-.:'
2 . ·.··· Tick off (x) DAPTER
I ' ; .;
. .
i'_· .-:.:
3 .
._ -.. : _·. relevant range L3
•TECTION
1.· . •4•
; ... ; .• ; E
I•. ; S<<•.·. D -200-200°c
·.·:•t•.\(i.·••. .•.•••.•. o -so-so0 c L2
D -50-100°c
D o-100°c
''······· 7· .• ;
.··.8 .:
D 0-160°C
; ; /9 . . ; D 0-300°C
; LI
: '10 D 0-600°C
,;;11 ....
D other
.· ..•.• 12
;-13 ; ; .· ·; ; .......
· ; ·. ·.· ·· .
I .
I /,,Y1a•.·..-... -~ : -
t- - Diameter for
;
....
,, ... installatiOn. cable .
1sr·.•··'
·. ···._·' 16 _.:
_'., __
I
·17···
... -··. _, liJ mm
I< 18• •.
I
>t9;i. ;,
If. 20>··· KMSS supplied
,. ;•; 21.: ••.••• ·.·. cable M~2-00000. T09
22;;
.···23
'-'_ ' 24 :-
'ARGO/DE 020418
) Page 32
I/ Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systel' ')5
)
fl.ppendix
)
\.....o / l )
Tank I Sensor Related Values for Pump Line Pressure Measurement
Line Max. Min; 1

Line Max. Min.
name design design name design design '
Tank.
no.
lllax.13
.· char.
press.
bar
press;
.: bar
Drawing
no.
Ex-area
install.
Tank
no·,
Max; 13
char.
press.
bar
press.
bar
Drawing
no.
I Ex-area
install.
1 I 17
I 2 18
3 19
.·:4 . :20
.5 21 .
6 :22
:q . 23
I s I 24
. 9 25
.:. 10 26
11 27
12 28
.13• 29
··14 :30·
>15 31
·: 16.' 32
····•·;•itbi~r1l~~~rt()r.i.~i1:~11~tiC>n:••b~.~1~:i•. 0 mm
· <15ryiss supplieg <;able·

Appendix
Tank I Sensor Related Values Ballast Measurement
. .
I Length •
' ::_ 1-- . . ·
Length
of PUR of
~
''
Tank. Tank Ex- Tank Tank •. Tank.· Bottom. i PUR Ex~
no; name Draw. area no., ., name height I · dist. , Draw. cable .· area
I ltlal< 1.3 no. m inst. ..
max 13 .. mm·· mm ,. no. dm inst.
'17.
[, ' ' :'
char; ·•
• char•. · ._,· :::.·. ___
I· : :' . I· ''. . · .. .· .
I 1• I
I 2 18
. .·.
I 3 . . •19
4 •.·.• 20
5 I 21 i
6. I 22>
.T I 23
8 ·24
9 I 25>
10 26
11 27'
12 .
. 28
'13'> 1•29. •.•. .
14 30'
1.15 . 31 .
I .16 32.>
Note!
If Mantle cable is used, the length of the cable is to be informed in mm and not in decimetre.
1 \:ARGO/DE 020418
) Page 34
) Kongsberg Maritime Ship Syster )"
) )
Jendix J
Tank I Sensor Related Values Service Tank Measurement
Tank ·· ·.·· ··. ...
· .. .. ... .· . .·
.I Tank ·. . ·.•.·.•.···· •
..
·. ' •
~ll'l'le Tallk Bottom .· · . .···.. . . Lellgth Ex·

'
>name.·· ' Tank• Bottorn. Lel'lgth Ex·
Tank max~ 13 height···• .·. dist.
l.• r~11k:.
max.13 height dist. Draw. .·•· of. area . . ..... Draw •. of ·•· area
no. char. mm mm no. cable • inst. rio.< char.
1 ·mm••. .
mm· . no. cable •inst.

1 17
I 2. 18
I 3 19
4 20 . ·•
I s <21·.·····
·,6 22
7 . 23··
.
I 8 ... 24•·
I 9 ·•.25•·
I 10 .. ,26
I 11 27
12 28
13. 29 ..
. ·. .t4X. 30 .
··.15< > 31
16 32·· .
,.·,.·,i:.-.-,· .,,,,,_.,.
·biahlet~rforiristallation ·0 mm Note!
C:able~• .•. . •· .. ·.·•· . .•. ·•·. ·.·····. · .·.· . .. > •. If MANTLE cable is used, the length of the cable is to be informed in mm
I ! >• i ><> ><·<
KMSS supplied ~able .· ..•
····)1
..•.•••.
!(millimetre).
If P~R cable is used, the length of the cable is to be informed in dm
. ·· (decimetre).

Appendix
The ..i:lurRDNJCR- GL-7A High Level Alarm sensors
'Tank name ·.·. · •••. A= 98% A= 95%. C=adapter ··.

Single Double
max. 6 .char. ··.*mm*·· I *111m* • •• *111m* ·.·
VI
Min.80mm ADAPT ER
c Max. 180mm
-- c
DECK
A
;:::
M42-00000.
"
A B
LAHH
LAHH ~ LAH
~
NB!
The adapter can be installed max. 180mm/mi n. 80mm above deck level.
Please take into account individually adjustin1 of the adapter in different heights, to
avoid too many different sensor lengths.
. .. ; . . ·. . . ·.
Diameter for installation cable .·· p mm
' - ';'·,'~-- :-· - ::._.::" .'----::_(.
>KMSS suoolied cable > ...• ·
-}ARGO/DE 020418 ') Page 36

) Kongsberg Maritime Ship Syster )S
~~ (~ ) )
Appendix
CONSULTAS Loading Computer (for tankers and gas carriers)
Yard name:
·Yard No.:
¢orrirlliiisionihg date:
·.fc1~$~ltic~tioh'soC:i~t~: Class 10 No.:
Dat~,R~~ai'r~dJn one'Copy: I Function: A, B, c. D - --------·-
A: Multipoint Intact Stability B: Ullage and oncline program C: Damage stability (Max VCG-curvesl
1. General Arrangement. 12. Ullage I sounding tables for cargo tanks.

2. Capacity Plan. 13. Ullage/Sounding tables for all FO, DO, WB 16. Precalculated Dam. Stab. Max VCG-curves.
3. Hydrostatic Tables (curves if tables are not tanks that shall be On-line.
available). 14. Address list for all On-line tanks.
4. Bonjean tables (or curves) or table of half 15. Protocol for the On-line communication.
breadth if Bonjean is not available.
5. Distribution of Lightship over the ships length,
weight with LCG, VCG, TCG.
6. Capacity tables with volume LCG, VCG, TCG D: Damage Stabili!Jt: erogram {full calculation}
and free surface effect at different filling (10 to
15 points per compartment is acceptable). Free 17. Definition of all actual damage cases.
surface at different heel (10,20 .... 80°), when 18. Definition of Margin Line points and openings
using volumetric GZ-calculation in Loading where continuous flooding can take place (
manual. protected I unprotected openings).
7. Loading Manual with intact stability and 19. Capacity tables for all compartments that can
longitudinal strength calculation. (preliminary . be damaged with volume, LCG, VCG, TCG
and final when available). and free surface effect.
8. Cross curves I tables of stability. 20. Damage stability Manual with calculation of
9. Max VCG curves (intact stability). actual Loading Calculations. (preliminary and
10. Drawing of Midship section. NB! final as soon as possible).
11. Moment of inertia and shear area of midship Points 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 13 and 19 are preferred to
section. qet on ASCII format on diskettes or bv e-mail.

Appendix
Cable dimensions explained
Cable entrances to the different units are made by use of various cable glands. Each cable gland has a maximum and minimum outer diameter.
The maximum outer diameter is limited by the mechanical hole in the cable gland. The minimum outer cable diameter is limited by the rubber sealing.
To ensure easy and correct cable entrance the maximum and minimum outer cable diameter must be within the sizes for each type of cable gland.
. Outer··. Inner
Illustration
Product Dimension Dimension·
Max-Min Max-.Min
olNNER
The +luT••N1cF1- GLA 100 Radar Max-Min
25-12mm 18-9mm
unit, Main cable
The +luT••N1cF1- GLA 100 Radar

19-8mm 15-6mm
unit, Temp. cable
The +luT••N1cF1- GC-90/C

25-12mm 18-9mm
Temperature box
The +luTRDNJCFI- GC-90/A & /B

19-15mm 8-6mm
Temperature box
The +luT••N1cF1- GL-7A/-N Level

switch
19-14mm N/A
+----;@~ ~f~ >-=:r
The +luT••N1cF1- GL-7A/- Level
14-7.5mm N/A
switch
Page 38
( JARGOIDE 020418 ) ) Kongsberg Maritime Ship Syster )5
Reader's Comments
r.
Reader's Comments
Please help us improve the quality of our documentation by returning your comments on
this manual:
Title: Preinstallation Manual, The +lur11aN1c11- GLAJOO Level Sensing Unit,

AutroCARGO 2000
Ref. No.: P-ACARGO/DE
Your information on any inaccuracies or omissions (with page reference):
Please tum the page

Reader's Comments
Suggestions for improvements
Thank you! We will investigate your comments promptly.

Would you like a written reply? D Yes D No
Name:
Title:
Company:
Address:
Telephone:
Fax:
Date:
Please send this form to: Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

N-7005 Trondheim
Norway
Tel: + 47 73 58 10 00
Fax: + 47 73 58 10 02
E-mail: mailbox@kmss.no

Reader's Comments
r-..
- J

KMSS Trondheim is based in Trondheim. Norway and has a worldwide sales and
service network. For more than 40 years KMSS's monitoring systems have been
saving lives and preventing catastrophes on land and at sea. KMSS's most important
business areas are maritime instrumentation and fire detection. KMSS stands for
preservation of environment. life and property and operational continuity by means of
early. accurate and intelligent detection.
Quality Assurance
Stringent controls throughout KMSS assure the excellenCe of our products and
services. In contract situations we meet the applicable requirements of IS0-9000
series and CE international standards. In the interest of product improvement. KMSS
reserves the right to alter specifications and design without notice.
KONGSBERG
KONOSBERGMARITIMESHIPSYS'IEMSAS, 7005 TRONDHEIM, NORWAY, PHONE: +47. 73 58 10 00, FAX:: -+47 • 73 58 10 02
:r--.
·. \
System Description
AutroCARGO 2000
------- Cargo Monitoring & Control System ------
Document no.: P-ACARGO/XE
.,r '

Division Ship Control
Phone: +47 73 58 1o oo Fax: +47 73 58 1o02
Internet: http://www.autronica-maritime.com
E-mail: mailbox@autronica.no
Sales office:
P.O. Box 1009
. r·/ N-3194 Horten, Norway.

Phone: +47 33 03 20 00 Fax: +47 33 04 22 50
KONGSBERG
r. COPYRIGHT
KMSS AS and its subsidaries

assume no reponsibility for any
errors that may appear in the
publication, or for damages
arising from the information in
it. No information in this
publication should be regarded
as a \Varranty made by KMSS.
The information in this
publication may be updated
\Vithout notice.
Product names mentioned in this

publication may be trademarks.
They are used only for
identification.
KMSS, 2001
Table of Contents
r Table of Contents
1. Introduction ........................................................................... 3
Second Generation - Cargo Monitoring & Control System ..................... 3
Benefits and Features ......................................................................... .4
The Autronica GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge ...................... .4
New Intrisically Safe Ex-LON Field-bus .................................... .4
Th.e Autronica NL-300 Presentation Program ............................. 5
Other Benefits and Features ....................................................... 5
Systerrt Overview ................................................................................ 6
2. System Functions .................................................................. 9

Radar-based Level Gauging ................................................................. 9
The Radar Principle ................................................................... 9
Application - Cargo Tank Ullage ................................................. 10
Installation I Capacity ................................................................. 10
Maintenance I Preventive Measures ........................................... 10
Level Gauging Using Pressure Transmitters .......................................... 11
Measuring Principle ................................................................... 11
Application - Ballast and Service Tank Level.. ............................ 11
Installation. ................................................................................ 11
Pressure Measuring ............................................................................ 12
Application ................................................................................ 12
Installation. ................................................................................ 12
Cargo Line Manifold Pressure .................................................... 13
Ballast Pump and Line Pressure ................................................. 13
Cargo Tank Inert Gas Pressure .................................................. 13
Vapour Line Pressure ................................................................ 14
Void Space Inert Gas Pressure ................................................... 14
Draft, Trim and List Measuring ............................................................ 15
Application ................................................................................ 15
Installation................................................................................. 15
Alternative Location of Transmitters ........................................... 16
Temperature Measuring ...................................................................... 17
Application ................................................................................ 17
Cargo Tank Temperature ......... : ................................................. 17
Cargo Line Manifold Temperature .............................................. 18
Installation......................................... ,....................................... 18
Ex-LON Fieldbus Connection .............................................................. 19
GeneraL .................................................................................... 19
LON-Nodes .............................................................................. 20
Repeaters ................................................................................. 20
f1
..-:-.l
P-ACARGO/XE 991115 pab Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

Table of Contents
3. System Readout and Control. ............................................... 21

Workstation with the Autronica NL-300 Presentation Program .............. 21
Functions .................................................................................. 22
Data Available on Screen. .......................................................... 22
Capacity ................................................................................... 22
Hardware ................................................................................. 23
Software ................................................................................... 23
Autronica NL-300 - Configuration Examples ......................................... 24
9eneral .................................................................................... 24
Network Configuration .............................................................. 24
Configuration Without Network .................................................. 25
Interfacing External Systems ............................................................... 25
Portable Read-out Units ...................................................................... 26
Functions .................................................................................. 26
Installation................................................................................. 26
Hardware ................................................................................. 26
Valves and Pumps Control. ................................................................. 27
General .................................................................................... 27
Applications .............................................................................. 27
Load Calculator .................................................................................. 28
Application ................................................................................ 28
Installation................................................................................. 28
Multipoint Program .................................................................... 29
Intact Stability Program. ............................................................. 29
Damage Stability Max-VCG Curves ........................................... 29
Full Damage Stability ................................................................. 29
4. High Level Alarm I Overfill Protection ................................. 31

Measuring Principle ............................................................................. 31
Application ......................................................................................... 31
5. System Units .......................................................................... 33
6. Technical Specifications ....................................................... 37
Reader's Comments .............................................................. :... 41
/....--.......
P-ACARGO/XE 991115 pab 2 Kongsberg Mariti.me Ship Systems AS

Table of Contents
1. Introduction
Second Generation - Cargo Monitoring & Control System
KMSS, division Ship Control introduced its first cargo monitoring system back in 1984. The core of
this system was the Autronica GL-90, a radar-based level gauge. The market embraced our system,
and more than 5000 level gauges have been delivered to ships sailing the seven seas.
Carrying on our tradition of technological and.product-application innovation, Ship Control is proud to

introduce AutroCARGO 2000, the second generation of our cargo monitoring and control system,
featuring several improvements and new functions.
The core of AutroCARGO 2000 is the Autronica GL-100, our new improved radar-based level gauge
and a product of modem planar antenna technology. A Windows NT-based presentation program and
an Ex-LON field-bus and Ship Control's high quality temperature and pressure sensing devices mean
r our customers get the very best cargo surveillance system available.
The AutroCARGO 2000, sensing devices and the mandatory separate high level/overfill alarm system
are all designed, manufactured and marketed by Autronica. Our products and technically advanced
systems help you keep installation and maintenance costs down.
fr ·\\
ccce=======i=====~=====i ii
l\(1)jj
\.,,_ i /
L:sir-----=
r
Figure 1: System Overview
r
'
~-
j
P-ACARGO/XE 0 I 0402 pab 3 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

· 1. Introduction
Benefits and Features

The Antronica GL-100 Radar-based Level Gauge
The Antronica GL-100 radar-based level gauge is intrinsically safe and EEx ia. Should seivice be
required, it can be carried out while in operation, without cutting the power. The gauge has a teflone
plate facing the cargo and an acid resistant steel body of AISI 316 quality. Mounted on the top of the
tank, no part of the Autronica GL-100 comes into contact with the tank's cargo.
, ____ ..... ~~-
Figure 2: The Autronica GLA-100 Level Sensing Unit,
The new improved level gauge is designed to meet the stringent requirements for signal processing,
difficult atmospheric conditions and rough environment both in tanks and on deck. Each radar-based
level gauge in a system has individual signal processing which ensures that should a fault occur in a
signal processing unit, only one level gauge will be affected. The remaining gauges will continue to
operate.
New lntrisically Safe Ex-LON Field-bus
The new intrinsically safe Ex-LON field-bus radically reduces installation cost. One of our recent
installations showed that 222 pressure, level and temperature signals were connected via only 7
cables. The field-bus lets you replace up to 55 zener barriers with just one repeater. Of course this
means reduced costs and easier maintenance for you.
P-ACARGO/XE 99ll 15 pab 4 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

1. Introduction
f The Autronica NL-300 Presentation Program
The Autronica NL-300 presentation program is Windows NT-based, providing a user friendly
man-machine communication environment. The Autronica NL-300 program will facilitate zero
adjustment of sensing devices. Detailed infonnation on the Presentation Program is included on page
23.
Figure 3: Example of screen picture - Main Menu
Other Benefits and Features
In addition to the benefits and features already mentioned, the AutroCARGO 2000 system
features the following:
• Windows NT-based presentation program gives improved system
reliability
• Single graphic read-out instruments available
• Fewer spare parts
• Simplified maintenance
• Increased signal processing capacity facilitates solutions to bottom and
top interference problems
• Radically reduced updating time makes the system less vulnerable to
ship/load movements (FPO and shuttle tankers I loading pumps)
• Improved operation facilities
• Improved capabilities ofremote fault diagnosis
• Non-intrusive level gauge installation
• Based on standard Ethernet or RS-line communication solutions
• MiTS and LON compatible
• Certified Ex ia - can be used in all zones
• Meets ISO 9000
• CE-certified
• Approved by the major classification societies
P-ACARGO/XE 010402 pab 5 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

I. Introduction
System Overview
The AutroCARGO 2000 System is a complete tank monitoring and control system with radar level
gauging and temperature/pressure sensors in cargo tanks. It also covers pressure sensors for draft
measurements, level gauging in service and ballast tanks, and cargo line pressure.
The Workstation with the Autronica NL-300 Presentation Program is the main presentation unit in
the system. The station is situated in a Cargo Control Room, where the operator can monitor the data
and control all essential operating parameters. A color printer is used for printout of various reports.
A Graphic Backup Display, located in the cabinet, can be used for monitoring purpose, as well as a
number of Graphic Read-out Units (local displays) connected to the network at different locations.
A Portable Read-out Unit allows the crew on deck to continuously monitor the data.
The Micro Computer serves as the main processing and control unit. The computer handles all
system data. It provides serial outputs for external equipment and analogue outputs for different
sensors.
The LON Network («Local Operating Network>>), is used in the safe area.
The Autronica GL-100 radar-based Level Gauge consists of the Autronica GLK-100 Signal
Processing Unit and the Autronica GLA-100 Level Sensing Unit.
The Autronica GLK-100 units are connected to the LON Network. Each Autronica GLK-100 unit
provides connection for one Autronica GLA-100 unit. As an option, temperature sensors and inert
gas pressure transmitters can be connected to the Autronica GLK-100 unit.
Repeaters separate the LON Network in the safe area from the Ex-LONfield-bus («Ex-approved
Local Operating Network>>) in the hazardous area. One Repeater is required for each Ex Field Bus.
Up to 7 Nodes can be connected to each Ex-LON field-bus. The Nodes are used to convert the
sensor signals into standard measuring units. A maximum of 8 freely mixed sensors (temperature
sensors I inert gas pressure transmitters) can be connected to each Node.
Valves and Pump Control are done utilizing PLC-modules communicating with a workstation via a
serial line. ("°'.
A Load Calculator can be on-line connected to the AutroCARGO 2000 system via the network, or
connected directly to a RS-232C serial line on the microcomputer.
A stand-alone High Level Alarm I Overfill Protection System can be used.

1. Introduction
l:
'
i
••"""'""'•••-•••••••o•••u•••-
Figure 4: Systeni Overvieiv incl. names of system units

1. Introduction
P-ACARGO/XE 991115 pab 8 Kongsberg Mari ti.me Ship Systems AS

2. SystenJ Functions
2. System Functions
Radar-based Level Gauging
The Radar Principle
The Autronica GL-100 Level Gauge, consists of the Autronica GLA-100 Level Sensing Unit
connected to the Autronica GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit. The Autronica GLA-100 Level
Sensing Unit provides a micro wave planar antenna with transmitter and receiver electronics.
A microwave signal with a centre frequency range of I 0 GHz is emitted from the sensing unit and
directed as a narrow be~ towards the liquid surface in the tank. A part ofthis signal is reflected
from this surface back to the antenna, and the distance is in principle derived from the time delay of
the reflected signal.
The radar transmitter measures the distance between the radar antenna and the tank content surface,
{~
i.e. the tank ullage. With specific data stored in the processor, the computer can calculate the exact
.• ullage and volume in the tank. Also, by entering specific density for the carried cargo, the computer
can calculate the weight.
(,,..---.. ,/
'

2. Systeni Functions
Application - Cargo Tank Ullage r-'\

The Autronica GLA-100 Level Sensing Unit is primarily intended to measure the ullage in tanks
onboard ships, offshore and in industry. The standard version can measure on any liquid, for example,
petroleum products, acids, solvents etc. up to 40 m distance. Accurate measurements are possible
regardless of the atrnospherical conditions inside the tank. As the Level Gauge basically provides
accurate distance measurements, it may, due to its flexibility, be easily adapted to a larger number of
other applications.
Figure 5: Cargo Tank U/lagc

;----..
Installation I Capacity
The Autronica GL-100 Level Gauge consists of the Autronica GLA-100 Level Sensing Unit and the
Autronica GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit. The Level Sensing Units are mounted onto straight type
adapters or angular type adapters. Straight type adapters are normally used in chemical vessels, while
angular type adapters are used in crued oil and product carriers.
In order to assure system operation according to specifications, the position of each sensor must be
approved by Autronica. Ship-specific drawings showing the shipyards proposed positioning and
drawings showing any obstacle that might affect the radar beam must be sent to Autronica for
approval in due time before the tank adapters are to be installed (preferably when the system is
ordered).
The AutroCARGO 2000 system has a capacity of a maximum of 60 Level Sensing units, each unit
connected to one Antronica GLK-100 unit on the LON network. (I Antronica GLK-100 unit is
required for each Antronica GLA-100 unit).
As an option temperature and inert gas pressure transmitters can be connected via common cabling
from the Antronica GLA-100 unit to the Antronica GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit.
Maintenance I Preventive Measures
Normally, the Antronica GL-100 Level Gauge requires no maintenance. Heavy contanmination on the
sensor teflon plate may in certain situations cause erroneous readings, as the echo may be affected.
If this occurs, the teflon plate must be cleaned. This is done by opening the inspection hatch of the
tank adapter and wipe off the teflon plate with a soft cloth, or using a jet nozzle mounted on the tank
adapter.
If service should be required, it can be carried out without cutting the power.

2. Syste111 Functions
Level Gauging Using Pressure Transmitters

Measuring Principle
The measuring principle is based on a piezoresistive pressure transmitter. By sensing the hydrostatic
pressui:e inside the tank, a calculated level value can be presented.
There are two types of pressure transmitters:

• the absolute type pressure transmitter
• · the vented (gauge) type pressure transmitter
The absolute type transmitters are related to vacuum*. The vented type transmitters are related to
atmospheric pressure. Both transmitters measure the static pressure from the liquid pillar together
with the atmospheric pressure on the top of the liquid's surface.
"'To obtain correct pressure measurements, the atmospheric pressure has to be measured. In connection with
r J
level gauging this measuring is used to determine the static pressure on the top of the cargo, which is in
addition to the pressure caused by the liquid pillar.
Application - Ballast and Service Tank Level
Pressure transmitters are used for level gauging in ballast tanks, and for level gauging in service tanks
including for example diesel, heavy fuel oil, lubrication oil and pottable water.
Figure 6: Ballast and Service Tank Level
(.
. j '
Installation
The pressure transmitters can be connected in the following ways:

• conventional connection from the micro computer via a zener
barrier directly to the hazardous area (4-20 mA transmitter)
• Ex LON field bus connection via LON node (5-55 mV on fieldbus)

Pressure Measuring
Measuring Principle
The measuring principle is based on a piezoresistive pressure transmitter. By sensing the hydrostatic
pressure inside the tank, a calculated level value can be presented.
There are two types of pressure transmitters:

• the absolute type pressure transmitter
• ·the vented (gauge) type pressure transmitter
The absolute type transmitters are related to vacuum*. The vented type transmitters are related to
atmospheric pressure.
"'To obtain correct pressure measurements, the atmospheric pressure has to be measured.
Application
Pressure measuring covers the following applications:

• cargo line manifold pressure
• ballast pump and line pressure
• cargo tank inert gas pressure
• vapour line pressure
• void space inert gas pressure
More information and illustrations of these applications are shown on the following pages.
Installation

• Ex LON field bus connection via LON node
• connection via common cabling from the Autronica GLA-100 Level
Sensing Unit to the Autronica GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit
(inert gas pressure)

2. Systenz Functions
Cargo Line Manifold Pressure
The cargo line manifold pressure is measured to monitor possible leakages in lines. The pressure in
the loading I unloading lines are measured also to decide whether the pwnps are operating correctly
or not, and if they deliver the right pressure.
Figure 7: Cargo Line Manifold Pressure
Ballast Pump and Line Pressure
To monitor possible leakages in lines the ballast pump and line pressure is measured. The pressure in
the ballast lines are measured also to decide whether the pumps are operating correctly or not, and if
they deliver the right pressure.
Figure 8: Ballast Pump and Line Pressure
Cargo Tank Inert Gas Pressure
For some cargos there is a demand to have inert gas on the top of the cargo. The inert gas pressure
is measured in proportion to the atmospheric pressure. If over-pressure is present, air with oxygen
cannot penetrate into the top of the cargo. In this way, the cargo will not be damaged as a result of
unwanted gases, and hazardous mixtures are avoided.
Figure 9: Cargo Tank Inert Gas Pressure

Vapour Line Pressure
To prevent over-pressure or vacuum in one or several vapour return lines, the inert gas is monitored.
Figure JO: Vapour Line Pressure
Void Space Inert Gas Pressure
To obtain correct level measurements in cases where ballast tanks contain inert gas pressure, the
void space inert gas pressure is used instead of the atmospheric pressure.
Figure 11: Void Space Inert Gas Pressure

2. System Functions
r Draft, Trim and List Measuring
Measuring Principle
The measuring principle is based on a piezoresistive pressure transmitters which are mounted near
the bottom of the ship. These transmitters measure the hydrostatic pressure from the liquid pillar on
the outside of the hull. On the basis of these measurements, draft fotward and aft, trim and list are
calculated.
Trim and list can also be me!lsured by means of inclinometre(s).
Application
Draft measurements are important for the following reasons:

• to get useful information when passing shallow water, in and out of
harbours
r • to correct the ullage based on measured values

• to do adjustments in order to obtain the most economical trim for a
certain voyage
Figure 12: Draft, Trim and List
Installation
r- _./
_

· 2. Systen1 Functions
Alternative Location of Transmitters
Alt. 1
Trim . .· _ _ I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , )
Trim and List with . .· _ _ I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , )
inclinometer
·Alt. 2
Trim and List
~I·_:~:>
Alt. 3
Trim and List
Alt. 4
~I-~>
Trim and List
(inclinometer)
Alt. 5
Trim and List
{special variant) ~I:-~:>
Figure 13: Alternative Location of Transmitters - Trim and List

2. Systeffl Functions
r Temperature Measuring
Measuring Principle
The measuring principle is based on Pt-I 00 or Pt- I 000 temperature sensing elements. The resistor
elemenfgives a decreasing resistance value when the ambient temperature increases. The Pt-
element has a resistance of I 00 ohm at 0° C and can be applied for temperatures from -200 to
+850°C.
Application
Temperature measuring cqvers the following applications:

• Cargo Tank Temperature
• Cargo Line Manifold Temperature
The Antronica MN-1535 Temperature Sensor is designed for monitoring of temperatures in cargo
r tanks onboard chemical tankers, gas- and oil tankers, product carriers and other specialized vessels.
The Antronica MN-1995 Temperature Sensor is a general purpose sensor used for monitoring cargo
line manifold temperatures.
Cargo Tank Temperature
Temperatures are normally measured at three different levels (bottom, middle and top) in each tank.
Both average and individual temperatures are available. Only submerged sensors will be included
when average temperature is calculated.
Figure 14: Cargo Tank Temperature

2. Systen1 Functions
Cargo Line Manifold Temperature
The cargo line manifold temperature is measured.
Figure 15: Cargo Line Manifold Temperature
Installation
The temperature sensors can be connected in the following ways:

• connection via common cabling from the Antronica GLA-100 Level
Sensing Unit to the Antronica GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit

r Ex-LON Fieldbus Connection
General
The local Ex LON field bus (<<Ex-approved Local Operating Network>>) is specially designed for data
collection from sensing devices used onboard vessels. The external Ex-LON field-bus is used in the
hazardous area.
Repeaters seperate the Ex-LON field-bus in the hazardous area from the LON Network in the safe
area.
LON-nodes are connected to the Ex-LON field-bus and are used to convert sensor signals into
standard measuring units.
Comi.nlc1dbn
ln1Wf"ll.CD
Figure 16: Ex-LON field-bus Connection (dra1v.no. AL-024)
r
,l )

2. Syste111 Functions
LON-Nodes
The Autronica AL100B/I8EX LON Node (Analogue) is an intelligent module connected to the Ex-
LON field-bus. It is used to convert the sensor signals into standard measuring units.
There can be a maximum of 7 Nodes per Ex-LON field-bus. A total of 8 freely mixed sensors can be
connected to each Node.
Each node communicates with the computer via the common Field Bus. The Node is galvanically
isolated from the field bus and power.
The unit requires 6 to 11.5 V I 30 mA.
Repeaters
The main function of the Autronica ALlOOB/RPEXC Repeater is to seperate the Ex-LON field-bus
in the hazardous area from the LON Network in the safe area. One Repeater is required for each
Ex-LON field-bus.
The Repeater requires 24 V DC. It includes zener barriers and serves as a power supply for the
Nodes on the Ex-LON field-bus. It's power output provides 11.5 V DC, maximum 300 mA.

3. Systen1 Readout and Control
3. System Readout and Control
Workstation with the Antronica NL-300 Presentation Program

The Workstation with the Autronica NL-300 Presentation Program is the main presentation unit in
the system. The station is situated in a Cargo Control Room, where the operator can monitor the data
and control all essential operating parameters.
Figure 17: Example of screen picture - Line Pressure
A number of workstations can be connected in a network to provide several operator consoles at

different locations onboard. A Portable Read-out Unit communicating with the workstation, also
allows the crew on deck to continuously monitor the data. As an option, the workstation can
communicate with a load calculator or other external systems.
r Alarms that are handled continuously in the background, ensure that the operator is inunecliately
alerted if any alarm limits are exceeded. Failures that may occur in the system are inunediately
reported on the screen. Reports on failures and alarms, as well as history/trend reports on level, inert
pressure and temperature are logged and stored, and can be printed out at any time.
The system is operated with a mouse or a "track-ball" connected to the workstation. From the Main
Menu, the selection of each submenu can be done. Popup windows for parameter values and alarm
limit settings, plus graphic presentations of ship specific data are displayed on the screen. "The On-line
Help Menu allows you to get useful information quickly while operating the system.

Functions
The following outlines the main functjons of the workstation:

• Handling of alanns and failures
• Configuration of the system
• Storage of measured parameter values
• Calculation using measured parameter values
• . Logging of History/Trend
• Generation/Printouts of reports
• Automatic zero reference point adjustment for calibration of the
pressure sensors in the system
Data Available on Screen
The following data can be presented on the screen:

• Cargo tanks ullage/level
Cargo tanks volume/weight
Cargo tanks temperature (average+ 3 temperatures)
Cargo tanks inert gas pressure,
Filling I discharging rate
• Ballast tanks level
- Ballast tanks volume
• Service tanks level
- Service tanks volume
- Service tanks temperature
• Miscellaneous (pressure and temperature)
• Vapour lines pressure
• Line pressure
• Draft F (Fore)
• Draft M (Midship)
• Draft A (Aft)
• Trim
• List
• ATM (atmospheric pressure)
Capacity
The Autronica NL-300 Presentation Program covers the following:

• up to 60 cargo tanks (i.e. 60 channels for ullage/level, inert gas and
cargo temperature)
• up to 36 tanks/points for ballast tanks, miscellaneous and service
tanks
• up to 60 points for line pressure
• up to 16 points for vapour lines

r
Hardware
The following hardware requirements and recommendations apply:
• Intel Pentium Processor
• 32 Mbyte RAM
• mouse or track ball
• minimum 1Gbyte hard disk
• minimum 17'' screen (recommended: HP Ultra VGA 1280 display
. -D2818A)
• screen resolution I 024 x 768 with 256 colors
• English keyboard
• licence diskette for InTouch Runtime
• recommended printer: HP DeskJet 690C
• recommended PC used in a configuration without network: HP
r Vectra VL PC Series 4
• recommended PC used in a network configuration: HP Vectra XM
PC Series 4
• recommended network card for PC without integrated network
card: 3Com Etherlink ill COMBO (3C509)
• recommended «Repeater/Hub» for network solutions: 3COM
OfficeConnect Hub 8ffPC 3Cl6701
Software
The following software is required:
• Windows NT version 4.0, English version (CD-ROM)
• InTouch for Windows NT
• Autronica NL-300, Autronica NL-300 Configuration and
AutroMMI Alarm Program
• EA-DDE Server
r

3. Systenz Readout and Control
Autronica NL-300 - Configuration Examples
General
The following examples shows a network configuration of the Autronica NL-300 and the Autronica
NL-300 in a configuration without a network.
Network Configuration
D
HP Vectra XM PC Serles
~
HP Vectra XM PC Serles 4
4
Chief Officer's Office ~
~
captain's Office
NL-300 D L~""'· Nl"OO
0
-- ""
Mouse Mouse
•
"!tin ner (BNC'COO)
EA
D D
DeokOffi~
NL_,,,0
J,
HP Vecira XM PC Ser1es 4
0
Server
CCR
NL·300
B
HP Veetra XM PC Serles 4 HP Vectra x
CRNl-300
lo•Oog
PC Serles 4
rh
0
Mouse Mouse Mouse
HP Desk.Jet f.OOC
P-ACARGO/XE 991115 pab 24 Kongsberg MariHme Ship Systems AS

3. Systenz Readout and Control
r Configuration Without Network
Serial line from EAC-300 Serial line from EAC-300
D_ D
- - ~c:
CR
NL300
rh
HP Vectra V PC Series 4 HP Vectra V PC Series 4
CR
Lo ing
~--'-=>--:M.ouse
0
-----'~=-1Mouse
1------1!9~ Local printer ~;;;;;;;;~P;;;..-- Local printer
HP DeskJet 690C HP DeskJet 690C
Interfacing External Systems

The micro computer, which includes the Autronica EAC-300 board, provides optional serial lines and
ethernet connection for communication and interface to external systems.
r
Portable Read-out Units
Functions
The Autronica NL-120 Portable Read-out Unit displays cargo tank ullage, temperature, pressure
and ballast tank pressure. Other options are also available. The unit can store up to 24 messages of
92 characters.
The function keys allows easy message handling.
Shorter messages from the system, including tank information, can be sent to the front display. The
top display shows information on present alarms. With a scroll button you can scroll through several
alarms.
The default standby message for the top display is the receiver identification and for the front display
the receiver identification and user name. The actual time and date is also shown on the front display.
Installation
The antenna must be mounted in a non-hazardous area.
Hardware
The Autronica NL-120 Portable Read-out Unit consists of a Autronica NLR-120 Receiver Unit, a
Autronica NLT-120 Transmitter Unit and an Antenna Unit.
The receiver provides the following:

• 12-character top display for alarm messages
• SO-character front display for measured values
• 2 function keys for scrolling function
• 2 LEDs (one green and one red)
• a light sensor
:,,.--.....,·
P-ACARGO/XE 991115 pab 26 Kongsberg Marihme Ship Systems AS

r Valves and Pumps Control
General
Valves and pumps are controlled from PLC-modules (programmable controllers). Feedback signals
are received and commands are performed on Windows NT-based workstations.
The PLC-modules have a modular design and are easily plugged into the bus. This bus provides the
data path between all system components and is used by the processor and all add-on modules. The
series cover among others th~ following modules:
• digital input modules
• digital output modules
• analogue in-/output modules
• fast counter modules
• processor modules with up to 4 serial data interfaces (RS-232) for
r communication
• other special modules
Applications
Valves and pumps control covers the following:

• hydraulic deepwell pumps
• electrical deepwell pumps
• hydraulic power-pack
• level regulation in cargo tanks
• sea water ballast and fire pumps
• double acting (open/close) valves ·
• single acting (open/close) valves with spring return
• trottle valves
• analogue valves
r Other applications are possible on request.
Figure 18: Valves and Punzps Control

3. Syste111 Readout and Control
Load Calculator
Application
Autronica offers a high quality load calculator, including the following load calculator programs:
• multipoint program
• intact stability program
• damage stability max-VCG curves
• ·full damage stability
The different load calculator programs are described on the next page.
Figure 19: Load Calculator
Installation
The load calculator is on-line connected to the AutroCargo 2000 system via the network. It can also
be connected directly to a serial output on the Autronica EA-computer.

3. SystenJ Readout and Control
.f-' Multipoint Program

The Multipoint Program controls the longitudinal strength against the Classification Society's rules.
The program is used for calculation of DW total, displacement, trim and draft. It monitors the shear
for~es and bending moments over the ship's length and deflection (hogging and sagging). The
program· offers printout ofloading reports and plotting of shear force and bending moments on
monitor and printer.
Intact Stability Program
The Intact Stability Program"is used for calculation of the intact stability according to Government's
requirements.
The program is combined with the Multipoint Program. It calculates MV, KG, GM, GZ-curve and
control of intact stability against actual stability requirements. If the program is not combined with the
Multipoint Program, the program calculates DW total, displacement, trim and draft in addition to the
stability results.
The program offers printout of stability reports with plotting of a GZ-curve. The VCG and the free
surface effect of tanks are automatically calculated at filling.
Damage Stability Max-VCG Curves
The Intact Stability Program can be combined with the Damage Stability Max VCG-curves. The
damage stability can be controlled against precalculated Max VCG-curves.
Full Damage Stability
The Full Damage Stability Program calculates damage stability for all actual damage cases and for
tank fillings in the actual condition. The program calculates the GZ-curve for each damage case, plus
trim, draft, angle of heel and freeboard.
The program offers printout of stability for all defined damage cases and control of stability against
MARPOL 73 and IMO CHEMICAL CODE.
r


4. High Level Alarnz I Overfill Protection
r-- /
4. High Level Alarm I Overfill Protection
Measuring Principle
The mea'suring principle is based on capacitive level switches. The capacitance is measured between
an inner and an outer electrode ring. The inner electrode ring is insulated with teflon (PlFE), and the
outer ring is acid resistant steel (AISI 316). If a liquid enters the gap between the two electrode rings,
the capacify will be changed. This change of capacify is used to detect liquid/not liquid.
If liquid reaches the the 95%· level, a red alann light will start flashing and a rotating light and siren
will be activated.
The system comprises level switches, control panels, audible and visible alann devices to meet the
IMO requirements.
Application
The high level alann system, consisting of the Autronica GL-7 Level Switch and the Autronica NL-4
Monitoring Panel, is designed to continuously monitor liquid levels in cargo tanks onboard ships.
The Autronica GL-7 Level Switch is intended for use both in conducting and non-conducting liquids.
Figure 20: High Level Alarm I Overfill Protection
r
•

4. High Level Alarnz I Overfill Protection
-....__ _

5. System Units
5. System Units
System Units Description
The Autronica The Autronica Micro Computer is mounted in the cabinet and consist of
Micro the Autronica EA-Z Mother Board including the Autronica EAC-300
Computer Processing Board. The unit provides:
• serial RS-232 outputs for external equipment (for example Pump Valve
Control units) or for power.
• digital inputs/outputs, in groups of 8 / 16 -32
• analogue inputs/outputs for various types of sensors
An integrated PC104 Bus provides connections to RS-232, RS-422, RS-485
and ethernet. The Fieldbus is used for connection of local displays.
The Autronica The Antronica GL-100 Level Gauge, consists of;
GL-100
the Autronica GLA-100 Level Sensing Unit connected to
Radar-based
the Autronica GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit.
Level Gauge
The AutroCARGO 2000 system has a capacity of a maximum of 60 Level

Sensing units, each unit connected to one Antronica GLK-100 unit on the
LON network. (1 Antronica GLK-100 unit is required for each ~utronica
GLA-100 unit).
The Autronica The Antronica GLA-100 Level Sensing Unit consists ofa microwave
GLA-100 planar antenna with a transmitter/receiver and communications electronics.
Level Sensing It is fitted to a tank adapter and mounted on top of the tank, thus leaving
Unit no parts of the system in physical contact with the tank content.
1 Antronica GLK-100 board is required for each Antronica GLA-100 unit.
The sensor's rugged construction allows withstanding of severe
mechanical, physical and chemical environmental conditions. Only AISI
316 acid-resistant steel and teflon (PTFE) are used.
The Antronica GLK-100 Signal Processing Unit consist of the following:
• a power supply, providing +24 V DC
• zener barriers, providing power to the sensor, plus LF-signal from the
sensor analogue inputs
• zener barriers and analogue inputs for 4 analogue input signals 4-20
rnA
The Straight Type Adapter (GL-1398) is to be welded onto the deck. This
adapter type is used in chemical vessels.
Dimension 0 = 200 mm
The Angular Type Adapter (GL-1157) is to be welded onto the deck. This
adapter type is used in crued oil and product carriers.
Dimension " = 200 mm
The main function of the Repeater is to seperate the Ex-LON field-bus in

the hazardous area from the LON Network in the safe area. One Repeater is
required for each Ex-LON field-bus. ·
The Repeater requires 24 V DC. It includes zener barriers and serves as a
power supply for the Nodes on the Ex-LON field-bus. Its power output
provides 11.5 V DC, maximum 300 mA.

5. Systeni Units
The Autronica The LON Node is an intelligent module connected to the Ex-LON field-
Ex-LON Node bus. It is used to convert the sensor signals into standard measuring
ALlOOB/18Ex units.
(Analogue)
There can be a maximum of? Nodes per Ex-LON field-bus. A total of 8
freely mixed sensors can be connected to each Node. Each node
communicates with the computer via the common Field Bus. The Node is
galvanically isolated from the Field Bus and power. The unit requires 6 to
11.5 VI 30 mA.
The Autronica The pressure transmitter can be used for measuring atmospheric pressure.
GT-205 I GT-255 For this application, the following accessories are supplied from KMSS:
Pressure
Inst. equipment, INS-GT200-ATM
Transmitter
Steel cover, UE-1037
Fastening bracket, 6562-001.0002
The pressure transmitter can be used for measuring service tank level. For
this application, the following accessories are supplied from KMSS:
Ball valve with inst. mat., GT-425
The Autronica The pressure transmitter can be used for measuring cargo tank inert gas
GT-206 I GT-256 pressure on the Level Gauge. For this application, the following
Pressure accessories are supplied from KMSS:
Transmitter
Mantle cable, GT-942/430
Adapter unit, UP-448
The pressure transmitter can be used for measuring inert gas and vapour
line pressure. For this application, the following accessories are supplied
fromKMSS:
Counter nut Yz"BSP
Silicon gel, 6070-027.0019
Screw M6x20, UTN014/6H
Protection, GT-740
Adapter flange, GT-769
The pressure transmitter can be used for measuring draft, trini & list. For
Valve DN40 PN16, UP-288 (optio11)
Valve DN40 PN16, UP-332 (optio11)
Restrictor 05, UP-311
Connection box, UG-509
0-ring 024, 2x3, 6370-005.0003
Flange DN40 PN16, UP-440
Mantle cable, GT-942/-
The pressure transmitter can be used for measuring ballast tank level. For
Silicon gel, 6070-027.0019
Inst. equipment, INS-GT206-BAL
Fastening bracket, GT-661
Shoulder nipple, UP-410
Protection tube, GL-1387 /500
Mantle cable, GT-942/-
Adapter, UP-321
Connection box, UG-510

5. Syste111 Units
The Autronica The pressure transmitter can be used for measuring cargo line
GT-207 I GT-257 pressure. The following accessories are supplied from KMSS:
Pressure Transmitter
Silicon gel, 6070-027.0019
Protection, GT-740
Adapter flange, GT-325
The Antronica The temperature sensor can be used for measuring cargo line
MN-1995 temperature. The following accessories are supplied from
Temperature Sensor KMSS:
Protection \Vell, MN2380
The Antronica The temperature sensor can be used for measuring

MN-1535 temperatures in cargo tanks onboard chemical tankers, gas- and
Temperature Sensor oil tankers, product carriers and certain specialized vessels.
The follo,ving accessories are supplied from KMSS:
Installation material, INS-GC-90
Silicon gel, 6070-027.0019
Protection tube, GL-1388/500
Adapter, UP-456
Adapting Flange, UP-321
Connection Box with signal converters, GC-90
The temperature sensor can be used for measuring
temperatures in cargo tanks onboard chemical tankers, gas- and
oil tankers, product carriers and certain specialized vessels.
The following accessories are supplied from KMSS:
Adapting Flange, UP-321
Terminal Box for temperature sensors, MN-1805:
Workstation with the The Workstation \Vith the Autronica NL-300 Presentation Program
Autronica NL-300 is the main presentation unit in the system. The station is
Presentation situated in a Cargo Control Room, where the operator can
Program monitor the data and control all essential operating
parameters.
The workstation is used as a table version, or it can be
mounted into a rack.
The Autronica The Portable Read-out Unit consists of the Antronica NLT-
NL-120 120 Transmitter Unit and the Autronica NLR-120 Receiver
Portable Read-out Unit.
Unit A power supply, circuit board and antenna is delivered
together with the unit.
The unit communicates with the workstation, allowing the
cre\v on deck to continuously monitor the data.
Mains power supply The power supply provides 230 VACI 24V DC.
Powec PP/2-24.

5. Systen1 Units
Printer Recommended printer:

HP DeskJet 690C Printer
Dimensions:
17.2 x 16 x 7.9 in (436 x405 x 199 mm)
Weight: 11.6 !b (5.3 kg)
The Autronica The high level alarm system consists of the Autronica GL-7
NL-4/GL-7 Level s,vitch (to the left) and the Autronica NL-4 monitoring
High Level Alarm I panel (to the right).
Overfill Protection
The system is designed to continuously monitor liquid levels
System
in cargo tanks onboard ships.
Cabinet The cabinet (type PS4806 - UEN024/52) is used for the

installation of the micro computer and the other required
equipment. It is equipped with a RITTAL SK3152 filter fan.

6. Technical Specifications
r 6. Technical Specifications
Cargo Tank Ullage
The Autronica GL·100 Radar.Based Level Gauge:
Measuring range 0.3 - 40 m
Accuracy +/- 2 mm
Ex-classification EEx ia llC T4
Materials AISI 316 (L)
Weight 30 kg
Dimensions 0=295 mm, H=153 mm
Tank adapter Oop welded):
Srraight and angular type 0=200 mm
Materials AISI 316L
Cargo Tank Inert-Gas Pressure or

Vapour-Line Pressure
The Autronica GT-206 or GT·256 Pressure transmitters:
Measuring range 0.8 -1.4 bar (abs.)
Accuracy +/· 0.5 % FRO
Ex-classifications EEx ia llC T4
Protection IP68
Materials AISI 316
Diaphragm: Inert gas Platinum
Weight 0.5 kg
Conventional connection 4 • 20 mA
Ex-LON field--bus connection 5 · 40 mv on field-bus
Cargo Tank Temperature

Temperature sensor MN· 1535:
Measuring range 0. 160 oc ("
Accuracy +I· 0.5 • +I· 0.9 oc
Ex·classification EEx ia llC T4
Protection IP68
Materials AISI 316
Conventional connection 4-20mA
Ex-LON field-bus connection 5 · 40 mv on field-bus
Cargo Line Manifold Pressure

and Temperature
Pressure transmitters series GT·207 or GT·257:
Measuring range o. 40 bar (abs) ("
Accuracy +I· 0.5 % FRO
r
-.__ __
Protection
Materials
Conventional connection
Ex-LON field-bus connection
IP67
AISI 316
4 - 20 mA
5 · 40 mv on field-bus
Temperature sensor MN-1995:
Measuring range -200 . +400 oc
Accuracy +/- 1 oc
Protection IP67
Materials AISI 316
Conventional connection 4 · 20 mA
Ex-LON field-bus connection 5 · 40 mv on field-bus
Draft, Trim and List

Pressure transmit!ers series GT·206 or GT-256:
Measuring range 0 · 37 m ("
Accuracy +/- 0.5 % FRO
Ex-classifications EEx ia llC T4
Protection IP68
Materials AISI 316
Diaphragm Platinum
Conventional connection 4 • 20 mA
Ex-LON field-bus connection 5 • 55 mV on field-bus
r
Ballast and Service Tank Level

Pressure transmillers series GT-206 or GT-256:
Measuring range O- 37 m ("
Accuracy +/- 0_5 % FRO
Ex-classifications EEx ia !IC T4
Protection IP6B
Materials AISI 316
Diaphragm Platinum
Conventional connection 4 - 20 mA
Ex-LON field-bus connection 5 - 55 mV on field-bus
Void Space Inert-Gas Pressure

Pressure transmitters series GT-206 or GT-256:
Me0suring range O.B - 1.4 bar (abs.)
Ex-classificalions EEx ia llC T4
Protection IP6B
Materials AISI 316
Diaphragm: Inert-gas Platinum
Weight 0.5 kg
Conventional connection 4 - 20 mA
Ex-LON field-bus connection 5- 40 mV on field-bus
Ballast Pump and Line Pressure

Pressure transmitters. series GT-206 or GT-256:
Measuring range O- 10 bar (.
Protection IP67
Materials AISI 316
Conventional connection 4 · 20 mA
Ex-LON field-bus connection 5 - 40 mV on field-bus
Valve and Pump Control

lnpuVoulput ( 1/0 ) signals 4 - 20 mA
Pt-100/Pt-1000
On/Off
On/off valves. Trottle valves.
Hydraulic pumps, Electrical pumps.
Hydraulic power units (HPU).
Regulalors.
Cargo Tank High Level I Overfill Protection System

Accuracy +/· 1 cm
Materials AISI 316 (L)
Weight (example) 12 kg
Load Calculator (Stablllty and Damage)

Functions:
Multipoint program
Intact stability program
Stability (VCG) curves
Full damage stability
Presentation
Software: NL-300 presentation program, lnTouch graphical
package and Windows NT 4.0.
Hardware: Autronica WS-100 Workstation or HP Vectra PC
(min. 32 Mbyte RAM), mouse or track-ball,
monilor (min. 17') and a deskjet printer.
Either stand-alone or connected on a network.
t = Other measuring ranges on request.)
~-
P-ACARGO/XE 99H 15 pab 38 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS


Reader's Con1n1ents
Reader's Comments
Please help us to improve the quality of our documentation by returning your comments on this
manual:
Title: System Description, AutroCARGO 2000 Cargo Monitoring & Control System
Ref. No.: P-ACARGOIXE
Your information on any inaccuracies or omissions (with page reference):
Please turn the page

·Reader's Comments

Would you like a written reply? 0 Yes 0 No
Name:
Title:
Company:
Address:
Telephone:
Fax:
Date:
Please send this form to: Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

Division Ship Control
N-7005 Trondheim
Norway
Tel: + 47 73 58 10 00
Fax: + 47 73 58 10 02

AutroCARGO 2000
- - - - - - . Cargo Monitoring & Control Syste.,.,..-----
User's Manual
Presentation Program NL-300 & Other
Display Units
Navia Maritime AS,

Division Autronica
0
Phone:+47 73 58 10 00 Fax:+47 73 91 94 90
Internet: http://www.autronica-maritime.com
E-mail: autronica@autronica.no
Sa/es office:
Sigurd Syrs gt. 2, N-0273 Oslo, Norway.
Phone:+47 22 55 34 10 Fax:+47 22 55 30 46
E-mail: gys@autronica.no
-J:IUTRDNICR-
((
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Introduction ............................................................................ 5
About the Manual .................................................................................. 5
The Reader ............................................................................................ 5
Reference Documentation ....................................................................... 6
Using the Mouse!frackball .................................................................... 6
Screen Pictures - Examples .................................................................... 6
Overview NL-300 .................................................................... 6

General Description ............................................................................... 7
Overview - Main Functions .................................................................... 8
Overview - Data on the Screen ............................................................... 8
System Elements .................................................................................... 8
System Capacity .................................................................................... 9
System Overview ................................................................................... 9
Main Menu Structure ............................................................................. I 0
Main Menu on Screen ............................................................................ 11
Common Information on Screen ............................................................. 12
General ........................................................................................ 12
Menu I Function Buttons .............................................................. 12
Date & Time ................................................................................ 13
The Alarm Window ...................................................................... 13
The Fault Page ............................................................................. 14
Status Line for Draft, Trim/List and A™···································· 15
Indication of Manual Temperature Settings for Cargo Tanks ......... 15
The Workstation .................................................................................... I 5
Screen Saver .......................................................................................... 16
Get Started ............................................................................. 17

Normal Start .......................................................................................... 17
Startup after Exiting the System ............................................................. 17
Startup after Power Down ...................................................................... 17
Setup Configuration Menu ................................................ ~ ... 18

Menu Structure ...................................................................................... 18
Logging On ............................................................................................ 19
The Screen ............................................................................................. 20
Parameter Value Table ........................................................................... 21
User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,

Autronica AS
Page 1
Table of Contents
Configuration ......................................................................................... 23
Introduction ................................................................................. 23
Setting Density Draft Value .......................................................... 24
Setting Trim and List Values ........................................................ 25
Setting Atmospheric Pressure Value ............................................. 27
Measuring Principle - Draft & Trim I List .................................... 29
Changing the Password ................................................................ 29
Limits I Blocking ................................................................................... 30
Introduction ................................................................................. 30
How to Set Alarm Limits .............................................................. 31
How to Enable I Disable Alarms ................................................... 33
Ballast Tanks - Limits I Blocking Screen ...................................... 3 7
Service Tanks - Limits I Blocking Screen ...................................... 39
Misc - Limits I Blocking Screen .................................................... 41
Vapour Pressure - Limits I Blocking Screen .................................. 43
Line Pressure - Limits I Blocking Screen ...................................... 45
Utility .................................................................................................... 47
Introduction ................................................................................. 47
Cargo Temperature Settings - Utility Screen ................................. 48
Cargo Tank Details - Utility Screen .............................................. 49
Display Menus ........................................................................ 50

Menu Structure ...................................................................................... 50
Introduction ........................................................................................... 51
Alarm, Fault & Level Indications in Display Menus ............................... 52
Setup Cargo - Display Screen ................................................................. 53
Setup Ballast - Display Screen ............................................................... 55
Cargo Groups - Display Screen .............................................................. 57
Cargo Tanks - Display Screen ................................................................ 59
Cargo Level - Display Screen ................................................................. 61
Ballast Groups - Display Screen ............................................................. 63
Ballast Tanks - Display Screen ............................................................... 65
Service Tanks - Display Screen .............................................................. 67
Misc - Display Screen ............................................................................ 69
Vapour Lines - Display Screen ............................................................... 71
Line Pressure - Display Screen ............................................................... 73
Logging Off ........................................................................................... 74
Utility Menus ······································································~··· 75

Menu Structure ...................................................................................... 75
The Help Menu ...................................................................................... 76
History I Trend Screen .................................................................... :..... ."78
Log Function Screen .............................................................................. 80
Timelog Screen ...................................................................................... 83
Report Screen .............................. :......................................................... 84
Seagoing ................................................................................................ 86
Page Ack ............................................................................................... 87
Autronica AS
Page2
Table of Contents
Ack. ....................................................................................................... 87
Alarm Menu .......................................................................................... 88
Introduction ................................................................................. 88
List Function ................................................................................ 90
Siren Off................................................................................................ 93
Calculator .............................................................................................. 93
Using Portable Read-out Units ............................................. 94

Functions ............................................................................................... 94
Operation ............................................................................................... 94
"-JJJJe11c:li>e ................................................................................ ~i4i.

Alarm Texts ........................................................................................... 95
Cargo Tanks Alarms .................................................................... 95
Ballast Tanks Alarms ................................................................... 95
Service Tanks Alarms .................................................................. 96
Miscellanous Alarms .................................................................... 96
Vapour Lines Alarms ................................................................... 96 .
Line Pressure Alarms ................................................................... 97
LON Node Alarms ....................................................................... 97
System Fault Alarms .................................................................... 97
Draft Alarms ................................................................................ 97
Report Examples - Report Screen ........................................................... 98
Report Example - Cargo Tanks .............................................................. I 0 I
Report Example - Ballast Tanks ............................................................. I 02
Report Example - Service Tanks ............................................................ I 02
Report Example - Line Pressure ............................................................. I 03
List of Figures ........................................................................ 106
r
, ) Reader's Comments .............................................................. 107
,/~!
--.
~ , User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,
Autronica AS
Page 3
Introduction
Introduction
About the Manual

This manual is intended to provide the information necessary to
successfully operate the Presentation Program NL-300, a PC-
based program for cargo monitoring and control onboard ships.
Chapter 2 is intended for users not familiar with the Presentation

Program NL-300. Here you will find general system information,
an overview of the menu structure, plus screen information that is
coinmon for all screen pictures.
Chapter 3 tells you how to get started.
Chapter 4 deals with the configuration of the system, including a

detailed description of the Setup Configuration Menus. Chapter 5
and 6 give a detailed description of the Display Menus and the
Utility Menus.
Chapter 7 provides information on how to operate the portable

read-out unit.
In Appendix you will find various tables for Alarm Codes. The
manual also includes an Index and a List ofFigures.
The Reader
The manual is intended to be used by members of the crew and
other technical personnel onboard ships who are responsible for
operating the AutroCARGO 2000 System.

Antronica AS
Page 5
Reference Documentation
In addition to this manual, the AutroCARGO 2000 System
consists of the following manuals:
ManualName .... · . .. ... --- ''.,·- . .·· ·.

·.··
Item Number
Svstem Descriotion P-ACARGO/XE
Installation - Pressure Transmitters. Series GT200 P-GT200/KEE
Preinstallation Manual. Level Sensine. Unit. GLA-100 P-ACARGO/DE
Using the Mouse/Trackball

To fully operate the Presentation Program NL-300, a mouse or
trackball is required. Although many operations can be performed
by using the keys (e.g. function keys, the RETURN-key) on your
computer's keyboard, the instructions throughout this manual
basically describe how to operate the system with the mouse.
To simplify the instructions throughout the manual, the term, for

example: "click on Cargo Groups" is used as a shortform for
"point on the Cargo Groups button, and click with the left mouse
button".
Screen Pictures - Examples

All screen pictures throughout this manual are based on examples
related to a specific configuration of the system, and are not likely
indentical to those which are actually shown on your screen.
Values or options that are not included in your specific

configuration are shown with horizontal lines on the screen, as
shown in the column «TEMP HIGH» in the example below.
ron<l" OEStRIP'TION fUNCl VAlU£ I.JM!! 1.nm l"'E

l'I0 .. 4 C.'l<CO"U.te<r,1 l""' ._.,, ..... "' '"'"'"'
f"L 11.:~ ~ •~ ~.. :e n::u1
Figure 0-1: Screen picture - example
User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209, ··- /
Autronica AS
Page 6
Overview NL-300
Overview NL-300
General Description
The Presentation Program NL-300 is a PC-based program for
cargo monitoring and control onboard ships. The program uses
WINDOWS-NT technique, providing a user-friendly and
advanced graphic presentation of data from cargo monitoring and
control equipment.
The workstation is the main presentation unit in the AutroCARGO

2000 system. From the workstation situated in a Cargo Control
!loom, the operator can monitor the data and control all essential
operating parameters.
A number of workstations can be connected in a network to

provide several operator consoles at different locations onboard. A
Portable Read-out Unit communicating with the workstation, also
allows the crew on deck to continuously monitor the data. As an
option, the workstation can communicate with a load calculator or
other external systems.
Alarms that are handled continuously in the background, ensure

that the operator is inunediately alerted if any alarm limits are
exceeded. Failures that may occur in the system are inunediately
reported on the screen. Reports on failures and alarms, as well as
history/trend reports on all measured values are logged and stored,
and can be printed out at any time.
The system is operated with a mouse or a "track-ball" connected

to the PC. From the Main Menu, the selection of each submenu
can be done. Popup windows for parameter values and alarm limit
settings, plus graphic presentations of ship specific data are
displayed on the screen. The On-line Help Menu allows you to get
useful information quickly while operating the system.
r
' / User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,
Autronica AS
Page 7
Overview NL-300
Overview - Main Functions
The following outlines the main functions of the workstation:
• Handling of alarms and failures
• Configuration of the system
• Storage of measured parameter values
• Calculation using measured parameter values
• Logging ofHistoryfTrend
• Generation/Printouts of reports
Overview - Data on the Screen
The following data can be presented on the screen:
• Cargo tanks ullage/level
Cargo tanks volume/weight
Cargo tanks temperature (average + 3 temperatures)
Cargo tanks inert gas pressure
Filling I discharging rate
• Ballast tanks level
- Ballast tanks volume
• Service tanks level
- Service tanks volume
- Service tanks temperature
• Miscellaneous (pressure and temperature)
• Vapour lines pressure
• Line pressure
• Draft F (Fore)
• Draft M (Midship)
• Draft A (Aft)
• Trim
• List
• ATM (atmospheric pressure)
System Elements
The Presentation Program NL-300 runs on a standard IBM
compatible PC with the installed NL-300 software package on a
Windows NT operating system. The system is operated with a
mouse or a "track-ball" connected to the PC.

Autronica AS
Page 8
Overview NL-300
System Capacity
The Presentation Program NL-300 covers the following:
• up to 60 cargo tanks (i.e. 60 channels for ullage/level, inert gas
and cargo temperature)
• up to 36 points for ballast tanks, miscellaneous and service
tanks
• up to 60 points for line pressure
• up to 16 points for vapour lines
System Overview
The system overview below shows an example of a total
configuration of the AutroCARGO 2000 System, with a
Workstation including the Presentation Program NL-300.
('
I
Figure 0-1: System Oveniiew
r--.
! .J
::,/
Autronica AS
Page 9
Overview NL-300
Main Menu Structure
The illustration below shows the Main Menu Structure of the
Presentation Program NL-300.
AutroCARGO 2000
NL-300 Presentation
Program
SETUP CARGO HELP

SETUP
CONFIG
SETUP BALLAST HISTORYfTREND

~\4
PASSWORD
(· . .,::i.nre.) T".
CARGO GROUPS REPORT '
CONFIGURATION CARGO TANKS SEAGOING
LIMITS I BLOCKING CARGO LEVEL PAGE ACK
BALLAST GROUPS
UTILITY ACK
BALLAST TANKS
ALARM MENU
SERVICE TANKS
SIREN OFF
,._r-\
_J
MISC
CALCULATOR
VAPOUR LINES
LINE PRESSURE
EXITNL-300
Figure 0-2: Main Menu Structure

Autronica AS
Page 10
Overview NL-300
Main Menu on Screen
The illustration below shows how the Main Menu appears on the
screen.
--··----·-·--·-·----·---·----
** POINT DESCRIPTION
JOU026 CARGO ULLAGE SB
FUN CT
ft.IL
VALUE
11.190
LIMIT
u.ouu
UNIT
m
TIME
02 09:10:111
* 300826 CARGO UUAGE SB

300826 CARGO ULLAGE SB
UAHH
UAH
11.190
11.190
2.000
2.500
m
m
02 09:10:41
02 09:10:111
Figure 0-3: The Main Menu-AutroCARGO NL-300

Autronica AS
Page 11
Overview NL-300
Common Information on Screen
General
Some information in the NL-300 will always appear on the screen,
regardless of which menu/submenu that is currently shown.
This includes the following:
• Menu I Function Buttons

• Date & Time
• The Alann Window
• The Fault Page
• ·Printer Status
• Network
• Screen Name
• Status Line for Draft, Trim/List and ATM (not shown in the
Main Menu)
The following is shown on the main menu:

• Indication of Manual Temperature Settings for Cargo Tanks
• Trim I List calculation based on pressure or inclinometer
Menu I Function Buttons
At the bottom of the Main Menu's screen picture you will find the
following 24 menu/function buttons:
Figure 0-4: Menu I Function Buttons
The menu/function buttons on the lower row correspond directly

to the function keys on the keyboard (Fl-Fl2). The menu/function
buttons on the upper row correspond to SHIFT + function keys
(SF1-SF12).
The different submenus have up to 12 menu/function buttons.

Note that the number of buttons that you will see on the screen
·'°"'.
/
depends on the actual submenu and the actual page that is shown
(next/previous).
The menu/function buttons correspond directly to the function
keys on your keyboard.

Autronica AS
Page 12
Overview NL-300
Date &Time
,The following information is shown in the upper right corner of
the screen:
• the local date/time
• the number of operator-blocked alarms (standard) or UTC
date/time (configurable)
IfUTC date/time is configured, a blue thick line under «t» is
shown if there are one or several operator-blocked alarms in the
system.
Figure 0-5: Date I Time
r
·~ ./
Clicking the <<t»-button in the lower right comer and entering your
password, allows you to change the local date and time. The date
and time will be synchronized for all computers in a network.
Figure 0-6: Date I Time
In the Timezone field, the UTC date/time (Coordinated Universal

Time) can be set.
The Alarm Window

The 4 most recent or oldest unacknowledged alarms
(configurable) are shown in the alarm window (to the left). The
number ofuriacknowledged alarms is also shown to the right. A
detailed decription of alarms is included in Alarm Menu, Chapter
0.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCT VALUE UMrT UNIT TIME
J00627 INEATGASVALUE FAIL. ·JOO U mb.ar 2010:0J:22
300627 INERTGASVALUE PlAl. ·300 -196 mhar 2810:03:22
300fi2.4 INERTGASVALUE FAIL -300 0 mb.ar 2810:02:31
.,,"""""""'"~~:,~,!!,~~,}~~~'~,~~~~~="'""~"""""'·""'"""""'"''"''""=""'"'""===""' -----~~=-=· ______ -~_3_0!1_""""'~':!~~~~-~-r="~!'.,l~~D2:J1

Figure 0-7: The Alarm Window
r)
. / User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,
Autronica AS
Page 13
Overview NL-300
The Fault Page
The «Fault Page»-button under the time window in the upper right
comer of the screen is always available. A red blinking line under
the button indicates that faults are registered on the fault page.
Figure 0-8: Fault Page-but1on
• To reveal the Fault Page, click on the button.

POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCT VALUE LIMIT UNIT TIME
30062'/ INERT GAS VALUE FAIL. -JOO 0 mbzu
300627 INERT GAS VALUE PIAL -300 ·196 rnbtir
3006211 INERT GAS VALUE fAIL
30062~ INERT GAS VALUE
Figure 0-9: Fault Page
The page provides detailed information on faults, including:

Equipment, Unit, Class, Reason, Time and Description.
A maximum of 240 faults, i.e. 10 pages, can be stored in this

menu. The most recent fault is shown on the top of the page (it is
possible to configure the system so that the oldest fault is shown
on the top of the page). If the number of faults exceed 240, the
fault indicated on the top of the page will be removed from this
menu and registered in the Log (see Log Function Screen, chapter
0).
• To acknowledge the faults listed on the page, you have to click

on the «Fault Ack.»-button in the lower left comer.

Autronica AS
Page 14
Overview NL-300
,_.
\
• To leave the Fault Page, you have to click on the «Close»-
button in the lower right comer.
'
Status Line for Draft, Trim/List and ATM
Except for the Main Menu, the following status line is shown on
all screen pictures.
Figure 0-10: Status Line
The current parameter values for Draft Aft, Draft Mid, Draft Fore,
Trim, List plus ATM (the atmospheric pressure) are displayed.
The U -icon indicated to the right in the example above, indicates
that the atmospheric pressure (ATM) is set manually.
To the very right, the Seagoing icon is shown.
Indication of Manual Temperature Settings for Cargo

Tanks
In the Utility Menu, it is possible to set temperature values
manually for selected Cargo Tanks. Manual settings will be
indicated on the upper left comer of the main screen.
'-.. _____ /
Figure 0-11: Manual Temperature Settings for Cargo Tanks
r ..
,_/ User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,
Autronica AS
Page 15
Overview NL-300
The Workstation
From the Workstation the operator can interact with the system,
with complete access to all operating parameters. The operator
can set/change alarm limits, block alarms, deactivate level alarms
for cargo/ballast tanks (seagoing mode), configure/reconfigure the
setup, acknowledge alarms and silence sirens.
Screen Saver
The NL-300 features a screen saver. Ifno keys are stroken within
a predefined period of time, the screen saver will be activated
showing the text «AutroCARGO 2000 Presentation Program NL-
:f 00». The time period can be set to a maximum of 1 hour
(configurable in Windows NT).
User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209, ./

. Autronica AS
Page 16
Get Started
Get Started
Normal Start
The system is automatically loaded when the workstation is turned
on. The Main Menu will appear on the screen.
PO!NT DESCfllr>TlON nJNCT VALUE LIMIT UNIT TIME

+ JODR7H CllllGO UUJ,GF ~Q FAil.. 11.19~ n.nnn ... n1n9.1n,~1
+ lOCSl& c.\Rr,o ~Jtt/.C:F. s~ LW!li 11.na 2.000 "' 0201:10·~1

+ l0087~ UOGO Ul !/;Cf ~6 ll.ut 11."o ~.~on m n7nn:rn.41
Figure 0-1: The Main Menu -AutroCARGO NL-300
Startup after Exiting the System

When you start the system after exiting the system, we recommend
that you shut down the system and then restart the system.
Startup after Power Down
After a power down, the system will automatically restart.
~
' ) User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,
Autronica AS
Page 17
Setup Configuration Menu
Menu Structure
AutroCARGO 2000
NL-300 Presentation
Program
SETUP
CON FIG
PASSWORD
CONFIGURATION LIMITS I BLOCKING UTILITY
Density Draft Cargo Tanks Cargo Temp

Settings
Trim/List Ballast Tanks
Sensor
Calibration
Service Tanks
Atmospheric
Pressure
Cargo Tanks
Misc
Details
Pressure I
Inclinometer
Vapour
Pressure
Change
Password
Line Pressure
Figure 0-1: Menu Structure- Setup Configurah'on Menu

Autronica AS
Page 18
Logging On
r To enter the Setup Configuration Menu, a password is required.
~.FlW!!f\'ifiil.. From the Main Menu, click on Setup Config to log

~;~gJl1ifi'G.l:t: onto the Setup Configuration Menu.
• Click with the cursor placed leftmost in the password field.

• Type the password (three characters), and press RETURN
twice.
Figure 0-2: Log On

Autronica AS
Page 19
The Screen
The Setup Configuration Menu will appear on the screen as
r-·
shown.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUN CT VALUE u~rr UNIT TIME

30Cl601i CARGO ULLAGE CS2 FAIL a.417 D.000 m
30()006 CARGO ULLAGE CS2 l\Al-lll 0.417 Z.000 m
300806 CARGO Ul.l.AGE CS?. LIAH 8.417 2.500 m
JUUOOit CARGO ULLAGE Cl LWUI 0.417 Z.000
Figure 0-3: Setup Configuration Menu

Autronica AS
Page 20
Parameter Value Table
The table below provides a complete overview of the parameter
values used in NL-300. Here you will find the parameter value
names, the number of decimals, the ranges (minimum and
maximum values) and the units of measurement that are presented
on the screen in the Presentation Program NL-300 .
. .
Name I Sensor }i'ormat, Physical Unit /Range

Number I · 1
.
. characters
.. . .
.
Ullage, 1..60 .nnn.nnn meter, [-10.000, 050.000]

Level, 1..60 nnn.nnn meter, [-10.000, 050.000]
Volume, 1..60 nnnnn.n m3, (00000.0, 99999.9] Large tanks
nnnn.nn [0000.00. 9999.99] Small tanks
Cargo Line Pressure Alarms, nnnnnnn 16 bit, (-032768, 0032767]
1..60
Weight, 1..60 nnnnn.n ton, [00000.0, 99999.9] Large tanks
nnnn.nn (1000 k•) [0000.00, 9999.99] Small tanks
Temperature Alarms, 1.. 60 nmumnn 16 bit, (-032768, 0032767]
(Averaoe temnerature)
Average Temperature, 1.. 60 nnnnn.n del!Tee Celcius. [-0270.0. 00320.0]
Calculated Density, 1..60 nn.nnnn ton/m3 (00.5000, 02.5000]
Inert Gas Pressure, 1..60 nnnnnnn mmH20 [-020000, 0020000]
Rate, 1..60 nnnnn.n ton/hour [-3200.0, 03200.0]
Cargo Ullage Alarms, 1..60 nnnnnnn 16 bit, (-032768. 0032767]
Tank Geometry HB, 1.. 60 nnnnnnn mm, (0001000, 0050000]
Tank Geometry HR, 1..60 nnnnnnn mm, [-010000, 0010000]
Tank Geometry HT, 1..60 nnnnnnn mm, [-010000, 0010000]
Tank Geometry LR, 1..60 nnnmum mm, [-010000, 0010000]
Temperature Sensor Error, nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
1..60
Cargo Line Pressure, 1..60 mum.nn bar, [-099.99, 0320.00]
Inert Gas Alarms, 1.. 60 nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
Vapour Alarms, 1..60 nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
Vapour Pressure, 1.. 60 nnnnnnn mmH20, [-020000, 0020000]
LON Alarms nnnnnnn 16 bit, (-032768, 0032767]
Ballast Level, 1..36 nnnnnnn mm, [-009999, 0032000]
Ballast Volume, 1..36 nnnnn.n m3, [00000.0, 03276.7]
Ballast Alarms, 1..36 nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
Service Tanks Level, 1..36 nnnnnnn mm, [-009999, 0032000]
Service Tanks Volume, 1..36 nnnnn.n m3, [00000.0, 03276.7]
Service Tanks Temperature., nnnnn.n degree Celcius. (-0270.0, 00200.0]
1..36
Service Level Alanns, 1.. 36 nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
Miscellaneous Pressure, 1.. 36 mum.nn bar, [-099.99, 0320.00]
Miscellaneous Temperatures, nnnnn.n degree Celcius. [-0270.0, 00320.0]
1..36
Miscellaneous Pressure nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
Alarms, 1..36

Autronica AS
Page 21
Ships data:
I. Atmospheric Pressure nnnnnnn mmH20, [0000000, 0014000]
2. Draft Fore nnnnnnn mm, [-009999, 0032000]
3. Draft Midship nnnnnnn mm, [-009999' 0032000]
4. Draft Aft nnnnnnn mm, [-009999' 0032000]
5. Trim nnnnnnn mm, [-009999, 0009999]
6. List nnnnnnn 1/100 degree, [-000999, 0000999]
7. Manual Trim nnnnnnn mm, [-009999, 0009999]
[0099999] ~use measured trim instead
8. Manual List nnnnnnn l/ 100 degree, [-000999, 0000999]
[0099999] ~use measured list instead
9. Manual Atmospheric nnnnnnn mmH20, [0000000, 0014000]
Pressure . [0099999] ~ use measured atmospheric pressure instead
10. Seagoing nnnnnnn [0099999] =not seagoing. othenvise seagoing
11. Draft Alarms nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
Lo\ver Temperature Cargo, nnnnn.n degree Celcius. [-0270.0, 00320.0]
1..60
Middle Temperature Cargo, nnnnn.n degree Celcius. [-0270.0, 00320.0]
l..60
Higher Temperature Cargo, nnnnn.n degree Celcius. [-0270.0, 00320.0]
l..60
Service Temperature Alarms, nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
1..36
Miscellaneous Temperature nnnnnnn 16 bit, [-032768, 0032767]
Alarms, 1..36

Autronica AS
Page22
Configuration
Introduction
In the Configuration Menu, the following parameter values are set:
• Density Draft Value
• Trim and List Values
• Atmospheric Pressure Value
You can decide which measuring principle you want to use to

measure trim/list and draft, by choosing either pressure
transmitters or inclinometers, provided that both options are
·available.
In this menu it is also possible to change the password.
Figure 0-4: Configuration Menu

Autronica AS
Page23
Setting Density Draft Value
As ships sail in different waters, changes in the salinity of the
seawater and freshwater conditions will affect the ship's buoyancy.
To obtain accurate calculations of ballast and draft in these
changing conditions, the Density Draft value must be set manually
according to current conditions.
• To set the Density Draft value, click on DENSITY DRAFT in

the Configuration Menu. The following screen appears:
• Click directly on the existing value on the right side of NEW

VALUE (in the frame that will appear).
• In the popup window, enter the new value within the valid
range.
(If invalid values are set, an error message will appear
• Click on OK to accept the value.

• Click on SET NEW VALUE.

Autronica AS
Page24
Setting Trim and List Values
Usually, the Trim and List values are set automatically. The values
are presented directly from the sensors in the system. However, in
case of defective sensors, the values can be set manually.
Note that when setting values manually, both Trim and List values
must be changed.
• To set Trim and List values, click on TRIM/LIST in the

Configuration Menu.
Automatic Setting of Trim/List
• To set values automatically, click on SET IN AUTOMATIC.

The values for both Trim and List are set automatically from
the sensors.

Autronica AS
Page 25
Manual Setting o(Trim!List
• To set values manually, click directly on the existing value on

the right side of NEW VALUE TRIM (in the frame that will
appear).
range.
(If invalid values are set, an error message will appear).
• Click in the frame directly on the existing value on the right side
of NEW VALUE LIST, and enter the new value in the pop-up
box.
• After completing the procedure above, click on SET NEW

VALUES, and the values for trim and list will change. The H-
icon appears to the right.
Manual settings are shown with the U -icon in the draft window..
Printouts will also indicate whether the values are set manually or
not.

Autronica AS
Page 26
Setting Atmospheric Pressure Value
Usually, the Atmospheric Pressure value is set automatically. The
values are presented directly from the sensors in the system.
However, in case of defective sensors, the values can be set
manually.
• To set the Atmospheric Pressure value, click on

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE in the Configuration Menu.
(';-..
(
Automatic Setting ofAtmospheric Pressure
• To set values automatically, click on SET IN AUTOMATIC.

The value for Atmospheric Pressure is automatically set from
the sensors.
:;,r--
r User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,
Autronica AS
Page 27
Manual Setting a(Atmospheric Pressure
• To set values manually, click directly on the existing value on

the right side of NEW VALUE (in the frame that will appear).
range.
(If invalid values are set, an error message will appear).

• After completing the procedure above, click on SET NEW
VALUE, and the values for atmospheric pressure will change.
The D-icon appears to the right. r-
Manual settings are shown with the II -icon in the draft window.
Printouts will also indicate whether the values are set manually or
not.

Autronica AS
Page 28
Measuring Principle - Draft & Trim I List
f / • To change the measuring principle from
«Pressure» to «Inclinometer» (or opposite),
click on PRESSURE I INCLINOMETER
in the Configuration Menu.
The first screen picture shows the present

configuration (in this example;
PRESSURE).
(On the main screen the following is

shown):
• Click on INCLINOMETER on the NEW

CONFIGURATION line.
• Click on SET NEW CONFIGURATION,

and the measuring principle is now
INCLINOMETER.
(On the main screen the following will

appear):
Changing the Password

• Click on "Change Password".
• Type the old password.
• Type the new password.
• To verify the new password, type the new password once
more.
• Click on "OK" to accept the new password.
Figure 0-5: Change Password

Autronica AS
Page 29
Limits I Blocking
Introduction
In this menu it is possible to set alarm limits for Cargo Tanks,
Ballast Tanks, Service Tanks, Miscellaneous, Vapour Pressure and
Line Pressure.
It is also possible to block alarms, i.e. enable or disable alarms for

Cargo Temperature, Ballast Tanks, Service Level, Service
Temperature, Inert Gas Pressure, Miscellaneous, Vapour Pressure
and Line Pressure.
Figure 0-6: Limits I Blocking Menu
The next chapter describes in detail the two different ways of

setting alarm limits:
I. you can set one single alarm limit
QJ:.,"
2. you can set alarm limits in an entire column on the current
page.
When setting alarm limits, make sure that the alarm limits you set
are within the valid range. If not, a popup window will tell you, for
example, that the "New value must be from -9.99 to 32".
Chapter 0 describes in detail how to enable or disable alarms.
Chapter 0, plus the subsequent chapters present the different Limit

I Blocking Screens.

Autronica AS
Page 30
How to Set Alarm Limits
Setting a Single Alarm

• To set a single alarm limit, click on the value where you want
to set the alarm limit - a frame will be highlighted on the screen
showing the current alarm limit.
• Enter the desired alarm limit, and press RETURN to accept.
The screen picture below shows an example where the high high
ullage limit 0.1 is set for Cargo Tank P2.
(, User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,

· Autronica AS
Page 31
Setting alarm limits (Or an entire column
• To set the same alann limit for the entire column on the current
page, click on the arrow-up button situated right below the
column where you want to set alann limits.
• In the popup window, enter the desired alann limit, and press
RETURN to accept.
• If you want to set the same alann limits in this column on the
next/previous page, click on NEXT PAGE or PREV PAGE
and repeat the procedure.
'.fhe screen picture shows an example where high level alann (Ill)
limit 22 is set for all ballast tanks on this page.

Autronica AS
Page 32
How to Enable I Disable Alarms
The system allows you to enable or disable alarms for Cargo
Temperature, Inert Gas Pressure, Ballast Tanks, Service Level,
Service Temperature, Miscellaneous, Vapour Pressure and Line
Pressure. A red frame around a box in the «Level Block», «Press
Block>> or «Temp Block>> column indicates a prewarning status,
telling you that the signal has been sent to the micro computer. A
disabled alarm is indicated with a cross in the box.
You can either enable/disable a single alarm, or all alarms on the

c1.1rrent page.
"Enable a Single Alarm

• To enable a single alarm, click on the box.
(A red frame will first appear, then you will see a cross in the
box).
Disable a Single Alarm

To disable a single alarm, click on the box.
(The cross will disappear after a short time).

Autronica AS
Page 33
Enable/disable all alarms on the current page
• To enable/disable all alarms on the current page, click on the
arrow-up button under the selected column (LEVEL BLOCK is
used in this example).
• In the popup window, type 0 to enable the alarms or 1 to
disable them (1 =disable is used in this example).
• Click OK to accept.
• If you want to enable/disable alarms in this column on the
next/previous page, click on NEXT PAGE or PREV PAGE
and repeat the procedure.

Autronica AS
Page 34
Cargo Tanks - Limits I Blocking Screen
This menu includes two screen pictures. In the first screen that
appears you can set density values and alarm limits for the Cargo
Tanks, including alarm limits for:
• ullage
• temperature
To reveal the second screen (shown on the next page), you have
to click the «INERT LIM/BLOCK>>-button. Here you can set
alarm limits for inert gas pressure, plus enable or disable
temperature and inert gas pressure alarms for selected cargo tanks.
From the Setup Configuration Menu, click on Cargo Tanks to

enter the first screen.
r POINT DESCRIPTION FUN CT VALUE LIMIT UNIT TIME
JOOG21 INERl GAS VALUE FAIL. ·300 mb;oir 2B 10:03:22
300627 INERT GAS VALUE PIAL. "
-196 mbar ZB 10:03:22'
300Ci24 INERT GhS VALUE FAIL 0 mbar 20 10:02:31
300624 INERT GAS VALUE P1Al. ZR 10:02:31
Figure 0-7: Cargo Tanks-Limits I Blocking Screen

Autronica AS
Page 35
To reveal the second screen, click the «INERT

LIM/BLOCK»-button.
rn'm Ot:SCRIPTION FlJNP VAlUE LIUIT uNrr TIME

ionr.n V~l ·1nn ~R
INHlT GM:
Jnm;21 INfnTGA:l'INUf.
llf
·)00 ·13S" tnht
rnhAr 1~
ln.B1'.?7
1n·@n1
1001.i~ JNUH GA_<; YAl.Ul
.
.......
,-,-- . . .
; ..
1-: ~/-,
:· -
·.·
•. CARGOTAN~S.,Limits1•·e1ocking··.Scree11
·: .............
···• ... ·'· ....... .•. . . > ••••..•• < •
.·.......... < <
,····· .
If.youwanttoi\ ';':.· ,_- ·:,.::··,:;-,

-__ __ ;.; ..... you ha.ve.,, t0 diCk: · --~~-~o~:.press·:
• set a single alarm limit for ullage or directly on the value, set the desired alarm
temperature, or set a single density value I limit I value, then click on OK.
coefficient
• set the same alarm limit for ullage or Arrow-Up, set new a1ann limit I value,
temperature, or set the same density value I then click OK.
coefficient in one entire column on the current
page
• disclav the on-line helo menu HELP Fl
• move to the nrevious nal!e (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• move to the next page (if anv) NEXT PAGE F4
• set a single alarm limit for inert gas pressure INERT LIM/BLOCK, then click directly FS, then set
on the value, set the desired alarm limit alarm limit
and click OK.
• set the same alarm limit for inert gas pressure INERT LIM/BLOCK, then click Arrow- FS, then set
for one entire column on the current naf!e Up, set new alann limit and click OK. alarm limit
• enable/disable a single temperature or inert gas INERT LIM/BLOCK, then click directly FS, then
pressure alarm on the box in the «temp block>> or «inert enable/disable
bloclm column
• enable/disable all alarms in one entire column INERT LIM/BLOCK, then click Arrow-Up FS, then
on the current page for temperature or inert gas for the selected column, enable/disable, enable/disable
pressure and click OK.
• ackno\vlegde all the alarms in the alann PAGE ACK F7
window (up to 4)
• acknowled~e the most recent alann ACK F8
• move to the nrevious menu PREVMENU F9
• move to the Main Menu MAIN MENU FlO
• display the Alarm Page ALARM MENU Fl 1
• silence the siren SIREN OFF Fl2
Autronica AS
Page 36
r Ballast Tanks - Limits I Blocking Screen

In this menu you can set level alarm limits and density values for
Ballast Tanks. You can also enable or disable level alarms for
selected ballast tanks.
300806 CARGO ULLAGE CS2
FUNCT
FAIL
VALUE
11.1117
LIMIT
0.000
UNIT
m
TIME
2B 13:27:31
* JOOIJU6 CARGO ULLAGE CSZ

300806 CARGO LIU.AGE CS2
UAHll
UAH
B.417
B.1117
2.UUO
2.500
m
m
201J:27:J1
Z61J::n:31
3
!,.,-,~- ~-~~-~~".E~-~5~?=~~~x~5!~- UAttl-1
..
11.417 2.000 m 2613:27:31
'=-'~'"-~"'"'~M=,wc~-- ·,~~·-·>;~-~-=-"~"'''"'-""'"""""~Mm~'~='=~=•'~~~-~~-••=o=
r·
Figure 0-8: Ballast Tanks- Limits I Blocking Screen

Autronica AS
Page 37
.
'
.· ·. ....... BALLAST")"ANKS~. lirnits I Blocking Screen ·. .
... . .
.· ....
If you want to: •• ......•.yo1l have. to •..•.••. or
' . • .
_: _:;·_···::,::: click: . '"_,'--:_ .... nress: . • ...
• set a single level alarm limit or density value directly on the value, set the
desired alarm limit I value,
then click on OK.
• set the same level alarm limit or density value for one Arrow-Up, set ne\v alarm limit
entire column on the current na2"e. I value, then click on OK.
• enable/disable a single level alarm directly on the box in the
«Level Block>> column
• enable/disable all level alamis in one entire column on Arrow-Up in the «Level
the current page Block» colunm,
enable/disable, then click OK.
• dic:nJav the on-line helo menu HELP Fl
• move to the nrevious nage (if any) PREVPAGE F3
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the alarm window (uo to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• acknowled12:e the most recent alarm ACK F8
• move to the previous menu PREVMENU F9
• move to the Main Menu MAIN MENU F!O
• disnlav the Alarm Pa•e ALARM MENU Fl 1
• silence the siren SIRENOFF Fl2

Autronica AS
Page 38
Service Tanks - Limits I Blocking Screen
r This menu includes two screen pictures. In the first screen that
appears you can set density values and alarm limits for Service
Tanks, including alarm limits for:
• level
• temperature
To reveal the second screen (shown on the next page), you have
to click the «SERVICE BLOCK»-button. Here you can enable or
disable level and temperature alarms for selected service tanks.
From the Setup Configuration Menu, click on Service Tanks to

enter the first screen.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUN CT VALUE LIMIT UNIT
** Jfl!IB06
JODBOG
CARGO
CARGO
llLLAGE
LILL.AGE
CSZ
CS2
FAIL
UAflli
8.417
0.1117
0.000
2.000
m
m
** ...
3008116
30D804
CARGO
CARGO
LILI.AGE
LILL.AGE
CSZ
Cl
UAH
UAHH
B.417 2.5110
2.000
m
Figure 0-9: Service Tanks -Limits I Blocking Screen

Autronica AS
Page 39
To reveal the second screen, click the «SERVICE

BLOCK»-button.
POINT DESCRll'TION fUNCT VALUE UM!T UNIT TIME

lMM~ CAHGD UU/l.Gf CSZ rAIL D.411 o.u~n m
300800 CIJlCO UUJ,r,f. f.S7 l~"1!l H.411 t.oon m
lOQDOli ORGO UUJ.G( t::z u.u1 n 01 z_sc~ "'
.
·. . ·:<
I•
1
•
.• . > . ...... ······ SERVICET,t..Nl<s"l.illlitsjl31ockillg sdr~en

-'-,,_-- __ ·.:·: ·-__--- •' ·-:--.,,:_-::< -_.- __ --.-·-_,, <.---.--·- .. /;,-- _, .................
,:_,_.:_ .,.·-:: ---"-- '----- --: <<
'·-
<~----
-,; __ -.----
Ifyou wantto(•••.·>i ). .......;yollhave toclick:.• .....;;.or.press:

• set a single level I temperature alarm limit or density directly on the value, set the
value desired alanu limit I value, then
click on OK.
• set the same level I temperature alarm limit or density Arrow-Up, set new alarm limit I
value for one entire colwnn on the current na2e. value, then click on OK.
• disnlav the on-line heln menu HELP Fl
• move to the nrevious nage (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• enable/disable a single level or temperature alarm SERVICE BLOCK, then click FS, then
directly on the box in the «level enable/disable
block» or <<temn block» colwnn
• enable/disable all alarms in one entire column on the SERVICE BLOCK, then click FS, then
current page for level or temperature Arrow-Up for the selected enable/disable
column, enable/disable, and
click OK.
• acknowleode all the alarms in the alarm window (unto 4) PAGE ACK F7
• acknowledge the most recent alarm ACK F8
• move to the orevious menu PREVMENU F9
• disolav the Alarm Page ALARM MENU Fl 1

Autronica AS
Page 40
Misc - Limits I Blocking Screen
In this menu you can set the alann limits for miscellaneous
analogue pressure and temperature sensors, for example, cargo
manifolds and ballast pumps.
You can also enable or disable pressure and temperature alanns

for selected sensors.
From the Setup Configuration Menu, click on Misc to enter the

screen.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCT VALUE

JUUUOG CARGO ULL\G£ CS2 f'AIL
300806 CARGO UUAGE CS?. UAHH
lDDBOb CARGO LILI.AGE CS2 UAH
301180<1 CARGO ULLAGE Cl UAHH
Figure Q.JQ: Misc· Limits I Blocking Screen

Autronica AS
Page 41
. ··
.
.. ··•
•· . .· .....
MISC ~ Lirnits I Blocking
-:-··: __ -_._·-_:,----.-,<-.:_-- - ' _- ,_.·_: -' ·:----::-.,·, --
Screen
--- -
If you want to: .

- ---- --
.. ···
_--,.-_.--- - : ._-:·".::·;
.
_:- -
. .... ·.····_-.~you.
.-••••• r k
· · ··. h ave- t O-£..!L: ···.
•..•.... or press:
• set a single alarm limit. directly on the value, set the
desired alarm limit, then click
on OK.
• set the same alarm limit for one entire column on the Arrow-Up, set ne\v alarm limit,
current page. then click on OK.
• enable/disable a single pressure or temperature alarm directly on the box in the «Press
Block>> or
«Temp Block>> column
• enable/disable all pressure ortemperature alarms in one Arrow-Up in the «Press Block»
entire column on the current page or «Temp Block>> column,
• disolav the on-line help menu HELP Fl
• move to the orevious oae:e (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• move to the next page (if any) NEXT PAGE F4
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the alarm \vindo\v (uo to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• acknowlede:e the most recent alarm ACK F8
• move to the Main Menu MAINMENU FIO
• disolav the Alarm Page ALARM MENU Fil
...

Autronica AS
Page42
Vapour Pressure - Limits I Blocking Screen
In this menu you can set the alarm limits for vapour pressure. You
can also enable or disable pressure alarms for selected vapour
pressure lines.
lfif~j;y~b~~r~~~~~l\]~Jii~~I From thehSetup Configuration Menu, click on Vapour Pressure

A,•YuMo'· '"'·' '" to enter t e screen,
'"''·'"

FAIL U.417
**
JOIJCOCi CARGO ULLAGE CS2 D.000 m
JlllUlllfi CARGO Ul.LAGE CS7. UAHH m
** 300806 CAflGO ULL.AGE CS2'

JOOllOll CARGO ULLAGE Cl
LIAH
LIAHH
m
r Figure 0-11: l"apour Pressure -Limits I Blocking Screen

Antronica AS
Page43
.
. ·.
VAPOUR
,: . ,-,_ : PRESSURE
..·......... ·.
LimitsIBlockillg
·_.- _,' '·'· -:- ----.' - -·--- ._- _____,_,_.,:-.> .: ---:_' :_Screen
·.· .. .
lfyou want to: .....;;;yon have to •. .-..... or

.·
..
.· .. click:...
.. ·. . press: ..

on OK.
• set the same alarm limit for one entire column on the Arrow-Up, set new alarm
current nal!e. limit, then click on OK.
• enable/disable a single pressure alarm directly on the box in the
«Press Block» column
• enable/disable all pressure al3.rms in one entire column Arro\v-Up in the «Press
on the current page Block» column,
• di~Iav the on-line helo menu HELP Fl
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the alarm window (up to 4) PAGE ACK F?

Autronica AS
Page44
Line Pressure - Limits I Blocking Screen
In this menu you can set alarm limits for line pressure. You can
also enable or disable pressure alarms for selected lines.
From the Setup Configuration Menu, click on Line Pressure to

enter the screen.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCT VALUE LIMIT UNIT
** 300806 CARGO Ul.LAGE CS2

300006 CARGO ULLAGE CS2
FAIL
UAfitl
8.1117
ll.417
0.000
2.000
m
m
** JOOll06 CARGO Ull.AGE CSZ

300004 CARGO ULLAGE Cl
UAH
UAHH
8.417
0.417
2.500
2.000
m
Figure 0-12: Line Pressure Limits I Blocking Screen

Antronica AS
Page45
.
,
/ ~·
• LINE PRESSURE·
-
Limits/ Blocking
'--_:
-.--
Screen
- ·--- -;.· -- .·
.
.
If you want to: . .•.... ;;you have to. click: .,..•...or press:
on OK.
• set the same alarm limit for one entire column on the Arro\v-Up, set ne\v alann limit,
current oae:e. then click on OK.
• enable/disable a single pressure alarm directly on the box in the «Press
Block>> column
• enable/disable all pressure alarms in one entire column Arrow-Up in the <<Press Block>>
on the current page column, enable/disable, then
click OK.
• disolav the on-line helo menu HELP Fl
• move to the orevious oa2.e (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• move to the next na2-e (if any) NEXT PAGE F4
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the alarm \vindow (uo to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• acknowlede:e the most recent alarm ACK FS
• move to the Main Menu MAIN MENU FIO
• disolav the Alarm Paee ALARM MENU Fl 1

Antronica AS
Page46
Utility
Introduction
In case of defective temperature sensors, the temperature values
for selected Cargo Tanks can be set manually in this menu. The
system uses these values to calculate the correct density of weight. .
Average temperature:
H+M+L
3
M+L
~
When setting values, make sure that the values you set are within
the valid range. If not, a popup window will tell you, for example,
that the "New value must be from -270 to 320.0".
Figure 0~13: Utility Menu

Autronica AS
Page 47
Cargo Temperature Settings - Utility Screen
In this menu you can manually set temperature values for selected
Cargo Tanks. It is possible to set values for high, middle and low
temE~ratures. When you point and click on a value and change it,
the U-icon appears to the right. To reset for automatic
temperature measurement, you simply point and click on the H-
1con.
From the Setup Configuration Menu, click on Cargo
Temperature Settings to enter the screen.
***
POINT DESCRIPTION FUN CT VALUE LIMIT UNIT TIME
300804 CARGO UUAGE Cl UAH 0.417 2,500 m
FAJL 11.1 B a.au
300728 LINE PRESSURE CPU
PIAll 11.18 20.UO "'
JUU720 LINE PRESSURE CPlt
.it......
3-~~.!.?.~ ....L.~~.~--i:'~.~-s_s_URE CPD P~L 11.1 B ...... ·2.0ll '"
Figure 0-14: Cargo Temperature Settings- Utility Screen
.. · ..
• . :·:•: •··•·•···.. ... ::·':<:,· .. · .

.·
. · ·.
CARGO TEMPERATURE
.- .-- .: .... - -. -.. ·- ..-
SET"TING.S .~ Utility Screen
·::::·:-c~:·><-.;·;:<.-'r--,>·-·;_-,·,_.·----··_-··.·.;-:;e:.~:-::'.:·-cc/'.•"·:'=;\<--_-._,- .. ----- ···•
·.
..
Ifyouwantto: . · .. · .. ..
.
_:·::· -,
·'·-"c_:·•· :· :.- .,·o:·_,.,·, ').:;'.:;)\::::~:~··;
,-::-:,:':-''.:; __ ,_-:--·_ _' .:•.Uty()ifhave to click: . •.•..• or press:
• set a single value directly on the value, set the
desired value. then click on OK.
• set the same value for one entire column on the current Arrow-Up, set new value, then
oage click on OK.
• disolav the on-line heln menu HELP Fl
• move to the previous nage (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• acknowle2de all the alarms in the alarm windo\v (unto 4) PAGE ACK F7
• acknowled2'.e the most recent alarm ACK FS
• display the Alann Page ALARM MENU Fil

Antronica AS
Page 48
Cargo Tank Details - Utility Screen
In this menu you can view and print out detailed information on
Cargo Tanks (Hb, Hr, Ht and Lr).
From the Setup Configuration Menu, click on Cargo Tank

Details to enter the screen.
POINT DESCRIPTION RJNCT VALUE LIMIT UNIT TIME
Figure 0-15: Cargo Tank Details - UHlity Screen
-·_ ... ', -· --·- .. ·. · .. . . . .

·.·.· .. . ·· . ·.· .
..
· . . ..
----. - --._
CARGO.TANK
·- -· · --- --·''-·-.:-:- -. .
DETAILS-Utility-,, Screen
---- _- __ ·-- :.-.
'::·.·:c:,·<·:~::-:·>-:--·--,,:-:-;•··.:c::·\'-'_";'--:,·-.--.
.... > ·.
...
.· ... ·.·. ::-- -· _·: _-
Hyou want to: - --· _ .. --- ·-- ----,
--
-----
--
-' :., •••.••;.you have to click:. ~-~-.~.or, press:/_·:
• di~tav the on-line heln menu HELP Fl
• print the infonnation on the screen PRINT F2
• move to the previous page (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• move to the next oae:e (if anv) NEXT PAGE F4
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the alarm window (up to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• ackno\vledge the most recent alarm ACK F8
• display the Alarm Page ALARM MENU Fl I
• silence the siren SIREN OFF FJ2

Autronica AS
Page 49
Display Menus
Display Menus
Menu Structure
AutroCARGO 2000
NL-300 Presentation
Program
SETUP CARGO
SETUP BALLAST
CARGO GROUPS
CARGO TANKS
CARGO LEVEL
BALLAST GROUPS
BALLAST TANKS
SERVICE TANKS
MISC
VAPOUR LINES
LINE PRESSURE
EXIT NL-300
Figure 0-1: Menu Structure - Display Menu

Autronica AS
Page 50
Display Menus
Introduction
The Display Menus are accessed directly from the Main Menu. In
the subsequent chapters, each display screen is shown, together
with general information and a shortform instruction telling you
how to operate the current screen. The different indications
(alarm, fault, automatic/manual setting) that may appear on the
screen for all display menus are described in detail in the next
chapter.
The Setup Cargo Screen and the Setup Ballast Screen, allow you
to.assign the different Cargo and Ballast tanks to specific groups.
These screens give you an overview of how the tanks and groups
lire organized.
The Cargo Level Screen gives an overview of the exact level in

each cargo tank. A freely selection among 60 tanks within an
interval of up to 15 can be shown on the screen at the same time.
The other display screens in this menu provide detailed

information on all relevant parameters for Cargo
Groups/Tanks/Levels, Ballast Groups/Tanks, Service Tanks,
Miscellaneous, Vapour Lines and Line Pressure.
The common information which applies to all screen pictures is

described in Chapter 0.

Autronica AS
Page 51
Display Menus
Alarm, Fault & Level Indications in Display Menus
.
Alarm Indication ·... • . ... · - ,.- - ·-.· _;:;:-: Cause

Pulsatin,g red I white. There is an active unacknolv/ed2ed alarm in the svstem.
Steady red. There is an active ac/...71owledf!ed alarm in the svstem.
Steady white. Nonna! status (no alarms in the svstem).
Fault Indication .·
Calise
Pulsating yello\v I white. There is a sensor fault on an alarm point - the fault is
unac/..7101vledf!ed.
Steady yellow. . There is a sensor fault on an alarm point - the fault is
acknowledf!.ed.
Steady white. Normal status (no faults in the system).
Steady cyanid color. Operator Block
Level Indication - Colors Idle state I Fillil'.lg/Discharging

hs

Autronica AS
Page 52
Display Menus
Setup Cargo - Display Screen
This display screen gives an overview of the Cargo Groups and the
Cargo Tanks that are assigned to the different groups. The system
provides up to 16 groups. Up to 12 freely selected tanks among a
total of 60 can be assigned to each group.
;~lffil~~~l From the Main Menu, click on Setup Cargo to enter

.,;:. Cl\l!Go,,fl the screen.
The screen example below gives an overview of the cargo tanks

assigned to cargo group 1 to 8. Group 3 (shaded) is selected in
the overview on the upper part of the screen. The cargo tanks
assigned to this group are shaded in the graphical presentation
below.

30080-i CARGO ULLAGE Cl LWi 0.-117 m
300728 LINE PRESSURE CP8 11.Hi b11r
31l0728 LINE PRESSURE CP8
LINE
Figure 0-2: Setup Cargo - Display Screen
-
o. bisplayScreeh /
SETUP CA.·.RG. •. . ·- --- _, -··- ,_ "-----·'-,,_- __ -,,,_____ __
If you wantto:
• include a cargo tank in a group the selected group in the
overview on top of the screen,
then click on the tank (not
shade ou want to include
• exclude a cargo tank from a group the group in the overview on
top of the screen, then click on
the tank (shaded) you want to
exclude

Autronica AS
Page 53
Display Menus
lfyou wanfto: ·'·····'you have to •.•.•.•. or press:
click:
• HELP Fl
• PREVGROUP F3
• move to the next NEXT GROUP F4
PAGE ACK F7
ACK FS
PREVMENU F9
• dis la the Alarm Pa e ALARM MENU Fl 1
• move directly to Cargo Groups from this screen to get a

better overview and display detailed information for the CARGO GROUPS F6
selected Cargo Groups
(see also Cargo Groups - Display Screen, page 57)
"""'" 0<1.-.-
,..,,.. ~ ........ co
'°""' ""'"'-'~~~,,.
""'"' '"''"" .. ~"'"'-""
_><·•lf•ll<l·""l'""""-"""
• print the information on the Cargo Groups screen PRINT F2
• show the status of the tanks that are being filled or AUTO GROUP FS
discharged at the current moment
The status information is updated every half a minute.

(The example below indicates activity in tank 9 and 16).
...... QUQIFIK»! f!lwfJ ••l!W !M! 1001 lM
PRINT F2
• CARGO GROUPS FS
• SETUP CARGO F6

Autronica AS
Page 54
Display Menus
Setup Ballast - Display Screen
r This display screen gives an overview of the Ballast Groups and
the Ballast Tanks that are assigned to the different groups. The
system provides up to 8 groups. Up to 8 freely selected tanks
among a total of 36 can be assigned to each group.
~ From the Main Menu, click on Setup Ballast to enter

~ the screen.
The screen example below gives an overview of the ballast tanks

!1Ssigned to cargo group I to 8.
Group 1 (shaded) is selected in the overview on the upper part of

the screen. The ballast tanks assigned to this group are shaded in
the graphical presentation below.
r
300804 CARGO ULI...AGE Cl LIAH 8.417 2.500 m 2813:27:31
FAIL 11.19 0.00 20 1):27:31
300728
300726
3110728
LINE PRESSURE CPO
LINE PRESSURE CPB
LINE PRESSURE CPS
PIAH
PIAL
11.19
11.19
20.00
·2.00
'"
"" 28 13:27:31
28 13:27:31
~~AFT PEAK F'N ~ \:

~t HEELING PORT~
~\HEELING STBD~
~i we i ~
fiW82P ~
'.'*) WB 2S ~
~~WEJP i!
;i:(WBJS ~
=M==-~JL,~-~-m-~-~~~~-~-,I
Figure 0-3: Setup Ballast-Display Screen
(; User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,

Autronica AS
Page 55
Display Menus
SETUP BALLAST Display.Screen

If you want to: ....... ~you··havefo ........or press:
click:
• include a ballast tank in a group the selected group in the
overview on top of the
screen, then click on the
tank (not shaded) you \Vant
to include
• exclude a ballast tank from a group the group in the overview on
top of the screen, then click
on the tank (s/Jadecl) you
want to exclude
HELP Fl
PREVGROUP F3
NEXT GROUP F4
to 4) PAGE ACK F7
ACK FS
PREVMENU F9 f"'·
• move directly to Ballast Groups from this screen to get a

better overvie\v and display detailed information for the BALLAST GROUPS F6
selected Ballast Group
(see also Ballast Groups - Display Screen, page 63).
,_., Dr•°"""""
""'""'""'"'"'"(I
''"'" , ..,.,,.l<C'O'!!•
<f~
Ul>I ''"'·'"'"~""'°"
' " " ' l"'C°""'<ll..,tot
• print the information on the Ballast Groups screen PRINT F2

• return to the Setu Ballast screen SETUP BALLAST F6

Autronica AS
Page 56
Display Menus
Cargo Groups - Display Screen
r This display screen gives an overview of the Cargo Tanks that are
assigned to a selected group. It also shows detailed information for
each tank. There can be up to 16 Cargo Groups. Each group can
include up to 12 freely selected Cargo Tanks.
r~a'it~~'~;I From the Main Menu, click on Cargo Groups to enter

I".,i;~que.,:CI the screen.
The screen example below gives detailed information on the cargo

tanks assigned to cargo group 3. The cargo tanks are shown as
yertical bargraphs, where the current level of liquid (shaded) in
each tank is indicated. The lower part of the screen picture gives
exact information on ullage, level, volume, average temperature,
density, weight, inert and rate of filling for each tank. The total
volume, weight and rate of filling are also shown in the lower right
r corner.

300804 CARGO ULLAGE C1 UAH B.417 2.5110 m 28 13:27:31
FAIL
300720 LINE PRESSURE CPS
PIAH
11.IB
11.10
0.00
20.00 "' 20 1J:27:ll
2813:21:31
3llU728 LINE PRESSURE CPS
300728 LINE PRESSURE CPO PIAL 11.18 ·2.00 '" 28 13:27:31
Figure 0-4:Cargo Groups -Display Screen
• To display information for a specific cargo group, click on one

of the Group buttons on the upper part of the screen.

Autronica AS
Page 57
Display Menus
CARGO .GROUPS Display Scree.n

If you want to: •... ,;•.you have to click: ........or press:
• HELP Fl
• PRINT F2
• PREVGROUP F3
• NEXT GROUP F4
• to4) PAGE ACK F7
• ACK FS
• PREVMENU F9
MAIN MENU FIO
• move directly to Setup Cal-go from this screen. SETUP CARGO F6

Here you can reconfigure a Cargo Group, i.e. include
cargo tanks in the cargo group, or exclude cargo tanks
from the cargo group.
(see also Setup Cargo~ Display Screen, page 53)
CARGO GROUPS F6
• sho\v the status of the tanks that are being filled or AUTO GROUP FS
The status information is updated every half a minute.
• print the information in the Auto Group screen PRINT F2

• return to the Car o Grau s screen CARGO GROUPS FS

Autronica AS
Page 58
Display Menus
Cargo Tanks - Display Screen
r This display screen provides detailed information on ullage, level,
volume, average temperature, density, weight, inert and rate of
filling for each tank. The total volume, weight and rate of filling
are also shown.
There can be up to 60 Cargo Tanks. The first 20 tanks (if

included) are always shown when you enter the screen.
From the Main Menu, click on Cargo Tanks to enter

the screen.
***
UAH 0.417 2.500 m 28 13:27:31
...'"
300804 CARGO ULLAGE Cl
300720 UN£ PRESSURE CPll FAIL 11.20 0.00 20 13:27:31
* 3110728 LINE PRESSURE CPB

J0072B LINE PRESSURE CPO
PIAH
PIAL
11.20
11.20
20.DO
-2.00
lB 13:27:31
28 13:27:31
Figure 0-5: Cargo Tanks - Display Screen
,' :. ----: : - -·- - ,-- -- -, -- _--- - -----. ' --- ·-- - ,:_-:' --' ::·--.<-:'
•··
:' :- :- - - -- ,
CARGO- TANKS
, _- .-_- __ -.: ______ -,., ----. __ -_·.- - _-
Display Screen c-:-::-_:··c
--::,.;. ·, __ :,_: ___ :·-;·:-?: ..·:_·-: ..:;-_,·-._.::;:.:_.-;<<--··_-··:
<·
If you want to: .• .· ·•· .•... •. < > •· · < r Y ;;;.;;;.you have to diCk: L:.;L.of press:
• di~lav the on-line heln menu HELP Fl
• print the information on the screen PRINT F2
• move to the previous oae.e (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• move to the next oae.e (if anv) NEXT PAGE F4
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the alann window (un to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• silence the siren SIREN OFF FI2

Autronica AS
Page 59
Display Menus
If you want to: ........you have to click: •....... or press:

• display the average, high, middle and lo\v temperature for CARGO TEMP F5
the selected cargo tanks
• return to the Car o Tan ks screen CARGO TANKS F5
• move directly to Cargo Groups from the Cargo Tanks

screen to get a better overvie\v and display detailed CARGO GROUPS F6
information for the selected Cargo Groups
(see also Cargo Groups - Display Screen, page 57)
.. ........
.,.,....
.....
"'"''"'~""'
,,.,,.-,,.,
,, ,,.,
,,,,
..... _,,.,....
,_,_...._..,_,_
'"" '"' , ... ~ '"~""'
~
.,.,.,,, ... ....,".... "'

~
--
'"-
,_
11'•
""
"-"
...
....
"'"
•~
,.,.
"'
f"U'-"
:-»U~H
,..,~"-"
• PRINT F2
• show the status of the tanks that are being filled or AUTO GROUP F5
The status information is updated evecy half a minute.
• print the information on the Auto Group screen

• return to the Car o Grou s screen CARGO GROUPS F5

Autronica AS
Page 60
Display Menus
Cargo Level - Display Screen
r This screen gives an overview of the exact level in each cargo
tank. A freely selection among 60 tanks within an interval of up to
15 can be shown on the screen at the same time. The cargo tanks
which are displayed are selected in the SEARCH-box in the lower
right hand corner of the screen.
li'~4,Ifl~8i1f
f"'' "' '">iJH
l
From the Main Menu click on Cargo Level to enter
the screen. '
The cargo tanks are shown as vertical bargraphs, where the

current level ofliquid (shaded) in each tank is indicated. The cargo
tanks that are selected are shaded in the graphical presentation
below.

300804 CARGO UL.LAGE Cl LIAH 8.1117 2.500 111 2R 13:27:31
300728 LINE PRESSURE CPO FAIL 11.18 0.00 bllt
JOU72U LINE PRESSURE CPI! PIAll
300728 UNE PRESSlJRE PIAL
Figure 0-6: Cargo Level - Display Screen

Autronica AS
Page 61
Display Menus
CARGO LEVEL Display Screen

If yon want to: •......•you have to click: ........or press:
• select the cargo tanks to be displayed • directly on the value beside
the start no. , type the first
tank, and press RETURN
• then type the stop no., press

RETURN and click on the
UPDATE-button
An error message will appear if

the interval exceeds 15,
or if the stop no. you have
entered is lo\ver than the
start no.
HELP Fl
to 4) PAGE ACK F7
ACK F8
PREVMENU F9

Autronica AS
Page 62
Display Menus
Ballast Groups - Display Screen
r This display screen gives an overview of the Ballast Tanks that are
assigned to a selected group. It also shows detailed information for
each tank. There can be up to 8 Ballast Groups. Each group can
include up to 8 freely selected Ballast Tanks among a total of 36.
37
!i,(,,BAt~
l •1.'fJ;;~lj}
.·1·.·.1 From the Main Menu' click on Ballast Groups to
l•EGsoue1.t enter the screen.
The screen example below gives detailed information on the ballast

t~s assigned to cargo group 4. The ballast tanks are shown as
vertical bargraphs, where the current level ofliquid (shaded) in
each tank is indicated. The lower part of the screen picture gives
exact information on level and volume. The total volume is also
shown in the lower right comer (if included).
If volume is included in the specific configuration, the percentage

is based on the following calculation: volume
maximum
If volume is not included in the specific configuration, the

percentage is based on the following calculation: level
maximum level
POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCT VALUE UNTT TIME

300604 CAf\GO ULLAGE Cl UAH B.417 m
300728 LINE PRESSURE CPS FAIL 11.19
3007?.B
300728
LINE PRESSURE CPS
LINE PRESSURE CPO
PIAH
PIAL
11.19 ""
'"
Figure 0-7: Ballast Groups-Display Screen

Autronica AS
Page 63
Display Menus
• To display information for a specific ballast group, click on one
of the Group buttons on the upper part of the screen.
BALLAST GROUPS·Display Screen

IT you want tri: .;;;,.;.you have to click: .,...... or press:
menu HELP Fl
• PRINT F2
PREV GROUP F3
NEXT GROUP F4
to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• ACK FS
PREVMENU F9
• move directly to Setup Ballast from this screen. SETUP BALLAST F6

Here you can reconfigure a Ballast Group, i.e. include
ballast tanks in the ballast group, or exclude ballast tanks
from the ballast group.
(see also Setup Ballast - Display Screen, page 55).
• return to the Ballast Grou s screen BALLAST GROUPS F6

Autronica AS
Page 64
Display Menus
Ballast Tanks - Display Screen
r This display screen provides detailed information on the level of
each ballast tank, the percentage of the total volume of each tank,
the volume of each tank and the total volume of all the tanks*. The
tank levels are also shown as horisontal bargraphs.
* See calculation of the percentage in the previous chapter.

There can be up to 36 Ballast Tanks. The first 20 tanks are always
shown when you enter the screen (if included).
From the Main Menu, click on Ballast Tanks to enter

the screen.
** 300804 CARGO ULl.AGE Cl

300728 UNE PRESSURE CPO
UAH
FAJL
0.417
11.19
2.500
0.00
m
'"
2813:27:31
2813:27:31
*
.f
300728 UNE PRESSURE CP6
300728 LINE PRESSURE CPS
'" ,,_ '"'~----«-0'
P~H
PIAL
11.19 20.00
-2.00
2813:27:31
2813:27:31
""
....
,
,
""
......
"" ....
,
..
,
,
15%
""
"" '"
Figure 0-8: Ballast Tanks- Display Screen
.. . . • ... ······.· ...·· .. .. ·.· .. ·. . .. .... . .. ..·· .

••• . ···
. ·.···
.. •
... ·. ·. . ..
BALLAST
·--, _..
-
TANKS Display
._.,_-
Screen
-'.- __ - _____---.--_-_
- _,. -- - ----------_, -- -_- .. - ~ -·:-.:: :- •·····.··
If you want to: .·
. . .: ...... •.•.. .•you •. ·.···. ·.·. h
~
..•... Ii k
aveto c c : ~-~-~--~-~-._.or. press:
• disnlav the on~line help menu HELP Fl
• nrint the information on the screen PRINT F2
• move to the orevious naQ:e (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• move to the next page (if any) NEXT PAGE F4
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the alarm windo\v (uo to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• ackno\vled2e the most recent alarm ACK FS
• disolav the Alarm Pa2e ALARM MENU Fl 1

Autronica AS
Page 65
Display Menus
If you want to: ........ you have to click: ........ or press:

• move directly to Ballast Groups from this screen to get a
better overvie\V and display detailed information for the BALLAST GROUPS F6
selected Ballast Group
(see also Ballast Groups - Display Screen. page 63).
-·~
"""''"'""'" ......... "
""'"'""""'''~"'.-.. ...
.
"""''"'""'"""'c"'
"''"~'"'"- '""-"~
PRINT F2
• move directly to Setup Ballast from the Ballast Groups SETUP BALLAST F6
screen. Here you can reconfigure a Ballast Group, i.e.
include ballast tanks in the ballast group, or exclude
ballast tanks from the ballast group.
(see also Setup Ballast - Display Screen, page 55).
·-·~
~•<>J><»>:U""l<!
,..,..,.,,,,<1-.,._,,.u.
""'"'"'""''""""'""
"''""''"'-''"''-'""'"'
• return to the Ballast Grou s screen BALLAST GROUPS F6

Autronica AS
Page 66
Display Menus
Service Tanks - Display Screen
This display screen provides detailed information on the level of
each service tank, the percentage of the total volume of each tank,
the volume of each tank, the temperature and the total volume of
all the tanks. The tank levels are also shown as horisontal
bargraphs.
There can be up to 36 Service Tanks. The first 20 tanks are always

shown when you enter the screen (if included).
"101\(illiiil'cil~l From the Main Menu, click on Service Tanks to enter

!mffNIKSISU the screen.
300804 CARGO UllAGE Cl
FUN CT
UAH
VALUE LIMIT
?..500
o.uo
UNIT
m
* JUU12U LINE PRESSURE CPU

300728 UNE PRESSURE CPS
FAIL
mtt 20.00 '"
""
·- -~5't."o- 3~0,!_~,~---~~~~~~~~E~RE c"'"'==="°'"='""'==
5D% ,..
,.
15%
,..
5D%
......'"
... ,..
75%
,..
...... ,.
5D%
,.
50% 75%
,.
,,.
......'" ,.
r ,.
...'" ,..
Figure 0-9: Service Tanks -Display Screen

Autronica AS
Page 67
Display Menus
-- ._ '' :. .
. .••.•.·.. ·.. s.ERVICETANKSDi~playScreen.

I
1• ·... .· .... .
lfyouwantto: < •• .. > -.-; _:.--; ;·,...... you haveto·cJick: ....... ~or_ press:
• display the on-line help menu
.····· HELP Fl
• orint the information on the screen PRJNT FZ
• move to the orevious naQe (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• ackno\v)egde all the alarms in the alarm window (uo to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• ackno\vled2e the most recent alarm ACK FS
• move to the Main Menu . MAIN MENU FIO
• disolav the Alann Paoe ALARM MENU Fl 1
r\

Autronica AS
Page 68
Display Menus
Misc - Display Screen
This display screen provides detailed information on the analogue
pressure and temperature sensors, for example, cargo manifolds
and ballast pumps. It includes the pressure and temperature, plus
the percentage of the full scale for pressure and temperature.
The temperature and pressure are also shown as horisontal

bargraphs.
There can be up to 36 pressure sensors and 36 temperature

sensors. The first 20 sensors are always shown when you enter the
screen (if included).
From the Main Menu, click on Misc to enter the

screen.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUN CT VALUE u•rr UNIT TIME

Jfillfi27 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. csa FAIL -JOO D mh.ar 20 13:27:31
3011627 CARGO INERT C'..AS PRES. CSR PIAl. -196 mbrsr i'R 13:27:31
300624 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C7 FAIL mbur
300624 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. Cl PIAL
-·-·-·--
'oflA15r;o;:1;&:0;00.m!iJV1::Jll!iol!iiri3ll':(JJ1:(JJ11'm'
~i[M]~.c;i
iVNAM
Figure 0-10: Misc- Display Screen

Autronica AS
Page 69
Display Menus
I . ·. •.
. . .
.· ·.... ·. . . .· . •• MISC DisplayScreen

-.-- --, ,---
,- , ._-_,._._,- -- ·-.- ·-·
_:· ' - __ __ .. .. ..
If you want to:. . .·. . . .·.•. ; ... •.......you have to click: •••-~~-.•.or press:
• disnlay the on-line help menu ··.··•· .. HELP Fl
• orint the information on the screen PRINT F2
• move to the orevious oae:e (if anv) PREVPAGE F3
• ackno\vlegde all the alarms in the alarm \Vindo\v (uo to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• acknowlede:e the most recent alarm ACK FS
• disolav the Alarm Pae:e ALARM MENU Fl 1

Autronica AS
Page 70
Display Menus
Vapour Lines - Display Screen
r This display screen gives an overview of the Vapour Lines and the
Cargo Tanks that are connected to the different lines. It also
displays the alarm limits (High-high, High, Low and Low-low) and
Pressure (PRESS) for each vapour line.
Each line relates to a specific color. A cargo tank connected to line

01 which is red, is shown in red in the graphical presentation of the
cargo tanks at the bottom of the screen.
There can be up to 16 Vapour Lines. A total of 60 Cargo Tanks

can be connected to the different lines.
l~N~ilrrif!:I From the Main Menu, click on Vapour Lines to enter

l!f;;uNEsi:dil the screen.
The screen example below shows the cargo tanks that are
connected to the different vapour lines. (All these tanks are shown
shaded in the graphical presentation below).
,, POINT DESCRIPTION FUN CT VALUE LIMIT UNIT TIME

300627 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CSB FAIL -JOO a
*
c: mtnir
300627 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CSB PIAL ·3011 -196 mbnr
**
t JOOG2.ll CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C7 FhlL ·JOO mbar
*
JOO!i24 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C7 PIAL
Figure 0-11: Vapour Lines-Display Screen

Autronica AS
Page 71
Display Menus
..
... VAPOUR LINES Display Screen .
··. . -- - .- -- "' - : .-'.' - ' :· :

...
· .
' ,'- ' ' - - . ' : -- -- -- - ' - -,- ' - -_ ' .· . .
If you walltto: . .· ·. -: -: .: -: : :' _: :-- - _- -~: ':' ·- - - :,.. : •••;•• ~.yo1l have to click: ........or press:
• to add or remove a cargo tank for a selected vapour line the selected vapour line number
on the upper part of the screen.
(for example LINE 01), then
click on the cargo tank you \Vant
to add or remove.
• display the on-line help menu HELP Fl
• acknowle2de all the alarms in the alarm \vindow (uo to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• ackno\vledge the most recenralann ACK F8
• display the Alarm Pa•e ALARM MENU Fil

Autronica AS
Page 72
Display Menus
Line Pressure - Display Screen
r This display screen provides detailed information on the line
pressure for each line and the percentage of the full scale for
pressure. The line pressures are also shown as horisontal
bargraphs.
There can be up to 60 lines. The first 20 lines are always shown
when you enter the screen (if included).
From the Main Menu, click on Line Pressure to enter
the screen.

JOUG27 CARGO INERT GAS PftES, CSU FAIL ·JOO D mb11r
300627 CARGO INERT GA.~ PRES. cse PIAL ·300 ·196 mb:ir
30D6Z.4 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C7 fAIL ·JOO
30062.4 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. Cl PIAL
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
Figure 0-12: Line Pressure-Display Screen
.:;.,.,.you have fo click: •• ;••;;;or press:

• HELP Fl
• PRINT F2
• PREVPAGE F3
• NEXT PAGE F4
• to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• ACK FS
• PREVMENU F9
• move to the Main Menu MAINMENU FIO
• dis la the A1arm Pa e ALARM MENU Fil

Autronica AS
Page 73
Display Menus
From the Main Menu, click on Exit NL-300 to log

off.
Figfre 0-13: Log Off
• Click with the cursor placed leftmost in the password field.

• Type the password (three characters), and press RETURN
twice.
The Windows NT Task Manager will appear in front.

303001 COMMUNICATION EAC·JOO ERROR 2416:27:26
301101 ATM SENSOR ERROR ERROR
TW! 25.0
• Press «End Task>> for each task you want to end (inverse
video).

Autronica AS
Page 74
Utility Menus
Utility Menus
Menu Structure
AutroCARGO 2000
NL-300 Presentation
Program
HELP
HISTORYfTREND
REPORT
SEAGOING
PAGE ACK
ACK
ALARM MENU
SIREN OFF
CALCULATOR
Figure 0-1: Menu Structure - Utility Menus

Autronica AS
Page 75
Utility Menus
The Help Menu
The Help Menu allows you to get useful information quickly while
operating the system. You can look up information about a task
you are performing or a feature or popup window/dialog box you
would like to know more about.
From the Main Menu, click on Help to enter the

Help Menu.
The Help Menu contains WORD-files, each one representing a

c~apter in the User's Manual. These files appear as buttons on the
right hand side of the screen. The top button, Chapter 1, provides
il Table of Contents.
In addition to the tasks you can perform by using the menu

buttons on the lower part of the screen (see next page), the icons
on the top left hand side allows you to;
• printout the current page
• search for a specific topic
• zoom in/out
• copy tekst or graphic to the clipboard
The example below shows how the Help Menu appears on screen
when you have opened Table o Contents.
300627 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CSB FAIL -JOO 0 mbar
300627 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CSH Pllll -JOO ·196 mbar
3006?.4 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C7 FAIL -300 0 mbor
300&24 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C7 Pllll
'_,,_... ······ --.-.------·-·-----
Table or contents
i:ft~~~-=8f~~#bJ;(4'i.~
)Z.Do
·-~ ".,, -
n-•
~----- -----~~;
•••••••
•••••••
u-
•••••••
•••••••
•••••••
•••••••
•••••••
llM'MMlcA
:.doc
"--
s;··QOil;~,w~c.w,;;:;c;;;:~z,.""'z;;;ra,ljj~
n•...i
u-- -
an.~~.::~....-1
ll-
-~ -----------· ·- ------ --·
•"'
"""""'""""""'"'''"""'""""
11 _.,..,--r•-Mv·· '"""' ..•.-... rn
--~,
UJ>. '"'""'""'""""'"M""""'"' ,,, •

!i-:t.D'~·- •••• ---·•·• 1 '"'"D'
.,_, ,',·.~ .. ,~--·--··~·
Figure 0·2: Help Menu

Autronica AS
Page 76
Utility Menus
r HELP Screen
........you have to ........ or press:
click:
• acknowle de all the alarms in the alarm window (u to 4) PAGE ACK F7
ACK FS
PREVMENU F9
• dis la the Alarm Pa e ALARM MENU Fil

Antronica AS
Page 77
Utility Menus
History I Trend Screen
This display screen provides graphical presentations of historical
trend curves. All analogue points can be presented as historical
trend curves.
The trend curves can be shown in either dynamic mode or normal

mode. In dynamic mode, the current situation and the development
of the curve can be followed on screen minute by minute, within a
given range (minimum 5 minutes and a maximum of 30 days). In
normal mode, you can see the trend curve for a selected interval.
The scale on the y-axis is from 0 to I 00 % of the signal range. The

scale on the x-axis represents the range that has been chosen
(minimum 5 minutes and maximum 30 days), with the newest
value on the far right, and the oldest value on the far left.
Each point presented as a curve has its own color for seperation of
a maximum of 8 curves. A point that is selected will appear on
screen with a text and the measured value. The presented values
for MIN and MAX (measuring range) have a standard range of 0-
100. These values can be changed freely, thus making it easy to
compare with other curves, or to study the curves more in detail.
Sl5
.••B'.HISTORYi:
·.··.•...R'.!'Y'.:Z····.r.·.1·.·.1 From the Main Menu, click on History I Trend to
I i'.'.tiJREND.'.'.'.i enter the screen.
POINT DESCRIPTION FUNCT VALUE LIMIT UNIT

JOJOOI COMMUNICATION (AC-JOO ERROR
301101 ATM SENSOR ERROR ERROR
300905 CARGO TEMPERATURE xxxxxx 55.0 deg C
300904 CARGO UUAGE x:oooo:
.,,.,=,.,._=~
Figure 0-3:History I Trend Screen

Autronica AS
Page 78
Utility Menus
.
r ..... ·· ..
.....
. .HISTORY I TREN.D Screen
.
·· . . .
If yon want to: . · .

.> .. ··.·· . ........yon have to click: ....•..•or press:
....
• show all points in the «show all points» box

• select a point on the arrow in the dialog box
for the selection of points, then
use the scroll bar and click on
the selected noint number.
• vie\v the exact values on the curve on the point
• tOPPle between dvnamic and normal trend in the «Dynamic trench> box
• (in normal mode:) change the range of time period (5 in the «Range» box and set the
minutes to 30 days) chosen range
• (in normal mode): move backwards or forwards \vithin - ,-
the selected time interval '
• move back to the last loPrnng ,))
• define a logset (maximum 8 logsets can be defined) on the selected «Logset» button,
click on «Show all points», click
on the points to be included,
click on «Show all points», then
select the range in the <<Range»
box
• include points in I exclude points from a logset on the selected «Logset» button,
(maximum 8 logsets can be defined) click on «Sho\v all points»,
include I exclude points, click
on «Show all points», then select
the range in the «Range» box (if
necessarv)
• show an ovetvie\v of all oresent alanns in the svstem ALARMS Fl
• orint the infonnation on the screen PRINT F2
• move down one page PAGE DOWN F3
• move up one page PAGE UP F4
• display a list of all alarm points per function group LIST FS
(see List Function, naf7e 90)
• return to the main History I Trend screen (if in other HISTORY I TREND F6
menu)
• ackno\vlegde all the alarms in the alarm \vindo\v (up to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• ackno\vledge the most recent alarm ACK FS
• move to the Log screen LOG FlO
• enter the Time Log TIMELOG Fil
r •
•
silence the siren
get information about this version of AutroMMI
SIREN OFF
ABOUT
Fl2
• close the menu «Close»-hutton
(. User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,

Autronica AS
Page 79
Utility Menus
Log Function Screen
The menu allows you to view and print out historical data, faults
and alarms for a specified date. You can also program up to 6
different valuelogs, which are stored in different buttons on the
second lowest menu line.
From the Alarm Menu or the History Trend Menu,

click on Log to enter the screen.

3001i27 Cfl.RGO INERT GAS PRES. csa f,\JL ·300 0 mb~r
3006?.7 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. csa PIAl. -300 -196 ml111r
30Dli2JI CARGO INERT GAS PR.E~. C7 FAIL ·JOO 0 mbiir
JUU62<t INERT GAS PRES. CT
Figure 0-4:Log Function Screen
The following shows the possible general menu actions (the bottom line):
·.
If you wantto: • . . ·. .•;,;••;you have to click: .......~or press:
• show an overview of all present alarms in the ·•·····
system<< ALARMS Fl
• move down one oa2e PAGE DOWN F3
• move up one page PAGE UP F4
• display a list of all alarm points per function group LIST FS
(see List Function, vaf!e 90)
• return to the main History I Trend screen (if in other HISTORY I TREND F6
menu)
• acknowleode all the alarms in the alann window (un to 4) PAGE ACK F7
• move to the Lal! screen LOG FlO
• enter the Time Log screen TIMELOG Fl 1
• silence the siren SIREN OFF F12
• close the menu «Close»-button

Antronica AS
Page 80
Utility Menus
• Press the small Alarms-button and the following screen picture
will appear.
POINT OfSCRIPTION fUNCT VALU~ llMll UNIT 111.t~

JDDH/ CAHG01NlHI ta.S Hll_:;_ CSU n.h• ti IJZl:ll
·~
·100
lOOGU CAf!GOltl(IH GAS H\!.S. cs~ •JOO •1% ~o 1J.~T:)l
~' <nh•
JDO&r~ f.M\!1<'.11NFOTn.o..~f'llfS.O
100~71 CIJlGOINfnTC.'\!:l'!lf~.CT
f,\tt.
ew
.JM
·JOO
•
·Hf,
m~.,
m>m
U 11'1T:J1
3006?2 INrRHA4SV.lLUE ...'"L ·300 •196

•
mbor
=·
3006?2 INERTGASVt.l.UE ·300 mbor
m
'~"
JDOU1 UUAGE VAl.llE 8.?GO
3DDOD1 UlL\GE VALUE
l00801 UlU.GE WJ..UC
'"L
'~
B.ZGO
0.000
O.DOO
D.Z'SD m
300807 Ult.AGE VAl.UE
"~ o.oaa O.Z'50
JODHD1 Ull.lGE VALUE
Jono7 Ul.UGE VAi.lit
JOO&U INEITTCASVALUE
300624 INERT GAS Vt.LUE
lDO&U INERTGl.SVALUE
......'"L
NORI.I
"~
0.000
0.000
•)GU
·JaD
m
·~·
0.000
·196
•
·19'
rnb••
mhar
mb•t
)006Z7 INERTGASVALUC
'"L m •
1b.llD
mhu
lODDDl BAL.U.ST L£VEL
'"""' 13.71 m
JOO&?~ INCRT GAS V.f.lUE
30062~ll<ERTGAS YAU.IE
)DDU7 INERTGASVALUE
Joasn
JOJCDJ
INERT GAS VM.UE
SYSTU.1
..."""'"L'"L
ERROR
·3:0
•JaO
·JU
·]:0
·19&
•
·196
mhu
mb•r
rob•t
rnhr
JOJCUJ SYSTEM NORM

JDODD6 UUAGE VM.UE
'"L 8.111 D.ODO
All alarms (historical) and alarm acknowledgements for a specified

date can be displayed and printed out.
• Press the small Faults-button and the following screen picture

will appear.
POINT DESCRIPTION
lOO&tl CARGO ll'ltAI GAS Pl!lS. CSO
l096Z7 CARGO INU!TGt.S I'll(~. CS6
f [q•6 Progmn: Pll:'.0-lll/WDJD

f. Eq•4 GU::-100 DSP dolei:tlb:IChonAmp
;: ~::~ Un1!•1 Cl•ll

Cl•ZZ
Re•l8
~·'
Gl-100 tbtu• lly!J: orrcr
GUHOO•DSP unsorconn. bral<en del1e er1..1
r
Unl,..7
~ Eq•I Unlt•7 Cl•lD ~·O GlK·100 DSP Clan Re . .on OK
~ Eq•& Unlt<O Cl•O Re•O Prog'"rn: Pl l:'.0-lll/WOJD
~::!
Unll•U Cl•31 Re•U GL•lGn •tllus byte error
t. Eq•S Not de11ned 4011004
~··
Unl!•l4 Cl•l1
Unlt-17 Cl•ll Re•28 GL·lOD1to1U1 byte om>r
j' Eq•I Unl••Z7 Cl•l1 Re•I Not defined 4011004
f Eq•S
Eq•&
Unlt<D
Unl1•D
Cl•Z
Cl•O
lb:•Sl
Re•O
ASAP•udtrn•
Pro~rom; Pl 1.0-lll/AUOJB
GL~·IOD OSPde!ei:t lb:IChonAmp
f ~:::
Unll>&. Cl•ll Ro•!
Unit<& Cl•]! Ro•?e GL-100 1111H byte em>:n doll•"' lest
r
l Eq•Z
Eq•2
f Eq•4
Unrt>6
Unit•&
Unll'&.
0•11
Cl•ll
Cl•ZD
Re•l
Re•?
R..o
Netdrl!ned ZC1100l
Not defined 2011001
GU:·IDO DSPClou RenH OK
f Eq•4 Unlr-4 Cl•U Re•! GUM DD OSPdelo<I Ro!ChonAmp
I Eq•Z Unit<& Cl•ll Re•D Notder.ne4 lD11000
f
,..
Eq•4 Re•l
'· Eq•.f
All faults (historical) for a specified date can be displayed and

printed out.

Autronica AS
Page 81
Utility Menus
Press one of the small Valuelog-buttons (Valuelog 1 - 6) and the
following screen picture will appear.
• Select the time period (1 to 999 minutes) for the selected
Valuelog.
POIITT OESCRIPllON
Joor.u CARr.o IN[IH C.K. l'l-1tS. CSQ
JOij6?/ OJlr.O INHH f.f.S l'!U'.S. cs~
l006Z• CARGO nlERT GA!l PllfS. C7
JOH6?• CAl-\(.0 INtJH GAS f'HlS. er
300218 SERVICETEMP.
JQQJOl MISC PRESSURE DP! sue
300302 MlSC PRESSURE BP1 PRS D.00
JOOl18 SERVICETEMP. D.00
300301 MISC PRESSURE BPI sue o.oo
JOOJOt MlStmESSUflE BPI ms D.00
300218 SERVICE TEMP. o.oo
300301 MISC PnESSUREBPI sue 0.00
300302 MISCPRESSUREBPI PRS o.oo
JOOllG SER\1C[TEMP. 0.00
300301 MISC mESSURE BPI sue 0.00
300301 t.llSC mrnsuR[ DP! PRS 0.00
300218 SERVICE TEMP. 0.00
300301 MISC PRESSURE BPI sue 0.00
JODJ02 MISC PRESSURE llPl PRS 0.00
300218 SERVICETEMP. 0.00
JOOJOJ Ml SC PRESSURE BPI sue II.DO
300302 MISC PRESSURE BPI ms II.DO
300218 SERVICE TEMP. 0.00
11.00
II.DO
o.oo
II.DO
'"°'c1c·:e'c~i'i":':!~,;,,;:.-
On the lower right side of the window, there is a list of all alarm
points programmed in the system. The points that are assigned to
the valuelog are shown in inverse video on a black background.
Historical loggings can be displayed and printed out.
,;;;•.•.you· have to click:

• view all alarms and alarm the <<Alanns»-button
acknowledgements - or make a printout for
a specified date
• view all faults - or make a printout for a the «Faults»-button
specified date
• define a valuelog the wanted «Valuelog»-button
• refresh the window to view possible ne\V the «Update»-button
points that have been added
• close the menu «Close»-button

Autronica AS
Page 82
Utility Menus
Timelog Screen
Selected values can be printed out or stored on a file at specified
intervals.
• Press the TIMELOG-button and the following screen picture
will appear.

J00627 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CSO FAIL. 0 mbar
300627 CARGO INERT GAS PRF.S. CS8 PIAL -1!16 mlrnr
300624 CARGO INERT GAS F'RES. C1 FAIL 0 rnbar
CARGO INERT GJ\S PRES. Cl
J00006iBAUAST LEVEL 4S :J3•

--"JOiioo1iBALLAST LEVEL 4p---·--···-·---·· 13:2
--iiiDOOiiTBiU:ASTLWE~---------··-· 13:2
300009!HEEUNG LEVEL PORT
E1't --iiiDOiDfHfEUNG.LEVEL.STBD-·~----
tt;fif 300011 ~AFT pEAKLfVELrECH. FW t
ftj@ 300101 (SERVICE LEVEL HFO p
~;,: 300102;SERVICE LEVEL HFO C
!~~ ,....~.~.Q~l~-~RVICE-lJ~£Efl>.]=_=-=_······-
v~~ 300104\SERVICE LEVEL TFWT
300105iSERVICE LEVEL FWOPKT l
···-iDfffii6TS.ERViC.ELPIELLOSYsT-·-·---·---· -·
Jo01ii71SEJiV!cE LEVEL HFO SERV F
108!SERVICE LEVEL HFO SERVA
Timelog Function
Ifyouwanffo: .....;.;you haveto click:
• assign points to a selected logset • the selected logset button where you want to store the
programmed log, then;
- click on the points you want to assign to the selected logset
- select the date and the time interval
• go directly to a selected logset on one of the logset numbers (timelog 1, 2, or 3)
• move one group do\vn on the «Group Do\vn>>-button

• move one group up on the «Group Up»-button
• tick~fffor printout on the box in the Printer column
• tick-off for logging in database on the box in the Databas column

• close the timelog function on the «Close»-button

Autronica AS
Page 83
Utility Menus
Report Screen
This display screen allows you to generate and print reports. The
reports are stored on the PC's hard disk for 3 months before they
are automatically deleted. The screen picture shows a list of all
stored reports. A report can be sent to a printer.
l~Jo,r~,1Jm;~I From the Main Menu, click on Report to enter the

li~~ir1~~~~J,I screen.
On the right hand side of the screen you can click on one of the
thiee buttons under «Month Select» to select a month.The
selected month is indicated in a frame below the buttons, and a list
containing all events for the selected month appears on screen.
The screen provides the following information:

• Report number
• Port
• Location
• The exact date I time when you started and ended the logging
of the report

300803 CARGO ULLAGE S2 FAIL 8..417 0.000 m 30 09:49:30
JOOOOJ CARGO UUJ\GE S2 UAl-I 0..417 2.500 m
301203 NODE NO. J GLtOO
300003
, . , , CARGO
- ULU\GE
- __ ,S2
__ LWlli 2.000
~
-
ge1;1n11.ny
l.997.000Z Aln-"tet'.d111111 Nederl.e.nd DEC OJ. l.997 - 09 57 31. DEC Ol. l.997 - 08 SB 1.9
t' .1997.0003 oe
11~mmnmm!l!am. .mn. .
;-,,;
.m&DmmEiliilil\miammmmE:Jm.
DEC OJ. l.997 - 08 58 24 Ol!:C Ol. l.997 - 58 3J.
S'
;;:."
}t
q
fj
·:;:
Figure 0-5: Report Screen

Autronica AS
Page 84
Utility Menus
In the comment field to the right, you can enter useful information.
This information i stored and shown on printouts.
REPORT Screen
If you want to: ........you have to click: ........ or .press:
• start report click on the START- button and
the following three buttons will
• enter the port name PORT, type the port name, and
press RETURN.
• enter the location LOCATION, type the location,
r • stop a report
and ress RETURN.
STOP and the data is saved to a
file.
• menu HELP Fl
• PRINT F2
• to4) PAGE ACK F7
• ACK F8
• PREVMENU F9
• dis la the Alarm Pa e ALARM MENU Fil
Each time you press PRINT, a report will be generated and can be printed on paper, or
viewed in the Notepad. Examples of the contents of a report are shown in Appendix,
Report Examples. The example below shows an extract of a report:
REPORT
PORT: Brindisi
LOCATION: Italy
REPORT NO.: 1997.0004
START TIME: DEC 01 1997 - 09:00:00
STOP TIME: DEC 01 1997 - 09:00:14
COMMENT:
CARGO TANKS START STATE
LOCAL TIME: DEC 01 1997 09:00:00

urc: DEC 01 1997 - 08:00:00
SHIP NAME: GOVAN 314
AUTRONICA. ND. : M42-010377
DRAFT A: 0.00 m
DRAFT M: 0.00 m
DRAFT F: 0.00 m
TRIM: 9.99 m MAN
LIST: 9.9 ° MAN
ATM: 950 mbar MAN
CARGO NAME ULLAGE LEVEL VOLUME TEMP DENSITY WEIGHT INERT RATE
m m m> oc Mt/mJ Mt mbar Mt/h
Sl 8.418 11.582 2413.79 52.9 1.0000 2413.79 210 0.0
Pl 7 .251 6.149 278. 74 76.8 1.0000 278.74 210 0.0
Cll 11.418 8.582 9413.27 25.9 1.0000 9413.27 2SO o.o
TOTAL 268178 .06 268178.06 268178.1
Presentation Program NL-300 Version: Pl-NL300-0l-a

Autronica AS
Page 85
Utility Menus
Seagoing
When ships sail in open waters with extremely rough sea, the
operator can enter the Seagoing Mode to prevent the waves from
switching level alarms repeatedly on and off around the level alarm
limits.
The following level alarms are normally deactivated when the

system is in Seagoing Mode:
• Level alarms for Cargo Tanks
• Level alarms for Ballast Tanks
W1th the Seagoing Screen button, you can toggle between

Seagoing Mode and normal operating mode. You have access to
the Seagoing button from the Main Menu.
To enter Seagoing Mode when the system is in

normal operating mode, click on Seagoing.
Pulsating text «SEAGOING»

on the Main Menu
Pulsatmg ICOn t~'''T'+rrr~:!

on all other ~i'it1;f~~iill
screen pictures
Figure 0~6: Seagoing

Autronica AS
Page 86
r
. / The PAGE ACK-button allows you to acknowledge
all visible alarms (maximum 4) in the alarm window
on the upper part of the screen.
If you have entered the alarm page (ALARM MENU I

ALARMS), all alarms on this page (maximum 29 on each page)
will be acknowledged when you click on PAGE ACK.
*
iO'-
PQINI
lDn~74
OESCRIPllON
JUO~l4 UAG.OUUJ,.G(C(
Dnf.t.l UU.At.:~. Cl
TUNCT
UAl!tl
1.IAH
VAtUE
0.0~0
u.uuu
LIMIT
2.0UU
1.!>lln
er
*
+
JUUUZC CUltiO Vu.A.Gt
3nns22 CMl(;O ltlHIT ~ l'flES.. rs
C/\llr;o 111rn1 r.r.s mfr..
fAIL
0.000
'""
·Jno
U.llDU
mh••
*+
+
3006?1
J006N CMl(iO
lMt?c UJlGO JNEl\T
mrnr
r.AS rrlfr..
Pf;
fil'..r. f>ftf.S. C1
r.1
f'l~I.
f/llt. -lDO
·Jnn
-19G
JS&
mb••
mbor
mb••
*++ 3UU621 UJ.<GO ltllJ!f (it.$ l'RC~- CSU ""'

UI\.. -lOD W1J:U:l1
...
mbar
300&::7 CARGO lNEllf GI\$ PRES. CSS ""- ·360 ·ISG mb•r Ull:2U1
JDOfD9 UIJL Pl'l::!;l.lf1L CS)
~·
t~.uz 20.DO 1U IJ:U:Ji
r _; + *
**
,00010 Col.HGO UUAGL Cl'J
JDDDDl EWJ.A3TlfWL~S
f.UMr.f uvn fWOPU
CW<
Ol'!llr.
,,,
CW<
z.~u~
n.n
:.~00
10.oa
2~ ll::?T:Jt
?t u:n::io
.::!'
30010~ 11.9) 0.00 ZB13;2J:JO
30011t SUl'llC£ t£Vrl 00 !:Em B,GJ 8.00 uu:n:10
*'+ 300114 SffMCl'lf\'l'lOOf>llS

J0011~ S[ll'llC[ U\'£l l!f0 OUN KP ·~
'""
15l
9.H
n.1
2.00
C.00
75 u;U;:lo
2ern1:lo
** 300101
lOtr.UG
SHMCE1£MP.tifOP
;;UfllCl TlMP. to SY'JI
'~
<W< WU.I
50.D
1no.o
dc~C
d•g
26 \J;U:Jo
c wn:u:1u
+* JDGW(
JOU?llO
Str!VICE 'Ill.IP. Hf"O S(R'lf
;;f,R'llU HMP.l!tOl.:[R'/A
'~
·~
--0.~
1~.)
a.nz
50.G
~n.n
dewC 20 IJ:Zl:Jo
...
do~C in ll:U:Jo
1e JJ:n:Jo
* JOOlOS 1-!ISC mf.SS\IR£ Tr: C\L\H fW "~ 1.00
mo.a
***
~00405 Ml~C TfW'Hl.\TIJflf. TJ;:;, r.tf.AW FW '~ ?00.~ de~C ~R n:~1:Jn
l0050l
lODSO~
Vt.POtJn Prn;SS\/J\f. 1 fWrJ
Vi\Nun mr~svru: • m ""'
'~ "" ,..
'"' mb.r
mbsr
78 !:t.U:Jo
:?B IJ;21;JO
*+ lOO~U~ VWOUll PfltSSUH( SAfl

~· ""
'"" '°' mb~•
**
l0050G '/APOtJR PRCssvru: & A/"T
)OD~OO V>f'O•JH PflfSSVRL 3 IN(nr ""' ""
"" '"
'°'
mh•
Figure 0-7: Alarm Menu -Page Ack
Ack
The ACK-button allows you to acknowledge alarms
one by one.
The newest alarm (configurable) indicated in the alarm window

will be acknowledged and moved to the bottom line when you
click on this button.
The 4 last unacknowledged alarms are shown in the alarm window

(to the left). The total number of unacknowledged alarms is also
shown to the right.

300824 CARGO Ult.AGE C7 UAHH 0.000 2.000 ITT 01 09:08:25
300024 CARGO ULLAGE C"f UAH o.aoo 2.500 m 01 09:08:25
Figure 0-8: Alarm 1Vindow
r J User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,

Autronica AS
Page 87
Utility Menus
Alarm Menu
Introduction
The Alarm Menu provides an overview of all alarms still present in
the system, i.e. both acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms.
From any menu, click on Alarm Menu to enter the

screen.

z.uuo
**
3UU024 CARGO ULLAGE Cl L1Atm 0.000 m 01 09:00:2!.
30082~ CARGO ULLAGE CT LlAH 0.000 2.500 m 01 09:00:25
CARGO UUAGE Cl
CARGO LILL.AGE CT O.DDD m
***
CARGO LIU.AGE CJ F~L 0.000
CARGO INERT GAS PRES. P6 FAIL ·300 "'mbnr 23 13:27:31
CARGO INERT GAS PRES. PS PIAL ·JOU -196 mbar 26 13:27:31
** CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CT

3006211 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C1
FAIL
Pl.".L
·JOO
·JOO
0
-19&
mbar
mbar
28 13:27:31
:w 1J:21::n
i ***
**
300627
300627
300709
300010
300003
CMGO INERT GAS PRF.S.
LINE PRESSURE CSJ

CARGO ULLAGE CPJ
BAUAST LEVEL ZS
csa
CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CSD
FAIL.
Pihl
PIAH
LtAl-I
OPBLK
·300
-JOO
2.5.02
2..405
13.77
0
-19[i
20.00
2.500
10.00
..
mbor
mbar
m
m
,
28 13:27:31
20 13:27:31
20 13:27:31
26 13:27:31
26 13:27:30
~ 300105 SERVICE LEVEL F\VOPKT 11.93
~ 20 13:27:30
*i"' ***
UAH 8.00
"' 300112 SERVICE LEVEL DO SETrL lJAH 8.67 8.00 20 13:27:30
300114 SERVICE LEVEL DO DBS l~l 1.53 2.00 '"
m 28 13:27:30
300115 SERVICE LEVEL HFO BUNK P 9.74 o.oo 20 13:27:30
&: ** 300201 SERVICE TEMP. HFO P
lJAH
TIAL 25.7 50.0
m
deg C 20 13:27:30
I! ** 300206
300207
300208
SERVICE TEMP. LO SYST
SERVICE TEMP. HFO SERV F
SERVICE TEMP. HFO SERVA
TlAH
TIAL
TIAL
200.1
-U.5
25.3
100.0
50.0
50.0
deg
deg
C
C
20 13:27:30
2U 13:27:30
28 13:27:30
'" *
deg C
300305
I **
MISC PRESSURE TK CLEAN f-W PIAH 7.00 2813:27:30
~-
3001105
300!:101
MISC TEMPERATURE TK CLEAN FW
VAPOUR PRESSURE 1 f·WD
TIAH
PW!
8.82
200.2 100.0 ""
dr:a c 28 13:27:30
** 3005011
JO!JSOS
VAPOUR PRESSURE 4 AFT
VAPOUR PRESSURE 5 AfT
P!Afl "'
210
200
200
mb11r
mbar
20 13:27:30
20 13:27:30
2813:27:30
***
mb11r
30Cl501i
3005DB
VAPOUR PRESSURE 6 AFT
VAPOUR PRESSURE 0 INERT
PIAJ-1
P!AH
P1Afl
"'
""
200
200 mh11r
mb111
2813:27:30
** 30051 (J
300511
VAPOUR PRESSURE 1(J
VAPOUR PRESSURE 11
"'
620
200
20U 1n1J1H
28 13:27:30
Figure 0-9: Alarm Menu

Autronica AS
Page 88
Utility Menus
The table below includes a description of all headings in the Alann

Menu Screen (and the Alann Window).
POINT The operator uses the point nwnber to gain access to the information on each point. The point
number cosists of the basic central unit's number (2 digits), the function group number (2
digits) and the point within the function group (2 digits).
DESCRIPTION Text which describes the measuring point. Maximum 30 characters.
FUNCT The function text gives infonnation on the current status of the measuring point. Each limit has
its own alarm function text. Maximum 5 characters.
The actual value at the analogue alarm point.
The alarm limit value will normally always show the nearest limit compared to the measured
value, or i~ alarm condition the limit which is passed.
The measuring unit, of the value is maximum 5 characters.
The format is: day, hour, minute. second (DD:HH:MM:SS)
Colors are, to some extent, used to indicate the status of the measuring point.
Black text: indicates a normal situation
Flashing star, red unacknowledged alann og fault situation.
text I bargraph:
Red text I bargraph: Acknowledged alarm or fault, but alarm and fault still active
Light blue text: Point which is operator blocked. (manual blocking, the text OPBLK
appears in the FUNCT field).
,.,;.;.;y()11 hllve•.to•
click:
ALARMS Fl
• PRINT F2
PAGE DOWN F3
PAGE UP F4
• display a list of all alarm points per function group LIST F5
(see List Function, a e 90)
• move to the History I Trend screen HISTORY I TREND F6
(see History I Trend Screen,
a e 78
• acknowlegde all the alarms in the upper Alarm Window PAGE ACK F7
(up to 4) and all alarms listed on the alarm page in the
Alarm Menu.
ACK FS
PREVMENU f9
LOG FIO
screen TIMELOG Fl!

Autronica AS
Page 89
Utility Menus
List Function
The list function allows you to display all points assigned to a
specific function group. The screen can be shown in text mode,
deviation mode or blocking mode.
From the Alarm Menu or the History Trend Menu,

click on List to enter the screen.
1 l 1
In text mode, all points are presented with programmed text and
digital reading. In deviation mode, special bargraphs are presented
with dynamic alarm limits, in addition to programmed text and
digital reading. In blocking mode, you will see all the points that
are software blocked by the operator.
Examples of these screens are shown in the following.
The example below shows how the screen appears in text mode.
The alarm limits for a selected line is shown.

300624 CARGO ULLAGE C7 UAHH 0.000 2.0110 m 01 09:08:25
3001124 CARGO ULLAGE C7 UAll 0.000 2.500 m OT 09:00:25
300601
300602
300603
300604 CARGO INERT GAS PRES.1300soi;:;iµstftri4;f~"~:iitif}EiALJ'.~~~-;:PWi
i~~:~~ ~~~ :~~:~ =~:tB§•,~tzfi'filJ~- k - @L~ -
300607 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CP2 NORM

300608 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. SJ NORM
300609 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CSJ NORM rnbar
300610
300611
CARGO
CARGO
INERT GAS PRES.
INERT GAS PRES.
CPJ
PJ
NORM
NORM
260
250
mbar
mb11r
!'
300612 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. S4 NORM 250 mb11r
300613 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CS4 NORM 260 mbar
300614 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CP4 OPBLIC 260 mbar
300615 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. P'1 OPBLIC 250 mbar
300616 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. SS NORM 250 mbar
JDD617 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CS NORM 250 mbar
300618 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. PS NORM 250 mbar
300619 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. SS NORM 250 mbar
300620 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CS6 NORM 250 mbar
* 300621
300622
3011623
CARGO
CARGO
CARGO
INERT GAS
INERT GAS
INERT GAS
PRES. CP6
PRES. Pli
PRES. S7
NORM
PIAL
NORM
250
-JOO
250
mbar
300624 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. C7 -JOO
Figure 0-10: L~st Function - Text Mode

Autronica AS
Page 90
Utility Menus
JOU82<1 CARGO ULU\GE C'f
JOOIJ24 CAAGO ULLAGE C7
FUNCT
LIAHH
UAH
VALUE
O.DUU
0,000
LIMIT
2.000
2.500
UNIT
m
m
TIME
01 0!1;08:25
01 0!1:08:2'.i
CARGO ULLAGE Sl
CARGO ULLAGE Pt
CARGO UUAGE S2 8.417
CARGO ULLAGE Cl 8.417
300805 CARGO ULLAGE P2 8.417
ii 300806 CARGO ULL.AGE CS2 8.417
~ 300807 CARGO ULLAGE CP2 8.417
8.417
300808 CARGO ULLAGE SJ
r 300809 CARGO UUAGE CS3
CARGO ULLAGE CPJ
8.417
2.405
~:
l)
* 300610
300811
300812
CARGO ULLAGE P3
CARGO ULLAGE S4
8.417
8.417
;: 300813 CARGO ULLAGE CSil 11.417
L 300814 CARGO LILL.AGE CP4 11.418
~
,,\? 300815 CARGO ULLAGE P4 10.796
300816 CARGO ULLAGE SS 11.418
k" 300817 CARGO ULLAGE CS 11.418
i~ 11.418
300818 CARGO Ult.AGE PS
"Yi 30081!1 CARGO ULLAGE 56 11..1118
300820 CARGO Ult.AGE CS6 11.418
,,L 300821 CARGO ULLAGE CP6
CARGO ULLA.GE P6
CARGO ULLAGE S7
CARGO ULLAGE C7
Figure 0-11: List Function -Deviation Mode

3008211 CARGO ULLAGE C7 UAHH 0.000 2.000 m 01 09:00:25
30118211 CARGO UUAGE C7 LIAH 0.000 2.500 m 01 09:08:25
BALLAST LEVEL 2P
BALLAST LEVEL JP 6.32 m
&: 300003 BALL.AST LEVEL ZS 13.77 m
'ft
I
I
300004 BALLAST LEVEL JS 6.53 m :'I
l~
300005 BALLAST LEVEL 1 D.97 m
ts 300006 BALlAST LEVEL 4S 5.71 m
r
I
i} 300007 BALLAST LEVEL 4P OPBLI< 5.01 m
p
'
300008
30000!1
300010
BALLAST LEVEL 5
HEELING LEVEL PORT
HEELING LEVEL STBD
OPBLK
OPBLK
OPBLK
4.38
4.59
5.91
'"m
m
. I~
B
,, .,....1'1
ii
i;:
300011
300106
AFT PEAK LEVEL TECH. FYI
SERVICE LEVEL LO SYST
SERVICE LEVEL DO SERV
OPBLK
OPBLK
OPBLK
4.89
1.73
3.57
m
m
m
.......
....
~!
~I
~
300111
300202 SERVICE TEMP. HFO C OPBLK 51.8 deg C
r;: SERVICE TEMP. HFO S
300203 OPBLK 52.l deg C i
~1 o.o
11
3002011
300212
SERVICE TEMP.
SERVICE TEMP.
OPBLK
OPBLK D.O
deg C
deg C 1 I
~ 300303
300401
MISC PRESSURE BP2 sue
MISC TEMPERATURE
OPBLI<
OPBLI<
0.96
0.0
bu
deg C I I ~!Ii !I
300502 VAPOUR PRESSURE 2 FWD OPBLK 210 mbar I I
300509
300605
300614
VAPOUR PRESSURE 9
CARGO INERT GAS PRES. P2
CARGO INERT GAS PRES. CP4
OPBLK
OPBLK
OPBLK
660 mbar
mb11r 1•
1• 1
I
300615 CARGO INERT GAS PRES. P4 1• 1

Autronica AS
Page 91
Utility Menus
List Function
ll'you want to: ........you •have· to ·click:
• select text mode on the «Text>>-button in the lo\ver left comer
• select deviation mode on the «Dev»-button in the lower left comer
• select blocking mode to display all on the «Op. Bloclo>-button in the lower left comer
points that are software blocked by the
operator
• show an overview of a function group on the arro\V in the dialog box for the selection of function groups,
then use the scroll bar and click on the desired group
or
click on one of the 4 Group buttons.
• sho\v the alarm limits and sensor on the selected line and the following box will appear on the screen:
range for a selected point 30060• INERT GAS VAlUE
JOOGDS INERTGASVALUE
• define a ne\v group, and assign points on the arrow in the dialog box for the selection of function groups,
to this group then use the scroll bar and click on a ne\v group, for example group I.
click on «Show all points». select the points, then click on «Show all
points» once more.
• go directly to a selected group on one of the group numbers (group l, 2, 3 or 4)
• move one group down on the «Group Do\vn»-button
• move one group up on the «Group Up»-button
• determine a IO, 25, 50 or 100 degree on the <<Dev»-button and then on the desired degree (default is 50)
deviation from mean value
• close the list funciton on the «Close»-button

Autronica AS
Page 92
Utility Menus
Siren Off
i!,liii~Jil :~~:.any menu, click on Siren Off to silence the
The alann siren will be silenced. Note that present alanns will not
be acknowledged when you click on this button.
Calculator
A load calculator can be on-line connected to the AutroCARGO
2000 System via the network, or directly to a serial output on the
EA-computer.
From any menu, click on Load Cale to reveal the

Load Calculator Program (if connected).
r The screen picture for the Load Calculator Program will appear
below the top alarm window.
The following load calculator programs are available:

• multipoint program
• intact stability program
• damage stability program
• full damage stability
For information on how to operate the load calculator program,

refer to the relevant documentation delivered with the program.

Autronica AS
Page 93
Using Portable Read-out Units
Using Portable Read-out Units
Functions
The NL-120 Portable Read-out Unit displays cargo tank ullage,
temperature and ballast tank pressure. Other options are also
available. The unit can store up to 24 messages of 92 characters.
The function keys allows easy message handling.
Shorter messages from the system can be sent to the front display,
in which case the top display is blank.
Tile default standby message for the top display is the receiver
i.dentification and for the front display the receiver identification
and user name. The actual time and date is also shown on the front
display.
The NL-120 Portable Read-out Unit consists of a NLR-120

Receiver Unit and a NLT-120 Transmitter Unit.
The receiver provides the following:

• 12-character top display for alarm messages
• 80-character front display for measured values
• 2 function keys for scrolling function
• 2 LEDs (one green and one red)
• light sensor
Operation
The display shows the standby message until a new message is
received or you access the user menus using the function buttons.
The function button S (Select) allows you to select an action from

a user menu, this button has an auto repeat function. The function
button X (Execute) carries out the action.
The measured values are shown in the front display. The Memo
area can store 8 messages.
• Press S to access the user menu.
• Press S to step through the menu and to access the prompt
. «LOOK IN MEMO ».
• Press X to access the Memo area.
The top display shows at any time the alarms that may occur.
Appendix
Antronica AS
Page 94
Appendix
Alarm Texts
Cargo Tanks Alarms

Cargo Tank Alarms are shown with 30 characters with the
following text:
Alarm text ' · · • Alarm Text Evnlanation ..... .·

LIAHH Level indication alarm hioh - hh1 h.
LJAH Level indication alarm hicrh.
LJAL Level indication alarm low.
LIALL Level indication alarm low - low.
11AHH Temoerature indication alarm hio-h - hiPh.
TIAH Temoerature indication alarm hiDh.
TlAL Temoerature indication alarm low.
TIALL Ternoerauture indication alann low - low.
PIAHH Pressure indication alarm hioh - hicrh.
PW! Pressure indication alarm hiPh.
PIAL Pressure indication alam1 low.
PIALL Pressure indication alarm lo\v - low.
r FAIL.
HIGH
Fault on level sensor.
Fault on unner temperature sensor.
MID fault on mid. temperature sensor.
LOW Fault on lower temperature sensor.
FAIL. Fault on inert gas pressure sensor.
Ballast Tanks Alarms

Ballast Tank Alarms are shown with 30 characters followed by an
Alarm Text.
.
Alarm.text ,.·.·· Alarm Text Exnlanation ... · .. ' .'.
LIAHH Level indication alann hi2h - hi2h.
LWI Level indication alarm hi!!h.
LIAL Level indication alarm low.
LIALL Level indication alarm low - lo\v.
FAIL. Fault on level sensor.
r' User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,

Autronica AS
Page 95
Appendix
Service Tanks Alarms
Service Tank Alarms are shown with 30 characters followed by an
Alarm Text.
. ·.
Alarm text.··· . ··•··• Alarm Text Exnlanation •· .··

..
LIAHH Level indication alarm hi2h - high.

LIAH Level indication alarm hi oh,
LIAL Level indication alarm lo\v.
LIALL Level indication alarm IO\V - lo\v.
TIAHH Temperature indication alarm high - high.
TIAH Temperature indication alarm hie:h.
TIAL Temperature indication alarm low.
TIALL Temperature indication alatm low - low.
FAIL. Fault on level sensor.
FAIL. Fault on temperature sensor.
Miscellanous Alarms
Miscellaneous alarms, including Analogue Pressure and
Temperature Alarms are shown with 30 characters followed by an
Alarm Text.
·...
Alarm•text .. ·.. • Alllrlll TexfE=Ianation • ....
.
..
..
PIAHH Pressure indication alarm hi2:h - hi2:h.

PIAH Pressure indication alarm hi2:h.
PIAL Pressure indication alarm lo\v.
PIALL Pressure indication alarm low - lo\v.
TIAHH Temoerature indication alann hi!!h - hi'1:h.
TIAH Temoerature indication alarm hi2h.
TIAL Temoerature indication alarm low.
TIALL Temoerature indication alarm low - low.
FAIL. Fault on temoerature sensor.
FAIL. Fault on oressure sensor.
Vapour Lines Alarms

Vapour Line Alarms are shown with 30 characters followed by an
Alarm Text.
.· .•
Alarm text•••·•. Alarm Text EYnlanati()n ·• · . . .. ----:- --···-. -:-.:. --- _,/
PIAHH Pressure indication alarm hiPh - hinh

PIAH Pressure indication alarm hiPh.
PIAL Pressure indication alarm lo\v.
PIALL Pressure indication alarm low - low.
FAIL. Fault on nressure sensor.

Autronica AS
Page 96
Appendix
·~
Line Pressure Alarms
I Line Press Alanns are shown with 30 characters followed by an
Alann Text.
Alarm text ...· Alarm Text Exnlanation .• .. . .

PIAHH Pressure indication alarm high - high,
PIAH Pressure indication alarm high.
PIAL Pressure indication alarm low.
PIALL Pressure indication alarm low - low.
FAIL. Fault on pressure sensor.
·LON Node Alarms

LON Node Alanns are shown with 30 characters followed by an
Alann Text.
Alarm text Alarm TextE

EXLON
LON
r GLlOO
System Fault Alarms

System Fault Alanns are shown with "SYSTEM" followed by an
Alann Text.
jAlar1Il text
ERROR
IAlarm Text Expfanation
SYSTEM I
Draft Alarms
Draft Alarms are shown with 30 characters followed by an Alann
Text.
Alar1Il text .·.· Alarm Text Expfanation > ·:_-.,:-.-·-

---_, ·--·
--
,- '
- - - ·--:
____ ;
ERROR Fault on atmospheric pressure sensor.

ERROR Fault on draft fore pressure sensor.
ERROR Fault on draft mid port pressure sensor.
ERROR Fault on draft mid starbord pressure sensor.
ERROR Fault on draft aft pressure sensor.
ERROR Fault on trim inclinometer.
ERROR Fault on list inclinometer.
r ) User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209,

Autronica AS
Page 97
Appendix
Report Examples - Report Screen
REPORT
PORT: Brindisi
LOCATION: Italy
REPORT NO.: 1997.0004
START TIME: DEC 01 1997 - 09:00:00
STOP TIME: DEC 01 1997 - 09:00:14
COMMENT:
------------------------~--------------
CARGO TANKS START STATE
---------------------------------------
LOCAL TIME: DEC 01 1997 09:00:00
UTC: DEC 01 1997 - 08:00:00
AUTRONICA NO. : M42-010377
DRAFT A: 0.00 m
DRAFT M: 0.00 m (
DRAFT p, 0.00 m
TRIM: 9.99 m MAN '
LIST: 9.9 MAN
ATM: 950 mbar MAN
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CARGO NAME UL LAGE LEVEL VOLUME TEMP DENSITY WEIGHT INERT RATE
m m m' "C Mt/m 3 Mt mbar Mt/h
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
81 8.418 11.582 2413.79 52.9 1.0000 2413.79 210 0.0
Pl 7.251 6.149 278.74 76.B 1.0000 278.74 210 0.0
82 8.417 11.583 2413. 97 25.4 1.0000 2413.97 260 0.0
Cl 8.417 11.583 2414.16 0.0 1.0000 2414.16 250 0.0
P2 8.417 11.583 2413.98 76.5 1.0000 2413. 98 250 0.0
CS2 8.417 11.583 2414.27 0.0 1.0000 2414.27 250 0.0
CP2 8.417 11.583 2414 .16 50.B 1.0000 2414.16 250 0.0
83 8.417 11.583 2414 .20 -0.2 1.0000 2414.20 250 0.0
CS3 8.417 11.583 2414.10 25.3 1.0000 2414.10 250 0.0
CP3 2.405 17.595 8426.44 51.3 1.0000 8426.44 260 0.0
P3 8.417 11.583 2413.92 -0.5 1.0000 2413.92 250 0.0
84 8.417 11.583 2414.02 50.4 1.0000 2414. 02 250 0.0
CS4 11.417 8.583 9413. 93 25.4 1.0000 9413.93 260 0.0
CP4 11.418 8.582 9413.32 25.3 1.0000 9413.32 260 0.0
P4 11.418 8.582 9413. 59 51.1 1.0000 9413.59 250 0.0
SS 11.418 8.582 9413 .13 25.3 1.0000 9413.13 250 0.0
cs 11.418 8.582 9413. 33 0.1 1.0000 9413.33 250 0.0
PS 11.418 8.582 9413 .41 77.2 1.0000 9413.41 250 0.0 ('
86 11.418 8.582 9413.07 -0.2 1.0000 9413.07 250 0.0
CS6 11.418 8.582 9413.50 0.1 1. 0000 9413.50 250 0.0
CP6 11.418 8.582 9413. 29 25.3 1.0000 9413 .29 250 0.0
P6 11.418 8.582 9413.36 76.3 1.0000 9413 .36 -300 0.0
87 11.418 8.582 9413. 01 76.6 1.0000 9413.01 250 0.0
C7 11.418 8.582 9413. 64 51.0 1.0000 9413.64 -300 0.0
P7 11.418 8.582 9413 .37 25.4 1.0000 9413.37 250 0.0
SS 11.419 8.581 9412.79 50.9 1.0000 9412.79 260 0.0
css 11.419 8.581 9412.85 o.s 1.0000 9412.85 -300 0.0
CPS 11.418 8.582 9413 .02 -0.1 1.0000 9413.02 250 0.0
PS 11.418 8.582 9413 .33 77.2 1.0000 9413.33 260 0.0
89 11.418 8.582 9413. OB 25.B 1.0000 9413.08 250 0.0
C9 11.418 8.582 9413.20 77.0 1.0000 9413.20 250 0.0
pg 11.418 8.582 9412.97 25.5 1.0000 9412.97 250 0.0
810 11.418 8.582 9413 .40 49 .5 1.0000 9413. 40 250 0.0
CSlO 11.418 8.582 9413 .29 54.2 1.0000 9413.29 250 0.0
CPlO 11.418 8.582 9413.63 25.6 1.0000 9413.63 250 0.0
PlO 11.418 8.582 9413.52 76.9 1.0000 9413. 52 260 0.0
Cll 11.418 8.582 9413 .27 25.9 1.0000 9413 .27 250 0.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 268178.06 268178.06 268178.l
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Presentation Program NL-300 version: Pl-NL300-01-a
,.~
User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209, ~
Antronica AS
Page 98
Appendix
CARGO TANKS STOP STATE
LOCAL TIME: DEC Ol 1997 09:00:14

UTC: DEC 01 1997 - 08:00:14
DRAFT A: o.oo m
DRAFT M: o.oo m
DRAFT F' o.oo m
TRIM: 9.99 m MAN
LIST: 9.9 0 MAN
ATM: 9SO mbar MAN
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CARGO NAME UL LAGE LEVEL VOLUME TEMP DENSITY WEIGHT INERT RATE
m m m' •c Mt/m 3 Mt mbar Mt/h
-----------------------~-----------------------------------------------------------------
Sl 8.418 11.582 2413. 79 52.9 1.0000 2413.79 210 0.0
Pl 7.251 6.149 278.74 76.8 1.0000 278.74 210 0.0
S2 8.417 11. 583 2413.96 25.4 1.0000 2413.96 260 o.o
Cl 8.417 11. 583 2414.16 0.0 1.0000 2414 .16 2SO 0.0
P2 8.417 11. 583 2413.98 76.5 1.0000 2413. 98 2SO o.o
CS2 8.417 11. 583 2414.27 0.0 1.0000 2414.27 2SO o.o
CP2 8.417 11. SB3 2414.16 so.a 1.0000 2414 .16 2SO o.o
S3 8.417 ll.S83 2414.20 -0.2 1.0000 2414.20 2SO o.o
CS3 8.417 11. S83 2414.10 2S .3 1.0000 2414.10 250 0.0
CP3 2.40S 17.S9S 8426.44 Sl.3 1.0000 B426. 44 260 0.0
P3 8.417 11. S83 2413.92 -0.S 1.0000 2413.92 250 0.0
S4 8.417 11.S83 2414.02 S0.4 1.0000 2414.02 2SO 0.0
CS4 11.417 8.S83 9413.93 2S.4 1.0000 9413.93 260 0.0
CP4 11.418 8.S82 9413.32 2S.3 1.0000 9413. 32 260 0.0
P4 11.418 8.S82 9413. S9 51.1 1.0000 9413. 59 2SO 0.0
SS 11.418 8.582 9413.13 25.3 1.0000 9413.13 2SO 0.0
cs 11.418 8.582 9413 .33 0.1 1.0000 9413.33 2SO 0.0
PS 11.418 8.582 9413. 41 77.2 1.0000 9413 .41 2SO 0.0
S6 11.418 8.582 9413. 07 -0.2 1.0000 9413.07 2SO 0.0
CS6 11.418 8.S82 9413.50 O.l 1.0000 9413. so 2SO 0.0
CP6 11.418 8. 582 9413. 29 25 .3 1.0000 9413 .29 250 0.0
P6 11.418 8.582 9413.36 76 .3 1.0000 9413 .36 -300 0.0
S7 11.418 8.582 9413. 01 76.6 1.0000 9413. 01 2SO 0.0
C7 11.418 8.582 9413.64 51.0 1.0000 9413. 64 -300 0.0
P7 11.418 8.582 9413.37 25.4 1.0000 9413.37 2SO 0.0
SB 11.419 8.581 9412.79 S0.9 1.0000 9412.79 260 0.0
CSB 11.419 8.581 9412. 85 O.B 1.0000 9412.8S -300 0.0
CPS 11.418 8.582 9413. 02 -0.1 1.0000 9413. 02 250 0.0
PB 11.418 8.582 9413.33 77.2 1.0000 9413. 33 260 0.0
S9 11.418 8.582 9413.08 25.8 1.0000 9413. 08 250 0.0
C9 11.418 8.582 9413 .20 77.0 1.0000 9413. 20 2SO o.o
P9 11.418 8.S82 9412.97 25.5 1.0000 9412.97 2SO 0.0
SlO 11.418 8.582 9413.40 49.S 1.0000 9413 .40 2SO 0.0
r CS10
CP10
11.418
11.418
8.582
8 .SB2
9413. 29
9413. 63
54.2
25.6
1.0000
1.0000
9413 .29
9413.63
2SO
2SO
o.o
0.0
0.0
PlO 11.418 B.5B2 9413.52 76.9 1.0000 9413.52 260
Cll 11.418 8.582 9413.27 25.9 1.0000 9413.27 2SO o. 0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 268178.06 268178.06 268178.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Presentation Program NL-300 version: Pl-NL300-0l-a

Autronica AS
Page 99
Appendix
---------------
CARGO DEVIATION
---------------
---------------------------------------
CARGO NAME VOLUME WEIGHT RATE
m' Mt Mt/h
---------------------------------------
Sl -0.79 -0.79 0.0
Pl -0.74 -0.74 0.0
S2 -0.96 -0.96 0.0
Cl -0.16 -0.16 0.0
P2 -0.98 -0.98 0.0
CS2 -0.27 -0.27 0.0
CP2 -0.16 -0.16 0.0
S3 -0.20 -0.20 0.0
CS3 -0.10 -0.10 0.0
CP3 -0.44 -0-44 0.0
P3 -0.92 -0. 92 0.0
S4 -0.02 -0.02 0.0
CS4 -o. 93 '-0.93 0.0
CP4 -0.32 -0.32 0.0
P4 -0.59 -0.59 0.0
SS -0.13 -0.13 0.0
cs -0.33 -0.33 0.0
PS -0.41 -0.41 0.0
S6 -0.07 -0.07 0.0
CS6 -0.50 -0.50 0.0
CP6 -0.29 -0.29 0.0
P6 -0.36 -0.36 0.0
S? -0.01 -0.01 0.0
C7 -0.64 -0.64 0.0
P7 -0.37 -0.37 0.0
SB -0.79 -0.79 0.0
CSB -0.85 -0.BS 0.0
CPB -0.02 -0.02 0.0
PB -0.33 -0.33 o.o
S9 -0.08 -0.08 0.0
C9 -0.20 -0.20 0.0
P9 -0.97 -0.97 0.0
SlO -0.40 -0.40 0.0
CSlO -0.29 -0.29 0.0
CPlO -0.63 -0.63 0.0
PlO -0.52 -0.52 0.0
Cll -0.27 -0.27 0.0
TOTAL -0.06 -0.06 -0.1
Presentation Program NL-300 Version:Pl-NL300-0l-a

Autronica AS
Page 100
Appendix
Report Example - Cargo Tanks
r--
! ---------------------------------------
CARGO TANKS
---------------------------------------
LOCAL TIME: DEC 02 1997 09:21:11
UTC: DEC 02 1997 - 08:21:11
DRAFT A: 6.39 m
DRAFT M: 10.40 m
DRAFT F• 14.40 m
TRIM: -8.0l m
LIST: o.o
ATM: 1000 mbar MAN
INFO: CARGO TEMPERATURE{S)IN MANUAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CARGO NAME ULLAGE ~EVEL VOLUME TEMP DENSITY WEIGHT INERT RATE
m m m' "C Mt/ml Mt mbar Mt/h
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sl B.188 •11. 812 2183.68 52.9 1.0000 2183. 68 160 0.0
Pl 7.251 6.149 290. 04 76.B 1.0000 290.04 160 0.0
S2 8.188 11.812 2184. 00 25.4 1.0000 2184.00 210 0.0
Cl 6.166 11.812 2184.30 0.0 1.0000 2184.30 200 0.0
P2 6.188 11.812 2163.90 76.S 1.0000 2183.90 200 0.0
CS2 6.188 11.812 218S.36 o.o 1.0000 218S.36 200 o.o
CP2 8.188 11.812 2164.17 so.a 1.0000 2184.17 200 0.0
$3 6.188 11.812 218S. so -0.2 1.0000 2185.50 200 0.0
CS3 8.188 11.812 2185.19 25.3 1.0000 2185.19 200 0.0
CP3 2.175 17.825 8197.31 51.3 1.0000 8197.31 210 o.o
P3 8.186 11.812 2185.01 -0.5 1.0000 2165.01 200 o.o
S4 8.168 11.812 218S.06 50.4 1.0000 2185.06 200 0.0
CS4 11.168 8.812 918S.OO 25.4 1.0000 9185.00 210 0.0
CP4 11.189 8.811 9183.29 25.3 1.0000 9183 .29 200 0.0
P4 11.188 8.812 9183.63 51.1 1.0000 9183. 63 200 0.0
SS 11.189 8.811 9183.15 25.3 1.0000 9183. lS 200 0.0
cs 11.189 8.811 9183.30 0.1 1.0000 9183.30 200 o. 0
PS 11.188 8.812 9183.41 77.2 1.0000 9183.41 200 o.o
S6 11.189 8.811 9182.99 -0.2 1.0000 9182.99 200 0.0
CS6 11.188 8.812 9184.51 0.1 1.0000 9184.51 200 0.0
CP6 11.189 8.811 9183.38 25.3 1.0000 9183.38 200 0.0
P6 11.189 8.811 9184.45 76.3 1.0000 9184.45 -350 0.0
S7 11.189 8.811 9182.93 76.6 1.0000 9182.93 200 0.0
C7 11.189 8.811 9183.66 51.0 1.0000 9183. 66 210 0.0
P7 11.189 8.811 9183.28 25.4 1.0000 9183 .28 200 o.o
SS 11.189 8.811 9182.89 50.9 1.0000 9182.89 210 o.o
css 11.169 6.811 9182.81 o.s 1.0000 9182.81 200 o.o
CPS 11.189 6.611 9183.07 -0.1 1.0000 9183.07 200 o.o
PS 11.189 6.611 9184.50 77.2 1.0000 9184.50 210 o.o
S9 11.189 8.611 9183.11 25.8 1.0000 9183.11 200 o.o
C9 11.189 8.811 9183.61 77.0 1.0000 9163.61 200 0.0
P9 11.189 8.811 9164.16 25.5 1.0000 9164.16 200 0.0
SlO 11.189 8.611 9164.52 49.5 1.0000 9184.52 200 0.0
CSlO 11.189 8.811 9183 .40 54.2 1.0000 9183.40 200 0.0
r CPlO
PlO
Cl1
11.169
11.189
11.189
8.811
6.811
6.611
9183. 66
9183. 58
9183.36
25.6
76.9
25.9
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
9183. 66
9183. SB
9183.36
200
210
200
0.0
0.0
0.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 259923.17 259917.73 0.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Presentation Program NL-300 Version:Pl-NL300-01-a

Autronica AS
Page 101
Appendix
Report Example - Ballast Tanks
BALLAST TANKS
LOCAL TIME: DEC 02 1997 - 09:24:52

UTC: DEC 02 1997 - 08:24:52
DRAFT A: 6.47 m
DRAFT M' 10.41 m
DRAFT F' 14.34 m
TRIM: -7.87 m
LIST: o.o
ATM: 1000 mbar MAN
BALLAST NAME LEVEL

m
----------------------------------------
WB 2P 8.77 27.4
WB 3P 5.71 17.8
WB 28 13.26 41.4
WB 38 6.02 18.8
WB 1 8.46 26.4
WB 48 5.20 16.3
WB 4P 5.30 16.6
WB 5 3.87 12.1
HEELING PORT 3.98 12.4
HEELING STBD 5.40 16.9
AFT PEAK FW 4.38 13. 7
Report Example - Service Tanks

SERVICE TANKS
LOCAL TIME: DEC 02 1997 09:25:48

UTC: DEC 02 1997 - 08:25:48
DRAFT A: 6.47 m
DRAFT M' 10.43 m
DRAFT F' 14 .38 m
TRIM: -7.91 m
LIST: 0.0
ATM: 1000 mbar MAN
SERVICE NAME LEVEL TEMP

m •c
HFO P 5.51 17.2 25.7
HFO C 2.75 8.6 51.8
HFO 8 6.22 19.4 52.1
TFWT 2. 86 8.9 . ----.-
FWD PKT 11.42 35.7 ----.-
LO SYST 1.22 3.8 0.0
HFO SERV F 3.29 10.3 -0.5
HFO SERV A 2.61 8.1 25.3
HFO SETTL F 3.51 11.0 76.3
HFO SETTL A 2.49 7.B 50.6
DO SERV 3.06 9.6
DO SETTL 8.16 25.5
DO DB P 3.47 10.8
DO DB S 1. 02 3.2 ----.-
HFO BUNK p 9.18 28.7 77.0
HFO BUNK 8 6.23 19.5 51.7
FEED WT 1.02 3.2
FW TK P 3.57 11.2
FW TK S 2.55 B.O

Autronica AS
Page 102
Appendix
Report Example - Line Pressure
r LINE PRESS
LOCAL TIME: DEC 02 1997 09:26:43

UTC: DEC 02 1997 - 08:26:43
DRAFT A: 6 .47 m
DRAFT M: 10.44 m
DRAFT F: 14.41 m
TRIM: -7.94 m
LIST: 0.0 °
ATM: 1000 mbar MAN
----------------------------------------
LINE NAME J?RESS %
bar
----------------------------------------
Sl 13. 03 52.1
Pl 10.71 42. 8
S2 13 .32 S3.3
Cl 11.12 44.5
P2 11.SB 46.3
CS2 8.23 32.9
CP2 10.34 41.4
S3 12.44 49.8
CS3 24.96 99.B
CP3 -0.10 -0.4
P3 10.57 42.3
S4 15.93 63.7
CS4 10.97 43.9
CP4 13.16 52.6
P4 11.88 47 .5
SS 9.77 39.1
cs 15.57 62.3
PS 11.12 44.5
S6 14. 63 58.5
CS6 12.93 51.7
CP6 12.13 48.S
P6 9.36 37.4
S7 16.43 65.7
C7 14.98 59.9
P7 11.44 45.8
SB 13.27 53.1
csa 10.39 41.6
CPS 11.13 44.5
PB 11.16 44.6
S9 10.32 41.3
C9 7.17 28.7
P9 11.53 46.1
SlO 14.66 58.6
CS10 14 .39 57.6
r CPlO
PlO
Cll
11.44
11.21
14 .28
45.B
44.B
57.1

Autronica AS
Page 103
Appendix
Index
A LINE PRESSURE - Limits I
ACK-button, 89 Blocking Screen, 4 7
AJann Indication, 53 LINE PRESSURE Display Screen,
Alarm Menu, 90 75
ALARM MENU Screen, 91 List, 92
alarm window, 13 List Function, 94
Alamrs~button, 83 Log,82
Atmospheric Pressure value, 28 log off, 76
LON Node Alarms, 99
B
Ballast Groups, 64 M
BALLAST GROUPS Display Screen, main functions, 8
65 Main Menu, 11
Billast Tank Alarms, 97 Main Menu Structure, 10
Ballast Tanks, 38; 66; 68 menu/function buttons, 12
"BALLAST TANKS - Limits I Misc, 42; 70
Blocking Screen, 39 MISC - Limits I Blocking Screen, 43
BALLAST TANKS Display Screen, MISC Display Screen, 71
66 Miscellaneous alarms, 98
block alarms, 31 N
blocldng mode, 92 normal operating mode, 88
c p {'
Cargo Groups, 58 PAGE ACK-button, 89
CARGO GROUPS Display Screen, parameter values, 22; 24
59 Popup windows, 7
Cargo Level, 62 Portable Readout Unit, 7
CARGO LEVEL Display Screen, 63 Portable Read-out Unit, 96
Cargo Tank Alarms, 97 PRESSURE I INCLINOMETER, 30
Cargo Tank Details, 50 R
CARGO TANK DETAILS - Utility Report, 86
Screen, 50 REPORT Screen, 87
Cargo Tanks, 36; 60
CARGO TANKS - Limits I Blocking
s
screen saver, 16
Screen, 37
CARGO TANKS Display Screen, 60 Seagoing, 88
Cargo Temperature Settings, 49 Seagoing Mode, 88
CARGO TEMPERATURE Service Tank Alarms, 98
SETTINGS - Utility Screen, 49 Service Tanks, 40
Change Pass\vord, 30 SERVICE TANKS - Limits I
Coordinated Universal Time), 13 Blocking, 41
SERVICE TANKS Display Screen,
D 69
date/time, 13 set alann limits, 31
Density Draft value, 25 Setting a Single Alarm Limit, 32
Display Menus, 52 Setup Ballast, 56
E SETUP BALLAST Display Screen,
enable or disable alarms, 34 57
F Setup Cargo, 54
Fault Indication, 53 SETUP CARGO Display Screen, 54
Fault Page, 14 Setup Configuration, 21
Faults-button, 83 Setup Configuration Menu, 20
Siren Off, 95
H status line, 15
Help Menu, 78 System Fault Alarms, 99
HELP Screen, 79
historical trend curves, 80
T
text mode, 92
History I Trend, 80
History I Trend Screen, 80; 81 Timelog-button, 85
history/trend reports, 7 Trim and List values, 26
L u
Level Indication, 53 UTC date/time, 13
Line Press Alarms, 99 v
line pressure, 46; 74 Valuelog-buttons, 84
~
Autronica AS
Page 104
Appendix
Vapour Line Alarms, 98 vapour pressure, 44

Vapour Lines. 72 VAPOUR PRESSURE - Limits I
VAPOUR LINES Display Screen, 73 Blocking Screen, 45
(,
Autronica AS
Page 105
List of Figures
List of Figures
Figure 1-1: Screen picture - example ........................................................................ 6

Figure 2-1: System Oveniie\v ................................................................................... 9
Figure 2-2: Main Menu Structure ........................................................................... 10
Figure 2-3: The Main Menu - AutroCARGO NL-300 ............................................. 11
Figure 2-4: Menu I Function Buttons ..................................................................... 12
Figure 2-5: Date I Time ......................................................................................... 13
Figure 2-6: Date I Time ......................................................................................... 13
Figure 2-7: The Alarm Window ............................................................................. 13
Figure 2-8: Fault Page-button ................................................................................ 14
Figure 2-9: Fault Page ........................................................................................... 14
Fig\ire 2-10: Status Line ........................................................................................ 15
Figure 2-11: Manual Temperature Settings for Cargo Tanks .................................. 15
Figure 4-1: Menu Structure -Setup Configuration Menu ........................................ 18
Figure 4-2: Log On ................................................................................................ 19
Figure 4-3: Setup Configuration Menu ................................................................... 20
Figure 4-4: Configuration Menu ............................................................................. 23
Figure 4-5: Change Password ................................................................................. 29
Figure 4-6: Limits I Blocking Menu ....................................................................... 30
Figure 4-7: Cargo Tanks -Limits I Blocking Screen ............................................... 35
Figure 4-8: Ballast Tanks - Limits I Blocking Screen ............................................. 37
Figure 4-9: Service Tanks - Limits I Blocking Screen ............................................. 39
Figure 4-10: Misc - Limits I Blocking Screen ........................................................ .41
Figure 4-11: Vapour Pressure - Limits I Blocking Screen ....................................... 43
Figure 4-12: Line Pressure Limits I Blocking Screen .............................................. 45
Figure 4-13: Utility Menu ...................................................................................... 47
Figure 4-14: Cargo Temperature Settings - Utility Screen .................................... .48
Figure 4-15: Cargo Tank Details - Utility Screen ................................................. .49
Figure 5-1: Menu Structure - Display Menu ........................................................... 50
Figure 5-2: Setup Cargo - Display Screen ............................................................... 53
Figure 5-3: Setup Ballast - Display Screen ............................................................. 55
Figure 54:Cargo Groups-Display Screen ............................................................. 57
Figure 5-5: Cargo Tanks - Display Screen .............................................................. 59
Figure 5-6: Cargo Level - Display Screen ............................................................... 61
Figure 5-7: Ballast Groups-Display Screen ........................................................... 63
Figure 5-8: Ballast Tanks - Display Screen ............................................................ 65
Figure 5-9: Service Tanks - Display Screen ............................................................ 67
Figure 5-10: Misc-Display Screen ........................................................................ 69
Figure 5-11: Vapour Lines - Display Screen ........................................................... 71
Figure 5-12: Line Pressure - Display Screen ........................................................... 73
Figure 5-13: Log Off.............................................................................................. 74
Figure 6-1: Menu Structure - Utility Menus ........................................................... 75
Figure 6-2: Help Menu .......................................................................................... 76
Figure 6-3:History I Trend Screen .......................................................................... 78
Figure 6-4:Log Function Screen ............................................................................. 80
Figure 6-5: Report Screen ...................................................................................... 84
Figure 6-6: Seagoing .............................................................................................. 86
Figure 6-7: Alarm Menu - Page Ack ...................................................................... 87
Figure 6-8: Alarm Window .................................................................................... 87
Figure 6-9: Alarm Menu ........................................................................................ 88
Figure 6-10: List Function-Text Mode .......................................................: ......... 90
Figure 6-11: List Function -Deviation Mode ......................................................... 91
Figure 6-12: List Function-Blocking Mode ........................................................... 91

Autronica AS
Page 106
Reader's Comments
r Reader's Comments
Please help us to improve the quality of our documentation by returning your comments
on this manual:
Title: User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, Presentation Program NL-300 & Other
Display Units
Ref. No.: P-ACARGOIFE 971209
Your information on any inaccuracies or omissions (\vith page reference):
Please turn the page
User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209, Autronica AS

Reader's Comments

Would you like a written reply? 0 Yes 0 No
Name:
Title:
Company:
Address:
Telephone:
Fax:
Date:
Please send this form to: NAVIA AS, Division Antronica

N-7005 Trondheim
Norway
Tel: + 47 73 58 10 00
Fax: + 47 73 91 93 00
User's Manual, AutroCARGO 2000, P-ACARGO/FE 971209, Antronica AS

Calibration of pressure sensors V 1.2of13 February 2001
Ship Control
KONGSBERG
Project NL-300
Title Calibration of pressure sensors
Author B0rge H. Jenssen
REVISION HISTORY
IVersion IDate IStatus IAuthor IApproved
I. I 22 Sep. 1999 New document B0rge H. Jenssen
1.2 13 Feb. 2001 Update of limit for ballast B0rge H. Jenssen
Introduction
This document describes the procedure of calibration of ballast level, service level and inert gas
pressure sensors in the NL-300 program.
Before calibration is done on a specific tank for inert gas pressure, the tank must be open to air.
Calibration of ballast level sensors

• In NL-300 main menu press "SETUP CONFIG" and log on with password.
• In "UTILITY" select "CALIBRATION BALLAST LEVEL", and wait until the bargraph with the
text "Updating..." disappear.
• For every ballast tank you will find the ballast name, ballast level, offset, a button for reset of
calibration and a button for calibration ("Execute").
• To calibrate press "Execute" calibration for the specific tank, press "OK" and wait until the
"Execute" button disappear. After some seconds the ballast level is zero and the offset is the
correction of the sensor. The sensor is calibrated.
• Select "PREY MENU'' or "MAIN MENU" to exit the calibration.
Note
• It's not possible to calibrate if "offset" is not equal to zero.
• It's not possible to calibrate if the sensor error is greater than+/- 1.00 m.
• To reset the calibration press "Execute" reset for the specific tank. After some seconds the
offset is set to zero.
n300_048.doc Page I of2

Calibration of pressure sensors V 1.2 ofl3 February 2001
~.
/
Calibration of service level sensors
• In "UTILITY" select "CALIBRATION SERVICE LEVEL", and wait until the bargraph with the
text "Updating..." disappear.
• For every service tank you will find the service name, service level, offset, a button for reset of
• To calibrate press "Execute" calibration for the specific tank, press "OK" and wait until ihe
"Execute" button disappear. After some seconds the service level is zero and the offset is the
• Select "PREV MENU'' or "MAIN MENU" to exit the calibration.
Note
• It's not possible to calibrate if"offset" is not equal to zero.
• It's not possible to calibrate ifthe sensor error is greater than+/- 0.50 m.
r-
/
Calibration of inert gas pressure sensors
• In "UTILITY" select "CALIBRATION INERT', and wait until the bargraph with the text
" "Updating..." disappear.
• For every cargo tank you will find the cargo name, inert gas pressure, offset, a button for reset of
• To calibrate press "Execute" calibration for the specific tank, press "OK" and wait until the
"Execute" button disappear. After some seconds the inert gas pressure is zero and the offset is the
• Select "PREV MENU'' or "MAIN MENU'' to exit the calibration.
Note
• It's not possible to calibrate if"offset" is not equal to zero.
• It's not possible to calibrate ifthe sensor error is greater than+/- 50 mbar, +/- 5 kPa or+/- 500
rnrnWc.
n300_048.doc Page 2 of2

1
r-"
\
/
'
I
Certified Pressure Transmitters for Cargo Monitoring & Control·
and Engine Room Instrumentation.
Complete installation solutions with mounting accessories.
GT300-series
• Capacitive ceramic sensing element - good linearity and low temperature drift.
• Wetted part of ceramic material - highly resistant to chemicals.
• Resistant to over-pressure and transients.
Engine Room Instrumentation

GT300
General-purpose pressure transmitter for the
engine room.
The transmitter can be mounted directly to a stud
welded to the measuring point - or more typically
mounted in a bracket fixed to a bulkhead with a control
valve below.
Pressure connection: 1/2" BSP threads.

Electrical connection: via a PG gland on a DIN plug.
GT301
Pressure transmitter for engine room -
Suited for rack mounting.
The GT301 transmitter has a rugged and compact
design, and is well suited for mounting directly on the
measuring point. A bush is welded directly to the
measuring point, and the transmitter is mounted via a
control valve to the bush.
If more transmitters are to be mounted in the same
area, they can be mounted side by side on a valve rack.
This way of installing saves space. Built-in control
valves in the rack simplify the maintenance.
GT302
Pressure transmitter for level measurement on
service tanks in the engine room.
The transmitter will measure the static pressure from
the liquid column. When the monitoring system has
information about density and temperature, the
contents (level) of the tank is easily calculated. The
transmitter is mounted to the tank via a control valve.

P-GT300/AE 020919 pab
Cargo Monitoring & Control
GT302
Pressure 17ansmit1erfvr inert gas on cargo tanks.
Kongsberg delivers a complete system for cargo tank
monitoring including a high accuracy level gauging
radar. If the pressure transmitter is delivered as a part
of this system, it is preferably installed on the radar
adapter. A mantle cable connects the pressure
transmitter and the connection box of the radar.
GT302/LNG
Pressure transmitter for LNG Vapour pressure.
GT302/LNG is designed to satisfy international
GT302/LNG standards for custody transfer of LNG that require
Accuracy: monitoring of vapour pressure.
<±0.35°k of FRO
The transmitter can be used in hazardous areas either
(~30 to+ 7ar:ic)
in combination with our Signal Converter AL-100 or the
Temperature drlft:
Radar Processing unit GLK-100, which both have
<±0.02°/o of FR0/°C integrated zener barriers. The separate Zener Barrier
Compensated temp. range:
-30 to +70°C DZ-110 can also be used to obtain intrinsic safety.
GT303/PUR
Pressure transmitter for ballast tank and bunker
tank level.
GT303/PUR is a submergible pressure transmitter with a
fiexible polyurethane cable (PUR cable). For protection
and easy replacement we recommend the cable being
installed in a tube. The transmitter is available in AISI
316 or Titanium.
If the cable ends on deck, a connection box is mounted
on a fiange welded to the tank top. When using deck
installation, we recommend using absolute pressure
transmitters instead of relative transmitters to avoid
problems with obstruction of the ventilation tube.
Therefore, compensation for atmospheric pressure is
necessary, and a common atmospheric pressure
• Corrosion resistant transmitter for the whole system must be installed.
Titanium body.
• Ceramic
Membrane.
GT303/PUR
• Polyurethane Pressure transmitter for draft, trim and list.
Cable. To measure draft and trim, we recommend installation
of one pressure transmitter fore and one (or two) aft.
• Separable flange The Titanium version is recommended. List can be
between Sensor measured by inclinometer or with two pressure
and Cable. transmitters mounted aft (or better - two transmitters
mounted mid-ships).
• Absolute type
sensor, no The transmitters are installed after an approved closing
ventilation tube valve connected to the ship's hull. A venting pipe is
needed. installed above the ship deck. A restriction installed
between valve and transducer together with the venting
• Accuracy: pipe ensures the necessary damping of pressure shocks
±0.35%. that may occur in heavy sea. From the transmitter the
signal is transferred via the fiexible PUR cable to a
connection box in a dry area.
GT304
Pressure transmitter for cargo line manifold
pressure.
The pressure transmitter GT304 is designed for
mounting on a flange welded to the cargo line. An acid
resistant steel membrane coated with Teflon is installed
between the transmitter and the cargo. The wide orifice
area (59mm) makes the installation close to self-
cleaning. We recommend a protection cover being
mounted above the transmitter.
Typical Applications
,,_.
-'- _;}jesel Engines and Engine
c"'
- ..
.!2 ~
~ ?; '
Flange "83198, AISI 316, Tenon (PTFE)
M18 x 1,5, AIS! 316, Vrtofl

T
M 0
x
c:.- ' ISOZ!8.01f.!A, Trtamum. VJton N xx

c 0 ..
room o-·t::
u .!! m ISO 228-G1!2A, AIS! 316. Kalrez 4079 K 000
a> ..... _a.
• Lubrication oil pressure. 5 .;- ·.'
::l.E
Flange wlreslr. :r.tde rmunted, AISl 316 V1ton R x
• Turbocharger lubrication pressure.
f- "D Flange, :r.ide mounted, AIS! 316 Vdon v x
• Cylinder lubrication pressure . a. ;.·-: ISO 228-G1f2A, AIS! 316 V!\on v x xx)( x
• Fuel oil inlet pressure . '_.,:·.·:: -·
... Oto100bargauge 0100 xx
• Piston cooling oil pressure.
·'.
Oto60bargauge xx I
• Fuel valve cooling pressure • ""'
• Seawater cooling pressure.
1•• \> Oto40bargauge
""' xx x I
0 to 25 ba1 gauge xx x I
• System air pressure . > G25
xx
o to 16 bar gauge x I
I/(
G'6
• Scavenging air pressure .
Oto 10 bar gauge xx x I
• Starting air press~re . °''
• Steam pressure .
l}i<< 0 to 6 bar gauge GQ xx x I
•
~ ti}
Feed water pressure .
Oto 4 bar gauge G< xx x
• Pump pressure . 0 to 2.5 OOr gai..ge G2,5 xx x
• Servo pressure .
I C
O!o1.600rgai..ge G1,6 x X x '.
r:r--
', --.__/
Hydraulic pressure.
..
0 to 1 bar gauge G• xx x
I•·
" ....
Oto0_600rgat.ge G0,6
·1 to 9 bar gauge K10 X x

•1 to 5 OOr gauge K6 x x
-1 to 3 OOr gauge x x
-1to1.5bargauge
"'
K2,5 xi--- x
le · ·1 to06bargauge K1,6 >< Xo
k> •. . ·1 !oObargauge ., xi• -· ~f-:-'1-
~ ~~""'
1> J 1 to 41 bar abs H<O X~Xx
~
j;· :•. 1 to 26 bar abs H25 x.., x )(
:, g~I-
1 to 17 bar abs H'6 x~xx
!.
1:,>J 1to11barabs Hrn I Xlbx x
1to7baratis H6
I
,(~xx
I
11~1~
l-_.lfl-1-
1!05barabs H• X:t:XX
~+-~I-
0.8 to 6.8 bar atis C6 ~>(xx
o_a to 4 a bar abs •iil><xX

0.8 to 3 3 OOr abs
"'
C2,5
•
gXXX
0.8 to 2.4 bar atis C1,6 xxx
l~JJ,
0_8to1.8barabs c• ·• xxx
08to1.4barati:r. C0,6 xx
xx
x
x
i
t§:
o to 15 bar abs M6
Cargo Monitoring and Control I• ..• Oto10barabs MO I x x
!>~~/>
• Inert gas pressure. OtoS bar abs A6 x x
•
•
Vapour line pressure.
Cargo line manifold pressure.
Oto4barab!I
Oto2.5barabs
M
A2,5
x
x
x
x
i
'
0
• Ballast and service tank level. ,,
' '
PG'6 I xx
• Ballast pump and line pressure.
'
:- "O_- -. ' 0
iii PG13,5 3 xx ' x

• Atmospheric pressure.
I Ci ' PG"
' xxoo
I
L
..
,!!
.c
u
PG9
' OX
I
m
.· NA 0 xx
Other Aggregates
"'
"
E
'
'
0.9%, 0 05%/°C, -25 to SS"C
0.5%, 0.05%/°C, 0 to 85"C

0
c xx
x
!'
x
• Pumps • "g -. 0.35%, 0_03%/°C, .25 to 85"C x x
..
B
r •
Purifiers.
Boilers.
<(
0.25%, 002'M'C, Oto 40"C A x x'
~~~ S"'"'"
g§§§
• Compressors • 0 CICICI
Technical Specifications
GT300 series - general specifications Pressure transmitter, GT300, GT301
Power supply: 24VDC (11 to 35VDC) Measuring range: 0 to 60 bar gauge

Output signal: 4 to 20mA Accuracy: <±0.5°/o of FRO
Load resistance: 0 to 1200 ohm Temperature drift: <±0.05°/o of FR0/°C
Output signal w/sensor fault: <3.SmA or >21mA. Max. 30mA Compensated temp. range: -25 to 85°C
Accuracy: <±0.5°..0 of FRO Operating temp. range: -25 to 85°C
Temperature drift: <±0.05°/o of FR0/°C Storage temperature: -45 to 100°c
Generic EMC standard Long term stability: <±0.2°/o of FRO/year
Emission: EN 50081-1 Weight: 0.2kg (GT300), 0.4kg (GT301)
Immunity: EN 50082-2 . Protection grade:
Materials
IP56
Membrane: 9501o Alumina Ceramic
Body: AISI 316, min. 2.5°/o Mo
Connector: DIN 43650. Polyamlde
0-ring: Vlton
Pressure transmitter, GT-302 Pressure transmitter, GT-303 I

Measuring range: 0 to 60 bar gauge Measuring range: o to 40 bar absolute
0 to 40 bar absolute GT303A GT303B
-
Accuracy: <±0.35°/o of FRO Accuracy: <±0.25°/o of FRO <±0.35°/o of FRO
Temperature drift: <±0.030/o of FR0/°C Temperature drift: <±0.02°/o of FRorc <±0.03% of FROrc
Compensated temp. range: -25 to 85°C Comp. temperature range: o to 40°C -25°C to S5°C
Operating temp. range: -25 to 85°C Operatrng temp. range: -25 to 85°C
Storage temperature: -45 to 100°c Storage temperature: -45 to 100°c
Long term stability: <±0.2°/o of FRO/year Long term stablllty: <±0.1% of FRO/year
Weight: 0.4kg Weight: 0.3kg
Protection grade: IP67 (absolute types) Protectlon grade: IP68, 6 bar
IP56 (gauge types) Ex classification: EEx la IIC T4
Ex classification: EEx ia IIC T4 Materials
Materials Body: Titanium or AISI 316, min. 2.5°/o Mo
Body: AISI 316, minimum 2.5°/o Mo 0-rlng: Vlton or Kalrez
0-ring: Viton or Kalrez
.
Transmitter Design Approx. 70 mm Pressure transmitter, GT-304
Cable gland Measuring range: 0 to 40 bar absolute

Plug-in connection head Accuracy: ±0.9% of FRO
Temperature drift: <±0.05°/o of FR0/°C ;--c,_
Comp. temperature range: -25°C to 85°C I
Polmeler for adjusting
zero and gain. Operating temp. range: -25 to 85°C
~ Storage temperature: -45 to 100°c
~
~
(Adjusted from facto
PCB with Long term stability: <±0.3°/o of FRO/year
~
~ signal Weight: 1.Skg
"' converter
Pressure sensing
Protection grade:
Ex classification:
IP67
EEx la IIC T4
Materials
capsule
Body: AISI 316, min. 2.5°/o Mo
0
~ 0-ring 0-ring: Silicone coated with Teflon
~
(Viton or Kalrez)

N-7005 Trondheim - Norway
Phone: +47 73 58 10 00. Fax: +47 73 58 10 02
E-mail: oem-sales@kmss.no
Website: www.kongsberg.com
Main Office:
P.O.Box. 1009, N-3194 Horten - Norway
Phone: +47 33 03 20 00. Fax: +47 33 04 22 50 KON GS BERG
r /
Features
• Accuracy 0.35%.
• Membrane made of96% alumina ceramics.
• No oil filling in element.
• Body of AISI 316 L minimum 2.5% Mo.
r• Rugged construction.
Description

The GT302 Pressure Transmitter is designed for
general purposes in maritime applications inside
and on open-deck installations. Typical gauging
applications are atmospheric pressure, inert gas
pressure, level in ballast and service tanks capacitor. An applied pressure will deflect the
(external mounting). The transmitter is available measuring membrane by a few µm. The
as an absolute type or a gauge type, with corresponding change of capacitance will be
pressure ranges from 0.6 to 100 Bar. It has a 2- converted to an output voltage signal by the
wire connection, 24VDC 4 to 20mA. hybrid electronics.
Mechanical design As the 96% alumina membrane is resistant to

( The transmitter consists of a capacitive pressure- most chemicals, the process medium is in direct
sensing cell together with an electronic unit contact with the measuring membrane, thus there
encapsulated in the sensor body. A connection is no need for costly de-coupling in the form of a
box with cable gland is located on top of the filling liquid and second membrane. A filling
transmitter. The transmitter is made of acid liquid and a second membrane will also be the
resistant steel. See Fig. 2. source of errors. Therefore dry capsule sensors
have superior specifications compared to wet
capsules.
Pressure sensing capsule
The pressure transmitter is built around a dry,
robust and ceramic measurement capsule with Electrical description
internal capacitive sensing, see Fig. 4. A relative The pressure transmitter is connected to a
large diaphragm of 96% alumina ceramics is 24VDC power supply, 4 tci 20mA 2-wire
connected to a solid ceramic substrate via a glass connection. An electronic unit in the transmitter
fritt at a distance of about 20µm. The opposite gives stabilised voltage to the pressure capsule.
sides of the measuring diaphragm and the Out from the pressure capsule a voltage signal
substrate have gold plates, which comprise the linear with the pressure range is converted to 4 to
20mA in the same electronic unit.

P-GT302/CE 021111 pab
Installation
As this is a general-purpose pressure transmitter, PG! I, PGl3.5 or PG16 cable gland on the(
normal installation rules must be followed. transmitter, see Fig. 3. On the monitoring side,_
Pressure connection is Yi'' BSP threads, and the screen must be grounded as near to the inlet
electrical connection is made via a cable gland in the monitoring cabinet/system as possible.
on the connection box. KMSS can deliver
detailed installation instructions and necessary Intrinsic safety
installation material for various installations. For Using a Zener barrier, i.e. the DZ- ll 0
detailed installation, see "Technical Information Transmitter Barrier, the transmitter can be used
and Application Guidelines", order key P- in hazardous areas.
GT300/KE.
Power supply . g
Power supply to the transmitter is 24 VDC ~ 1.3
E 1.2
nominal, and can vary from 11 to 35V. The Q. 1.1
• 1.0
allowable load resistance is determined by the g 0.9 Fig. I:
minimum power supply, see Fig. I. .!I 0.8
.2? 0.7 Load vs. Power supply
e o.6
Electrical connection ..J
~ 0.5
0.4
0.3
A CU-screened cable, with intact screen, must 0.2
always be used from the transmitter to the 0.1
monitoring system. Minimum cross cable 2 x
0102030
0.5mm2 . The Cu-screen must be grounded in the Power supply (V)
Power supply:
Output signal: 4to20mA

-
24VDC (11 to 35VDC depending on
load resistance)
Intrinsic safety:
NEMKO Certificate reference:
Ex classification:
Ex98El51X
EEx ia IIC T4
Load resistance: 0 to 1200 ohm depending
upon power supply
Output signal with sensor fault: <3.5mA or >2lmA, typical 23mA Safety Data:
Maximum input voltage: Ui=30V
Maximum output signal: <30mA Maximum input power: Pi= 0.85W
Accuracy**: <0.35% of FRO* Maximum internal capacitance: Ci= 8nF
Temperature drift: <0.03% ofFRO*/'C (-25 to 85'C) Maximum internal inductance: Li= 5µH
Compensated temperature range: -25 to 85'C
Operating ambient temperature: -25 to 85'C
Storage temperature: -45 to lOO'C
Long tenn stability: <0.2% of FRO*/ year
Weight: 0.4kg
Protection grade: IP67 for absolute types,
IP56 for gauge types
Ex classification: EEx ia UC T4
Generic EMC standard
Emission: EN 50081-1
during immunity test: <O.So/o of FRO*
Materials
Body: AISI 316 L, min. 2.5% Mo
Membrane: 96% alumina ceramics
0-ring: Viton or Kalrez, see order key
*FRO =Full Range Output
**Accuracy included non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at 22°C
r I I
PG13 5 a. rox. 43 PG 6 o.
ver
Top vtcw of
pressure trcn5mitter
---t-------<,.~Cable gt.m Ciibl• GT302--/GT304---
Top cover removed
Bend part 11!

Cu-•ercen back
Ar VE!!ltllattan
at gauge type
transmitter
ffurRDNI CR-
ano2 - -
SW"Zl
Cable with Cu-screen
Screen to be grounded
in the monitoring
V2 • BSP. system - - - - - - - j
Load in monitoring system.
Mox.value dependent of
power supply,
see specificotion
4-"' mA
Fig. 2: The GT302 Pressure Transmitter, Monitoring system
+
din1ensions Power supply 11-35V DC
Fig. 3: The GT302 Pressure Transmitter, electrical

connection
relerence electrode hybrid electronlcs
glass fritt
capacitor on
diaph-agm cerarric diaphragm
Fig. 4: Pressure sensing capsule

GT302 DDDDDD
"'"~ ~
Material in body (pressure connection) and wetted Q.ring·

OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4 to 2DmA, 2·wire connection
~
--[ = AISI 316 in body and Viton in Q.ring

= AlSI 316 in body and Ka!rez in O·ring
PRESSURE RANGE IN BAR:

APPLICATION: -A2.5 Max. pressure
General I Cargo, Ex approved 2 = 0 .. 2.5 bar absolute 10
A4 = 0 .. 4 bar absolute 12
A16 = 0 . 16 bar absolute 40
C0.6 = 0.8 .. 1.4bar absolute 3
ACCURACY: C1 = 0.8 .. 1.8bar absolute 5
0.25%, temp. comp. O to 40°C (0.6) A C1.6 = 0.8 .. 2.4bar absolute 7
C2.5 = 0.8.. 3.3bar absolute 10
0.35%, temp. comp. -25 to 85°c ~ C4 = 0.8 .. 4.8bar absolute 12
C6 = 0.8 .. 6.8bar absolute 18
G0.6 = 0 .. 0.6bar gauge 3
G1 = 0 1 bar gauge 5
G1.6 = 0 1.6bar gauge 7
CABLE GLAND: G2.5 = 0 .. 2.Sbar gauge 10
PG13.5 Cable dia.: 6 -12mm 3 G4 = 0 .. 4 bar gauge 12
PG16 Cable dia.: 10-14mm 4 G6 = 0 .. 6 bar gauge 18
G10 = 0 10 bar gauge 30
G16 = 0 .. 16 bar gauge 40
H4 = 1 .. 5 bar absolute 12
H10 = 1 11 bar absolute 30
2EROPOINT:
-
H16 = 1 17 bar absolute 40
4mA at Obar absolute A H25 = 1 .. 26 bar absolute 80
4mA at 0.8bar absolute c H40 = 1 .. 41 bar absolute 100
4mA at atmospheric pressure (gauge) G K1 = -1 .. O bar gauge 5
4mA at 1,0bar absolute H K1.6 = -1 .. 0.6bargauge 7
4mA at -1 bar gauge K K2.5 = -1 1.5bar gauge 10
- K4 = -1 .. 3 bar gauge 12
K6 = -1 .. 5 bar gauge 18
K10 = -1 .. 9 bar gauge 30
.
I Maximum pressure is related to O
bar absolute (vacuum) on absolute
sensors and to atmosphen·c
pressure on gauge sensors.

('
Features
• System accuracy <1% of 'FRO (-30°C to
+70°C).
f •
·~
Rugged construction.
Description

International standards specify methods for
custody transfer of LNG on board vessels. These
standards also describe vapour pressure
measurements. The GT302 Pressure Transmitter capacitor. An applied pressure will deflect the
integrated in an AutroCARGO 2000 Cargo measuring membrane by a few µm. The
Monitoring & Control System is designed to corresponding change of capacitance will be
meet these specifications. converted to an output voltage signal by the
hybrid electronics.
Mechanical design
As the 96% alumina membrane is resistant to
The transmitter consists of a capacitive pressure-
( sensing cell ~ogether with an electronic unit most chemicals, the process medium is in direct
. encapsulated m the sensor body. A connection contact with the measuring membrane, thus there
box with cable gland is located on top of the is no need for costly de-coupling in the form of a
transmitter. The transmitter is made of acid filling liquid and second membrane. A fillino
resistant steel. See Fig. 2. liquid and a second membrane will also be th~
source of errors. Therefore dry capsule sensors
have superior specifications compared to wet
Pressure sensing capsule capsules.
The pressure transmitter is built around a dry,
robust and ceramic measurement capsule with
internal capacitive sensing, see Fig. 4. A relative Electrical description
large diaphragm of 96% alumina ceramics is The pressure transmitter is connected to a
connected to a solid ceramic substrate via a glass 24VDC power supply, 4 to 20mA 2-wire
fritt at a distance of about 20µm. The opposite connection. An electronic unit in the transmitter
sides of the measuring diaphragm and the gives stabilised voltage to the pressuri; capsule.
substrate have gold plates, which comprises the Out from the pressure capsule a voltage signal
linear with the pressure range is converted to 4 to
20mA in the same electronic unit.
r
P-GT302LNG/CE 021111 pab
Installation
During installation of the GT302/LNG Pressure PG13.5 or PGl6 cable gland on the transmitter,(......,
Transmitter, normal installation rules must be see Fig. 3. On the monitoring side, the screen_
followed. Pressure connection is Y," BSP must be grounded as near to the inlet in the
threads, and electrical connection is made via a monitoring cabinet/system as possible.
cable gland on the connection box. KMSS in co-
operation with the customer can deliver detailed Intrinsic safety
installation instructions and necessary The transmitter can be used in hazardous areas
installation material for various installations. connected to the GLK-100 Signal Processing
Unit for radar or to the AL-100 Signal Converter.
Power supply The AL-100 and the GLK-100 have integrated
Power supply to the transmitter is 24 VDC zener barriers. The DZ-110 Zener Barrier can
nominal, and can vary from 11 to 35V. The air be used to obtain intrinsic safety.
allowable load resistance is determined by the ~ 1.3
E 1.2
minimum power supply, see Fig. I. i5 I. I
;; 1.0
g 0.9 Fig. J:
Electrical connection Jll 0.8
Load vs. Power supply
A CU-screened cable, with intact screen, must "* 0.7
~ 0.6
always be used from the transmitter to the g 0.5
...J 0.4
monitoring system. Minimum cross cable 2 x 0.3
0.2
0.5mm2. The Cu-screen must be grounded in the 0.1
0 10 20 30
Power supply (V)
Power supply:
Output signal:
Load resistance:
-
24VDC (11 to 35VDC)
4to 20mA
Oto 1200 ohm depending upon
Intrinsic safety:
NEMKO Certificate reference:
Ex classification:
EX98El51X
EExia IIC T4
power supply
Output signal with sensor fault: <3.5mA or >2lmA, typical 23mA
Maximum output signal: <30mA Safety Data:
Overall accuracy -30°C to +70°C: ±1%ofFRO* Maximum input voltage: Ui=30V
Accuracy**: <0.35% of FRO* Maximum input power: P; =0.85W
Temperature drift: <0.02% ofFRO*/'C (-30 to +70°C) Maximum internal capacitance: Ci= 8nF
Compensated temperature range: -30 to +70°C Maximum internal inductance: L; =5µH
Operating ambient temperature: -25 to +85'C
Storage temperature: -45 to IOO'C
Long term stability: <0.2% of FRO*/ year
Weight: 0.4kg
Protection grade: IP67 for absolute types,
IP56 for gauge types
Ex classification: EExiaIIC T4
during immunity test: <0.5% ofFRO*
Materials
Body: AISI 316 L, min. 2.5% Mo
Membrane: 96o/o alumina ceramics
0-ring: Viton
*FRO =Full Range Output
**Accuracy included non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at 22°C
PG13 5 a. rox. 43 PG 6 o.
ver
Top view of
pressure transmitter
--+----___,__.::.Cabl• g..m GT302--/GT304--
Top cover removed
Bend port ot
Screened cable Cu-•c,._, bock
Ar ven~llatlan
""'c
at gauge type "'
·:3
~
~
,...,
·'
transmitter ,..., (.)
·'
(.) c;
::
c;
+:IUTRIJNIDT
:: \'_ii
<
~:z.--
"°
"€'"
~
§
SW' 'Zl §
Coble with Cu-screen ""'"'"'
tr-" ""'"'"' Screen to be grounded
in the monitoring
"
001
' V2 - BSP. ~ system
load in monitoring :system.
power supply,
see spec.ifieation
Fig. 2: The GT302 Pressure Transmiller, Monitoring system

+
dimensions Power supply t 1-35V DC
Fig. 3: The GT302 Pressure Transmilter, electrical
connection
reference etectrcde hybrid electronics

capacitor on passivation layer
sl.bstrate ceramic substrate
Glpacitor on
diaph'agn ceramic Oiaptragm

GT3 2 ~ D C 0. 6 V
~ ~ ~
Material In body {pressure connection) and

wetted 0-rlng:
OUTPUT SIGNAL:
~l-+----1
4 to 20mA, 2-wire connection
L--------------~
~
-E = AISI 316 in body, Viton in 0-ring

APPLICATION: Max. pressure
General I Cargo, Ex approved c;os = 0.8 .. 1.4bar absolute 3
ZERO POINT:
ACCURACY:
.£ 4mA at 0.8bars absolute
0.35%, temp. comp. -30 to 70°c, 1% tot ~8f + - - - - - - l
Maximum pressure is related to O

CABLE GLAND: bar absolute (vacuum) on absolute
PG13.5 Cable dia. 6-12mm sensors and to atmospheric
PG16 Cable dia.: 10-14mm

GT403 - Marine pressure transmitter - Kongsberg Maritime Page 1of1
r
GT403 - Marine pressure transmitter
For ballast and bunker tank level, pump pressure, etc.

A submergible marine pressure transmitter with a flexible polyurethane cable
(PUR cable). For protection and easy replacement we recommend that this
cable is installed in a tube. The transmitter is available in AISI 316 or
Titanium. If the cable ends on deck, a connection box is mounted on a flange
welded to the tank top. For deck installations we recommend using absolute
pressure transmitters to avoid problems with obstruction of the ventilation
tube. Requires compensation with atmospheric pressure. A common
atmospheric pressure transmitter for the whole system must be installed.
Available in two accuracy classes. Type A is used for accurate level
measurements.
GT403 - Marine
For draft, trim and list pressure transmitter
When used to measure draft, trim and list, we recommend installation of one transmitter fore
and one (or two) aft. The Titanium version is recommended. List can be measured by
inclinometer or using two pressure transmitters mounted aft (or better - two transmitters
mounted mid-ships). The transmitters are installed after an approved closing valve connected
to the ship's hull. A venting pipe is installed above the ship deck. A restriction installed between
valve and transducer together with the venting pipe gives a good damping of pressure shocks
that may occur in heavy sea. The signal is transferred via flexible PUR cable to a connection box
in a dry area.
Main specifications
Types N - Front adapter with drain holes (inside tank)
D - Tight front adapter (Out side tank/ draft)
K - For chemical tankers
Ranges Oto 7 / O to 40 bar abs.
Accuracy <0.25% of FRO
Temperature drift <0.02% of FR0/°C
Comp. temperature 0 to 40 / -25 to 85 °C
range
Long term stability <±0.1% of FRO/year
Copyright ©2008 Kongsberg Maritime AS - All rights reserved

Hom~
&Jfc,of
G-1 Y00AOC I. 6 N J;,._nk !eve{ sen~O\
GT '--IO::::>AOA '2.SQ Pu""" p S<-•c-f-":on sic{~

Cr! Y00AOA GD Pc.., .....p cf-;-~chc,<"3t- s-;c(e
r
I~
http://www.km.kongsberg.com/ks/web/nokbg0240.nsf/ProductPrint?ReadForm&cat=... 2008-03-06
Features
• Accuracy 0.25%.
• No oil filling inelement.
• Body in titanium for seawater applications.
( • Rugged construction.
/
Description

The GT303 Pressure Transmitter is designed to
be submerged in ballast and service tanks to
measure levels in the tanks. The transmitter can
also be used to measure pump pressure (suction capacitor. An applied pressure will deflect the
and pressure side) on submerged ballast pumps, measuring membrane by a few µm. The
or other submerged equipment. The pressure corresponding change of capacitance will be
transmitter can be delivered as an absolute type converted to an output voltage signal by the
or a sealed gauge type, with pressure ranges from hybrid electronics.
0.6 to 10 Bar. It has a 2-wire connection, 24VDC
4to20mA. As the 96% alumina membrane is resistant to
r most chemicals, the process medium is in direct
I
Mechanical design contact with the measuring membrane, thus there
The transmitter consists of a capacitive pressure- is no need for costly de-coupling in the form of a
sensing cell together with an electronic unit filling liquid and second membrane. A filling
encapsulated in the sensor body. The body is liquid and a second membrane will also be the
made of titanium for submerged installation in source of errors. Therefore dry capsule sensors
seawater or acid resistant steel, see Fig. 3. have superior specifications compared to wet
capsules.
Pressure sensing capsule
The pressure transmitter is built around a dry, Electrical description
robust and ceramic measurement capsule with The pressure transmitter is connected to a
internal capacitive sensing, see Fig. 5. A relative 24VDC power supply, 4 to 20mA 2-wire
large diaphragm of 96% alumina ceramics is connection. An electronic unit in the transmitter
connected to a solid ceramic substrate via a glass gives stabilised voltage to the pressure capsule.
fritt at a distance of about 20µm. The opposite Out from the pressure capsule a voltage signal
sides of the measuring diaphragm and the linear with the pressure range is converted to 4 to
{ substrate have gold plates, which comprise the 20mA in the same electronic unit.

P-GT303/CE 021111 pab
Installation
For level measurement in ballast tanks, the and the cable screen is grounded in the,,..--.
transmitter is installed near the bottom of the transmitter, and must also be grounded in the
tank, and measures the static pressure from the connection box on deck. Screen cable must also
liquid pillar plus the atmospheric pressure. As be used on deck, and the screen must be
this transmitter is an absolute pressure connected to ground in the gland on the
transmitter, atmospheric pressure measurement is connection box on deck and as near to the inlet
necessary to calculate the level. A Polyurethane of the monitoring system/cabinet as possible, see
Cable connects the transmitter to a connection Fig. 4.
box on deck, see Fig. 2. For detailed installation,
see "Technical Information and Application Intrinsic safety
Guidelines", order key P-GT300/KE. Using a Zener barrier, i.e. the DZ-ll 0
Transmitter Barrier, the transmitter can be used
Power supply in hazardous areas.
Power supply to the transmitter is 24VDC §
nominal, and can vary from 11 to 35V. The ~ 1.3
E 1.2
allowable load resistance is determined by the e. 1.1
~ 1.0
minimum power supply, see Fig. 1. g 0.9 Fig. I: .~
J!I 0.8
~ 0.7 Load vs. Power supply __,,
Electrical connection e o.s
~ 0.5
A CU-screened cable, with intact screen, must ..J 0.4
always be used from the transmitter to the 0.3
0.2
monitoring system. Minimum cross cable 2 x 0.1
0.5mm2• The transmitter is supplied with a
0102030
Polyurethane cable flanged to the transmitter, Power supply (V)
Power supply:
Output signal:
Load resistance:
Output signal with sensor fault:
-
24VDC (11 to 35VDC depending on load resistance)
4to20mA
0 to 1200 <>hm depending on power supply
<3.5mA or >2lmA, typical 23mA
Maximum output signal: <30mA
The GT303/A••• TheGT303/B

Accuracy**: < 0.25% ofFRO* 0.35% of FRO*
Temperature drift: < 0.02% ofFR0*/°C (0 to 40°C) <0.03% ofFR0*/°C (-25 to 85°C)
Compensated temp. range: oto 40°C -25 to 85°C
Operating ambient temperature: -25 to 85°C
Storage temperature: -45 to l00°C Intrinsic safety:
Long term stability: <O. l % ofFRO*/year NEMKO Certificate reference: Ex98El51X
Weight: 0.3kg Ex classification: EEx ia UC T4
Protection grade: IP68, 6bar.
Ex classification: EEx ia UC T4 Safety Data:
Generic EMC standard Maximum input voltage: Ui = 30V
Emission: EN 50081-l Maximum input power: Pi=0.85W
Immunity: EN 50082-2 Maximum internal capacitanc~: Ci= 8nF
Performance degradation Maximum internal inductance: Li= 5µH
during immunity test: <0.5% ofFRO*
Materials
Body: Titanium grade 2 or
AISI 316 L, min 2.5% Mo
Membrane:· 96% alumina ceramics
0-ring: Viton or Kalrez, see order key
* FRO = Full Range Output
**Accuracy including non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at 22°C
*** Outside compensated temperature range, specifications as GT303/B
r PD\JER SUPPLY 24V DC (11-35V DC)
+
(2x0.25::i...,, J ' Loe.cl In r1onitorln9 systeri.
Mo.x.vo.lue dependent of
power supply,
see speciPico.tion
5.1 Monitoring systeM
I
~ ,
I
.....- ........- .......
jea.o\e with
_._....._
Cu-screen.
I
Screen to
I I
be grounded I .•
!n the connection box. 1 1,
:L
Connection bolj Connectfoil
-tefflnc.to;; l'
I RED~ :BLACK- !
I .
5.9
L_-1 ! !screen to be grounded
l _____ ~_Jln the rionltor-!ng sys-ten.
' ! I
1 !Co.ble froM
pressur-e tro.ns1•i!tter
'40
0
4pcs. holes •
49
Fig. 2: Flange with polyurethane cable

connection
"
Fig. 3: The GT303 Pressure Transmitter, dimensions
. . ..
hytr1d <>l<>c1ra:1CS Intrinsic safety:
;:apacita.· er. pass1va::on lay:?r -. NEMKO Certificate reference: Ex98El51X
SLl'.S!f<'l1E' CE'fi:'i'.I( S ubs:rate :::: Ex classification: EEx ia IICT4
I -.
··.·.· [-.'.,
·. ..· ··.·.··· ... ..
IL
('.)
Safety data:
.
••• i i. II
:;i ' ci Maximum input voltage: Ui = 30V
?@
·.· ··•··
iwt: "
~ Maximum input power: Pi =0.85W
{ Maximum internal capacitance: Ci= 8µF
§ Maximum internal inductance: Li=5mH
glass fr:a
l
ca;iac1tor en
diaptragrn

rdering ke
OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4 to 20mA, 2-wire conn. 0
GT30 3
'
l;cr1
0
Materfa! in body (pressure connection) and wetted 0-ring
l"N""
lL
= Titanium in body, Viton in 0-ring
= AISI 316 in body, Viton in 0-ring
= AISI 316 in body, Ka!rez in 0-ring
APPLICATION: PRESSURE RANGE IN BAR: Max. pressure:

Submerged installation 3 A 0 C0.6 = 0.8 .. 1.4 bar absolute 3
~
A 0 C1 = 0.8 .. 1.8 bar absolute 5
. .
,[,
A 0 C1.6 = 0.8 .. 2.4 bar absolute
A 0 C2.5 = 0.8 .. 3.3 bar absolute
7
10
A 0 C4 = 0.8 .. 4.8 bar absolute 12
A 0 C6 = 0.8 .. 6.8 bar absolute 18
B 0 A2.5 = 0 .. 2.5 bar absolute 10
B 0 A4 = 0 .. 4 bar absolute 12
B 0 A6 = 0 .. 6 bar absolute 18
B 0 A10 = 0 .. 10 bar absolute 30
ACCURACY: B 0 A16 = 0 .. 16 bar absolute 40
0.25%, temp. comp.Oto 40°C (High accuracy ballast~ B O C0.6 = 0.6 .. 1.4 bar absolute 3
0.35%, temp. comp. -25 to 85°C B B 0 C1 = 0.8 .. 1.8 bar absolute 5
B 0 C1.6 = 0.8 .. 2.4 bar absolute 7
8 0 C2.5 = 0.8 .. 3.3 bar absolute 10
CABLE GLAND: - B 0 C4 = 0.8 .. 4.8 bar absolute 12
NA _Q_j B 0 C6 = 0.8 .. 6.8 bar absolute 18
B 0 H4 =1 .. 5 bar absolute 12
ZERO POINT:
n =1
8 0 H16 .. 17 bar absolute 40
4mA at 0 bar absolute
4mA at 0.8 bar absolute
BO H25 =1 .. 26 bar absolute 80
~
~t 0 H40 =1 .. 41 bar absolute 100

4mA at 1.0 bar absolute
•
I
bar absolute (vacuum) on ~bsolute
sensors and to atmosphenc
Order key, Cable:
GT-1234/350 (Titanium)
GT-1094/~ :Q (AISI 316)
Mechanical design
____,T
Total length, CL (dm) - - - - - - - '

Features
• Wide opening facing cargo.
• Rugged pressure sensing capsule.
( • Rugged construction.
Description

The GT304 Pressure Transmitter is designed to
measure the pressure on the cargo line. Therefore
the pressure transmitter is equipped with a
diaphragm unit with a 59mm opening. The AISI
316 diaphragm is coated with Teflon. The substrate have gold plates, which comprise the
pressure transmitter is an absolute type with a capacitor. An applied pressure will deflect the
starting point of 4mA at 1 Bar absolute, and measuring membrane by a few µm. The
ranges from 4 to 40 Bars. It has a 2-wire corresponding change of capacitance will be
connection, 24VDC 4 to 20mA. converted to an output voltage signal by the
hybrid electronics.
Mechanical design
( The transmitter consists of a capacitive pressure- As the 96% alumina membrane is resistant to
. sensing cell together with an electronic unit most chemicals, the process medium is in direct
encapsulated in the sensor body. A connection contact with the measuring membrane, thus there
box with a cable gland is located on top of the is no need for costly de-coupling in the form of a
transmitter. On the pressure side there is a filling liquid and second membrane. A filling
diaphragm unit with a pressure opening of liquid and a second membrane will also be the
59mm. Flange connection is made by 6 screws source of errors. Therefore dry capsule sensors
each 6mm. The transmitter is made of acid have superior specifications compared to wet
resistant steel, see Fig. 2. capsules.
Pressure sensing capsule Electrical description

The pressure transmitter is built around a dry, The pressure transmitter is connected to a
robust and ceramic measurement capsule with 24VDC power supply, 4 to 20mA 2-wire
internal capacitive sensing, see Fig. 5. A relative connection. An electronic unit in the transmitter
large diaphragm of 96% alumina ceramics is gives stabilised voltage to the pressure capsule.
connected to a solid ceramic substrate via a glass Out from the pressure capsule a voltage signal
lfritt at a distance of about 20µm. The opposite linear with the pressure range is converted to 4 to
. sides of the measuring diaphragm and the 20mA in the same electronic unit.

P-GT304/CE 021111 pab
Installation
The GT304 Pressure Transmitter is normally PGll, PG13.5 or PG16 cable gland on thef""'
mounted on a flange, which is welded to the transmitter, see Fig. 3. On the monitoring side;
cargo line tube, see Fig. 4. We recommend the screen must be grounded as near to the inlet
shielding the transmitter with a protective cover. in the monitoring cabinet/system as possible.
For detailed installation, see "Technical
Information and Application Guidelines", order
key P-GT300/KE.
Power supply
Power supply to the transmitter is 24 VDC
nominal, and can vary from 11" to 35V. The
allowable load resistance is determined by the
minimum power supply, see Fig~ 1.
Electrical connection
A CU-screened cable, with intact screen, must
always be used from the transmitter to the
monitoring system. Minimum cross cable 2 x
0.5mm2. The Cu-screen must be grounded in the 0102030
Power supply (V)
1111;111.11;141.;g;111;111.11~11
Power supply: 24VDC (I I to 35VDC depending on load Intrinsic safety:
resistance) NEMKO Certificate reference: Ex98EI51X
Output signal: 4 to20mA Ex classification: EExia IIC T4
Load resistance: 0 to 1200 ohm depending on power supply
Output signal with sensor fault: <3.5mA or >2lmA, typical 23mA
Maximum output signal: <30mA Safety data:
Accuracy**: <0.9o/o of FRO* Maximum input voltage: Ui=30V
Temperature drift: <0.05% ofFR0*/°C (-25 to 85°C) Maximum input power: Pi= 0.85W
Compensated temperature range: -25 to 85°C Maximum internal capacitance: Ci= 8nF
Operating ambient temperature: -25 to 85°C Maximum internal inductance: Li= 5µH
Storage temperature: -45 to 100°c
Long term stability: <0.3% ofFRO*/year
Weight: 1.Skg
Ex classification: EEx ia IIC T4
during immunity test: <0.5% of FRO*
Materials
Body: AISI 316 L, chromed brass in cover and cable
gland
Membrane: AISI 316 L coated with Teflon
0-ring: Silicone coated with Teflon
•FRO =Full Range Output

**Accuracy including non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability al 22°C
r G 35 PG &
Press down with o
screwdriver to open
terminal
Top view of
GT304
Top cover removed
Nt- vl!f'1tRattcn
at Q~e type
trcnsmlll'er
Bend part of
Cu-:icreen beck
SW V
DIAPHRAGM ~IT
~
r 098 _ _ _ _ _ __,
6 pcs. sc:rews M&x3S
Fig. 2: The GT304 Pressure Transmitter, dimensions
Load in monitoring
system. Mox.value
n
dependent on power
supply.
See specifications.
Monitoring system
4-20 mA
+
Power supply 11-35V DC

connection
~
"'"'
...,
h
\::
" c=:
o-0
Rcc.,.;R', tc confirm wllh loble
~~
tiyC;.C <'lec!ra:ics
-..
ccpa:ito; o.t t:ass1vat101 layer ::::
"c su!J5tratt:> :e;am:~ sutJstrate -.
"'~" ,_.,
\::
~ass fr1tt
ca;Ec!or en
C1aJ"'lrag:<i cerarc1c C1<ic!'ragrn
Fig.42: The GT-325 Flange, dimensions Fig. 5: Pressure sensing capsule

rdering ke
GT3
··-403HDDT
OUTPUT SIGNAL: Material in body (pressure connection) and wetted O·ring

4 to 20mA, 2·wire connection / - 0 = AISI 316 in body and Teflon in O·ring
,j

Max. pressure
APPLICATION:
Cargo Lines, Ex approved 4 HB = 1 .. 7 bar absolute 18
'----->--<H16 = 1 .. 17 bar absolute 40
H25 = 1 . 26 bar absolute 80
ACCURACY:
0.9%1, temp. comp. -25 to 85"c Dl-t------1
..+----------------~·~
ZERO POINT:
4mA at 1.0bar absolute ._J
H
CABLE GLAND:
PG13.5 Cabledia.: 6-12mm
PG16 Cabledia: 10-14mm
bar absolute (vacuum) on absolute
sensors and to atmosphen·c

Pressure Transducer
r_ J
·~/
Features
• Great cable savings: up to 50 transducers on
the same cable.
• Detailed installation instructions for different
applications.
(· The body is made either of seawater resistant
brass or acid-resistant AISI 3 l 6L steel.
• Available in various versions: Gauge,
absolute and sealed gauge.
• Intrinsically safe for hazardous areas:
Certified for use with standard transducer
zener barriers.
• A modem, high quality transducer with
excellent price/performance ratio.
Description

The GT256 Pressure Transducer is designed for use The transducers have different ranges and are
in hazardous areas via LON Field-bus. available in absolute, gauge and sealed gauge
r . versions. See Order Key and Technical Specification.
. The GT256 Pressure Transducer is designed to be
submerged in ballast tanks to measure tank levels. LON Field-bus concept
The GT256 Pressure Transducer consists of a small KMSS has developed a LON Field-bus concept for
pressure-sensing cell together with an attenuator communication via a 2-wire field-bus to different
encapsulated in the sensor body. The body is made of sensor devices in hazardous areas. The GT250
acid resistant AISI 3 l 6L steel. Transducer Series enables more pressure devices to
be connected to the same cable. They are based on
The pressure transducer is installed near the bottom the same design as used in the GT200 Series, but
of the tank and measures the static pressure from the with lower (decreased) current consumption. The
liquid pillar plus the atmospheric pressure. transducers in the GT250 Series are connected to the
Atmospheric pressure measurement is necessary to LON Node Unit. Up to 8 pressure transducers or
calculate the level. temperature sensors can be connected to the same
LON node. The I mA measuring current i~ supplied
The length of the mantle cable provided to connect from the LON Node, and the returned mV signal is
the transducer to the terminal box corresponds to the converted to a digital signal in the same unit. Up to 7
height of the tank.. The transducer and the mantle LON nodes can be connected to the same LON Field-
cable must be ordered separately.
r bus network.

P-GT256/CE 021216 pab
Element Electric connection. See Fig. 3
The sensing element is made of monocrystalline A cu-screen cable, with intact screen, must always be
silicone. The pressure is transferred to a diaphragm used from the pressure transducer to the monitoring
made of this material. The electronic component is a system. Minimum cross cable 4 x 0.5mm2 •
Wheatstone bridge compnsmg semiconductor
resistors on the surface of the diaphragm. The The Cu-screen must be grounded in the cable gland
pressure is converted into an electric signal by the on the transducer. On the monitoring side, the screen
elastic deformation of the diaphragm. must be connected to ground as close as possible to
the inlet of the LON Node Box.
Elem~nt housing
The sensing element is installed in· a pressure cell Installation
made either of AISI 3 ! 6L, with a diaphragm of AISI The pressure transducer can be mounted with a
3!6L as wet part, or Hasteloy 276C with a Platinum bracket. For mounting with different applications, see
diaphragm as wet part. The pressure transfer medium 'Technical Information and Application Guidelines",
between wet part and silicone element is silicone oil. article no.: P-GT200/KE.
1114;,;,;;141.;g;;;;;;;.1.;m
Power supply: 1mA from the LON-Node
Output signal: 5 to 40mV up to 1bar
5 to 55mV from 1bar and up
Accuracy: <0.5% FRO•
Repeatability: < ±0.1% of FRO•
Long term stability: < 0.2% of FRO•/year
Operating ambient temperature: -25°C to +85°C
Compensated temp. range: 0°c to +60°c
Thermal zero shift: < 0.025% of FRo·rc
Thermal sensitivity shift: < 0.01 % of FR0•1°c
Ex classification: EEx ia llC T4 according to Cenelec EN 50020
Generic EMC standard:
Performance degradation during
immunity test: < ±0.5% of FRO•
Weight: 0.4kg cable excluded
•j =FRO = Full Range Output

r Fig. I:
The G1~9././ Mantle Cable, dimensions
150
-·- ., I-
~~:J,2::m;r:2 ~ +Roi
ORDERKEY: -
Mantle cable length in mm

- GT-944/J
'
I
' l UP-$8
60
I clnptq
' """
~uep:u Fig.3:
- I Pressure Transducer, connections
~
~HP~-------~
""""'"""' ··~ ' ',p>R.-100
lµ:-:oo.1. lp..-::oo.2 lµltroB
r 63,5
l l
•a
=
kl=
'
I
'
l I
c ':>gin..."l'.!h
:w-Ncd>
==========HE!':l
'--l-1::+=RF--=I:::::::Ff=f=I
"'""''°"""'
>og:n..-.:1
'
4;.il,2Ernr.t ' tt=.ta:.b
=i-.tl
'=·
50
l•h><d
: : ' ~
Cruhr an. = ,.,,...,,z
: - ''"lrl
l•="'1>< =m:.: :+ &w\'lmA Pa:!
l.n.n.
..,
1- ru;!!l.o
<l h:ll!s 05
=hllS:+S.l;na:
=htl9 :- Str>,'ll
~.,:O.
Sill
=r-....t:3 ,_ &w¥1 ::".Alllri:
GT-94-1- '48
l'.antlllt>:i>.l; • 5<rl ,,,,;! m:rd

Fig. 2: ha =µlt1; b th>m i:l:ili C:
e.,,=Mt:o<
The GT256 Pressure Transducer, dimensions
I
. . ~
I
I I
'48 G'I256/-
I >- l'RESSURE
'
'""""mm
ABI316
I
82
+!tnRDMCA-
7'P!:Gl:E5&/--·--
I
SW 36
'
l I
'
1
I l/2'B.SP
20
('d3p!eil Drw. GT-630
'
r.
rdering ke
Mechanical design: GT2561

RANGE(FRO)
0.6bar
1.0bar
1.6bar
2.5bar
OVERLOAD
5 times
3 times
3times
2.5 times
KE
OP60
1POO
1P60
2P50
4 APHRAGM MATERIAL:
SI 316
atinumP
A
4.0bar 2.5 times 4POO ACCURACY:

6.0bar 2.5 times 6POO ' - - - ± 0.5% of FRO 5
10.0bar 2.5 times 10PO
16.0bar 2.5times 16PO >---~

40.0bar 2 times 40PO
60.0bar 2 times 60PO
100.0bar 1.5 times 100P
160.0bar 1.5 times 160P
250.0bar 1.5 times 250P
400.0bar 1.5 times 400P
600.0bar 1.5 times 600P
TYPE OF TRANSDUCER:
Absolute (4mA at vacuum) ~

Sealed gauge (4mA at 0.8bar abs.) C > - - - - - - - '
Sealed gauge (4mA at 1.0bar abs.) H
REMARKS:
1. Gauge transducers are related to the atmospheric pressure. Absolute transducers are related to vacuum.
2. Pressure transducers above 16bar are only delivered as A, C or H type.
Fig. 4: LON Field-bus network
r- - --, r- - --,
I I
:
I
I 1
,..., I
s-s°"'v!ia:\ :nar
5-41l:iVtpbll:n=..
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
r t - - - < - - t j WD ,;<;i~:
L_--===-i-------1-====~, l I
.. !£N..:~ __ : ~!£~~--: . IE'..:~-
~-~ I
[~
Y.a'<.8
~~"'=
I
M.:lx.?u::tl-:>::<tlan=
':O e-,,sr..etr.tl l"tll-m:..
er:=~==
=:'>=rib~ .'Hne
Haz:ut:usann
r.:::t•-tkd>.

Pressure Transducer
Features
• Great cable savings: up to 50 transducers on
the same cable.
• Detailed installation instructions for different
applications.
( • The body is made either of seawater resistant
brass or acid-resistant AISI 3 l 6L steel.
• Available in various versions: Gauge,
absolute and sealed gauge.
• Intrinsically safe for hazardous areas:
Certified for use with standard transducer
zener barriers.
• A modem, high quality transducer with
excellent price/performance ratio.
Description
sensor devices in hazardous areas. The GT250
Application and general description Transducer Series enables more pressure devices to
The GT257 Pressure Transducer is designed for use be connected to the same bus. They are based on the
in hazardous areas via LON Field-bus. same design as used in the GT200 Series, but with
lower (decreased) current consumption. Up to 8
f The GT257 Pressure Transducer is designed to pressure transducers or temperature sensors can be
measure the pressure in the cargo line. Therefore the connected to the same LON node. The lmA
pressure transducer is equipped with a diaphragm measuring current is supplied from the LON Node,
diameter 59mm, is coated with teflon. See Fig. I. and the returned mV signal is converted to a digital
The GT257 Pressure Transducer consists of a small signal in the same unit. Up to 7 LON nodes can be
pressure-sensing cell together with an attenuator connected to the same LON Field-bus network. The
encapsulated in the sensor body. This body is made transducers in the GT250 Series are connected to the
either of seawater-resistant brass, or acid-resistant LON Node Unit.
AISI 3 I 6L steel.
Element
The transducers have different ranges and are The sensing element is made of monocrystalline
available in absolute, gauge and sealed gauge silicone. The pressure is transferred to a diaphragm
versions. See Order Key and Technical Specification. made of this material. The electronic component is a
Wheatstone bridge compnsmg semiconductor
LON Field-bus concept resistors on the surface of the diaphragm. The
KMSS has developed a LON Field-bus concept for pressure is converted into an electric signal by the
communication via a 2-wire field-bus to different elastic deformation of the diaphragm.
r
P-GT257/CE 021216 pab
\
Element housing The Cu-screen must be grounded in the cable gland,,.----,
The sensing element is installed in a pressure cell on the transducer. On the monitoring side, the screen
made of AISI 316L, with a diaphragm of AISI 316L must be connected to ground as close as possible to
as wet part. The pressure transfer medium between the inlet of the LON Node Box.
wet part and silicone element is silicone oil.
Mounting
Electric connection. See Fig. 2 The GT257 Pressure Transducer is normally mounted
A Cu-screen cable, with intact screen, must always be on a flange, which is welded to the cargo line tube. A
used from the pressure transducer to the monitoring protection cover covers the transducer, se drawing
system. Minimum cross cable 4 x 0.5mm 2. GT-672. For mounting with different applications,
see "Technical Information and Application
Guidelines", article no.: P-GT200/KE.
Power supply:
Output signal:
- 1mA from the LON-Node
5 to 40mV up to 1bar
5 to 55mV from 1bar and up
Accuracy: <0.9% FRO•
Repeatability: < ±0.1% of FRO•
Long term stability: < 0.2% of FRO•tyear
Operating ambient temperature: -25°C to +85°C
Compensated temp. range: 0°c to +60°C
Thermal zero shift: < 0.025% of FR0•1°c
Thermal sensitivity shift: < 0.01 % of FR0•1°c
Ex classification: EEx ia llC T4 according to Cenelec EN 50020
Generic EMC standard:
Performance degradation during
immunity test: < ±0.5% of FRO•
Weight: 1.0kg cable excluded
Protection grade: IP67 on the absolute version
IP56 on the gauge version
•j =FRO = Full Range Output

\.!,.
Fig. 1. Pressure Transducer, dimensions Fig. 2. Pressure Transducer, connections
-:t:p·."b,r~
CONNEC'IDN BOX
t 0-.:r<a-ED SEiW.l~:f<
=;;~
P==l~~
?::F=='l".o::!
RESS::N't ?.IV\SS
&>rm<<!~
OODY 1ND "''''":fr"'= l•~·"
F!lAE'lrn
~ru:s:m;..,,
FMSS CR Afill16.
Dl\l?HRIG! umr
21
.,,0-""
•ro
Fig. 3: LON Field-bus network
::::
Y=.S
~m.-.:«ir:e:3
c.r=>=<"...12,......,9;'.'.:ll
~""~""'"
IDl-Nal'.!.
Mechanical design: GT2571
RANGE(FRO) OVERLOAD KEY MATERIAL:
1.0bar 3 times 1POO Diaphragm: AISI 316
1.6bar 3 times 1P60 Terminal box, body and adapter: U
2.5bar 2.5 times 2P50 Seawater-resistant brass
4.0bar 2.5 times 4POO
6.0bar 2.5 times 6POO
10.0bar 2.5 times 10PO ACCURACY:
16.0bar 2.5 times 16PO ~-- ± 0.9% of FRO 9
40.0bar 2 times 40Po·
TYPE OF TRANSDUCER:
Gauge (4mA at atm. pressure)
Absolute (4mA at vacuum) A
Sealed gauge (4mA at O.Sbar abs.) C 1------~
Sealed gauge (4mA at 1.0bar abs.) H
REMARKS:
1. Gauge transducers are related to the atmospheric pressure. Absolute transducers are related to vacuum.
2. Pressure transducers above 16bar are only delivered as A, C or H type.

The ~uTRDNICA- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter2
A!l rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice, - - - - - - - - - - ,
POWER SUPPLY 24V DC (1 i-35V DC)
+ Load in monitoring system.

4-20 mA Mox.value dependent of
power supply,
Monitoring system
LJ see specification
.:. Screen to be grounded

in the monitoring system.
··-------------------------- ·---------------·-------· I
I
I
I
I
1 Cable with Cu-screen.
I I
I I
I I
Screen to be grounded t I
I
in the connection box. !
r---1:-f-
1 ~
:------1
Connection:
I
terminals 1
Connection box --1
I I
I I
I I
I I
I RED+ BLACK- :
I
"A" I I
I ' I
+ I
I
t
I
t .l..
I Screen to be grounded
~--~--Jin the monitoring system.
L-----.-
1 I
I I
I I
I I
I I
IL__:I_ _ _ _ ___ ._ _! I I
I 1Cable from
"- I
"' '--- )
Plug connector
......,'
?t CTJOJ ----
I
SW 27
I
SEEN FROM "A"
Do.te Tro.c
EB
Dsgn/Dwn Seo.le i'Juvio. Mc.rl·Unc: AS
1997-12-23 0.0pl/0.Ly.
Divisicr• Au-b"on:cc
Chec~ecl Spec CtrL Approved -E:3- -@-,
\···-7005 Trondhelr'•
c.______O_.O_pl_.~-----~---S_.J_.U_.~-----~
:8 Nor wu y
-"
c
u
~
+lurnONICF!-
Repl. for Repl by Next
"
~
Electrical connection shee!
Pressure transmitter type GT303-- Dwg no.
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 21 of 100 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

The -llunaNJcA- GT300 Series Pressure Trausmitters Contents
Contents
CHAPTER 1. ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5
GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................................................................................................................ .5
CHAPTER 2 .................................................................................................................................................................... 13
THE AUTRONICA GT300 SERIES PRESSURE TRANSM!TIER. GENERAL DRAWINGS ...................••...••••...•..••.•.......••.••.....• 13
CHAPTER 3 .................................................................................................................................................................... 23
GENERAL MECHANICAL DETAIL.5. DRAWINGS ...••••••••....................•••.................•••••••.•.•.••.......................••.••.••...••........... 23
CHAPTER 4 .................................................................................................................................................................... 37
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ..........•••••••....................•..••.....•....•..•.••.•••••.••............•...•..............•••••....••..•.... 37
CHAPTER 5 .................................................................................................................................................................... 41
INERT/VAPOUR GAS PRESSURE MEASUREMENT. !NSTAU..ED ON PIPE LINE ....•......•..•••..•••..•.......................•••..•.•••..••....... .41
CHAPTER 6 .................................................................................................................................................................... 47
INERT GAS PRESSURE ON CRUDE OIL TANKERS, TifE AUTRONICA GL-100 .................................................................... .47
CHAPTER 7 .................................................................................................................................................................... 51
!NERT GAS PRESSURE FOR CHEMICAL TANKERS, TifE AUTRONICA GL-100 .................................................................... 51
CHAPTER 8 .................................................................................................................................................................... 57
CARGO LINE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT •••.........••••••........•................•........•.......•.••••..•••••....•......•......•.••.........••..•••.•.••.•... 57
CHAPTER 9 .................................................................................................................................................................... 61
DRAFT. WITH CONNECTION BOX ON CATWALK ......•..............•...••••......•.•...•..••.•••••••.•••••.•.............................•••••••........... 61
CHAPTER 10 .................................................................................................................................................................. 71
DRAFT. WITH CONNECTION BOX ON DECK ........•.••••..•....•.........•.........•••.••...•...•........••...•...•.••...............................•.....••. 71
CHAPTER 11. ................................................................................................................................................................. 79

LEVEL IN BALLAST TANKS. CONNECTION BOX ON CATWALK .......•..••.•..••..............•..•........•.......•....•................•.............• 79
CHAPTER 12 .................................................................................................................................................................. 83
LEVEL IN BALLAST TANKS. CONNECTION BOX ON DECK •••..••.................••....••.•.......•..•••••.....•..............••.•••••••••••••••.•.••.••. 83
CHAPTER 13 .................................................................................................................................................................. 87
LEVEL IN BALLAST TANKS, SUBMERGED TRANSM!TIER. CONNECTION BOX IN DRY ENVIRONMENT ............................... 87
CHAPTER 14 .................................................................................................................................................................. 93
LEVELIN SERVICE AND BALLAST TANKS. THE AUTRONICA GT-303, ABSOLUTE TYPE INSTALLED OUTSIDE TANKS ....... 93
CHAPTER 15 .................................................................................................................................................................. 97
LEVELIN BALLAST AND OUTSIDE TANKS. THE AUTRONICA GT-302 GAUGE TYPE INSTAU..ED OUTSIDE TANK .••••.•..•.••.• 97
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 3of100 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

The +lurRDNICR- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 1
Chapter 1
General Information
Page Article no. Description I type Drawing no.
6 Simplified part list GT-1109
7 Important remarks
8 0-rings, Important remarks GT-1219
9 0-ring between transmitter and flange GT-1167
10 Ordering key GT-1150
11 Available types GT-1237

§ ,l.ll r-lg'1ts rrso>rved Sp~cifico.t:Or>s subftd \o change •ithout nolk£'.---~----~-----~----~-----~----~----~----~-----~----~----~-----,
~
b
~
c
••a
z
•
~
--~
0
ca. 70
Ceramic Pressure Capsule wi!h
capaci!ive sensing ~
a;
(ll
"'"
~g. a·
Plug-in
connection head -H-•
reference-el ec ! rode hybrid electronics
passivation layer
I ceramic substrate
l
;i
flol-meler
I -
~
for ad1usling zero iil
and gain
Cadjusled from lacloryl
Air venlilalian
~·
111 I 1i n
0 -------- PCB wilh signal
converter
@
"
:;i
" ;;;
"'
\
ru
-
0...,
0
0
I I I I '
capacitor on
diaphragm
c<lpaci!or on
substrate gtass frit!
ceramic diaphragm
2 Adapter 1 - - - - Pressure sensing capsule --~
j
I ru 112"8.SP. 0-ring CV1lon or Kalrezl
"---------
,,' 0
~
0
"""er
~
g~I g~
d
'
.9'
Jl d
:i''".
:;::: ?
~- ~
§· Do.tf' DsglllO.r1 Troe Sec le
E9
N:i.viu. M(lr'!U:-H:. l.;S
~ 1998-01-15 0 Ly
Vivis!cn Atx::1-~J1)\:n
"
•
~ Chc>ckf'tl SDPC Ctrl l\pproved
(ll OODl SU E3 • N- 70C5 Trondhe:r,,
e:
'O ~ i·!~irw..-:;.v
(ll
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER +luTRC!'llCfr ,
'< hi SERIES GT300/- r«µ tcr IR('f:l oy ~

1% Simplified parl list ·~· bl
~ "''" GT -1109(""1:·(' 0
"
~1 Li: ., ~
p 7 (,
" 4 0 ....
( ) l) li l\
The +luTRDNICR- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 1
Important Remarks
1. Follow Instructions
All information for the different applications must be followed.
Installation instructions given on drawing "Installation Replacement" for the specific applications
must be followed carefully.
Warranty is valid only when prescriptions on drawings are followed.
2. Vertical Installation
Transmitter must be installed vertically, if other information not marked on the installation
drawing!
3. Installation against Closed Volumes

Do not install transmitter against closed volume of liquid!
If installation is according to GT-1204 page 98 and the valve is closed and the space from the
valve to the transmitter is filled with liquid, and the transmitter is installed, high pressure will occur
and burst I damage the transmitter.
Open the valve after entering the threads to prevent damaging high pressure!
4. Gella on Gauge Type

If transmitter is of vented I gauge type - do not fill gella compound in connection box!
S. 0-rings
A. Change 0-rings during maintence work.
B. Before assembling flanges with 0-rings, 0-ring groove and flange surface must be
without damages and clean.
C. Use some silicone grease in groove, on 0-ring and flange before assembling.
D. Fasten assembling screws properly.

,q; •i'J~'l~ ..,<l.
·~~.,r !::~l!t:Ji•:<J\1•g.s ~~i,;.,,.i ;(.; ..;1'..:"g" ,.,n.,,,,\ u~!i-;~.
;l
§ "'
:b
~
LOCATION OF O·RING LOCA !ION OF O·RING ii
~
INSIDE PRESSURE OUTSIDE PRESSURE E
"
-
~
0
~
d
~
en
~g. COVER
~)I .. f PRESSURE
"'
~·
"tl
BODY
~
~
~
6l
t~
LOCA !ION OF O·RING
Al TERNA TING PRESSURE
e.
::::
~
~
~
00
g,
§
/T:t-oil-1- PRESSURE
h
,f ft<,;
'~ F;>CJ
"
' IMPORTANT INFOllMA TION ""'
iJa ~
~-
• Select correct maleriaL Nilrile. Vilon. Kalrez or PTFE.
• Use hardness 70 Shore A. If pressure > 100bar. use harder material.
• Cover and body shall be in contact.
• Change o·ring by maintenance work. (deformation after some limel
.. Minimum compression: 9%. maximum: 22%.
Ii'.: • Select dimensions of o·ring groove according lo direction of pressure.
~. • The ruughness of the o·ring groove and !he cover 0.8µ.
~· • O·ring groove etc. mus! be clean. Dile tlsgit/D'MI ~---
... ~ I 5"..a!a!Fcm&l
Navia Maritime AS
en
• Silicone grease mus! be applied on the complete o·ring. ~!~'!.8:24 . . . . . . . . . ,tf,K'"' ~t . . . . . ~i+I 0~~:; Divisjon Aulronica
N-7005 Trondheim
Er. .£
I _r_•. Norway
"'
en
~
Design with a-ring sealing nuwu~11c11
~~~·"rm ~:~_·:~·-·1~=·-~_Y_ ~:~:.:::J~~~r~1· · bl

l;...
en
"~
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-1219 1
~ '-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,,...J'--~~~~~~~~-' 1 I
Important information
o., ~ Sh.no. Rn. !. Lsn;. "n;
...
....
l' l' l' (_)
( ( ( (
.,, •
b
...,
w
A·i d·;h\s re'J<:IYl:«,l. '_O~,cc:fi<:..iL~'i'~ ~ul:j'°'wt l•.1 ~!:un~°" »i\h:,;:1, "'·'' ~e. ~
.
:;l
:b
0
0 027± 0,25 3,5 ~a
~
1,6 E
'° ~
I I " I _f=ft;j11-L1ei! _J[ 0
- c5
."'~
0
N N•
N
0
u.
ci
tl
'"'
N
0-RING
en oi "'
>:! ::i.
"'~ m
26.65•0.15
I
~
iii
'
~ !10
3
~
;;
"'
g,
§
c~
,,
.:;>
'~
'
~1
llEMARKS
j, 1- Minimum cross section of a-ring 2.54mm.
I ' 2. Maximum depl al a-ring groove. 2.J2mm.

~8 3 Minimum compression of a-ring 0.22mm
4. Maximum pressure al 0.22mm compression 70bar.
s:: Bi : .:
~. s· -~-
C'. Oat1 I01s;t1/DWl'I Trse j Sul1/fo""'I
Navia Maritime AS
~ ~
l'C
::'i
-· .9.B:.11:04......... __ ,_AJI( ____ . ·~·····---··· . L. 2'1. ___ -· /T·.
• 1; I Divisjon Autronlca
en "~' ~~-
"''..., Checktd j Spec Clrl Ap1110•<.'
en
'~
between pressure transmitter and
flange on PUR-cable
SYSTEM LAY-OUT
Dwg no.
GT-1167
. Stuio.
I IBI
Ru. L•r.y.
"
~
....
The +IUT•••1c.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 1
All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.
GT300 series
/
Output signal
0 ° 4-20mA
/ 1 ° 2-SmA
Appl1cction I mecnanical design

0 = General I Engine room
1 = Engine room. side mounted
/ 2 ° General I Cargo. Ex approved
3 ° Ballast tanks I inert. submerged, Ex approved
4 ° Cacgo lines. Ex approved
Accuracy
A 0.25 %FRO.
0
0.02 %FROl 0 [ 0 . 40 °[
B 0.35 %FRO.
0
0.03 %FROl°C -25 .. 85 °C
/ C 05 %FRO,
0
0.05 %FRO/°C 0 . 85 °[
0 ° 0.9 %FRO. 0.05 %FROl 0 [ -25 ' 85 °[
E 0.35% FRO.
0
1 %FRO -30 70°[
Cable gland
0 ° NA 1 ° PG9
/ 2 ° PG11 3 ° PG135
4 ° PG16
I
~" Zero point
I ---0•
0
A
C
0
=
O bar absolute
OB bar absolute
I / G = 0 bar gauge (atrnosphericl
H = 10 bar absolute
I K 0
-1 bar gauge
Pressure range in bar

0.6 10
1 16
16 25
/ 25 40
c 4 60
.e
0.
'C
6 100
~
• Pressure connection and material of wetted parts
.
0
c
V ISO 228-G1/2A. AISI 316, Vilon (Other than GT3011
0
I N
0
/- Flange. side mounted. AISI 316, Vilon (GT301l
R = Flange w/restr1ction, side mounted, A!S! 316, Viton
I ~•> K ISO 228-G1/2A, AISI 316, Kalrez 6375
0
N ° ISO 228-G1/2A, Titanium. Vilon

g,
u;
-, M M18x1.5, AISI 316, Viton

0
---0
0
0 T Flange 083198, AISI 316, Teflon (PTFEl
0
0
~
~
"'tn
~
~
~ "'z GT31J0 LJLJLJ
LI
0
otJ6
I
I~ ci q:
8
""
~
-c:
0 "'0
Date
1998-06-17
Dsgn/Dwn
O.Opl. IT"' Scale/Format ••• g•••
~
KMSS AS
Ship Control
0
I
Checked Spec Ctrl. IApproved ~Q
"'0I Et~ N-7005 Trondheim
N
~
'O O.Opl. SJU
'" "'
'O c0 Norway
'O
0 "'-
"' :g_
x > ·~
Order key for GT300-series Repl. for IRepl. by INext sheel
~
'" "''" 0
•c Dwg no. R~. Lang.
1
0 Sh.no.
N
GT-1150 I
<
> c
m < 0 1
~

sv SWOJSAS d!lJS OW!l!JUW j!Joqs~UO)! 00! JD 11 O~Ud qudms sozi JO 3ill!/OO£l.D·d
B ev.2000.01.18 O.Opl/Oly D ext adCed 2001.02.28 SJR/OLO

A ev. 1999-11-25 O.Opl/Oly c Rev. 2000.12.15 MolJ/SJU
Rev. I zo,e I Oesai~tio~ +lUTRONICA- 1l<lte/£9n. J Re.-. I Zone J Cestription Dote/Sign. I
- I
• '?
~~
0 ~ ~
-EllBi!EIR ~
i-.2.
0
1
~
,II~~
"' 0
rrl
::J A 0.25%, 0.02%/C 0 - 40'C ~
•
< u:J
5·
ro
,
s
c
o..35%. o.0.3%/c
o.5%, 0.053/·c
-2s - ss·c
a - ss·c
2
~ l
D D 0.9%, 0.05%/'C -25 - BS'C ~ f
D
-tilf§1i 1o·c
- 3 E o.35%, 1%, -30 -
f.
II~~
- @ED g 0
l
NA
PG9
~
~
~
~
" I 2 PG11 CD"" 0
n
I 3 PG13.5 D D
::>
4 PG16 U. ~
- - "~
- - - - ~
~~~
l-
[]<[ A2,5)0 - 2,5 bar obs [
f- I- I- I- I-
"w, 1--1 ~ l--f--"lJ---1 1--1 1-
A4 !O - 4 bar obs 0
~
~
u:J A6 ID - 6 bar obs
D H ~ f-+'j-j H I-
AlD ID - 1D bcr obs
"' CJ '-' '--"-"-
I
l- l-
~I i"
TI A16ID - 16 borobs i
"SC f- I- I-
n· I- l- '-
C0,6 D.8 - ! 1,4 bar obs I
-
"'-
6' l- f- '-
Cl ID.8 - 1,8 bar obs 1
::J Cl ,6 I D.8 - 2,4 bar abs i
I- I- '-
rrl
rrl
x
l-
I-
~I I-
I-
>-
'-
C2,5 ! 0.8 -
c~ ! 0.8 - 4,8 bar abs
3,3 bar abs
Ix ~I
C6 l 0.8 - 6,8 bar obs
,.,---'rl' ";;l
(ff l- l-
"' )(""1~-
-W
..
0 ~ ;;; I- I-
H4
H6
l1
J 1 -
- 5
7
bar abs
bar obs
0"
~
l- l- l-
D ; il
~ HlO I 1 - 11 bar abs
-J~ ~~
f- l- f-
- ... I- '
~ I- I-
H16l1
H25 I 1 -
- 17
26
bar obs
bar obs
v
'
~
"'"'c"'
[ l- I- '-
"'2a·.1-·::8•,.,
)(
; f- ,_ l- k-
H40 I 1 - 41 bar obs
Kl I -1 - 0 bar gauge
.,. 0
I- ._
D I- I-
,_
I-
K1,6I -1 - 0.6 bar gauge "''
"'
l- l- l-
K2,5 I -1 'p::>
~
!;I - 1,5 bar gauge
f- I- I- I-
l- l-
~
K4 I -1 - 3 bar gauge '°"'
"'""m
~
~
K6 j -1 - 5 bar gauge
,,--....,
-
~ I
f-
en I I l-
d KlO I -1 - 9 bar gouge
~~J
l-
~G') ~
"' .... "' f- ~ ~ G0.610 - 0,6 bar gouge
=c..>m ~ G1 I a - 1 bar gouge
"'0
5!: 0 -t IQ] IZl '--' 1-+-1-
r G1,6IO - 1,6 bar gouge
Vil (t)
-"'- :z
'<
-c
>
ro· rn
Ui ::t1
l~l
Pf R ,.
9.
?
9.
f-l
'--'
f-f-lf-
l-l-l-
1 I~
G2,5 ! 0 -
G4 ! 0 -4
2,5 bar gouge
bar gauge
"'"' "' -;;:: c c
I
f-1 ~
........ ~ ~
H 1-+-1-
I I G6 ! 0 - 6 bar gouge
- m ",a "a f-l l-l-l-
I I GlO !O - 10 bar gauge
"' " IYl i\I' G16 !O - 16 bar gouge
&j I " ,"0

F
II
~
0 I~ G25 ! 0 - 25 bar gouge
n ~
[ G40 ! 0 -
~
a 40 bar gouge
• t 0.
~
N G60 ! a - 60 bar gouge
E
0
• !I~~ -
D
0 GlDD!O - 100 bar gouge
i
Ii~ " l-
~~ :'ii
- V iSO 228-GJ/2A, AiSI 316, Viton '.i'
-
"';;S7' '-
>-I ~ 1-+-1--1 j(-lj 1-
1
V flo.nge, Sicl<> M01,mted, A!Sl 316, Vitcn
3
~ ~
!'.!.: ~
"'.... "l'"
zzcn"' R Ftcinge w/restr., side nounted, A\S! 316. y,to-i c ~
~ ~_g: ~ 2<
~I
I- I-
~ gncn
O> l- t1t l- l-
K ISO 228-Gl/2A, AJS[ 316, Kc.lrez 4()7'3 ; §
~
f a~(I) N ISO 228-Gl/2A, Tito.niun, Viton [
Fl~
l- f-ll-l-
-h i
0 ~ ;.
0 !?.
1-+-1-
M
T
M!BxJ.5, A!S! 315, Vitcn
Flo.nge 1i83/98, A!S! 3!6, Tef\cn <PTFD
~ ~
~ 5..
~
i [ ,,
~ I I I
I ••JdB'I;) S.OJJ!lllSUB•.L ••nss••d ••p•s 00£.LD ..'"'"'"tt •qJ,

The ·..i:luT•••••"" GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 2
Chapter 2
The +lurR11N1cir GT300 series Pressure transmitter. General Drawings
14 GT302B Pressure transmitter GT-1090
15 GT303B Pressure transmitter GT-1091
16 GT303/PUR Pressure transmitter with PUR cable GT-1221
17 GT304D3 Pressure transmitter with diaphragm unit GT-1092
18 General installation of GT302. Part list GT-1224
19 Installation of screen UP-606
20 Electrical connection GT302 and GT304 GT-1097
21 Electrical connection GT303 GT-1098
22 Connection of transmitter in hazardous area GT-1225

§
, - II.II riqhts rc~crved. Spcci!;cotions sub)ec\ to ch<:m<ie without no\ice.
PGIJ 5
•
ca. 43 PG!6 co. 58
ORDERING KEY
------------- o
I Oulput
~
siqnJl
1.-LOrnA
it
/ :b
I ~
I-
Cover App!icatmn/mec!lar.ie<il design
2 • Genera\ I CLlrgo, E~ ai;proved
I I I D
A]fJ
z
II I I Ceblo qlood llccuraty
A - 0.25%.Ternp comp o lo 40"[ !only [0.61
a
1'
I ~~ ..~
/
-~
B - OJS%.Tcmp comp +25 to as•c
0
( IE-
Cable gtand
OJS"/a,Tt>mri comp -30 to 1o·c §
/
3 ~ PG13.5
4 • PG16.
((able d1<L 6 ...1:.?mml
((L!ble d1a: 10... 14mml
~ g
"--' ~
"'"
i
Zero P!Jint
A ~ 0 b<ir <ibsolll!e :i.
[ • 0,8 b<ir <itisolute
' r G - 0 b<ir gauge !atmosphere pressure\ !l
( H - 1.0 tiilr atis
i
Air ven!1lalion
..
+1 bar gauge
I 1 K 1
at gauge type I Pressure range in bar

transmil ter KEY R<JCl(le o~crtoad
<co. 1~8> ' 1 --
A2,S .. 0,.,2,5 b<Jr Jbsolutt! 2.S~ ;;i
...I.. 111, ~ o.. 4 Dar absO(ute 2.Sx
§
~
"'
v
'
,)(
.fluTFl(INtCff.
ITYPE CTJ02 ----
A6 ~ 0 .. 6
A10 z 0 .. 10
A16 ~ 0._16
C0.6 ~ 0.8.. 1.4
(1 - 0.8.1.8
tJ<ir <ibsolute
ti;ir absolute
tJar absolute
Dar <ibsotute
llar atlso\ule
2.Sx
2.Sx
2.S~
3x
3x
le.
"' (1.6 - 0,8. 2.4 tldr absolute 2.Sx
""
o'll
ci
0 ~
l IS~271 C2.S - 0.8..3.3
C4 0,8 4,8
3
bar absolute
bar absolute
C6 .. 0.8 6.8 bar atJsrJ\ute
2.Sx
2.S~
2.Sx
fl'
;;i
-".g,... ~~
n ~
§0 "
~
(20f
I
G0.6 - Q_ 0,6 bar gaucre
G1 .. o _1
G1,6
b.---ir gauae
Q_ 1,6 bar gaugE' .
D
G2,S - 0 2.S 0.-J." gaugE?

3x
Jx
Jx
2.Sx
-
0
u
~ GI, • 0 4 tJar gauge 2.Sx ~
~ :::: G6 ~ 0 .. 6 bar gauge 2.S~
0
c ci
.,:.. g ' G10 • 0 .10 bilr gaugE? 2.Sx
,
G16 d 0 16 b<ir g<iuge 2.5x
0 Ji N
I G2S - 0 .. 25 bar gauge_
G40 • O . t.O bar gauge
2.Sx
2x
{f ~ G60 O . 60 bi!r gauge
ll 2x
5 ~ MAIN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION G100- 0..100 bilr gauge --·-. 2x
i 'if<
~
I
r-;;
Power supply ................................. . 24VDC nominal
{ 11-35VOC, dependent on load resistance)
Ht. ~ 1 5
H6 ~ 1 7
1110 • 1 11
H16
bar atJsolule .
bar absolule ,
bar absa!ule .
1,.1'/ b;ir <ibsa!ute .
2.Sx
2,Sx
2.Sx
:?.Sx
' .! Current consumplion/oulput signal: 4-20mA, 2-wire
ll
H25 ~ 1 26 btll' absa!ule :?.Sx

-, -;
Load resistance .......................... . 0-1200 ohms, dependent on supply voltage.
!140 • ·1.__r,1 b;ir absc!ute 2x ~
K1 ~ "l.O bar gauge )x
Ji
~
"
x "
~
.,&2
Accuracy ........................................ . 0,25-0,35% of F.R.O. dependent on lype.
(Includes non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at z5·c.)
Temperature drift. ......................... . 0,03% of F.R.O./C (-25 lo 85"C) GT30200c:=JO
I Kt6 - "1. 0.6 bar gauge
K2.S ~ -t..1.S bar gauge
K4 • -1. 3
K6 - -1..S
bar gaugt!
bar g<iuge
3x
2.Sx
2.Sx
2.Sx
(JO
~ ~ K10 "' -1. 9 tiar gauge . 2.Sx
c:r ~ I% of F.R.O. (-30 to 70"C) for type "E"
~ Exomple: GT302B3G0,6V Pressure connec:t1on and m;iteri;it
o'"
0
Operating ornbient temperature ... . -25 to s5·c '- of welled parts
<1 q~ V "'ISO 228- G1/2A, AlSI 316, Viton
~ ~ Weight ............................................ . 0,45 kg
~ ~ V1 i\ Protection grade ........................... . !P67, IP56 on gouge transmitter
K ~iso 228- G1/2A, AISI 316, Kalrez 6375
~.
0
" ~ q5'
w 0
Ex classification ............................ . EEx io l!C T4 according lo Cenelec EN50020 ,_
"'~· "''' I T"c
E3-$-.
Dswi/D.ri Scale/FQl'l!l.ll
w KMSS AS
0 Material, housing ............................ : AISl 316l, chromed brass in cover 1997.12.15 O.Oo/OLY 1:1 IA3)
Ship Control
"'e:
". 8
~
~ ~
~
Material, sensing element. ............. : Ceramic {Al2 0 3 -96%)

and coble gland Ct..cbd
O.Opl.
Sp1c Ctsl I Apprond
SJU N-7005 Trondheim
Norway
~ ' ~i\),I
.1
0
It
"'...,"' ::
"
~
Electrical connection ...................... : Connection box, max. 1,5mm leads.
2
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ··~ '" I''~"' I'"'..,,

ft
~ ~
REMARKS
Type: GT302 ----
bl
3 Ji 1 • F.R.O. ~ Full Range Output.
2 . 0, 1 Mpo ""' 1 bar = 1,0197 kp/cm 2
0wg..... siu.o-.
I IJ I
RH. L111g.
"
~
;.. ~ ~ .i DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GT-1090 1

ii
' '
I ·~ l I
"' " 7
" ' " ' ' 'J
N
l' l l\ l
( ( ( (
:;l
§ ~ All rights reserved. Spcc;fieo\;ons subject lo change without notice.
~
ORDERING KEY
Output signal
"
:b
c
~
/ 0 " 4-20mA ~
~
a
!=,"-.. App!icalion/mett1anica! design f K
;;
CABLE WITH rLANGE ,' I ., / 3 "' Ballast tanks I Inert, Ex approved
~
--~
0 (MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY)
I
I
I
"A'" f--L-l
I I
I
I
I
I (
,,..------
Accuracy
A.
B •
E•
0,25°/o, Temp comp o to 1,o·c
0.3S'Yo.Temp comp -25 lo 85°(
0.35°/o.Temp comp, -30 to 70°[
...,
'1
....
0
0
(/)
i
I
' \:=f=:t I Cable gland "
rr-_J-+-L-1,
I I I I I
I
I
I
I
(
I
,,..---- 0 ~
Zero point
NA
E .,,m·..
A• 0
,.... tiar absolute
""'
1~'·'8' I II
I I
SEEN FROM "A" C .. 0,8 bar absolute
1
I
I
I
I ( H " 1,0 bar absolute "'=
I I I
...,:il
.
I~;;f-~\,'::· 04
~
I I I
4pcs. M4 L.J_J_ __ KEY Range Overload
111 "
..,,,
~
~
~'
z'
'1
,.:
i _ (7 -
1~~\~~/~'/
~I- tJ -I "' I
AOC0.6 •
AOC1
AOC1.6 "
AOC2.5 .,
AOC4
0.8 ..1.4 b<Jr absolute
0.8.1,8 bar absolute
0.8 2,4 bar ,1bsolute .
0.8._J.J bar absolute
0,8 .. 4.8 b;ir absolute
3x
3x
2.Sx
2,Sx
2.Sx
(
"'"
-"-
e.
;;i
-...."' ii ::i
,,~ -~ .Pu!RONICR
INPE CTJOJ ----
AOC6
~·17BOA2,5
BOAi,
80A6
"
0.8"6.8 bar absolute
0.2.5 bar absolute
O .. t,
0 ...6
bar absolute .
bar absolute
2.Sx
2,Sx
2.Sx
2.Sx
8-
0 ro -....._ __.., Plug connector . 2,Sx
l
~j BOA10 " bar
0 ....10 absolute
0
8
"
-Eo rswlv
' .-
BOC0.6 ~
80(1
twr
0,8 .. 1,l+
bar·
0,8 .. 1,8
absolute
absolute
Jx
3x
N I aon6 bar
0,8 ..2/+
BOC2.S • 0.8 . 3.3 bar
ilbsotu!e
absolute
2.Sx
2.Sx
~ l~l
I I<
l;; ~
~
~
12of IS8228·G112A
80(4
BOC6
80H6
0,8 .1.,8 bar
0.8 .. 6.8 bar
1 .. ,7 bar
ilbso\ute
absolute
ilbso\u!e
2.Sx
2.Sx
.. 2.Sx
MAIN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BOH10 bar abso!u!e ,. 2.Sx
~
1 .. 11
Power supply ................................ .. 24VDC nominal BOH16 01. ... 17 !Jar absolute ,_ 2.Sx
r;t1] Current consumption/output signal: 4-20mA, 2-wire

(11-35VDC, dependent on load resistance)
Pressure c:onneclion and material of welled
parts
(
i
Load resistance ............................. : 0-1200 ohms, dependent on supply voltage. V ~ ISO 228-G112A., A.ISi 316, Viton
~I If Accuracy ......................................... : 0,25-0,353 dependent on type. K ~ ISO 228-G1/2A, AISI 316. Kalrez 637S
GT303~-'--~o
(Includes non-!ineaeity, hysteresis and repeatability at 25"C) N -.. ISO 228-G112A, Titanium. V1ton
0
Temperature d6ft. ........................•. : 0,023 of FRO/"C(Oto40"C). 0.033 of FRO/"C(-25 to 85"C)
~
ci
ro 13 of F.R.O. (-30 to 70-C) for type '"E'".
;;; GT303BOC1,6V (Example)
:::: 0
ro
5
Operating ambient temperature .... : -25 to 85"C
~- g: ~
Weight. ............................................. : 0.3 kg
Protection grade ............................ : IP68. 6 bar D1t1 DsQlllDwn I Tr1e Sc.l!il/F1111111l
"'~· ~ 97.12.19 O.Op./Oly 1 : 1 IA31:
KMSS AS
"
Et• m . . .
Ex classification ............................. : EEx ia llC T4 according to Cenelec EN50020 Ship Control
--"' ~. Chlckld Sp1c Clrl I Apprond
(/) g' Material, housing ............................ : AISI 316L O.Qpl. SJU N-7005 Trondheim
.g:
(/]
'2
ll
111 ~
ii'l Material, sensing clcrnent .............. : Ceramic {Al 2 0 3 -963)
Electrical connection ...................... : Flange with connector {Compatible with GT206)
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Rljll. for
Norway
R1pl. hp
11
1
~
ml...:lif
.§ REMARKS
1. F.R.O. = Full Range Output
2. 0,1 MPa "" 1 bar= 1,0197 kp/cm 2 •
0 I 7 I
" ' " ' '
Type: GT303 ••••
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
I
' I
"
,.,~
I
'
GT-10911
S!ulO. Rn. 1...-.;.
ID I
&"l
..";;-
N
~
r- ,'>'1
20
ti~l1\~ te~.:t<<o-d_ 5;:"'c,r;,olio•'~ ~~l·j"'d t'.> i;;,~nr;<: ·,viHmc..<t •V_>!'.e<•. -''-----'-'-----"~'-----'------'"----~-----'""-----'------""----~-----'----~
86 66
ORDERING KEY ..
:;l
:b
"' N~ g Output signal
~
~
I 0 = 4-20mA
I
-- " ~
~
~Wm
-
App!icotion/mechonlcol design
3""'Bollost tonks/Inert, Ex approved
z
a
'I'
--5l
0
ffi ~
~
"' 0 ,,
-111- +-•- .L - - - - -_-h-_-_-l=:::=J1
N <
Accuracy
J~
-..J : S!
A=0,25%, Temp. comp. 0 lo 40"C
0: (,,------ 8=0,.35%, Temp. comp. - 25 lo 85"C
"'s.
i
N : Conduclors wilt1 colours blue +
..... - and white shall nol be connected 1 Cable gland
G 1 .r--- 0 = NA !Ji
I '' (
"'
i
N I Zero point
N II I' A ~ O bar absolute
0 l I ,-- c ~ 0,8 bor absolute
'!'1 1 I ( H ~ 1,0 bor absolute
I O I
I I I
~
I I I
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
TYPE GT.303/------N
PUR CABLE TYPE GT -1234/(length in dm) .__
I '_
....' _,__ KEY
+-;-~
Range Overload
~
"e.
-"
~
l\OC0,6 =0,8 .. 1,4 bar absolute 3x
& PRESSURE TRA."JSMITTER TYPE GT.30.3/PUR
AOC1 =0,8 .. 1,8 bor absolute
AOC1,6 =0,8 .. 2,4 bar absolute
3x
2,5x
l AOC2.5 =0,8 .. 3,3 bor absolute 2,5x
i- I AOC4
AOC6
BOA4
=0,8 .. 4,8 bar absolute
=0,8 .. 6,8 bar absolute
+BOA2.5 =0 .... 2,5 bar absolute
=0 .... 4 bar absolute
2,5x
2.5x
2,5x
2,Sx
;;!
"'g, 80A6 =0 .... 6 bar absolute 2,5x
-8 80Al0 =0 .... 10 bar absolute

BOC0,6 =0,8 .. 1,4 bar absolute
BOC1 =0,8 .. 1,8 bar absolute
~--IBOCl,6 =0,8 .. 2,4 bar absolute
2.5x
3x
3x
2,5x
BOC2.5 =0,8 .. 3,.3 bar absolute 2,Sx
BOC4 =0,8 .. 4,8 bar absolute 2,Sx
·~1MAIN
::.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BOC6 =0,8 .. 6.8 bar absolute 2,5x
•~ Power supply .................................. : 24VDC nominal BOH6 = 1. ... 7 bar absolute 2,5x
i I" ( 11-35VDC, dependent on load resistance) BOHlO = 1. ... 11 bar absolute 2,5x
801-116 =01 .... 17 bar absolute 2.Sx
H--i'-''°0~1 Current consumption/output signal: 4-20mA, 2-wire
j j! Load resistance ............................. : 0-1200 ohms, dependent on supply voltage. Pressure connection and rnoterial
of wetted ports
~ H--i.-lAccuracy ......................................... : 0,25-0,35% dependent on type.
0
""""
~
~\· (Includes non-lineaeity, hysteresis and repeatability at 25"C)
f, Temperature dr;ft... ........................ : 0,02% of FRO/C(Ota40"C), 0,03% of FRO/C(-25 ta 85"C)
0
Operating ambient temperature .... : -25 to BS"C GT303-~~0
(I v~1so228-G1/2A, A1Sl316, Viton
K=IS0228-G1/2A. AISl316, Kolrez
N=IS0228-Gl/2A, Titanium. Viton
J
o'"
<1 Weight. ........... , ................................ 0,3 kg
:::: Protection grade ............................ : JP68, 6 bar GT303BOC1,6V (Example)
!l. Ex classification ............................. : EEx ia l!C T4 according to Cenelec EN50020
s"'· Material, housing ............................ : AISI 316L ,,~

0111 tlsgr./°""" Scals1Ferm1t
Navia Maritime AS
Material, sensing element. ............. : Ceramic (A1 2 0 3 -96%) 99-08-31 AJK /T\ Division Aulronica
"'"e:
"''<"'
Electrical connection ...................... : Flange wilh connector (Compatible with GT206)
J) REMARKS
1~~t~· J::·~::re . lrl~~i,ll:r·····t. E.34~1 ~t~: N.7005 Trondheim
Norway
,~ 1. F.R.O. ~
:~::~~~~:~:~~~~:_!~:~~~:~~-.~~!~~~'.:~~~~-~~~~-~: ~
Full Range Output
~
--; 2. O. 1 MPo = 1 bar = 1.0197 kp/cm 2 . type GT303/PUR
10
~ ···1---1---~~
Oiog r.o. $11.ne. I. Re..-.! lJl'g.
> ~ DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GT-1221 1 ' ' if

N
"' ' '
l l l l
( ( ( (
§ , - /\ti rlgh\5 ,..,~.,.-v~d SPl"tlf..::at;,n~ 5.AJj<'ct to thnng<' oithcut nitic~ . --~"~----~----="------'-----~----~-----°'"-----'------"~-----'-----'-----,
I
PG13,5 ca.. 43 PG16 co, 58 it
~ Cohlo~'"'
Cover :b
~
[ ·1
~a
~
r - - 1 - - - 1 Cable gland
t UP li
-~
0
en
I
\
'
i
! --
I ,
m - I·
!- ~µRt /
ORDERING KEY
Ourput signal
0 • 1,-2omA
'I'
§
g
en
i
I-;===='==£!/ Appllcation/mechanical design
"
~ / 4 " Cargo lines, (J( approved
g. Air ventila!ion ~-
at gauge !ype
<ca.. 1~5>
transmiller
r-----
Io " Accuracy
0.9%,Tmnp. comp. ~25 to
Cable gland
as·c I i
;i
~
f/1.,1Ji."t)NCA / 3 ~ PG1lS !Cable d1a· 6,...12mml
4 ~ PG16 !Cable d1a · 10...11.mml
lm'E GTJ04-----
-- I -- . Zero point
5l
/sw21J j ~
(,..... H " 1.0 bar absolute
"~1{..
'"d l Pressure rani
tJ "___ T___ -1 l. _____ ·+KEY ;;i
- r
< • Range Overload
".._, i
~~ ii
f[ [! I H4 1. s bar ubsotute ,__ 2.Sx
;~0=;;!"~'; 2.Sx
H6 1 7 bar absolute .
-....,
0
,! I'! ·, ·, DIAPHRAGM UNIT r---1 ~~~ 1 .. 11 bar absolute . 2.Sx
.
1 .. 17 bar absolute . 2.Sx
2) : 1 •. .r ..,_ ..r--·1_.' ...r·'"l...f"'\... i j AISl316 H2S bar absolute 2.Sx
8 I 1 26
<
~
"'
.!i
lJ
h
~
~
rl AK:n1f. ~·-~·~-~1.--.
-~~'"g~(
/
i I, !l
W}
:
1
--
1140 1 . .,41 bar
Pressure connection and material

of wetted parts
T ~
absolute
Diaphragm PTFE coated AISl316

. 2.Sx
~ "'
~
~
w
~
~;;
1 {083) ' 6 (
'"'- SPECIFICATION <098> I pcs. screws M6x3S
GT304DODT
:>:
ojuj~ MAIN TECHNICAL
Power supply ................................. . 24VDC nominal "
~"
0 {11 ~35VDC, dependent on load resistance)
dil E<ample: GT304D3H10T
"'g If
Current consumption/output signal: 4-20mA, 2-wire
~ ~
Load resistance ........................... 0-1200 ohms, dependent on supply voltage.
"
~ Accuracy......................................... <0,9% of F.R.O.
""s:: ." {Includes non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at 2s·c.)
· -.
ll < 0,05% of F.R.o.j·c (-25 to 85'C)
.
Temperature drift...........................
~-
g~
u ~ Operating ambient temperature .... : -25 to 85'C
"·~ ' ~~ Weight ............................................. : 1,5 kg

'"'' Osgn/O•n I Trnc Scale Navia Maritine AS
en
El:
1l §
g~ ~ltl fa
Protection grade ............................ : IP67
Ex classification ............................. : EEx ia !IC T4 according ta Cenelec EN50020
Material, housing ............................ : AISI 316, chromed brass in cover and coble gland
Chec~rd
97~12~22
OOpL
OOp/Oly.
Spei:: Ctrl. ApP'"OVrd
S.J.U E3-. ffi
1 1 !A3l
(
\
'--···
). Division Autronica
N-7005 Trondhein
Norway
"'<en @
-g
~
~
~
"'
Material, sensing element .............. : Ceramic (A1 1 0 1 -96%) !J1)f"11)Nll;~
!Rep.Irr IR.P.l;y INl.>d
Jr
~
Electrical connection ..................... : Connection box, max. 1,5mrJ leads. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
'"'
I~ "
~'~
REMARKS
1. F.R.O. "" Full Range Output
2. 0, 1 MPo == 1 bar== 1,0197 kp/cm 2 •
<
Type: GT304 - - - -
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
I I
ll~g no
GT -1092("""1';·r·• if
0 7
' ' ' 0 0
' "'
6 ~
..-- All rlghls reserved. Spcciflco\ions s"bject to change .,.i\houl notice.
:::l
~
-~
0
-1 (23) ,_
..,1,,c1\f
ro
Ic - ,
r
I ..
(79)
,Q
:b
~
D
z
;;
~
§
g
0
"'
t (J~~t=rt -G)
0
u
,,t{
I '
fTi'Y.i''
'
rh1
l
\.I./ I I f.
-
,l;"i·;
~
.. I
0-'>="±"'
' I
(06,~) [
iil
;::i::;
c -:::1
·~(part
Seal 6550--030.0006
of valve) REMARKS
i
(04r
~
[.
L()
3\--~~ 't-n 1. The transmitter shall be installed vertically.
~
~ Do not install transmitter against closed
~
-s..
~
volume of liquid.
Open valve after entering the threads
00
to prevent high pressure damage.
7 )---\ ±.rr"°
§ (1\..
4 1-j-~jstud 1/2'"BSP AISI 316 !AJSJ316 YARD SUPPLY
~ 1 8 P;pe 08 AISl316 YARD SUPPLY
~ 2 I 7 ISeal 018x6.5x2 Cu 6550-030.0006

·I 1--------1------4
~ i-.!-.~ Adapter Brass 6581-031.0001 GT-·8.38 I
; 1 5 Shock absorber for thin oil Brass 6480-005. GT-644
g: ~
2 4 Manometer coupling, Brass 6581-019.1002 GT-643
~ 1 3 Control valve, 25 bar Bross 5941-001. GT-639

~ 1 2 Brockel PA/AISl316 6562-001.0003 GT-1214
JJ 1 !Pressure transmitter Brass 'GT30283-- GT-1090
::::
~-
"'~·
'"·I
"" "'~
11.1,
99.05.31
Chected
I MaV
H.,.,f~Dh
illgnll).n
AJK
Spec. Clll
T"e
Appro•d
Sc.,.!FomMOI
-
-E::} •
""""' EB Ar~c:i. no.
Navia Maritime AS
Division Autronica
N-7005 Trondheim
Df1.0ng
SJU Norway
"'
~ j 1
Part list and main dimensions of +lmRoNicr>
pressure transmitler type GT302- llrpl. lw !Rfl'I, by [ Nnl lhffl
"'
I ~
~
1---~--- -1r SYSTEM LAY-OUT
,,.,~ GT-12241'""" 1""1""'
("'.)
.,=-
.,;;-
~ 8 I 7 l' 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 I 2 I
N
l l l li
The .i:IUT•••1cR- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 2
, - - - - - - - All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice. - - - - - - - .
- B tr
-? I- -
~
-i
L ~
Lsw
CJ:l-00-~=
Lsw
.~ Outer sheath
Inner sheath
2 Cable screen
- Cable, min 2x0.S mm
with Cu-screen Bend part of
Cu-screen back
I
c
,Q
0.
·g Nipple PG29
0
0 7 6571-060.2900 18-25 8 29 40
0
c
6 Nipple PG21 6571-060.2100 13-18 7 25 30
0
N
5 Nipple PG16 6571-0601600 10-14 6.5 23 24

1~ 4 Nipple PG13.5 6571-060.1350 6-12 22 22
6.5
i "' ~
v;
'-..
0 3 Nipple PG11 6571-060.1100 5-10 6 21 20
0
0
2 Nipple PG9 6571-060 0900 I 4-8 6 20 17
"'z
LI
1 Nipple PG7 6571-060 0700 I 3-6.5 5 19 14
Q
20 Qty.
q:
~
Pas.
I Nome, type, dim
I Article no. , spec. 0 min. -0 max A 8 min. SW
ITrac
~
Dale Osgn/Dwn Scale/Formal
KMSS AS
1995.01.25 SJU/OLY 1:1
Ship Control
IApproved I
El--$- 1]00~
Checked Spec Clrl.
SJU N-7005 Trondheim
AJK I
11
c
0
Installation of screened cable dlu

Rep!. for
Norway
I INext sheet
0
in cable gland type HSK-M-EMV Rep!. by
0
c
no.
N
~
0
~ SYSTEM LAYOUT
Dwg
UP-6061 Shoo.
IRc.1 L.,,

The ~uT111a111c~ GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter2
~------ All rights reserved. Specifications subject to char,Ge without notice. --------~
Top view of
GT302--/GT304--
Top cover removed
Bend part of
Screened cable Cu-screen back
0-ring
·-----------------------~-~I ------------------------·
I
Coble with Cu-screen 1. I
Screen to be grounded I
•c
N
0
in the monitoring
system
r /Load in monitoring system.
Monitoring system
nD
4-20 mAI
power supply,
see specification
+
Power supply 11 -35V DC
Date Dsgn/Dwn I True Scale
EB
Navio Mcri·tine (i.S
1998-01-06 O.OpL/O.Ly. · Division !1utrcnico.
Checked Spec CtrL Approved ~ -~
c,______O_.O~p_L_~----~---S_._J._U~____"F
_ __. i'<- 7005 Tr cndhei"
:8 Norwoy
-§- Electrical connection +lurnaNICR-
u
~
• Re(:l. for Rep!. by Next

Pressure transmitter type GT302--
.
~
c
0 ond GT304-- Dwg no.
shee!

The ..i:luT•a•1a1t- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 2
+ 18 to 35V DC
,~-4~to~2-0~m-A_i_Q~~---=OV
1 2 3
000
f-
I
+V[aLr1-v_
. - SAFE AREA
--j
I
NOTE!
Terminals 3, 5 and 6
I HAZARDDUS
/---- __A_[<l;_A___ -J ore internally connected.
It
1 in!*
000 Grounding
4 5 6
' I Min.1,5 mm
2 conductor
min.4 mm2
Earth bus bar I I I _I_
I I I i I I I - SAFE AR EA
.--~--~-<!.
------------11-1t-~:;:;~~~;-:;~:-------i--i·-------------
i·~"
.'?"' 4-20 mA 1+ - 1
+ -
·\:~
·x ~- '"' "
-,:,
Col
i ern \
,._
I 11 n
0
n
f-
Cl
E
0
L
~
- + GJ
@]
..D
0
u
0::
:::::>
J
Q_
Top view of
GT302 and GT304 GT303
Date i Dsgn/Dwn Trac Scale/Forrnat
Navia Maritime AS
99-09-01 'AJK /-T-'\ Divisjon Autronica
r~-~~-~~:) N-7005 Trondheim
-...._l_./ Norway
Pressure transmitters type GT302, +Hii;?Gi~iCFI
GT303 and GT304 in hazardous area.

",.
"
~.., Connected to barrier type DZ-110 Dwg no. Sh.no. ! Rev. ! Lang.
··---~---1-----
! )
CONNECTION DIAGRAM GT-12251 ! l
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 22 of 100 Kangsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

The -lluTR••••"" GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
Chapter3
\._)
General mechanical details. Drawings
24 GT-1234 Flange with PUR cable GT-1234
25 GT-742/430 Mantle cable, only for inert GT-942
26 6562-001.0003 Fastening clamp GT-1214
27 GT-661 Fastening bracket for GT303 GT-661
28 5941-001. Control valve ND-25. Max. 25 bar GT-639
29 5941-002. Control valve ND-250. Max. 250 bar GT-462
30 6581-019.nnnn Manometer coupling GT-643
31 6480-00n. Shock absorber GT-644
32 6581-031.0001 Adapter piece GT-838
33 6571-100.0001 Cable gland UP-685
34 GL-1387/500 Flexible protection GL-1387
35 UP-410 Shoulder nipple UP-410

The .+lun••••ff- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
- - - - - - A!I rights reserved, Specifications subject to change without notice. - - - - - - .
Bl~ck~illl ,,------ R!d

2x0,25mm
---=====:-' I Conductors with colours blue
and white shall not be connected
05
___ J_
E'
'D
0
1-
Lf'l
fT') 1 REMARKS
-0
c
ro
1. Material, flange: Titan grade 2.
0 2. Material, cable: Polyurethane.
0
fT') 3. Protection grade: IP68.
4. Weight: 70g + 409/meter.
5. Insulation resistance > 100 MO
at 500 V DC and 23'C.
6. Temp. range: -40 to 80-C.
6
Lf'l
'd
'- ORDERING EXAMPLE: GT-1234/350
"'c
-0 I
J T
<D
I
(\)
<D
Vl
' Mechanical design
018
-·'----'-
[ Total length, CL[dm] :____J
1
ti"--:-ii=':::::l:==.: j--'-:rl:
- ' ' - - - - ' - - - :-'-:
I •• "\
I
1~
B'oc<-~
I~
0
c 040 l~1
4pcs. holes 05
048
Date
99-09-02
~i_c~ed
Osgn/Own
AJK
Spec Ctrl.
Trac
~jijved
l Scalel'.,F ormal
I E3 •
1
EB Navia Maritime AS
Divisjon Autronica
N-7005 Trondheim
§ 1-=---'-------.L.::c:..::_______i_-"----1 Norway
]- Flange with PUR-cable +iuTRONICR-
8 type GT-1234/- Repl. for IRep!. by INext sheet

pressure transmitter GT303- Dwg no. GT- Sh.no. Rov. Lang.
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH 12341 1 1

The .i:luT•••1•A- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
~------ All !"ights reserver:t Specifico.tions si;bject to change without notice,-------~
Block------... y--- Red

- +
I
I
1 pcs. clamping
TI
D
cQj
0
lO
±I
ring type UP-584
is enclosed as
spare port.
01-
aJ 0
c I
0
D
REMARKS
1. Material AISI 316
I 2. Protection grade IP68
-'--------11 1 Weight • 70g.+ 100g./meter
4. If mantle cable length is
I less than 120mm. use GT-784/-
instead of GT-942/-
I
w 5. lnsulalion resistance >100 Mohm al
i
:0
m
u
500 V DC and 23°[
04,8
~
c
m
::;::
ORDERING KEY -- GT -942/ y

"
rn
Ci
I
'.': d, Mantle cable length in mm _J
"i 0
<
'
Q
I
".'.]
~ TI ""F
cQj
~
c-
'? 0
aJ 0
D
I
c-
"' c I
"'
.£· 0
uc
w
D
I
=
o
024
Lb
c
0
0
w
c
0
. I ' \
N 1: I I ' I I :
;
w I
'~i
u
"'
"
rn
I
I
"'' ()1
1. 4 pcs.holes esmn'; I
w
~
0
Q
040
'
".'.] ~
~
N < 048
':'
~
'".'.]
~
"'
0
' Do.te
~
c- Dsgn/Dwn Tro.c Seo.le
"'Ec en 1995-01-09 O.Ly 1 : I
w "' Checked Spec Ctr!. Approved
c
~ .£·
E en
"' c
0
AJK KJA
s w
;"
"·~ Montie coble type GT -942/-
~ ro u
E
w
~
~ Rep! for IRepL by Next
I
~
z
°'
Q
for GT-660 sheet
w
c
0
N
pressure transmitter GT - Dwg no.
<
>
w DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
"' "'
The .+luT11aN1c,... GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
e6,5
~
i I
I I
I I
I I
T I
- I I
I I
I I
I I
33
64
.I
~L 43
79
l Bose piote
,---;----r-~--t----+---t---.--r
n
N
_,__.......,__ .l ---1---1---~
50
.,
"
~·
REMARKS
1. Material, clomp: Reinforced polyomide
Material, base plate ond screws: AISI 316
2. The base plate con be welded to steel ports
~~-O 7•Ji--··---·~o~J~=--·--JT~ac
Checked j
Spec Ctrl. Approved
_s_"';'.;orm:___
---i ,..+..,
Navia Maritime AS
Divisjon Autronica
MaV SJU Ec:::r ~ N-7005 Trondheim
.~
··-···-·----·-··· ···-························- ·······-·---·- ·---············ Norway
Fastening clamp type 6562-001.0003
~ Repl. for i Repl, by !Next sheet
8 for pressure transmitters
type GT300/- Dwg no. Sh.no. Rev. Lang.
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GT-12141 II

The ~"'"""'""" GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
~------ All rights reserved, Speciflcc.tions subject to change without notice. -------~
68
45 50
· [
1300 I
~1 L r-1_1__;;_.,.~%_': :_---'--:---_; ~-$-·- - ;·

~JI ;/~--1--~'-, , I'
Jn----'---,,l.
''
" '
; ; ''
::
I J ~1 II
l II
I ( I ]
- II II
-
ISO 228-Gl/2 I, .1 I.
I
SW36
I
REMARKS
1. Material , all ports AISI 316
2. The bracket consists of: bracket, nut and lock washer.
~
c
0
N
_::;.
a..._ Mech.parts , GT-674
~ IDsgn/Dwn I Troe Ncvic:; Mcr'iliMe -~S
EB
...:.:: Do.te Seo.le
9· 1990-06-06 O.Ly. 1' 1 Dlvisloq Av-tr·onico
9 Checked ISpec CtrL IApproved -Et ~
"' c Oly. I A.JK KJA "f' I•;- 7005 Tr'onoheh
~ ~1------~-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--t
ti ~
Norwcy
7J ·s Fastening bracket type GT-661 +lurnDNICR-
5.
=>
~
~ for pressure transmitter RepL far IRepL by Next
sheet
~
c
0
N
type GT206/- or similar Dwg no.
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 27 of I 00 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

The .i:luTOaN1cn- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
- - - - - - - All rights reserved. Specifico.tions subject to change without notice, -------~
<.D
SW27
~
x
<.D 228-G1/2
2 - Cu-disc
3:
GJ
L
u
I
I
I l l
i 1 I
Ul I
µ
~-
I
H-
I - ) I \
l
0
"<j-
- - I~II n ,-
o;i -
'-
I I [XJ
0
u -\
~
~
I \
~
J
\
- I
I-
~
\
5 5 0
\
I N
c
rn I I
"''
~
fu ~
I t:: I• I
\
~
0
Q
I
"'
<
'':'.)
w l
I
0
':'
~
9
"'
~ I•
ca.43
.1 ISO 228-G1/2A
"'
.~
~
54
-:=ro
E
ru
"' fu
c
0
N
Remarks
>
fu
~
°' 1. Material: Bross

c 2. Weight: 0,40 kg
rn
3. Max. pressure: 25 bar (PN25)
"''£:
0
4. PN= Pressure Nominal
Q
5. Temp.range: -20 to 5o·c
"'
~
<
'"' w'
<
~
~
Date
Mn~ihce
EB
Dsgn/Dwn Trac Seo.le
~ Ncvb i;S
"'
x
"'
>=. 9
~
~
~
~
Checl<eci
1994-04-19
JSk.
A.JK/KJ
Spec CtrL Approved
KJA
1 I 1 TJf,,,·c:-;...,f1
, , , __,,\.,,
N- 7005 Trcn:Jl-)ein
1 ). +ir,.,,:,-,,
,/·1 ~' ;.J. L.,_ '"
"'"'
~
$! "'
~
ru
~
c
.Q
No;w(',y
ai
~
c
~
ru
. Q.
c
u
Control vavle type 5941-001. +:lurRONICA- .
u ~
u E fu RepL for Next
< 0 Q
(PN 25) Isheet
fu
c Dwg no,
0
N
> DIMENSIONAL SKETCH

co < fu
°'
P-GT300fKEE 011205 SU/pab Page 28 of 100 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS
( ( ( (
' v .J .. .J l...
6 All rights f"l'Sl'f"Vl'rl. SpPc:itit;~tkms subject to ch3ngt> •itf>out notic<.'.

;l
"
"''0"" ..
:b
c
~
~
g
max62 z
r
;;
ttl
'i:'l
-"'
0
0 "''<::><::>""
"'
s"' "'"
::i.
'O
"
15- .,"'~
"
"'
0
~E .,"'
"'=
"'p;
11 lS0228-G1/2A !left hand thre<ids)
i1
"
'".,""
~
-~
-::..-::.-::.IM""l.1..~--::...-::..--~
- ii!.
ll I I If
~B~ ~I=
.e- - --- ~ MB -~--
_:-- f'J4 I
--cOrl
1 I+
l
,_.... -1•~
";;i
" I I I,
"''°...., ;;:; ;;:; ,:;L!;'.;:J_ J:-...::-.::-...:;-..=·
-
0
0
0
I I I I
:f
~
•~
~ 47
17
~
'?
~
0
"'
_,. LI N
'?'
~
0
"'
~·
0
.~
'
""""'g"
o';l
I{ ~
ii:: "~
~. >
~ ARTICLE NO. MATERIAL MAX. PRESSURE TEMP. RANGE
a. Dote Dsgn/D•n
EB
St~le N:i.vit, (.forib··-e r',S
s <ri
$
591,1-002. BRASS 250 bar -10 lo 120'[ 1999~01-28 A.JK
irGC
1: 1
D:vi5_iuri r,u lrcn:..::c:
•-
" 5941-0020007 STEEL 1,00 bar -10 lo 400'[ Chl'tkl'd Spec Ctrl. llpprovrd
E:t4'
"'e:
'O
[
5941-0020010 AISI 316 Ti 1,00 bar -10 lo 250'[
SJU MeV ~·I·· lUOS Tre;nr)f1E·ir,
i'J;)t'\H:.y
i Control valve with test flange .JluTRON!CR- .
l"' ..,,
~ llri:t l!T I Rep by l!i?~I
for pressure tronsrnitters Q
~
)>I I I< DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
,
Dog no
GT - L, 6 2 i'"~(:'f '" 9
"
~
"' Q 7 <
' 0
"'
The -llun•••• .. GT300 Series Pressure Trausmitters Chapter3
All rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.
20
N~
[W/~~ /,n
__ ~t
~ ~
,
l'.J - ,_
----
co
N
N
Cl
~ ~
•, •
I
SW1 SW2
<'
.9'l
M
' L
"
c
0
TYPE L D SW1 SW2

6581-019 0002 46 6 27 17
•c
N
0
6581-0191002 46 8 27 19
>
~
"' 6581-019 0009 47 10 27 22

I
<'
rn
v;
~
'•
~
0
~
« c
'-
~
~
::;:
"'
~
~-
~
~
'? Dflte Dsgn/Dwn
Ee
D
N Trac Seo.le ~h; '•iiC:.
f./1;;.,r\t:1Me f.'\S
~ "' 1989-09-25 AJK/K.J 1 •1
~ "' Checked Spec Ctrl. Approved
-e 4r
D:vtsicn i\utronicc.
"'"' "''l-"' "'

~
~ ca 0.Ly. A.JK N- 7005 Trondhein
i~OY''.'f('i. y
"'=c a
w
~
·c
u
+lurnaN1cF+-
!'!
D
E
ru
c
D
"'
c•
MANOMETER COUPLING
Rep!. for Rep!. by !Next
sheet
•c
GT - 6 4 3 jShnof~vf nng
0
Dwg rm.
N
'° « •> DIMENSIONAL SKETCH

"'
The .i:lu'"""'".. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Cbapter3
Cu disc
50
REMARKS
"r 1. Material Brass SW27
"
N
j g,
I U>
l ~·
l
~::~:
::£!
!
!
·¢-; Date Dsgn/Dwn Trac Scale/Format
Navia Maritime AS
~i 99-10-13 AJK 1:1 I A4 /-r'.,
g; ! 1-,c""he-,ckc-ed-,--------+.s,-pe-c"""°'c""trl,-.----l-,A-pp_ro_ve-c-d--+---E-~-~-.-r®--I ( --~µ--- ) Division Aulronica
N-7005 Trondheim
2§,li _M_a_V_ _ _ _~---~S_JU_ _~-----·"--~·--1 \.._[_/
Norway
21
Shock absorber ~:it,'"m'T"'
~~ ,~ type 6480-005.
for pressure transmitter Dwg no. Sh.no. j Rev. lang,
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GT-644 1 ,A 1

'
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 31 ofl 00 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS
The +luTRDNlo.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
. . . - - - - - - - All rights reservt>cl. Specifications St;bject to change without notice.-------~
<
N
<
N
I~-w_:_:_+-1
""-
'
~
()
I
o:)
N
N 5 20 5_1,__
0
Vl
. II ~,
'gj l ~m7777~~:-m--I~
-+
II
-r-c
--+--- l ~1
N _ _I .-"'<6:~61,,'i
LI
I-
-- gg
~~~~· I 60 ,
~
c
0
N
Material: Hex. brass 27 mm
Dsgn/Dwn
'.' '°"'.'"" l°'C·"·'t
' ,. ' ·'~. 0
1
EB
Trac Scale "~' -..;. -~ - _....,
./:,"
1992-10-21 AJK/ELS 1'
Jh;isioti Autr·orrco
c
Checked
O.Ly.
Spec Ci:rL
Approved AJK -EJ- -@-,
N~ 7QG5 Trcndhein
ol-----~-~----~----~------l
+>
.Q.
No'."wcy
c +lurnaNtCA-
~
~ Rep\. !or RepL tJy Next
~
Adopter piece type 6581-031.0001 sheet
~
c Dwg no.
0
N
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH

( ( ( (
~
. - All rights rl'~l.'rvrd. Sprcif'c:ot!oos subjl.'Cl to tho.ng.. oitliout nolic:l.'.--~v~----~----"~----~----~----~----~"~----~----""~---~-----~---~
I--
0
:b
~
a
z
;;
l'
§
~
"' ,-,1
(4-8rw1}
@) Q
Q
"'~·
f '- ''i
SW19~F ~ (
(171)
1 :
!· ·II n
i
! i
;i
~
SW19
<D-ring) _ /
~-
f-:-!-
J
oor ~
ia.
~ a
i
\ \ \
'
w
• i-;---,<ISD228-Gl/ 4)
i'
_J_
w
-
g,
I •
-"
!
t
'..,._----T---·'""'
/
:
~
~
~
8 '
¥ - c
~
•'
,' ~
•
>
I
REMARKS
Ji, 1. Max. 1<eighl of cable, 4 kg. 1100m cable Smrnl
1 2. Max. pressure, 5 bar-IP68. E
• J Malerial, body AISI 316 .
4_ Material, o-ring: Nitrite.
::::
!l.
ct.
~
Trac
I
E9 I
DntC' AJK Sco.ll' Navin Maritine AS
~ 1998-02-~-
Ch<>ch.,
-.-
I'''"'"'"
Spt'c Cir
l Approvrd
Oly.
£3-
2 •1 I Division f\utronica
N-7005 Trondhein
"' JSk
.[- Coble gland type 65 71-100.0001 f -11,,,,.,,.
Norway
II
"' ~-!or 1~,
bi
1
for· coble diameters 4--8mm Rlµ by
Mox. 5 bar continuous D•g no.
UP-685r~J'"(' "
&'; (, I , DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
~
R I 7 I I 4 I J I ? I I
"'
;;l
§
- A!l rights reserved. Spedtic:otiorts subject to chnnge •ltho~t nollcr.
"
I Movable coupling SW32 Movable coupling SW32
f
1
I-- j
--------- ---------- -
j
I
•
~
.,~,;,;:~!--~.:~ ::.:::.-.:::.:=:_:~--------------·--z~--- ~J\ ___ 1

~ -:.-:.o::.o.::.. -~ - r·•·.-:-·:::.·.·. ~
-- '
~
0 --·--· -------------------·
'
-"I
' : '
~1 ~1-·r-· ~
qi i i I g ---(!,
6len
~ ----------~--
N
N ~ ~ ~ N
&l Ll ~-...-.:~':.-:.-:::.-,.
- - &l rlJ
~ "!:!.
"'g.
l Drnio hole 06
lal lowest pointl
Dcoio hole 06
(at lowest poinll
j
I
~
i
;i
Acid resislant slee!
- Flexible synthetic armoured rutber tube
- Acid resisrilflt slef'I ~
"
fo l ±5 I e.
~
~
~
Standard L 500 and 1000
i...
w
~
e,
8-
;; I
~
"A
•' ~·
R min 130
!'
ORDERING EXAMPLE Gl·1l87/500
Mechanical dosign -=i- J

i
~ ei
k
i REMARKS
L in rnm
~
~-
i"en
~'
~
~
<
~
" 9~
~. ~
~
?
~
"'
~
\!,!
1. Material of
Inside,
Outside,
Armouring,
flexible lube,
N1lrile rubber.
Weather prool rubber.
Synthetic cord.
2. Minimum bending radius: 130 mm.
""'' 1992-10-02
Checked
ELS/Oly
D~[l'l/Dor'I
AJK
Spe~ CtrL
lroc
flwov<'c:I
SJR
Seal<'
-€3--$-
ffi Novio Morifoe AS
Division Aulronica
N-7005 Trondheln
e: ~ 1ii Norwoy
"'~en ~ 1 Temp. range -1,0 lo 100'[. FLEXIBLE PROTECTION !lurRONICA- I
,;
"'w .,,. " Rf'IJL by
"'"
~
4. Weight Gl ·1387 /500 0,60 kg TUBE GL-1387
'""'
~ m <
5 Weight GL-1387/1000. 0.95 kg
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
UogroGL-1387 l''ro(~("'
~
:>
en - - " - - w
l' l\ l\ c:
The -i:lur•a•1c.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter3
g 0
ri
0
~
1 ,5x45'
N
() -o
0.. N
"'
-\_)~
<(
4 "''"
r')
()
I
16 I 13 I 16 CX)
N
I N
48
1. .1 0
IJJ
IH
nln
6-kant 32 mm/hex.6, 32 mm
Nippel/Nipple UP-410/1 AISI 316
i! l
Ant. Pas. Navn, type, dim. Artikkelnr., tegning Materia!e
______________t ~: ____________ --------

i
=i Navia Maritime AS
~1
c-;1 Divisjon Autronica
1J:~fo i f.cnst:·/fi:>ijl~' l~ccet M~l:;5td:k
N-7005 Trondheim
'"I·1 1992-11-94
·----·-·---·
j AJK/E.l S:._ __ _______________ _1__:_1 __
Norway
~ ! .•~ i>·~Ji1lfGil ] Ston:i. kc..r1tn:ll Gctikj.:nt
~ ·g O.Ly I A.JK.
l£.rsta:J.:i~ ev
.- _o!_; Ansatsnippel PG21- 3/ 4", UP-410
1i:gn nr
! .~ Shoulder nipple PG21-3/4", UP-410
UP-410 [
uj i DET ALJTEGNING
--~_;;_~~~~~-"'--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-'-~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The 4luna•1a .. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter4
Chapter4
Atmospheric pressure measurement
Page Article no. Description I type Drawing no. Remarks
38 Part list and main dimensions GT-1215
39 Installation drawing GT-1216
40 Steel cover UE-1037 Option, see GT-1215 rem. 1
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 37 of JOO Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

'",._,._,,""'""I :''"'''Nl'»·•> • ., d••-·•• ''·''•"
~
~.,; t~ ~"""'
B
g
ALTERNATIVE "STEEL" ALTERNATIVE "WOOD" INSTALLATION WITH OPTIONAL COVER
:b
~IF II ~
60
-- -,.......-rr-~--..,--.,-- - -, 0
O"-;
F i
z
;;
~ J--.l..1..----..L.1..--t : di
I0
-
tT1 PClJ,5 1:
'I'
-rn
I ~
0
' ' ________

t ~
1,'1 1' I
11.r-r--. 'I -
I\)
'(i) in I l J--11--{ \----~
1-- \..V I •L1
N, - I 06,S
~ I l
!,.~ ~--{
-I - J -
,_ ___ J
~ ----"J..n_~,,
)
:~,
:I
' \
·-----
/ ~-- ]': rJl
~
)o.tl'*' Ii.'.~~'_!
~
l--IJ
rl
r----
II (
.... ,------("
l I
----,
' II
M I-
lt
,.._..
m
"
:!.
ill
tr' E :'l l-$i€J> -©-i··-·
(
\,.~
m ·:
-~.
-,
i 'T'.JAa tm> _[ ffit-i E

I I
:' ___ ~ '\.I-II
:L"f': 'if' J '""
~
\ I I I I I I ! ) ___ I <
4 : I I
-~ 0 I 'lO> I
1tf~J:~-
<D
w I : : 4 ~
lru : I t-"i"- --r~ I 0
~
, ,: I
I
I l
'--1. I I
• .c_,L)
t"Jr::..:t::1;""""'
I
~
i11
I iii
f:J_L~t=;~rr~2~-~1/2 e.
I 11• 111 I
__l __
j
I' I 111 111 I
'--+-.'~-, uJ __ L-otl I
:1.....4=.:t.'::°?-....J
"'" ~ ::::
,~(
'"<l' D
,I ':'ii<' c
:\ / rrrn ~
~
w"
33
64 \ -------, '' ·1-
: "u,.;,iJ
I I I " I 1
00 79 '' I 111
g, '' '
@ :1:
I I
§ '' l.~)
THE ATMOSPHERE TRANSMITTER ARE I
''
STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO BE
I 1,
I
I
MOUNTED INSIDE, IN A ROOM WITH c
STABLE TEMPERATURE (AIR CONDITIONED)
I.E. CARGO CONTROL ROOM.
________ }' I 100
~
ciil 7 Cover Yard sue Remark 2
!a:: REMARKS
1. The pressure transmitter con very well be
mounted directl/' on the wall in the cargo
6
1 15
614
Alm.oressure oioe 06 Yard suoolv
"fill
Manom. couclina :2.§.
Screw
'.
6581-019.UUUL
UTN005/'.8E
~"~"-
Option, see
~;lfr'".~'"ff"-~'~'---~~;;;;;; IE
remark 1
~. control room. I wanted, a steel cover pos.3,
can be ordered optionally.
1 13
2
Steel cover
Fastening bracket
UE-1037
6562-00L0003
~·· - 2. Cover pas. 7 can be installed to stabilize, Pressure lransm. GT302A3C0.6V
"en and to prevent wind to influence on
atmospheric pressure on pipe inlet.
Otyfos Nome, type, djm, Article rm .• spec. Remarks
.[ ~.
~-
i''""' 'is..,.t..- ff~wl1
Mari\1111& AS
EB
gg.os-05 AJK t1A2
.':'.~~·=·.·~.II~':.·~~.~=~t-.·-~~-~.1~.-:.·. ,
3. For detailed installation and replacement c;.;;;;:·,;;.···· ' OM1/!lll Autronlea
N-7005 Tlondhelm
~lti see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-1216 -9.~0. ... '
Norway A
~ Part !!st and main dimensions of +lu:'i-.::·.,~r,
bl
~ e! ts~ "'~ ;_., ~~•lno.:~;s..o ~ ! lr~.... 1 M\! io ~!'~f:~a:;~/;<.;~
atmospheric pressure transmitter
.:.:,. . . . J:-:.:.__. . .r~:~~. . . "
~t~~;;~.;:~~?E~~{.~~1 .
......,.,. ~-k;;l~~;;;t:~- '··:.E~~~.~~.~l_~:'.!'.'.?:.~.;;;;;;;;_-;
type GT302A3C0,6V
··- GT-12151~ i_I,_ I~ ii...
~
SYSTEM LAY-OUT
8 7 6 v 5 4 A 3 2 1
l l l l
I
r
I
- ,- 1---------- ---- -,;;+:;.] 'I '
-@3-------- ~
I I
°' II
I I
I
I
-'
I I I I
I
II
I I
I
I
I
I
II
I I
I
I
I
I
II
I I
I
I
I
I
II I
I
I
I
I
I I I '
~i ~
I
I
.l___L---------------------
_______ I
..;I
80
1
21,5
11
-----------r--
- I
_____ l_ --~
"'
N
I
I
~ .rij~
c o~
•1g 30,5
en
'.__/
0
§:
m
z
en
0
<D
~
n
0
< .
I
i'~ ~=
~~
'
:
I
__£'~~---==-----~--L-.~--
\..._~
-1
\.._,..·
·--------------------1--------------------------r-------------1
-- I
...-
z ~
>
r "C
~·
,
I I
<D
en ~~
"'....m c:: [ '
r;n I I
1--+-~
~
(")
I I
0
::c
....
"' N 0
0 0 I I
ILW'ti I""'
I I
_.:;i
1-4- I>'
-v ... I I
I
p
I
l
I
l
! :--------1-------~=~®----------------------~---i-
-'--I>-,--------------*\
- -t- - -- -
--1
- - - - - - \""" -t- :
:---:
: :
I _ _, -..- I I I
l_____L- -- -- ____ l -- - ------------------ __ L _______ J __ ~
I 80 I 45
190
SJ3ll!WSUllJ.L 3JRSS3Jd saµas 00£.L!) ......... tt aqi

) ) ) }
7 6 v 5 4 2
§
3
~
"' ·~··" .-. •• ,_.,.d_ J,,...o;,;.-..,1;,.,., .,,,...., lo ck.v-i• ~-""'"' '"'""·
I'
ALTERNATIVE "STEEL" ALTERNATIVE "WOOD" INSTALLATION WITH OPTIONAL COVER
@-! l 1f% --------- --<j--------- .. :b

8 II II i--.1..1.----.L.L--t @ :
: I f'.j'\ ,'-tr.,-..\-+---~: iia
~IF Io I
\V I •L-1
I
/"'-11--{
--1 -
F ij
--
tt1 I \.~~-{ I 1----J 'I'
a \-----+----.,_,,_J,' :
:~ \ ____ ----/ ~ : §
~ ( ''°' ~~·!$-·
-$f{8>0
' -, :i'f', r---,
r l...,,,11 I
·-:--r-r
,---1,"f", : 1 11...,,,.1 r
~
rJJ
'µT, i l-1$:{j)--{&:$1- 1 rJJ
s.&I
~
:
!;-
\ ' ' I
3
: I L___ l ' ~ ,~___ J I
-~
5 5 11
' '
:.flm•CAl I
i
E
E
' '3
rrt--r"'i 1<
CD-, ti± ) OUTDOOR
(j)-; t : t '.
I I I I
l.J-.±_.-,!._J
CONDITIONS r;;;-:c-_-_.,;-i;.-, ~
WITH : ::: i r:: :
ATM.PRESSURE :11 f;i;\_ I u• t11 l
~
} :
I ~ ,,,J_,,_dj; l
--~--
\...~::.::.::...:., _)
--~--
/'f\
l_,,., rrtn ill
~lo
\;)
THE ATMOSPHERE TRANSMITTER ARE
STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO BE
MOUNTED INSIDE, IN A ROOM WITH
STABLE TEMPERATURE (AIR CONDITIONED)
I.E. CARGO CONTROL ROOM.
- _,
..._- f/)]
''
........., , :
''
\
''
:'<\ :''
\
'
'
©
I I
1r I
I I
u,.;.,u
,1,
I' ll'
1+1
1 1
3
'
'
''
''
c
t
"'
g,
INSTALLATION ALTERNATIVE "STEEL" _______ j '' _______ j '' ~--------------J---------------~
'
§ A. Weld steel plate [7] to steel wall [9].
B. Fosten bracket port f 6] to steel plate [7].
C. Remove protector [10] and fasten transmitter [1)
with bracket part [2] and screws [5]. c
D. Remove cover [12].
E. Lead coble [ 14] through cable gland [ 15] and connect
on terminal b!ock. (see also sketch install. of cable .. ) ,-----lfisfiltili1iiiiT6r-c"A81TIN-[AsLE-GLANi:I--~\
F. Fasten cover [12]. ':
I Top view or
pressure lronsmilter
':
1
G. Install coupling [ 11 ), pipe [ 1 7] and tighten nut [ 1 6].
f
REMARKS : Top cover removed .[ :
H. Fasten steel cover [4] with 4 screws [13]. (OPTION)
1. The transmitter shall be installed vertically. : 6 cable I
REPLACEMENT 2. It is of major irnportonce that the transmitter is '' ''
A. Loosen screws [ 13] and remove cover [ 4]. located in on environment with stable temperature
'' '
~:'
8. Remove cover [12]. and with access to stable normal outside
atmospheric pressure. : IE
C. Dismount old transmitter.
~ D. Install new transmitter described above. 3. Cover [ 1B] con be installed to stabilize, and to ''' ''
,,~... prevent wind to influence on atmospheric pressure '' ''
INSTALLATION ALTERNATIVE "WOOD"
' ''
~ A. Place transmitter [ 1] in bracket ports [2] and [6]. on pipe inlet.
4. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT
'
\_ -------- ---- ------- --------- --- ---- -- _, '
rJJ 8. Fasten screws [5] and [.3].
.g: C. Remove protector (10) from transmitter .
0. Follow operation D,E,F,G and H for alternative "STEEL",
drawing GT-1215.
'U'ii.os.os "AJK" i ,,.. .,.,.{;;:;
',~-r.-, N~-ta MarHlme .As
+-
I
1 . \ Dirhjon Au\ramea
rJJ c-.. .... C><. ,_,_ E""" !-~; J ·~; H·1005 Troflllheim
',~ , /
l Q
OLO SJU ·-·• - Hor,.at
REPLACEMENT A
A. Use some Installation and replacement ol 1:w.•·-~<:''
atmospheric pressure transmitter ;;ot.·i; ········lo;;;..-;;;····-].,-;,-.,.--·
I~ "it
.,
~ :l<K'-t<«·
8 '/ 5 4 ,, 3
type GT302A3C0.6V
INSTALLATION DRAWING
,
- ..
GT·12t6
-
I
_...., ,...
i I ...
The .+luT•••••A- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapters
Chapter 5
Inert/vapour gas pressure measurement. Installed on pipe line
44 GT-769 Adapter flange GT-769
45 GT-740 Protection cover GT-740

....- /!Ji riqhts rc~tr~cd. S_O{'·~;f;':'o\,?"'? 5ut'j<:'"\ :c c~~~'l~ ... ttr::-·J! n,;\i':'~.
6j ;l
"
:b
~ ~
170
~
-- r --------------------------------------,:
~ ·~ §
0
~
---"'
I
0
z N
I
g
REMARKS
0
"'
~g.
I I
""'0 ~·
I
I" "'
&
'
1. For detailed installation and replacement of pressure
i
0:
a. transmitter, sec INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-1227.
u.
0 2. Remove sharp edge.
iEa. ;;i
.:
. "'
~ ~:9 ~
r--------- - r
___, -- ---------,1 ill
~· Rem.2 : !-
[
-
>tj
~,,.
IT11'E CUOl ---
4 I I
s."'
-
g :l .,~wi:~ ~)-@
SWlO~
,---
:l : I
I
I
I
7
ro
N
&
x
N[ I' I ·;i fn\ 111
-- --~--
"
0
1 9 Coble max. 012 Yard supply
:1'• ,;--\_BJ ! !
j 8
I ,0 I
' \ ·----' -
1
1
8
7
Loctite no. 542
Coble protection tube
Yard supply
Yard supply
'
f"---l ···!··~
£
l® I •9s
'·--
I
I
- - - ·--fr-
"j._
I
1
1
6
5
Counter nut 1/2"8SP 6531-007.1002
Silicone gel Cella 4442 6070-027.1030 Sufficient for 10 tronsm.
~6
I 6 4 Screw M6x20 UTN014/6H
l
I
~~ I Drain hole
1 3 Protection GT-740
~
~
(at lowest point)
I 1 2 Adapter flange GT-769
I
1 1 Pressure transmitter GT30283C0.6V
::::
!l.
c:.
~---------------- ~·~
Qly. IPos.!
D•l1
Nome, type, dim.
Dtg11;'D""' ; Tise
Article no., spec,
Sc1l1/For!!'.1! I. Remarks
Navia Marlllme AS
'~t,;;· __ ·=~-~- ]§'J.u:~ _L~=t ±. 0t)

01
~ I Dlvls]on Aulronlca
N-7005 Trondheim
"' I-
If
Norway
.[- Part list and main dimensions of ·~Lri<:;i,;:cn-
~"' prei~:~~~e~a~~~nitetretr
tyapsep GpTes302- ''~'· ........ _..!''"'.' J"''.'"'.' _ 9
~
°""' PO.
t±H 9 1
"
I • Sh.t<1>. Rn. hr.g.
• 0 " SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-12261 ! I ~

~ c '
"'
l-. l' l l
( ( ( (
1~hl$ '"~e•~eJ. sr~•;;t;,•J!:.:in~ ~~t>j~c1.
~ ~
A'I l'; cf,,.m')e u:uni"t 1,,_.t:c'1.
:u 14. :b
INSTALLATION
~
--------, ~
f---~FF,-::J-l~~'~1=rr11::i.1 A. Remove protector [10] from transmitter [1] and install counter a
z
I
I
I
nut [11]
B. Apply Loctite no.542 [8] on threads and screw transmitter ~
0
tl
I
~ I into adopter flange [2).
~ I
C. Locate transmitter in wonted position and fasten counter nut [11)
6: I I
g
~
I
I 0. Check that cable protection tube [5] has no sharp edge [7]
(/) I
E. Install coble [6] properly and fasten coble gland (12) rn
t "
I
I
I
F. Connect the two conductors correctly and fill silicone gel (14] :i.
-r----[ Stop filling 8mm before connection box top. &l
......
G. Fasten cover [13].
H. Locate proteclion (3].
I. Apply Loctite no.222 [15] and fasten 4 screws [9].
iI!!
J. Remember drain hole ( 4] at lowest poinl. ;;i
REPLACEMENT ~
i 'l ~ ;h_J_ A. Unscrew 4 screws [9] and remove protection [3)

B. Remove cover [13) and disconnect the two conductors
C. Untighten cable gland [12] and pull out cable [6]
iii
§.
~
~
"d
<W
I I I I I L_
' I (5 0. Unscrew transmitter
E. Follow installation prescription for the new transmitter.
t>
g, 'ii'
~~ " ' \ '' ,, O • .'-..mo REMARKS
g c 1. The transmitter ·shall be installed vertically.
Drain hole 06
I ·",1 (8 2. Warranty is valid only when prescriptions on
""'
-{ot lowest point)
this drawing are followed .
1'r'fl:t (2
I ;
"
© 3. For orticle nos .. see SYSTEM LAY-OUT
drawing no. GT-1226.
s
~ i
'"
I&
~
g" I I~
oa
~
!l.
§·
I I t1a11 0tgr1/I>M1 i Trac; i Stale/FOf...-t
.~~.:Q.~:~!...-.-.. ____ A~~.................J_·--··-·-·- . . .-..j····-····-·_~...-~..·-·-·~
-·r-
/ 4 i ---~
Navia Maritime AS
Division Autronica
"
(/)
i I Checktd
OLO
Spee Cir!. i Appron!d
iSJU
l .;.:::-:l .-,t.~
I --~ T
\ ~~.- I
" '_/
-, N-7005 Trondheim
.§'. ~ I _··-. .. Norway
(/) II I ·~: Installation and replacement of ~-h:irm~;,t;i;
~
'<
::~~~~~·~~~l~~~-~::~:=J~ni··~~~~~:
<~
pressure transmitter type GT302-
~ installed on inert gas pipes. ~~no. GT-1227 i (n. !
Sh.no. lll'9-
~
~I i I I£ INSTALLATION DRAWING ii
"'
The +luTOoM1c .. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapters
86'
9W I d;S-MI n
~ -$-
• w
~
~
1 1
"
""
__ JJ ____
__=1 gl ~
" ~
.~
j•
~
I
' !
0
ro
~ ~
~
LSZ
,,..---i---.......,
\ I I
' '
'
\ I' I
\
'"
'j '
'
fs I I \
\ ' ' '
I I
\
f ..........__L---.,..
~
~
u
ii
~
!
~
"

The +lu••••••.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapters
All rights reservf;'d. Specifications subject to change without notice.
4 holes 0 7 mm
25 SB
I
I
,,
",r __.::©-:
::i:(1 :
- - :1::
'
I
,_ ~
I
-''"
en
_,_
~- L4
I
I I
-------- -~------ -
I
0
"'
~-=-%
I
I I
-
r--q:r' I -.,,,
~L I
I _j, I
'
I 71,88 I
' '
r -r
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
<'
rn I I
I I
"''
~
0 I
I
I
I
d
0 I I
I
I
I
I "'~
I I
I I
I
- I
H I
I
I H I
nrn n
~
I
I
-'
_J
I
I
I
I
0
c
0
I I
>
I
0
cc
I. 87
I
2:;'
<'
0
I. 170
:I
' "''
co
0
~
<
~
0
d REMARKS
1: Surface lrealmenl:
'"" "'
<
'.'.'.]
'i'
~
Elektropolishing
~ 0
2 Material AISI 316
N
'T IC
~
"'
~
Dcte IDsgn/Dwn Trac
EB
Seo le
E3-.
'T ro
~-
1991-09-12
No. via Mo.ritine .f:\S
~
AJK/O.ly.
~
Dtvision f~.utrCn!Ct).
IC -" Checked Spec Ctrl. Approved
.£-
~
~
O.ly A.JK ,,,_ 7005 Tr·ondheirJ
c0
N 0
".0-c Norv,.'-"-Y
~
t'
ro
E
"'-" u
~
+lurnaNtCA-
RepL far I INext
~ Protection type GT-740 Repl. by
w 0
cc 0
slleet
I] Dwg no,
GT - 7 4 QI Shnof~' ILung
cc <I& DIMENSIONAL SKETCH

The +luroaNJc,.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter6
Chapter 6
Inert gas pressure on crude oil tankers, the +lu1RDN1cR- GL-100
50 GLG-100/AW015 Adapter, 90° angular GL-1836 Example of adapter

§
All rights reserved. Specmcotir.ms subject to cho119e without 110\ice.
;;l
Port of
"
b
~
2 ~
antenna ~
D
E
;;
~
8
§
~ -'·1~1
• ~
1
-~~·~-~~~I
jl •
.->C
' I
<:>
<:>
en [('
~ ::!.
:Ji
15- (86) (32)
i
~
~
iii
& ~·"'
e.
;:
'1:i I I I 1l (J
'\!l"
:;i
...
00
-8
0
.....
I I I I
! REMARKS
~' 1. For detailed inslollolion and replacement
~' of pressure transmitter, see
•
rm -EBEB
INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-1235 .
i."~1 3 Copper disc 26x21x1,5

2 !Montie cable
6550-030.0008
GT-942/480
~
~
Ol _,.
o==-11..
~!!:=!=-~= Oty.
Pressure transmitter
IPos.I Nome, type, dim.
GT30380C0.6V
Article no., spec. Remarks
Ela.. '<
~
0 0 l°'gn/D.. I T1..:: I BC1lefF111.,..1
EB
I D•le
Navia Maritime AS
I~L:i" I'•'"" I~'Ju"'

i3 :;l 99·09·02 AJK Divlsjon Autronica
"ene: I Et • I
0
0
0 N-7005 Trondheim
g ~~ Norway
"'en ~ ·~
'::/ ~
Part list and main dimensions of +lUlRONICfl.
R~L
~
1111 Repl. bJ HHI •htel
~ ~
pressure transmitter typr GT303B· Q
j
~
for inert gas, angular tank adapter.
""'"" GT-12361""• 1'~1'"" "
> ...; ~ SYSTEM LAY-OUT ~
en Q 7
" ' ' ' ?
"'
l l (1 (
( ( \) ( ') (
Ali '!;•" ...,.,,,~~. s,..,,_,.,.,.,, •.t:.-e~ """~• ·~t'«
7'
~
h, M\•coi
i-
0
5l
~ I _J_fJ~--~ di
Hfirlll _l 111
4)~ <iJ 0> 2 14
:b
~
a
E
;;
~
~
(/J (/J
~ "'
:i.
g. &I
10
®
i
;i
®
re.
(3
2
..,,, ;:
;;i
~
~
s,
§ : ~·
,,,
INSTALLATION REPLACEMENT
A. Unscrew 4 screws [11] and remove protcctors[9] from A. Dismount screws [11]
transmitter[ 1 Jand man lie coble [2J B. Bend mantle cable[2] apart from tronsmitter[l.]
8. Put finger tip into silicone grease (10) and apply on C. Disconnect plugs [ 4.J
0-ring 5 ond on plugs [ 4,] D. Dismount defective transmitter.
C. Connect plugs [4.] E. Pt.it o new Cu-disc[3] on new tronsmilter.
D. Assemble transmitter[ l]ond man Uc coble [2.] F. Screw new transmitter into socket [12Jwith 30-40 Nm
i
E. Tighten srews [11] with 4 Nm. G. Turn transmitter until the holes on transmitter corresponds to
F. Put Cu-disc[3] on tronsmitter[1.l screws [11)
G. Screw transmitter(l )into socket TI2] with 100-150 Nm. H. Repeat operation 8,C,D and E from installation description.
H. Bend mantle coble[2]towords coupling [13}
( Min. bending radius is .30 mm.)
I, Push nut [6] and clomping ring [7] onto mantle coble end [ 14] . REMARKS
:l:: J. Apply some silicone grease on mantle coble end piece [14] 1. The transmitter may be installed up to
fl. and clomping ring [7.] 70" from a vertical position.
"'3· K. Push mantle coble end piece [14] into coupling body[B]and 2. Warranty is valid only when prescriptions
"
(/J tighten nut[6]with 30 Nm. on this drawing ore followed
~
L. Connect red wire ( +) lo + terminal and black wire (-) to 3. for article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT ~°jK- ,,.. _.,,..,.... .-f· ,
(/J
- terminal in the connection box. drawing GT-1236. I
';9-09-02
t-od
OLO S.U.
If
"'
tK ..,.._
SJU AJK E.:i .:.j;-
1
'_,.,' ~~
\·' /
'.... ••
NIYll
N-700S
Norw11
lhlltlme AS
Ttond~elm
Diti1/oo Aulicnlca
';;; lnslallation and replacement of n.,,"".'~" Q

.,
~
pressure transmitter type GT303B- o;;•:·;;;-····Ti.;,.--.-·-1~-;;,;;i-·
for Inert gas, angular tank adapter. c;,·;;- ·--------- ., _____ '"--;_-.:;; ·'·:a;.:·:·i·~•
r:; ~ ~
_,.,....,
., :;,;>o;,;.~ INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-1235! ~
"
$; ,.,
' ' ·' ?
"'
§
All ri9lits reserved. Specif;cations sl.Jbject to change without notice.
.;l
-rr
170
260
r
~
I~ a
•
;;
~';""
~
-
0
~
2 ·,,:"''/
-,,...- ... _;
§
g
en
~
~
'·'r;:
I ,. f:f- !-)!'(·- "'
O> [('
~~
~
~·
15-
"'N
N
-;i 3 I
I i'::<~
:1 I
r;-
1
I
[
;;i
I
I
____ t% ~
I
20o--- ! 0
·1·--- 0
iii
g_I "' I El.
~ II
~""
~
u.
0
g, II
§
.0
:g. ,_ •202;2
•
~
0219 ~6:~
~
i
l
Ja
'
i'
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connection for inert gos sensor !S0228-G1 /2.
Inspection hatch.
Connection for cleaning equipment IS0228-G3/B.
0-ring 0209,1x3,53
::::: REMARKS:
L Molerio!: AISl316L, min 2, 7% Mo.
fl. 2. Weight: oppr. 30 kg
"·~ P•lt l Trtc
·~EB
l>lgn!Dwn
Navia Maritime AS
99-09-20 AJK 1:5 Division Aulronica
I Ap,;fOrr:d
en '""'"
MaV
Spee Clrl
STP €3-$- N-7005 Trondheim
.g. 90 ° angular adapter -f:lU!RtHllCll-
Norway
en ror
~
Rlpl Rtpl bJ Ntd shHI
type GLG-100/AW015
l
~ 7
Assembly drawing GL-1837
LEVEL GAUGING SYSTEM
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
GL-1872
..,~ GL-18361"" 1'"·1'"'•

R
" " ' ' 7
'
\ \_ ( (
The ~uT11at11c,.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter7
Chapter7
Inert gas pressure for chemical tankers, the ..i:luTR11N1cR- GL-100
53 GT303BOC0,6V Installation drawing, pressure GT-1229 0.8 - 1.4 bar abs.

transmitter
54 UP-448 Adapter unit UP-448
55 GLG-100/SW015 Tank adapter, straight GL-1834 Example on adapter
··...__,.;·

~
:;;1 ri<;'>~a r<:~.;c;.;,J, $p~~'ficc:;-,,-.:; ~·Jbj~q to -:.h<l~':l~ .,it!'(;d rv:>!!;:.'.',
;l
w Parl of "'
:b
antenna
I- 2
~
~
a
K
-
0
~ ' •__,===8fifR
"'II~- =t?eE.
~
~
0
~'l=J'• """ 1;
en 0 g>
~ ~
"'g.
2
~-
SW27
, SW
3
SW19
a
~
;i
I&i
ie.
s-
i
II
"J:t-L-J --0
~I
N
II
I
=t...:J..E" -
-
....,
0
0
0
i
.~
~
'~
f.
!;<
f
~~;
,:;
REMARKS
~
!l. 1. For detailed installation and replacement of Remarks
a. pressure transmiller and mantle cable
~ . /·r·-, Navia Marltlme AS
Dlvlsjon Autronica
en
see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-1229. ;;.,.--+-.•"··"··=·~7"--i---...,..-1 Y.·-•.c'fi'"--i N.7005 Trondheim
.g: 0
.g '·-L~J Norway
Part list and main dimensions of ..q,i;_;o>.11c1t
f
~
pressure transmitter type GT303- R;pt"f;;- -.·-r.~~:--~~:~_.: .·:_ _ [~:~.:~::~·:·:-· Q
~ for inert gas on chemical tankers etc. Ofl'll IHI. Siu-a. Rev. l""ll-
"
~ SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-1228 I II .,
;;;-
~ L------,,n----,----=,,,-~~~...,-~~~-,",,-~~~...,.-~~~--,o,.-~~~.,-~.....l~~,-~~~-;-~~~~,..-~~~.,-~~~..-,,,-''--~~.,-~~~-,,-~~......J
"'
( l\ l' l',
( ( ( (
_.,., f~"'' ..,........,_ :'r'"'""-~r~"' '""'""' ._..,,.,~.
§ ~
t> • ,...,..; '"'"'"'"
r
2 11.
I-
0
~
·--·e-1,
. "
c
~
c
f
d
g:
(/) 00
~g. ~·
® i
. "
~-I·
2
;i
i
~
"'g,w
"
t
§
INSTAllA TION REPLACEMENT
A Apply some PTFE tape on threads on coupling [121 A Dismount screws (111
B. Screw adapter 112! in!o socket 11Sl and B Bend mantle cable 121 apar{t )rem lransmil1er (11
secure with counter nut 1161 C Disconnect plugs 141
C Unscrew 4 screws l11l and remove protectors 0 Dismount defective 1r<Jnsmil1er
191 from transrniller f11 anrJ mantle cable 121 E. Screw new !ronsm1!ler in!o adapter 112! with 30-40 Nm.
O Put linger lip into sr\icane grease 1101 am:! F Turn lransmitter until the ho!es on transmitter corresponds !o
I
apply on o-ring 151 and on plugs l41 screws !111
E Connect ptugs (41 G. Repeat operalion 0,£.F. <Jnd G from installtion description.
F. Assemble transmitter {11 and manlle cabte 121
G Tigt1ten screws (111 wi!h 4 Nm.
H Scre1v tr;msmi!ter (11 inlo adapter 1121 with 100~150 Nm.
REMARKS
J. Bend rnanlle cable 121 !awards coupling 181 The lransmitter shall be installed vertically.
:::: !Min. bending radius is 30 mm.l
~- K. Push nut {61 and clamping ring l7J onlo manlle cable end !1fd . 2. Warranty is valid only when prescrip1ions on this drawing are followed .
"'·
~
L Apply some saicone grease on man11e cable end piece 111,1
and clamping ring 171
1 For article nos, see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing no GT-1228.
M. Push mantle cable end piece [11,J in!o coupling body !81
(/)
e: and lighten nut 161 with 30 Nm. ;!><..,.,,_ ,,... 1--,~ .....
"'" ! Navl• M~rit;.,.e AS
't:I
(/)
N Connect red wire <•> 1o • terminal and black wire (-J to
- terminal in !he connec!ion box.
99-09-01 ; AJK
QTh~ ·-····-·- .....r:.~~~--··J~:. _____J._:"'.::.~_.:t.. Cf=:;

\ •• r _.!
Divlsjcn A1Jt111nic•
N-7005 Tron~h~m
~
Nnrw1y
l lnslallatlon and replacement of ;:l~H.mrn
pressure lransmiller type GT303-

!or Inert gas on chemical tankers.
-~~--~ ...... !~.:. ~
"'"'.... :hoo.
'~.:.::..
... ' ......
~ V•'""""- .,,. ..·•·

..,;
! A I •.
INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-1229! ! 1
H
" 'I <;,
' ?
'
The +luTRDNICR- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter7
All rights reSE"r'vecl. ~peciflco.tions subject to change withoi;t notice.
= =
= M•
= ., ~
==
== =
== r;:1
ru~
c
==
== '.:!
fu
~ ==
~ -ru +•
----'-----'----[r
== ISO 228-G 1 /2
== =
~
;;:; Me; ci
+•
c
== ~
;;
0
==
-Mi .,ci
==·
.,"'
~
fu
~
Me;
= I :: I :: \
c
__ ,... --- --:~"

0 ru
c ~=
fu
M
.,ci .,
::
~:-- - -
1' ::
0
~
fu
~
ci .).. _____ ------ ------ - -------------'.
l-----1--·--J
h
~
+• - - 4-- - - - - - - -1--1\------''"-·....:.-~·:.--{ ~'--
"'c c
fu 0 [_ ____ ------ ------ - ---------------j--l'
~~Jll_~~-~l===B==l:i==:::::t; ·~··--+~~-{ 1
0 >=
~ o~
'
;;:;
~
0
~
I
I
78
Remark:
The adapter shell normally be installed on tank adapter
at Autronica A/S.
fu
~
0
"'>
fu
"'
"'--,
< <'
......
>--
.Q>
~
3 Loctite no.542 3600-006.0001
"'<--, '0
"' 2 Counter nut ISO 228-G 1/2

~
6531-007.1002
......
{/)
0
ci =
_J
w "'o; 1 Adapter I UP-450
Ant.pr Pos. Tegning
0 Ncvn, type,di:-i Mo.teriale
,,; enhet nr.
I Standard
"'I
<!) ~ OverfLbeh. Kl.riti.!
0 No. via. Mo.ritirie AS
.,.I "' 0
o_
Doto Konstr./Tegnet Tro.cet HO.lestokk
Division Autronico.
"'"'
~
,;;
c 1991-06-05 A.J.K. 1 : 1 N- 7005 Trondheiri
.8 KontroU Sto.ncl.kontroll Godkjent Norwo.y
Q)
~
"'c
c;n
O.Ly. A.J.K. -E3--$- ..OurRDNtCR--
"
c
w
Q)
>-- Adapter unit type UP-448
Erstatning for: Ersto.ttet o.v:
2
0 Tegn.nr. Rev. Lang.
",; SYSTEM LAY-OUT
a:i < fu UP-448IBI
"

( ( ( (
All r:9-.!! ru~ocHl;l. '..>;>~':'iT:~oti0~-~ ~;;t.k:t ;o c~;::n~'1 w1ti·,':'u\ ~.;i'.,ce.
§ 0218 ~
• 0295 • 1
-ts~ r
~
r-·· o ..·ro·
i $ ~ a
E
I' ~JL~ ~
--~
0 g~r, ~
§
~§.
l;-~i-~·
Sl, •·
J. S2~i ~
t! g~:-~
I"'"'<>!<'!
i ,J1··~·
i'
. ~ !.! i
•·0
@---
A 11--1+
0
w
0
0
ITT
ED :s
"'
"
:l.
!Ji
i
IL. "~'Ii ;i
..,.."':.
~
A-A M 1:2 iii
e.;t
r1
(
.,, g
;;
'g,*
u.
u.
~ ¢202
g- ¢219, 1
-~ 1. Connection for inert gas sensor ISO 228-G1/2.

'"' 2. Inspection hatch.
3. 0-ring 0209, 1x3,53
]
.~ REMARKS
{ 1'ii
·0;
8
1. Material lube: AISJ 316L, min. 2,7% Mo.
2. Material flange and inspection hatch: AfS! .316L, min. 2,7% Mo.
3. Weight: appr. 32 kg.
Ja 0
:;::: w
N
~.
"'~· 0111 i D'g11/tl11t1 ! Trac I
Sca!~.ll'Ofm•t Navia Maritime AS
.s:"'
"' ~8
~!~?c~B .~:t·:Kc=~=t·~~=
Tank adapter type GLG-100/SW015
= ~~~~~-± EB .
.tJ,::;f'l'l;,{;I\
'°'
\
I
Divisjon Autronica
N-7005 Trondheim
Norway
! Nut
j Rrpl
bl
I
bJ 1bffl
I Level gauging system ftipl.
45' ---1 8 holes Ml5
(topped straight through)
0...., M. i Sh"I>. I lltr. i Lanv-
".,:>'
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GL-1834 i !
i '--~--,,-~--,-~~~~~-,-~~-,,-~~-,--~~.-~---,,----'----,,--~--,-~~--,~~-,-~~...,,.-J.._~.,..-~~-,----~--'
Assembly draw. GL-1835
~ ...
The +luTRa•1c .. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 8
Chapter 8
Cargo line pressure measurement
60 GT-325 Adapter flange GT-325 AISI 316

~ubject
"SJ
.-- All righl9 reserved. Speeilicotions to chonge wltho<>t notice.
;l
H 70> "
b
"'
I- f
I
1 z
fE
Cover v
I
I
l
f.3\
),..::!.,}
~
a
z
~
-
0
~
10
I~
lw
' b I UP
~
I
©
G
1/
I
I
I
REMARKS
1. For detailed installation and replacement of
pressure transm;tter, see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-1230.
~
' oc '
"'S:! '0. ' "':!."
''
'~ 2. Dimensional sketch see drawing GT-1092.
""~ '0
I~ I 3. Remove sharp edge. i;i
14
l
' 0. ' .-:'\
L~-----
I
/i§.;I
I I ~
~
I I
I I
&: :'
I
I :'
I
iii
a.
~
- -r - ~
8 I I I
? '
,, ' I 1
5l
f
<M<lx ~2s>
"'g,
00 I I '-0-ring --- I I \ \ \..~-..,__ _ _ _,L_ _ __
§ -. I dJ'' '
r '-,,__ ---- \
~
I
) 1098 r ~ Dro;n hole 06
~. ~
I (at lowest point)
I 6 Coble, m1ax. 014mm I I Yard supply
-1
5 Coble pre tection tube I I Yard supply
-
{
4 Gella 4442 6070-027.1030 Sufficient for 10 transm.
.,,& II - 3 Protection GT-740
ii
2 Adopter flange GT-325
~ 1 Pressure transmitter GT304D3xxxT
s:: Qty.JPos.J Nome, t)?e, dim. Spec., article no.
~-
Remorks
IEB
ct.
~·n·'":"·~·
"~
D1I•
Navia MarllJme AS
~ ....
,99-05-31
~
AJK
Sptc Clrl
I ApprP>"ed E3 -<$>·
DivJsJon Aulronlca
N-7005 Trondheim
.g."' O.Ly, SJU
Norway
~ 1 Part list and main dimensions of

+1tJ!RD~ll~fl
Ropl lor I
Repl hy INtd ·~•1
bl
~ •~' installed on crossovers or similar.
..,,. GT-1203 1""'-1'"·1'"" "
)>
I , -,SYSTEM LAY-OUT !i00
"' I 7
' ' \
Q
" ' ' " '
l' l l l )
( ( ( (
~ ~
All rights reserved. Spcci11coticn~ subject to change w\\hout notice.
b
~
I-- !------~------ ----;--~-----\
14
INSTALLATION
A. Remove protector [11] from transmitter (1)
~
a
E
;;
~
0
8. Locate transmitter [1] on adopter flange [2] §
~ g
I
C. Fasten 2 screws [10] with 7 Nm
'!
I
D. Check that coble prolecUon tube [5] hos no sharp edge [7]
'\ I
~~
"'fJ H ......,/.
.L:_J_n_J.- E. Install coble [6] properly and fasten coble gland [12]
F. Connect the conductors correctly and fill silicone ge! [14]
"'"~·
I
I Stop filling 5mm before connection box top ...,
(i)
~
"i
~
I G. Fasten cover [13]
I
I H. Locate protection [..3] and fasten 4 screws [9] with 7 Nm
I
I I I. Remember drain hole [ 4] at lowest point ;i
~
I I
l I
"'"I 'l
I
I REPLACEMENT iii
I 1 I
I
I
A. Unscrew 4 screws [9] and rernove proleclion [3]
a.
~
~
-t
I
~u.
t I I B. Remove cover (13] and disconnect the two conductors
-om 5
C. UnUghlen coble gland [12] and pull out coble [6]
111
0. Unscrew 2 screws [10)
"'
~
1· 1
I "
E. Transmitter (1] is now released and con be removed
'
§ l REMARKS
:rn 1. The lronsmiller shall be installed vertically.
ioi
""
9 Drain hole 116
(ot lowe~l point)
2. If the lronsmiHer is of vented/gouge type,
© do not fill silicone gel/compound in
~ connection box
J 3. Vlorronty is valid only when prescriptions on
i
th is drawing ore followed .
'
~8 I I
4. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing no. GT-1203
Ja
:;::
2,,,,qu, ! /II
§.
Dttt
.,,.,,,_ "K Scll1/FonMI
'"~ Navia Maritime AS
Ee
99.09.02 AJK Dlvlsjon Aulronlca
Checked Spec Clrt Approred
OLO SJU E34r N.7005 Trondheim
"'
.[ Norway
"'
~
l Installation and replacement of
pre·ssure transmitter type GT304-
+lu!RONICI+
A1pL ror j Atpl. bf jMul 11>rtl

&l
~ installed on crossovers or similar "
~ GT-12301"""" 1'"1""'
~
... M
~ INSTALLATION DRAWING
!;; 7 F.
' 7 00
" ' '
riotic:l'.-----------------------------------------------------------,
~
M rlghts rl'Sl'rwd Spl'clflc:ntlons subject to c:ho.n..~l' •l\hoot
;l
"
:b
"'
~
~
a
i
z
;;
'
-~
0
,,.-"' .---~--
! .......
§
=
~/
'
=
~g. "';0 -, '·
&q;i, '
,.'~
p, "'"::!.
/ .
RaOius.'~.', 10 conlirm wi\h \ab~e E ""O
I"'
!1,
• 'ill'
-~'--~~ ii'::_ ·-·-·-·-!-
'i
Si ~
..
ro
...
!Ji
~l
,,:,1.·,
B
~ ~
ig
'
i5 >
,"! .-"/I '·
GT-325/-
B B
...
'\ \ .... "'· "...>-3
~ t:::···--· t
'
,.~,,
·'
ey ! "
' •1---.- _. _____ _._. ___ - - """ •+•••l.,,, I =
' ' , · 1-, '-1"'-+,~r\~ca;-;::w:----._.:: ----'- "'
§,
"" I~• --~--·--'
12 ;;
l
~ ~
'', :;
"0
<
~ >
__,____..-
~ ~
"'....,0 ro
"' ·~
' 15
0
0
- -
~ ~£' 78t1 lo
"* <
c
~ :: ~ 2l
s
-~
" "F
ARTICLE MACHINED NOMINAL OUTSIDE CODE I
g:
:i:: I -.1 &"'' NO. RADIUS. 'R. PIPE SIZE PIPE DIAMETER STANDARD
GT-325/01 NONE - - - REMARKS
~1,i>'
! ~ ' .!'!
<
'
~ ~
~ \6
<
ro
GT- 325/02
GT-325/03
13l,7mm
108.15mm
ON250
DN200
267.4mm
216.lmm
IBC I KOREA
IBC I KOREA
l Mi!lerial: AISI 316L fminJ% Mal
2. Flange may be machined to fit pipe oulside d1a. (See tabtel
E
s:::
ti.
1l"'·
~
ii
~
,.;
~ ~
.1 ~
~
GT-325/01,
GT-325/05
GT-325/06
82.6mm
78mm
84.2mm
DN150
DN150
ON150
165.2mm
156mm
156mm
IBC I KOREA
Datt>
1989·05·02
Checkrd
D~9P'llDu1
A.JK
Spt'c Ctrl.
Trnc:
Approved
Scotl'
~
1· 1
m
E9 No.via Maritine AS
Division Aulronica
. / N-7005 Troncihein
GT-325107 57,2mm ON100 114.lmm ELS/Oly AJK JSK c:c::..:J" T
.g:"' ~ ~ __ __ - Norway
~ "
GT-325108 70mm DN125 139.7mm Flens/Flange type GT-325/- .ii,,,,,,"~
... '"
,
-·
"' E ~ GT-325/09 136,Smm DN250 273mm ""'~
~
1~
~·~
7
DETAIL DRAWING D•g ""·
GT - 32sl'"~f~'("'
ii'
R
"
(, 4 ?
' 00
l l l (
The .i:luna•1•R- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter9
Chapter9
Draft. With connection box on catwalk
64 GT-1182/K Cable bend to protection tube GT-1182
65 UP-723 Welding adapter UP-723
66 UP-311 Restriction UP-311
67 UP-739 T-piece UP-739
68 UP-332 Valve DN40 PN16 90° angular UP-332
69 UP-228 Valve DN40 PN16 UP-288
70 UG-733 Connection box for 4 points UG-733

;l
§ ...i .-.,.1o ........... """"""'""" .....,..., ·~ '"''V" ~·-· "''"
"
:b
~ =
a
z
a
--5l
TO Crnl~[(T[}N nox ON GANGWAY ~
2
0
§
!fr REMARKS
1. Pos. 1 and 4 are delivered assembled
g
fr
~~ !" "'W " ·" •" {lf.t; " " ../ •tj TA" TOP
2. Far detailed instalta1ior1 al
lransrni!!er see drawing GT-1187
::!.
m
1 The protection grade of the lransmit!er is IP68
©
4. Pas. 17: Outer diameter: Approx_ 2Smrn
Material: A\S1316 or approved plastic
S The transmi!ler shall tie installed vertically
i
;i
~
6 An alternativ!? installation method is shown on
cJ1·awi11g Gf ~1160
iii
ii!.
i _[i11L :::
~
°'
"'
-
e,
8
18 Rubber protection
17 !3racke!s
16 Pro1mJion tube
15 Ventilation pipe 025
Yard supply
Yard supply
Yard supply
Yard supply
I See ti:m 4
14 Flange DN40 PN 16 Yard supply
~r1J
Gasket DN40 PN16 Yard supply
1 12 . rtunge DN40 PN16 Yard supply
I 11 Vo Ive ON40 PN 16 UP-288 (OPTION)
10 Protection lube
© 1 9 T-piece ON40 PN\6
GL-1387/500
UP-739
~ 1 8 0-ring 017,86x2,62 637o~oor,_oo31
i
1 7 Valve DN40 PN 16 UP-332 (OPTION
1 6 Restrictor oS UP-311
0
~ 1 s Welding adapter UP-723/1
;;;:: 3 1 4 PUR cable GT-1234/
3 Cable gland 6171-100.0001
~. 1 2 Pipe berid too rahle protect GT ~1182/K
"'~· .
~
~
1 1 Pressure lransm GT303AO(x~xN /T!TANl
~
!l~L!J
r.1v I
(/)
e: ' ~;
11'>62 !lo\• ""' N;:rme. lypt'. dm
ll>~.. '"<
Arlcle ria.snec
k••• /f'-\
Wr-i
Remarks
!;~'U) r'.~r,t>-,e A$
"O
(/)
00 o-..i.:9-04-06
_ AJK
.,,:~~l ._......
SJU -E3 *' Ji·,i~i~-
\(j__; -~<1 ar;~:
... ,;_,t,.-.,.,l~ti
frcr:>"r;,.,
(")
l --
Port list and rnoin dim. of pressure P.01:u~•e"" 1<;:.·~~:t
transm.GT303/PUR far ""',,. ""'I'/
5
draft measurement.(Stondard instollot.) tog,..
GT-1186
1"-1"·1•~
.,lb
~ ~ .. 11-1~1;1- h\1/SV\ 1~ ..-f1-1 Dt'<~- 1:1>.. fSii;n
SYSTEM LAY-OUT
0
' ' ' <
' ?
"'
l l' l l
( ( ( (
6 llll"l>h'°...,....td.~flt•\-•""Jr<l "'<-"af?""'"''"''U
]] ~
i--
:b
~
c
z
a
'
§'
J;
I~
0
J6 l6l I~
."
~ rr " g
rIJ
~~ i""""q,l?U,>11,m ,,o11,,11j TANK TOP

CD
~-
~ rmr~~@ '///////,-
i
;i
~
.,,
_[!!IL INSTALLATION
A. In order to achieve the best occurncy , the droll indication sensors should be mounted on the
center fine {CL). If not possible, the sensors hove to be mounted on the some side, and at the
iii
§.
;;:
equal distance from the CL.
8. Weld flanges (16) to bottom (28] and sides (29] .
:;
<W
0\ C. Weld adapter [ 13] to tonk top and brackets [20] to tonk wall (29].
w D. Place gaskets [15] on flanges [16] and fos\en valves [7} or [2J] with screws [24].
-8g, E.
F.
G.
Put 4 screws [25) in holes of T-piecc [19)
Place gasket [15] on either side of rcstriclor (5], and push it onto screws [25].
Place T-piece
with nuts (26)
(19] with gaskets (15) and restdcior [6] against the valves [7] and (2J) and fasten
ll. Jnstoll ventilation pipe [17] with flange (14] and gasket (15] on T-piece [19]
with screws [25] and nuts (26].
I. Remove protection (22) from transmitter [1], and insloU a-ring [B} on transmitter.
J. Apply Loi::lite no. 542 (27) on threads , and loslen transmitter (1)
K. Install lube [18] and rubber praleclian [21].
L. Pull PUR coble (4] through rubber protection [21], lube [18], adopter [lJ], coble gland [JJ,
bend [35] and protection tube (.:SJ].
I
M. Install coble gland (3] with JO Nm, bend (35] and protection tube [33].
N. Drain holes [36] shall face downwards.
REMARKS
.~1~~~
~ t \Varr.3ri!y is v.3\id ori!y when prescriptions on this drawing .3re followed .
~. 2. lh!! trurismtter shall be ins!.3Ued vertically
c::. 1 lnslE'ad of Lor.lite 542 . other simdar s!.'t1l1ng compound can be usf.'d
~ 4. for article nos., sec SYSTEM LAY-OUT drow;ng GT-1186
.s:"' 1... c-...,,1 ...
EB ~~~·;;'~' ;~':,:;:::;
$<•« /;n\i(,~~,.;;;-,.!·',!>
'"'
"'r;
~
I ?»9•04•0<.
C"<-<~••
11.J~ I~"~
AX/Ol
r~~ sJll I EB-.-- ,
Installation of .flum~•1:11·
l\{r~''"
· Q
~
""'"' lllrtl"7 1- ".,.
t;; .... lt""'l Dn<~b- !lot•/~ lib•ll-lllo"~'"" t:i.U-ff'!f'
,
press.transmitter GT.303/PUR or
for draft measurement.
INSTALLATION DRAWING ··- GT-11871-rr~
~
.,
' ' ' <
"'
§ ~
.-- AU dghts reserved SpeciiicQtion~ subject to ChQ.,Ge oithool noticr.
b
!l
I-
co.. 120 3
0
co.. 95 i
-6l
0
© d
~
"' "':i."
~ -- I ill
~ ,----+--,L;::::--::2::::--··--······-····· ·······
:: .:,:/···;.,,·-:.::::::~--
~
"b ~
" 0
,~1·" / ' . / _.--..--··...-----
'I/ / , ,. .
·\
--
I
. 11-<·3-/4"BSP>
J f
~
~
©
//
// i /
( j /I
I /..-.
-~
4
~ iil
~
? . :;"
~ I!
g, i i:
g-
'
co.. l53 r-
! 2
tttl£,_ ~ ! ·1 .-JD - 5 Lor11le nr. 270 3600-006
{ Ji
I
I
1
1
'
J
Rerbmd 90' lype R226 112·
Redl.lc!im coup!. RS3/lt-1/2" BSP.
6561-2000004
6581-0190035
AISI 316
AISI ]16
"' 2~
1 Endeavslutling lor averkas!rnutter UP-72211 AISI 316
Ja I 1
'
1 Overkastmulter UP-72111 AISI 316
~ ' '~nt.pr Pos.
No.vri.lype,tiin.
Te!JYli"!J l!o.lerr.ile
!l. erh>t
"'· Stc.rnfard
"·~ Overrtbeli. I Kt"'al
EB
No.via Moritine AS
I (M3L2} I Do.to - Konstr.llE"[Ywt Tr~-r\'t l!dlrstokk- Division l\utronico.
"'
~
l
I Kootrotl
1999-03-18 AJK/Oly
Sbndl<ontro!I Gcdl<jent AJK E§:_~
1 1 N·· 7005 Trono'hein
..i:lornoNicr;. Norway -~
I g
f
(r~t~trm[l fc<" Er'itottet ov
R0rbcnd for kobelbeskytte!se Jpgnnr. Rev. Le.no

"
SAMMENSTILLINGSTEGNING GT -11s2I A I .,
i;'
~ 0
' 7 I '- I
' I I 0 I , I 'C
(__' (__' l (
The .i:lu••••1a.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 9
,.---------- /-Ill nyni.~ r·e~t'f.Yt'll . .!ip!:'LlflLUl.IUf\~ ~UOJ!:'Lt. 1.U Lrl:lfl!:Jl' WIH!ULll. f\Ul.JLt'.
=
= =
=
v .,c-i
==
gg .,=
L
c
ruv
gg "!
"'
-ru .,
:§, ==
~
Q
==
== :") .,
"c
M"'
c gg ~
~
~
0
-M
.,ci
== M
"c M"'
.,ci
"dc M30x2-6g
c
c
0
~
~=
M
~
.,
ru
ci
228-G 114"
~
c
20:
.,ci
L
c c
a >=
~ d~ I I
"
~ ~ I
\....../
"ii
Ml
O'
ru
I : I
O'
I ml' I ''
I
" I I !
I
'
I
'
I
~ ~.,---+------+--+----->
i
I
020
050
055
§,
v;
'a
~
g 1---~-~--------------~-----~----------~--~-------1
Sveisenippel AISI 316 L
Ant.pr Pos. Tegning
enhet nr. No. vn, type ,din. Stondnrci Ma:terio.te
Overf'Lbeh. KLnO.l
No.via. Mo.ritirle AS
Do.to
1999-03-17
Kon troll
Konstr./Tegnet
AJK/0.Ly.
Sto.nd.kontroll
Tro.cet
Godkjent
AJK
MO.!es;;okk
1 : 1
ffi
-OuTRON!CA-
Ersto. tning f'or:
Division Autronicn
N- 7005 Trondheil'l
Norwo.y
Erstc:ttet o.v:
Sveisenippel Tegn.nr.
OETALJTEGNING

The ·..s:luT1nnucFt- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter9
. - - - - - - - - - - Alt r""ights r""eserved. Specifications subject to change without notice. --------~
--~
--~
110
- 150
0
c
0
N
<'~
Ci
'•
~
0
ol--~-~--------~-------~-------~-----------1
1 I Flow restrictor AISI 316 I
Qty. Pos. I Nome, type, dim. Article Material I
Date Dsgn/Dwn
Ee
Trac Scale No.vie 1\.iorltir12 .YS
1988-09-11 AJK/SJR 1,2
UlViSIOn f\ut-:'on::: (l
Checked Spec Ctr\. Appr"oved -E3- ~
c 01y. A.JK 'f' N-/005 rrcndhein
ot------~-~----~-----~------l
l'iD''W,~ y
"·c
~
u Flow restrictor 05 .J:iurnDNICI!-

~
• Rep\ for IRep\. by Next

Q
•c0 Isheet
N
DETAIL DRAWING Dwg no,

( ( ( (
.,, .
~
AU riqh\s reserved. Spcdlicotioris subject to change without notice .
•
...,
Cl
±:i
"'
~
0
~
tI1 i
-
0
§
."'a:
N DET All A. SCALE 11
~
"'
~g. ::!.
11===d ~
<ISD228-G112> ~
(026,5)
'""' j,2) (018>
=
;i
~
il!
& Q9,-- e.
i
l
(4f s
~
-
g,
8
i
015 ±)}--!--++--
"',_,
-03:~:10)
~
'0:ad
-~_,/
!
-116j_ _fi6j- (110)
~1
~
"
o;i
rm '
(200±1,5)
1 IT-piece ON40 PN16 JUP-739 AISI ]16 2. 7% Mo

:::::
~.
~
"" 1·~ I Name, T,.p., Dim

I Du•t
""""'Navia Maritime AS
'"
lmll ~Cl. Sltnd1rd
=·3 ~ D1t1
"'~-
"~ Sal•/Form1t
"
ffi
0
99-09-09 AJK 1:2 A3 Olvisjon Aulronfca
S~ec
" ~
'""'" Cltl. Appro1ed
€3-$· N-7005 Trondheim
"'
.§-
m
"' .~
SJU MaV
Norway
x ·~. T-piece DN40 PN16 -1'-lLl!RQNICll-
"'ft
'<
~
~ 0
with 2 flanges and JS0228-G1/2
.., ..
Rrpl. lat
'''"' Ht1l ll>fft
9
~ Sh.no. RH. La"ll-
";-
3
~
)> . . : ,g --
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH UP-739 I IA I .,
""
R 7 7
"' " " ' I '
The +lu••••••.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter9
. . . - - - - - - - All rights reserved. Specificlltior:s subject to change without notice. - - - - - - - - ,
0i60
____________l
----------!----
I 40 I
c
rn
Ci
-
'•
0
0
l 0150
I '
110
150
' •
Maker Albert Richter Armaturenfabrik, Germany

Max. pressure temp. 16 bar /225 'C
Material, housing Ductile iron W.0.7042 DIN1693
Material,disc RG5 W2.10.9601 DIN1705
Material stem CuSn8 W.2.1030
•0c
N
The valve is aproved by DNV.
The valve can be used for Sea water, fresh water, oil etc.
"'
EB
<
'
~::::
~
"'".J
~- ~
~. ~ Dote'i989-02-16 Dsgn/D;~K iroc Sea.le 1; 5 Nnvic.._ t•1o.rit:r",e r\S

~ 9 Checked Spec Ctr!. Approved Division !\1;-trein\cc
"' ~ 0.Ly.
"l\Of'WCl V A.JK -E3- • N- 7005 TrondliPh
.:=.~- SP
__ .f?1-----~~----~----~-----1
-
l': §, ·t' 9Q°ongulor stop valve with -l::iurnaN1cF1- ·
~ t;;
Rep! for Repl by Next
j/l 15 ~ stuffing box shee!
•c 0 DN40 PN16 Dwg no.
N
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH (~
'--'--L-'-----------------------'--------------'
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 68 of JOO Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS
The +luna•ian- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter9
. . . . - - - - - - - Alt rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.------~
e160
"'..,.ru
x
d
£
I
i I
i
. ·-·-·-·---+-----·-·- ·-·-·-.l
i
i
i
I. 200 .I
110
150
Maker Albert Richter Armaturenfabrik, Germany

Type ARI 22306RC
Max. pressure temp 16 bar /225 °[
Material. housing Ductile iron W.0.7042 OIN1693
Material,disc RG5 W2.10.9601 OIN1705
Material stem CuSn8 W21030
•c
0
N
The valve is aproved by ONV.

The valve can be used for Sea water, fresh water, oil etc.
""'':'.l
<
w
ii
"'
~
Do.te
Checked
1987-08-11
Dsgn/Dwn
AJK
Spec Ctrt.
iro.c
Approved AJ.K.
Seo.le
1•5
-E:}- -@-,
EB No vio. Mc.ri tif"1e ~S
Division ~utron:co
N- 7005 T:cndheir1
~ §1------D_.l~Y·~----~----~---'----l
_. ::.; f·!Ot'iVO y
~ 5 Stop volve with stuffing box +lurRaN1cF1-
~ £ DN Q p N l S 1-cR~ep~L~,ac--~~Re-pt_b_y--~~~~;-:,--1
4
~ Dwg no.
0
N
> DIMENSIONAL SKETCH

< &

The ..i:luTRaN1ao- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter9
ru
M
"'s "'
~
"
0
0 ""'
.c
~
~ ~
>Sl "c0
c
c
d
~
~.
,: w
" I
l
• xron
< On ruw
iii n
$ j z"
o'
-'-' ~
<(
t; => z
{~! Wo 0
.,
, • z n.
z "
or
Vi
zw
0
I
0 0
I
0
u
"6
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
• +iurno ... ~ I • I
" '
CONNECTION BOX
TYPE UG-733
• CE •
0 '-------------"'----' 0
9--1--f--------'-
L02
•
f
;
l

The ..i:lurHDNIC.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter IO
Chapter 10
Draft. With connection box on deck
74 UG-721 Connection box UG-721
75 UD-664 Protection profile UD-664
76 UD-663 Fastening bracket UD-663
77 UT-317 Nut, M30 x2 UT-317

"--"'
,,..-._'--
\.__/
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 71 of I 00 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS

...,, "'<V>b ...........i.1<>',<l'<•\- ....... ,1 •• .._.,th;>,\..,t;,;•.
...,6 SEEN FROM A ~

b
"'
~
REMARKS ~a
t Pas 1 and t, af'e delivered assembled z
2. ror det<1iled ins1allation of ~
-
0
""
-A lransmi11er see drawing Gl'-1168
3 The protection grade of lhe transmitter is !P68. §
~ t1.
the connection box has IP67.
Pos 25. Outer diameter: Approx 2Smrn
~
"'"'
~g. Material: AIS!316 or approved plastic
S The tr;msm'itter shalt be installed vertiGilly ~·
15
~~
©- m
~
1
~
~
ZS !Rubber oroteclion a
24 !Brackets
231Protection tube IYard su1 See rem 4
e.
§'
22JVenti!ation pipe "25 !Yard suppl_y_
i.._, I @ 1 21 Fron e ON40 PN 16

4 20 Gasket ON40 PN16
Y r JJPil!.J'....__<-------i
Yard SLODl
;;i
N (J/~·
1 119 l Ftonoc ON40 PN 16 IYard suppl
g., 1 118 !Cable 0°016 max. !Yard supply
§ ! !I
III
17 lNu! M30x2
161 Valve ON40 PN16
lUT-317/1
JuP-288 {OPTION)
!i! 1 1151 Fastening bracket I UD-663
141Screw M6x8 IUTN014/6A
_r· i[_ ~1· Protection profile
12 Silicone gel
UD-664/1
6070-07.7.1030
11 I Should or nipple I UP-410
101 Protection tube IGL-1387/500
"
i
9 \ T-picce ON40 PN16\UP·739
© 1 la lo-ring "17,86x2.62 !6370-004-0031
.il.L Valve ON40 PN 16 UP-332 OPTION) 1 - - - - - - - 1
!:::: <1\~ft
6 Rcstrictor 05
5 !Welding adapler l
UP-311
UP-723/1
/~\
PUR c;:ible IGT-1234/-
Ela.. Cable gland I 6571-100 0001
2 !Cornectinn box UG-721
~ -\Q]J}- Pressure Jr;:insm IGDD3AO[xxxN_ mTANJ I
"'
.[-
"'
Oly IPos r N.'m.>, lyoe. !lm
I!lo"199B--O'J·:l4 ~1..,
AJUOL
l•ot
Artict~ no.spec.
tu"
.+
ffi ''"""''
NQVIQ MQrltlne AS
[I.vision flutronico
g
·I I D'«l<t~ ~cw -E.:t Trondh~ln
I
AJK. l'f<>"""""sit1 N-7005
DETAIL T ---- Nor•ay
Port list and main dim. of pressure c.-"""o'---·-=~-~~-J "
tronsm.GT303/PUR for ..,,_,,,. ~ ~ °' .,;-
~
Re., ffl'Hl} 2'i AJVOt
't! draft measurement. (Conn. box IP67) ~"" .- ~ ,~
1 1 C1 ....
Re..1m-01--2'iUUIU
l!r•.!1-lt.r<cr'tl\0.
0
11>.t.m;n.
l1bt?11001t!;AJUUJ
li!r•ll""lttte'""" loto/1:17>.
"
SYSTEM lAY-OUT
"
G!-1160
=
( l. \ ( \ (
AU rlghts reserved_ Specifications SI.Abject to change •lthrn.it notlcl'.-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
;l
§ OET AIL OF CABLE GLAND, 2 "
b
ia
I--
"11 7
E
l'
0
-r
Pro tee lion cover
§
51 ~
~1
<D r:n
"' "::!.
~ "
~
~
i
N
"
(il
;;;
~
iii
'
"A" e.
ii'
~I I I I"'~I
I 09 1
;;i
"_,
....
"B':_/11. 'II
-
....,
0
0
0
I I
' ' REMARKS
Plug for filling 1. Material of parts exposed to sea water: A!Sl 316, nitri!e and PA
i1 silicone gel
2. Weight: 2,3 kg.
3. Protection grade: IP 67.
I 4. Body "A" shall normally not be opened .
.~ If it is opened, Loctite no.542 must be applied on
~ the threads "B", before fastening nut "A" with 30Nm.
5. Nut "c" shall be tightened with a torque of 30Nm.
ii I I Ii
<i<l
6. All v'1tol ports shall be covered with silicone gel.
7. Read the insta!lotion drawing carefully.
::: ,;
El. ~
UG-772
s"'· ""'1998-10-22 Dsgn/D•n I Trtc Scol('

i'iov!c.• l·.'.(1rit:".~r: t.s
"
"'
.§'.
"'
<
~
!£ !
(hrckrd
S LR
AJK/Gly
Spt>C Ctrl.
1----'---"L..----'-----"----~-
Approved
AJK ·El
1 1
·$- I E9
.flurRDNICfl-
Q;•:i:;:r.n
I'
{\ut•,~•dro
7005 h'""'"'"''"
i~~lfW(l','
.
1 ~-'
("')
"'
'< CABLE GLAND
Connection box lype UC- 721
~(CT jflr>µ try jtle•I
ii
~ - '""'
~ ~ O.g no
> < ~ DIMENSIONAL SKETCH UG-7 21 I'"" (:·1''"' ii....

"' Q T 7
' ' ' ' ?
=
) ) ) )
) ) ,) \_)
All t~I• ,.,,......t ~-ll'l<•I»<>< •"")'<\ I~ <"'1'9" "'"""I "''""
;l
§ @ REMARKS b"
~
0 ® ~
1 \'l<Jrran!y ts villid nrily wlim pr£1scrip1ions on this tlrawing are fol\owr>d
2. The transmilter shall ~ installed verhcally z
3 !nslead of Loct1le 542 , ol!1er simiar Sf'aling u:mipound ran he used a
- @ 4. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY~OUT drawing GT-1160 ~

35
~
0 fco. ;j1s1
--A
~ J6
r
Jl
s"' "'"
'"d
g. @
,
I,
Iii ['
·I·
.!•!I.
,
I, ~·
~~ TM'K TOP
__ .l JiL ll_,__
====11h
,., ) Go)
5
·-Tl'!i!iiir'fn-·-·-
i
$
i
GJ
i
;i
'"d
!/ /
//
,.//
l'j
1J
0
re.
::;:
_Jif @ ~
~__,
INSTALLATION
1;Tl A. In order lo achieve the best occurocy , the draft indication sensors should be mounted on the
---t: iJ
l;>
g, JWL B.
center line (Cl). If not possible, the sensors hove to be mounted on the some side, ond at the
equal distance f ram the CL.
Weld flanges [16] to bottom [28] and sides (29J .
Weld odopler [lJ] to tonk lop ond brockels [20 to tonk wall [29).
C.
f
§
l c.
D.
E.
r.
H.
Place gaskets 151 on flonge:i [16] and fasten valves (7] or [2.3] with screws [24),
Pu\ 4 screws 25] in holes of T-piccc [19]
Place gosket L15] on either side of restrictor [6], oniJ push a
onlo screws [?5].
Ploce 1-piece [19] with gaskets [15] ond restrictor [6) against the valves [7] orHj (2J] and fasten
with nuts (26]
Install ventilation pipe [17] with flange (14] and gasket (15] on T-piece (19] with screws [25)
n and nuts [26].
I. Remove protection (22] from tronsm;\ler [1], and instoll a-ring (8] on transmitter.
J. Apply Loctite no. 542 [27] on threads , and fasten transmitter [ 1]
K. Locate bracket [35) and fasten nut (5] with 150 Nm.
L. Install tube [18] and rubber protection {21].
___..©
~ ,.....-©
M.
N.
Pull PUR coble {4) through rubber protection [21], lube (18], adopter (13) end coble gland [3].
lnstolt coble gland [3] with 30 Nm.
~
0. tnslo!I connecting box [2] with 16 Nm.
P. Install PUR cob!e end in connecting box. [2]. Connect red wire ( +) to terminal 1,
\~j ~PY© \t'~~

and block wire (-) to terminal 4, and connect the coble [12] to the some terminals.
~ Q. fasten cable gland {31], shou!der nipple 132] and protecting tube (33].
Ei ~~ .~~
R. Install protection profile [36] with screws 37] with 7 Nm.
~ ~-
~ S. Control output signal from transmitter at o\m. pressure.
Elct.. T. If. ok, place cover {30] on connection bo)( and fasten screws with 7Nm.
l~lll~l~
u. Fill silicone gel through halo (34] end fasten plug with 35Nm.
~ ·'
~~~~-~~-
"' J
.g.
~~~~ ~~- Dott n.g.v;..., f'" ~"'' EB Nnvlo. Hnriti~~ AS
j ...ii~
1m-11-20 Ar~/01 Division r.utronicn
e>.<WI AJ( Soo-c 'VL _. ...... SJU -E.3--$- N~7005 Trondh~irl
Nor•ny
~ ' Installation of .tl~·~ ..
~-,~_,,,.--,.:..'°"-i
;i. ~.fl'l'l--OJ.;>6.AJJ!.llll1
presure tronsmitler GT.303/PUR
for draft measurement. .......
"-
GT-1168(~(;1•~
...
"' ... In. T'ffl-Ol-?J. AJUOl
Dt"'"""" Dot.r~ l~N.llcnl k><rti- D< ../SQ'\ !NSTALLATION DRAWING

,
0
The .+lu'"""'""" GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 10
,_,., ':.!
<:. ....; ,,
.£ !
.c
' &~
<:\. G
.-: ~-
" '
___·------r
- 1-- :~-== 7", .q-
~ .;;: -· lD
I I
-~
::.•; $:.:
·"~ -~
lD
jf---- - ~
;7:)
1-- ···.~
~-~ 6 I
~
I '
I
'
~-
~
E
E
!
•
ffi :"':·":::':' :>.'.::;::
~~
l
•
0
~ ~
0
_!;
0
::J
~
s
I ~
i:t E
' '
' ~
;;;
I -
i .. ~
'
~1 I :.-
' ' o"'
~~ ~
w
I I -
' :r:
I
'
I "'
<
:2
u
>--
w
I
"' ;: ~
0
j ea. "'
"'
' "
'
I "' -•_:; ~
c <
z '
I tg oO
~ '-
•
.2
um 0
' ' ! ;~
0
iii
z
I I ~ •
~ -j
0
• <
.
ct w
"
0
' '
I I i <O
I
'
152
' - ~~·- -- "'

I
vi
I "'
O>
102 I 25 - :§ ~ 00 0
;g .-
O>
'
--4-~ '
-- ---------t;}-
I
I
' c
I I
.-- - 1-- --€>-I 1----------y-
! '
I
'
~
---
I .,
[
'' .
I
' .
"'co
_______l____: ___________________________l_______
M
-
~i• L_ f--
--$--- f-- - - - - - - - - - - - - --$--
'
'
' '
56 I 102 I
152
-
'
I
o·r: ~ 0·2;! 2'1 :; B'O:;j S'O :;it:'O; 2'0 :;j l'O :;I "\Cl ... stS1ci.'Ca .lt"1:1 -~.l1:1 v5:s1oioa .ll."!l 'Jl.l1j
oao1! ~~~I ~llf ~ l~f 1~~ ~c

1 1
19 l.1a~1 5 \V,j ·..<To/»rr·v 'BZ-\0-666L ''A<'.ll:J v
'Jap1af:I lQ''" anDsasuD.1a10+ a.)!>v. .10J 'ATO/>!l'V '7' £0 6661 '0Ujl.iS01 AN 8

§
r- All r;ghh re~erved Specirico.t>ons S'-'bjPct to d>o.nge •itho"t noticP.
.
;l
:b
~
!j
/\~ r
~
a
z
/ ;~C~~20· 6
<R~~6,_\ ~
l'
-5l
0
] stk hutt 09.S 100• (
·~
/ \I §
-\- -~----~t~t
c /\ \
----H-·- Q
' Q
,-{ / ~ w
~g.
'
\ /"---!......-' ::i.
/
,s· 'I ,- E
m
-~
~ ~~
" "
~
..
;§
.
-·H·- -----r--Ji ___ L_&-
! (56) I
'• stk hull MG
i
;;i
<29<e> i, I! I, ~
--,---,- I , I Sl
<254>
i I i e.
!!' <10'1> :=:
i i i ~
l._, •" i i i
°'
g, i i i ''-
-·-· 1·-r--·r· -r- l'--0
f--
-·H·-
§ 9~
- ' ' _'-'-'-'-J_
<77>
~~I "t L c
11
-·-·~& I <92> I __[

o/ f--
~" ,, --~
~" ~_,;.~ ~'-
0 '
:><:
0" 'o.g
<, I --..
I . I .1 e·.'.w- ~nek.~11[]
1·8rnm AISI ]'6
.
LJ ----
iiiiiiiiiiiiil.
__________ 'I 1T nri"""
1*l:
T ,;
TPll~~-----1 Mo.krlDle
'!2:: ~~
fl - r
EB
"" 0 • \ ' , 4 Navia Maritine AS
.e:
i3
C/l ~ .s
~
?. o
:'mm ()'>
I . /
DQ\o
1998-11-12
K0t1trol!
Konstr./Jegl'll't
A.J.K./O.L
Sto.nd.kontroll
Tro.cet
'"
Godkj1.>nt
Mt..,stokk
1 : 2
.---; _r,b_ ._
Division Autronica
N-7005 Trondheiri
Norway
·.::..::.:r ~ !lut~(IN1CA-
"O !! .,: S.JR AJK
~::;::=~---,~~-
I A
bl
.~ " ~.,
.
'< < Fastening bracket
frstntn.rig for,
''"'" UD-663(~("
(rsto.ttet o.vi
"...
~I .,~1.0
I ' ' ~
, l DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
' 0
'
, '
.....
Q
l l l
The +luTR0•1c.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 10
41 ri::J;Hs r<;>s~·~vf>rJ :;pec1i icc:tio:1s ~u.iJt?'.'.""'.: :,; c;:c:r.ge 1·.·i-;r;ov:- r,,;t<:e>
g D
~ .,ri
DO D
.,ru
DD
DD
ru~
L
0
~ gg '.'!
~ -ru +•
rn col m
DD
;;; MS .e •
I
c
~1 [I ] ]
ggl!fl I
!<
~
-Mi~
d
~ OD ' M
•c
~
M'2
.,0
I
d
L
•
~D
M :;;
_, I
3 ~
0
~ _,0 I
""
L
0
L
0
:>"""
CD
~ a~
;;; a
"' ~
~ I~
I
c
rn
Vi
'2 J \
- --1-- ~
D
0
\ J
\ t---.... .,I
I /
I
M30x2-6H
~•
0
~
I&
c
.0
v.
'2
d
o/
m
1 1 Muller AISI 316 46 mm 6-kant

Ant.pr Pos. Tegning
enhet nc. Navn, type ,ciln. Stancfa,.d Mo. teriale
OverfLbeh, KLnti.l
Nevin Mnritine r1s:
Dato
1999-03-24
Kontrotl
Konstr./Tegnet
AJK/0.Ly.
Stand.kcntrotl
Tracet
Godkjent
AJK I
xatestokk
6-$-
1 : 1
EB
.J:luTRONICA-
Erstatning for:
Division Auti--onicn
f·i- 7005 Tronclheic,
Nor'wo y
Erste. ttet av'
!<, Mutter M30x2 Tegn.nr, Rev,Lnng
71
~
~
,;
• DETALJTEGNING UT-31

The .+lu1•••1Cn- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 11
Chapter 11
Level in ballast tanks. Connection box on catwalk
··'-..,J
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 79 of 100 Kongsberg Maritime Ship Systems AS ·

.. -
§ ~
....--4>! •9'l• · · - · " ' ~p«lf''olk>o;> '""'Jr<\ to <"*"Ot ~'"""' ..,,••
~ :b
~
tT1
6
,l 6 n~
0'";--:=II -
,'f/
-
.1
-
-1
I \
·~
II
J,1
\
-
~
-:1 - -
10 CONNECTION BOX ON GANGWAY
iia
E
-5l
8
f
r-· -
J
- LI - w
.
"
'
• '
~
en " en
~ I J J= ~
'
~CD
s.
Ill
§- I
- l~I TANK TOP
"d
~
'
Ii)
~
- ' '
II i
V//////A ,./////////,(
\ I I
REMARKS
_[ ,Q 1 Pos. 1 and 4 are delivered assembled
"d
1:
4
_ 2 For [Jetailed installation of
!ransmilter see drawing Gf-1191
J The proleclion grade of lhe lransmiller is IP68
t
'*s,
00
0
- .
I
9
4. Pas. 8. Guler d1ameler, Approx. 25mm.
Material: AISl316 or approved plastic
S The transmitter shall be installed vertically.
§ 1:
6. An alternative installation method is shown
II
I'
© on drawing GT-1188.
- I,
I
--
® _l 10 Rubber protection Yard supply
l
.s 9 Fasteninn bracket Yard supply
1
.,8
Protection tube Yard~
~
~ Kl
<"= 'L3 1
1
1
1
Fastenino bracke!
6 Pipe bend !or cabl!! protect
5 Protection tube
4 PUR-cable
GT-661
GT -1182/K
GL -13871500
GT-12341·
ft
a. " r-
~5 ~-
-;.
CD 1 3 Cable aland 6571-1000001
~
- = 1 2 Welding adapter UP-723/1
en fF .,
1
...
1 Pressure transm GT303AOCxxxN
.......,.,,,, __
!THANl
.[
en 8 L4o J
(j)
~
!>.t<O ...
-"'~
't??'l·0~-1:;> lr.~;;Olv
J~<CM
I1"<
1~··s.u
Sul•
ES
-
<$-
$ 'bv:r, t'er,•.he ,\S
lh·i!;,)c, r,,~,_11,..:>1
Q
" N-70J5 ;rcnd''i''I'!
1:>-
en
I I
I I
I
o,..!1""'1 Vn<•Df<n ~ .. ~
I I I
I I I
' TAI« BOTTCN
\1 ... 11-ln."'~'"" i:..1,11?>

I
I
I
Port list and main dim. of
transmitler type GT303/PUR
...Jl~T~~~I& ...
~·
for level indication in bol!ost tonks etc. ~·; ""'
SYSTEM LAY-OUT
1,.,..,
I:'::.
GT-119ol"~i'··i-·~
N~r~i~
"
;-
.,
,...
,...
l l ( (
( (' ( \
(
~
Ml •'!/Ill rnr"•~ ~,(~,...., ~jr<t t.. "'°V ,,u,,.,\ ""l<.r ' ' -
t
b
"' ~
I-
0 !~
--\·-
--
'~
a
z
a
~
§
. ."'
~ ~
'
51 " ""' 0
0
(I) f 1111111\'fu 11w{[Jw>w111 TA" TOP rn
~g. "'
:!.
&I
s 111-------------e
i
;;i
--0 _LIUL INSTALLATION ~

A. Weld bracket 121 and brackets 1101 lo lank wall 1111. ill
and welding adapter 191 lo lank lop e.
.,-0 B. Install rubber pro1eclion 1131 and protection !ube l8J.
C. Pu! lock wast1er !SJ on 1ransrnilter [1] and ~
"""00 fasten nut 141 with 11,0Nrn.
-...., D. Pull cable 11,1 through rubber protection 1131.
-
0
protection lube 181. welding adapter 191. cable
0
gland Ill. bend 161 and protection lube 171
0 © E. Install cable gland Ill wilh JO Nm
f. Install bend 161 and protection tube 171
G. 01·ain 11oles [1/il shall face downwards.
REMARKS
I~
~.
C'.
1\
-~@
1 Warranty is valid only when prescriptions on !his d1·;n.,iir1g are followed
2. The transmitter shall be installed vertically.
3. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing GT-1190
EJ.. \,.--13
(I)
.s-
(1)
" O.••
Ch«"•~
11l'l'HJ~·12
AJI.
•"l""h•• 1...
2:!<~ - - - -
i.,,... t<r<. '"""'.. SJJ
tr"'•
------
r
I _ \
1,~,,·b •f.),.-:tin~ A:
i),.,,si•:m ,·,.,~ru 1 1f~"
N·-:'CG'.i l•: ..,:;.-:·i-
'a !nstallotion of pressure transmitter !lu~;=""=-•c,"0"'0·',','-,...--1' 9
~&; ,, type GTJ03/PUR for level "'11"'
,,_ i"'l'ti i"'~ "
indication in bollast tonks.
INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-119{~1•·r• ii....
""·11-lti.'I<'~- llt.to/lq< IR>•.ll""'I ti.ur"l>t"'" °"'~'~""'
' '
, ....
" '
"
( \
( ( (
....... "'""•·
~ ~
•11 ...................... 1~~- ........... ~,u,,_,,
SEEN FROM A
w :b
I- --A ~®
~c
z
~
-~
0
§
0
0
rJl
i ~-
l
~
i
"lj
.. ""
©
~
,"<: "
;;i
.,,"
00
INSTALLATION
g,
-
81 I ~ 1111 ©
A.
8.
C:
Weld bracket [6] and brackets [11] to tonk woll [21), and welding adopter [13]
to tonk top [22].
Install rubber protection [10] and protection tube [BJ.
J
Put tock washer [7] on transmitter [ 1 and fasten nut [9] with 140Nm.
D: Locate bracket [14] and fasten nut [5] with 150 Nm.
E. Pull PUR coble through rubber protection [10], lube [8], adopter (13] and cable gland (3].
F. Install cable gland [3] with 30 Nm.
G. Install connecting box [2) with 16 Nm.
H. Install shoulder nippfe (18] and protection lube [19] and cable (12].
!. Install PUR coble f4] end in connecting box. [2]. Connect red wire {+) to terminal 1,
~ and block wire (-} lo terminal 4, and connect the coble [12] to the some terminals.
~C" 1111 ® J. Fos\en cable gland (17], shoulder nipple [18] and protecting lube [19].
:11 K. Install protection profile [15] with screws (16] and wilh 7 Nm.
Ja L
M.
Cantrall output signal from transmitter at otm. pressure.
lf. ok, place cover [23] on connection box and fasten screws with 7Nm.
~ N. Fill silicone gel [24] in ho!c [20] and fasten plug with 35Nm.
!l.
C'.
Remember lhot o volume of air (10% of total} shot! remain inside the connccHon box.
~
-6-"'
... ~Do. I''" ... ~t1~~,~b;,~~·;;,.:~~~
EB
1999-0~·09 AX/OL
REMARKS
~??I'?? ?pi,? I ?I? I I??>? llU."" 00!11J1
1 Warri!flty ls valid only when prescrip!inns on this drawng are followed . °"'"''' AX r
lpP< t'-'i. iw-.....
I S1l I -EJ. -· ~.-1,·,,n lri:ri;hp'-"'
"' 2. The transmitter shall be installed vertically. !nsL of pressure transmitter -Ilum~H,..
?\".;r"'~''
· g
l~
. I j""• ,,.,.,.,,,..
.... 1""" ~~l.U>
. 'J'JD!iJ)IJVHl
!lot.~ l•.... l1<>TI
,0.-Kr~I<>! !lo .. ,s:.g...
'
3. Far article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing GT-1188
'
type GT.303/PUR for
level indication in ballast tanks etc.
INSTALLAYION DRAWING
i.,..,
o.-
I..,,_"' J::,
GT-11891•~1:·(~ "
~
.....
....
The +luT•••1c1t- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 12
Chapter 12
Level in ballast tanks. Connection box on deck
P-GT300/KEE 011205 SU/pab Page 83 of 100 Kongsberg Maritime Shlp Systems AS

........ t.~~1-J .... ..,.,..... Jr< ... ,,..,.,. ..i -........
6 SEEN FROM A ~
::;J b
~
i-
0
«o --A
~
z
~
§
~ g
© "'~·"
~~
!ii!
~ i
........................)•{:I
$1! :pii! ~
"';;i
--~J
" I. :·:
.I. .I '"3
~
I ..lcL.JJ.
l ·~r~i··
i !i: i· ~
...,, ' .. iii $'
$ iii
!: :Ir ~
~ E:
: ':
....
00
g,
-8 mmm
]I.ri : ®
(J/~·
/"o/l
-~~-,~:i: ,-
i6 Cable O·max: 016 Yard supply
11 Rubber protection Yard supply
~
'
14 Protection tube Yard supply l'iee rem 4l
j
::::::::1:1: ®
_1](0._ 4 13
1 12
Screw M6x10
Protection profile
UTN014/6B
LJ0+6f,4/1
21_ Fastening bracket U0·66J/1
10 Cable gland
_... 6571-100.0001
i
~
~
L-=1 REMARKS
1 Pas. 1 and 4 are delivered assemble(J
9 Nul M30x:2
Stt1cone g~
Fas!m:nn •.•• .,..
i-,,..,.,..i..ni
UH17/1
6070·027.1030
I GT-661
up-1,10
Gl-13871500
I
~ ~ GT-1234/-
!l. " 2. For dela:ted inslallation of
!ransmitler see drawing GT-1189 UP-723/1
"·~ 3 The protection grade of !he transmitter is IP68.
the connec1ion box has IP67.
L Connection box
1 1 Pressure trw1srn
UG-721
l'iTJ03AOCxxxN HITANJ
.§'"'.
"' ~I
~7 t,. Pas 11,: Outer diameter: Approx:. 2Smm
Material: A1Sl316 or approved plas!ic.
...
111, jl'Ol I
W??·04·08
c.....__
llzoo.tr,.P.•
~"l'll'.<>
Al>(/Ol
r~--t~<~ ·-
N!<J•fll.-
. I -E3- •
S<o<» EB tfovj3 M~ritin~ AS
Divisiori A~troriCQ
bl
';:;
f ,.,,r; <,.,,.,.,.,.? 2 (,.:JAM< BOTTOM
5 The lransmit!er shat\ be installed verfically. ,t,J( Sll
Port list and main dim. of transm. n ..,<>l)Oooc... Nor~QY
N-7oas lr-ondhrin
"
~
22 2 2 2 2
!llqt" ~
type GT.30.3/PUR for level o,.,;"' ~
ii....
..,,..
lf.1(111/6.1.>611 COOO AM"
1 1 a1
in ballast tanks etc. Connect. box IP67 11o;"' .~ ~ ,~
i;'; ~ 1~
11... ll-JDt«"'""'
9'.lOallAJVll!
D.toffQ">. 1~ .. 11-1 11.,,,..,..... SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-1188 N
v
8 7 6
" A J 2
:l' l l; l
The +luT•••1crt- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 13
Chapter 13
Level in ballast tanks, submerged transmitter. Connection box in dry

environment
90 UG-714 Connection box UG-714
91 UP-459 Flange UP-459

~.
6 ~
,..... "'' "91!(1 . . . - ' ' " ' " " " " ' '""'"'' !0 '"""'" ··'"""' "'''""
-~ ~
j 70
I I :b
~
i-
1 I
,• 2 ,,,,-- z
- ~
~J;;, I ,\'Otr a
I') !i/. .. f
5l-
0
- 1-
~tr
~
-- A , , v .. --------,
,• r----.----, E ' '
§
--", _J~5 g
- r-,.----+-;
Jl~:~:~~;:~:~J
1
S EN FROM A r:n
~g.
7 10
1123456
"
~-
(l
,,;
:+-I I I
~+-
I I
==~;zz,ctz:iz:i:=i1::=~='21 TANK TOP

I
J
---------f ~
l
I
:I:
I
l
{
®
~";<:;
,,,
-'- 1
.._-
"' : '
1(;:::j::;
1];::r;-
~
I
:
f:;T;::j:::l;;:rl~' ----'
,-';:
I
~·
t ~
If!;
"(:.
REM ARK S
<
r
~
---------}y, /
/ n . rm
J--·-J-r··-; PG9 Jj j I PGlG
\-:
1. For detailed installation and replacement "
~
[.
'
.'r;,
/,' r,: (,j\ -;+=?_J ~ 1 see JNSTAl.LATION DRAWING GT-1232.
2. The transmitter shall be installed vertically. ;;
i00
/r;,/~
((// 17'..
I
!
[ ~
\\. \
!
~
X 3. Outer diameter: approx. 25mm.
Material: AISI 316 or approved plastic.
;;i
00
'-V--, '..'--.. __ -~~
lll -
g, - ---~:I-,
I I
13 ' '-....:--- -_ ~· rl-
8 ----tl'I~
: I: 0
_ •• :n:
'I•
;n
_J 10
14
13
Loctite no.542
Brocket
Yard supply
Yard supply
----~1 ~ ~ 4 12 Screw M16x25 Yard supply
----LI~~
I
0 -!-'Tl
PG9
~
,c
(T·~"f'1
. '·.
lf'-1-'Tl
1
1
11
10
Flanne ON40 PN16
Coble 0=015 max.
Yard supp!y
Yard supply
~
0
"""
,
i : i::
1 -r,1 (0 :1 ·
.f ; J
Ii
l l i
~- -f,
I:) 1
1
9
8
Protection tube
Gasket ON40 PN16
Yard supply
Yard supply
see rern.2.
"
~
<:T
E
~:'§=l!i
~
j ::I\ II I:1,
1
0- 0 ==~=1=~========== l
,
5
==========~=,=~===i
1
-l-J----f14\
···i..:_:;
I - ..
:l
I!
•
I1 ::I
1
16
1- · · · 1
1
1
7
6
Rubber protection
Fastening bracket
Yard supply
GT-661
ca. ~ 0
Ga :ii I. 1 5 Flange UP-459
~ N I L--" ti... _ . _i1 I
!l. 8
45
-io~ f-----i-----@--f~-- 1-----~---------i-----\ ~ ~ ~~=1:c;1~~d ~~;,t~~~l.~090
"·~ --2.
~i:::
i_____ L_________ ~!-- L __ .!~--------_I _____ _;
I :: l ::
1 2 Connection box UG-714 JP56
(/) -r,;;;; r;;-., I 1 1 Pressure lronsm. GTJ03AOCxxxN (TITAN)
~-~~------j
f6'\
II 11 I--.- '---
e: i
---j~=~·~·~
~ --v
11
::
I "~
::
Qty Po,;
-°""'"
Nmne, \)pe, dim.
1·-
/\1\lcle no.,spec.
1~-
Remorks
·*" jl
1-
"''<
(/)
R
~
(4U IJ I II !19.()9.;i!( AJlC • kMSS AS
S~ConlrDI
bl
~
I
I
f".2:z:;±czi2~:z:;zzczzzzz!1 TANK BOTTOM
1
11 1....:
I
1t
M1Y 1
_._ _
1 SJU
I
-E3 N-7005 Trondheim
~
¢ 11 Q Part Us! and main dimensions of Nor..1
1-"' 1-- "
>
1 1
1 1
,
1
w
.Rl\C 1
1
1 ¢150
• pressure lransmlller type GT303· lor
level Ind. in ballast tanks etc.
_...
~... - - t..,.
ii"
....
(/) °"' GT~1231J II i
'
Rn.11.... 1°""""""
-
-lfu1 1111 ..,t1> .:__1 1"" l)na'9'...., ri.o.r;.,..
-·· ~ -
SYSTEM LAY-OUT !Conn.box IP56)
2- "'
l l l (_ \
( ( ( (
~
•J: ,.., •• ,, ,,.,......,d, ~:r.:i•;..,of<"'• •-,,:...-1 '' ~·<n~• ~"•~.; ..,,_, •.
.:b"'...,
c
~
SEEN FROM A
WtJ @ •I @ I 1!
n
-51
0
~'A'
12
'
!;")
t:l
0
+ +
..
0
t_' U~i
Cl) Cl)
~g. - ::l.
.,."'
@~Eb
"Oj
1u2uuazd2)" 11:11 1,Phuu[ TANK TOP

©·~-==~"====in====~~
1•1§5 1
.,."'"'
=
@>
.,...,
I "
=
©-I+
.a.
"'
I ~
ll
~
I N ////, 4 ;;i
INSTALLATION
"00
'O
A. Weld flange [ 11] ta tank top and bracket [ 6] to tank wall.
Ft. . . .
B. Weld brackets [ 13] to tank wall.
C. Fasten protection tube [9] to brackets [13].
§1 ·1 @
··© D. Place transmitter [1] in bracket [6] and fasten nut [14] with 140 Nm .
E. Place gasket [8] and flange [5] an flange [111 and fasten screws [12] with 80 Nm.
F. Pull PUR cable [ 4] through rubber protection 7], protection tube [9]
and flanges [11] and [5]
G. Put cable gland [15] onto PUR cable [ 4], apply loctite 542 [19], fasten cable gland
in flange [5] and tighten nut [3] with 30 Nm.
. ~ ! (})(}) H. Install connection box [2] and guide PUR cable [ 4) through coupling [16].
J
I. Fas ten nut [ 18] on PUR cable [ 4 with 30 Nm.
i
~
w
w
J. Connect red conductor ( +) to terminal 1 and black conductor (-) to terminal 2 .
K. Connect external coble (10) to terminal 5 (+) and 6 (-) .
L. Fasten connection box cover .
~ 0
~
:::: N
0 REMARKS
!'l. u
1. The transmitter shall be installed vertically!
""·~ © 2. For article no.'s see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing GT-1231
Cl)
.E- R~14 ~· _[~-

.... ! ......... "'"'
·r.~t·.-~ - - ~ :_J· -~'.~.-~·- :.:·t:o,

Nnl1 Meritlrm AS
99-0!1·24 DMsJ<ln Aut111nlca
a.;-;;;;
i-""' \.J. . l"l
I
H·1005 TJondhe\m
!!.•.'( L,._ .i
""'
HDT\lllY
TANK BOTTOM Installation of pressure transmlller fl""""::"
.......,;..:····T';;,.. ii,'.··· f""~n,...,
~
type GT303B- !or level Indication
.• In ballast tanks etc. !Conn.box IP56l
""·'·•
I .• ~.... GT-12321""... .....
~ "'"-r;;:::;i-~w\.I"' r.-..:~l• ... (!.,.~I c.....:,,,,.., t:o'•''""" INSTALLATION ORA WING
"'
The ..i:luT•••1•.. GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 13
~------ Ail f'ights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice. --------~
I I
I I I I ' I
08.5 I I I I I I
@l
' '
i Ii I I' 0
1
_L_
\ti0I I I
I I
I
j
"t~ I
I I
! 1!
!
I
I I
I
I "'
2 pcs
fixiAg holes
r----------1
I r-----+-----1
II r __ l. _____ TI __ , I
I r...l---:------1--...l---:-1
: I ~~ ~~ ~~ ~' ,, ~' I
I I I
~~ ~~ ~~
:I:L-----------------J
:1231_56
: """
I + +
I
I
I
I
..L
... "'
-\-1(-;f~\_- - -1------_L.JE.~~-4>-J
'
PG9 PG16
~___,_0_1_0-_._14_
1
Date
EB
Dsgn/Dwn Trac Scale NGvin Morit!Me AS
1998-05-05 AJK 1•1
Divislor: Autr~onicc
Checkeci Spec Ctrl. /l.pproved -E3- -@-,
c MaV Oly SJU i·J.-- /005 Trondhein
ol--------~-----~----~------<
..... [\],)('WO V
.Q-
C +JuTRONICFr ,
u
~
Q• Connection box type UG- 714

RepL for RepL by Next
sheet
•c Dwg no.
0
N
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH

The -i::1UT11a111an- GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 13
~------ All rights reserved. Specifico.tions S1Jbject to change l'lithout notice. -------~
A SECTION A-A
I
'
~ /
--·t-·----
,I
IB( iI
,
'®,
/ \
I ,/ ,
-- ..-----~-----~-.,
\
,KX I,
'
JQI
X
,
.,.-
'>6l.. ..._ I' ,
,,,.
.1 I, .16
0110
0150
•c
0
N
Material AISI 316
Do.te
1991-09-06
Checked
SJR -E3- •
Dsgn/Dwn
AJK
Spec Ctrl.
O.ly.
Trac
Approved
RT.
AjK
Scole
1 25
:
E9 Novi~ 'ior:tif'le AS
Division f;utr'O···nico.
N- 7005 Tronci•-.ein
61-------"----'---'-----~---'---I
~ Norwcy
·;;:: .+luTRONICR-
£ Flange DN40 PN 1 6 Re-pl-.,-Y---~-;;-:,--1
1-R-ep_t_lo_c_ _ _ _
•c
N
0 with PG9-threads Dwg no.
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH

The +luT"""'""" GT300 Series Pressure Transmitters Chapter 14
Chapter 14
Level in service and ballast tanks. The +lurRDN1c11- GT-303, absolute type installed
outside tanks

,IJI ,,,;;1\s •t'!(:rv"'~· 5r"'~jf!,;~,,:,;,,s ""t.;<':~'\ \.;; d"'"-J'.' wi•!,::iut_ '".!\:~"'·
§ 60 ~
] r 7o 1 :b
~
SEEN FROM Y SEEN FROM x ·Ii/I ~ I ~z
© T' a
-5l
0 ..-x 0
"'
~)-·
.......... -
' l l • ~ •
~
§
~
g
rn
i I
PG9 "
::1.
~
~
' c
-·--:~-
il
!!-{D
0 .,
~
"' ' (\J '
REMARKS ~
<~I ii!.
~_J-0
1. Pos. 1 and 2 are delivered ossernbled.
~
~;
&
!t
I- 95 l:l§_ 2. The tronsmitler shall be installed vertically.
3. For detailed instottotion of
transmitter see drawing GT-1241
s
~
s.. 4. The prolection grade of the transmitter is !P68,
the connection box has IP56.
§ 5. Do not install transmitter against closed volume of liquid.
Open valve after entering the threads to prevent high
,:{
.g pressure damage.
"
,_!_;
I 6 Clamp IYard deliver

TANI<
;t 5 Weld
i 4 Connection box UG-714

Vl''
i 3 Ball valve GT-425
l
2 PUR coble GT-1234/
Ja Pressure transmitter GT303-
~
!i. 3 Oty. I Pos. 1 Nome, twc. dim. Ar\icl<J no., spec Remarks
~· Dile
"'· l i Stalo,'fonr.at
~r~rub: ei ~ Ii :~ ~
! Di.;<IDMI Tr1c _. '"•
~;,K"" .. . ~~;;r 1-~~5~··· (j)

Navia Maritime AS
I~~-~id.
99-09-25 Divisjon Aulronica
;
"'
-5- ..-y
N-7005 Trondheim
Norway
Part list and main dimensions of ;.Jur1'1 1• n~
~ Q
(;'
~ & ~ 222 for lev:1rJ~~;i~n:::~~~!~ tanks ~'.~ ~T:,r;:~i ,.,)~::t:, "'
1l"
>
"' ~ ., ,.. i::; " .......
l c c l
( ( ( (
A:I ror,h\~ 1~~,;,r,•<'.'J. :>~-;c;fi,;c'ioi~ 1;c1;i;-;::T I':' ,;hcc,'J~ .. :r~~-~~ nck;;
bj ~
:b
011"1-@ c
I- -x
Fixing lmle ·!Iii <fl ~
a
z
;;
~
-~
0
§
g
"'S.
~"'g. l'I 11
ll
tt---(2)
SEEN FROM Y
INSTALLATION
SEEN FROM X
i
;i
r- A. Weld plane nipple (7] on tank wall (23].
and drill hole in tonk wolf.
~
El
,
.~
B. Apply Loctite 5112 an threads and install ball valve [J].
ii!•
~
2 C. Apply Loctite 542 and install shoulder nipple [17), T shaped
i~
J,
tube [ 13 socket nipple [ 15] and plug [ 14).
D. Remove protection (16], apply Loctite 542 and install pressure
transmitter ( 1].
s, E. Install connection box [ 4] with 2 fixing screws.
§ F. Install PUR cable (2] on tonk wall with damps [t1].

and put the cable through coble gland (18].
G. Tighten nut on coble gland [18].
'il H. Connect red wire ( +) to terminal 1 and block wire (-) lo terrninol 2.
~
<~ I. Connect external coble (22] and fasten nut [20] and cover [19].
~ f<EMARKS
TANK
~ L Warranty is valid only when prescriptions on
@ this drawing ore followed .
ig-
i.
~
8
-y
3. Instead of Loctite 542 , other similar sealing
compound con be used
oa 4. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT
I::
I _. . .
drawing GT -1240
!3.
C". !late Oir;n.'ll"" Tr•~ I Sc1=~1Form1\ Navia Maritime AS
~
.g."' ti
·"'"
~
~
I
-~?~DJ· 2 ?.._. _____... sUKctrc. ------
MaV SJU
..
Installation and replacement of
1 E_~- (fT
1
A"PPiG;;d· · _.... __ ·')--------:~--:~~~·~j:-·--- (.c;J ,",-.:~\
\. , /
.....
fle:1w~:·tl-'
Division Aulronica
N-7005 Trondhelrn
Norway
"'
';;
}'.
81' '
pressure transmitter GT303-
ii~·-1o;:· .. i Fltpl bJ ..
-Tlit~·t S~i
'
Q
~
"
~
~if~
d
" . "
for level indication in service tanks. """"'~~-
i'"f"~
I
INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-12411"'"' !!"

....
~
L_J ____ --.. -- <>
....
The .i:IUT•••••R- GT300 Series Pressure Transmi97ters Chapter 15
Chapter 15
\.._)
Level in ballast and outside tanks. The .+lurRDN1c11- GT-302 gauge type installed
outside tank
100 Ball valve with installation material GT-425

Aii ti~hl" 'llS•~r·,~~. Si:c•;;,ii~·J\;•:r'~ ~,,~•;t>d \V ct1..:"t;" "i'.h;,,j ''Ok'"'· ~~----~-----~~----~-----~----~----~~----~----~----~-----~----,
'P
Cl
;;l
j "b
!'j
i-
PG!! cn.43
~
-6l
0 F PG13,5 cn.58
!Coble glund
•
n
'C"l
j
-·-·------ ;;;::- g
en en
\ "::!.
"'
f 0
I
i 06-14
TANK &I
'i:1
~-w_e_1d--n1, Il·-1I
icls·ffiQ;.
~
.,c
..-r ' "
~
0
<D
0
"
~
lfo
N
~' 2) I
'i:1 ,g 0
<D
00
~ I I~
"'g,
00 95 36 222
J
§
i
~
g: "''
!
::::
J.T
REMARKS
1. For detoiled installotion and replocement of

2 IBall valve with inst. mat.IGT-425
Pressure transmitter GT302B3GxxxV
J
pressure tronsmitter, see INSTALLATION
~. Qty.IPos. Name, type.dim. Article no. Remarks
"'~· DRAWING GT-1239.
D1t1 ~""'"'" Trac i Sea!!l'/Fomul N • M 'I' AS
en 2. The transmitter shall be installed vertically. -.~~-OS-~-~---- s~
Cheeked
A-!_~-------·------··"--·-··-··········----·.--!
CITL .\i;p10~~ i
......... ~:.~~.~--.!. . ~.~
--• ,J;.,_
,/·f-'.· Nofv~~Jon a~~~~:nica
t-=~ T dh ·
.§'. O.ly. SJU ] €:::;- 7 \ :1 J - 7005 ron e1m
3. The protection grade is IP65. ······-·- --···-·-·-··-·--······-···-··· ·-·--·····-·-·--··· --------------·--·------·- ~---L--- Norway
en "fr.'°"''"
.,."bl
Part ·list and main dimensions of
~ fe. pressure transmitter type GT302~ R!pl fer····-· ... rR;j;Lnbnt ............. rNe:;;·-shH\"--
~ ~ for level ind. in service tanks etc.. o"'1 ~o. I s11.n1>. !Rn. 11"1J.
1 if....
i;; ,{ SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT· 1204
"'
l l, l1 l
(\ (' ( c·
§
A'i '';tlW '""'""'~-~- ',~.-~i!,~«Jli~•!'"- ~'-t'j'•cj !" d·~"'i" "li'.!'C';t r•c. 1.'~"·
@--1 11
1 1 @--- pr::t:::rq
.~
f
11
~
I
I
\~
I
I z
I
I
Tr.l'----0 ~
-
0
8
(3) Ii 10
I
I
I
I
I
§
~
.
I
I
VJ
s:.;
TANK ® I
I
I
VJ
:i.
l :I I (3 !Ji
I
I
I
I
L
5.
-El •
('.,;
.-- l~
I
I _I_
~
•
----------------~L __ Jrc~d Jtrtlli LYJ LW+- 51

ii.
~
w \D
>
_,
i
\D
<
>
~
"'
"'a. INSTALLATION 8 111 (7 > (8
-
g
A. Weld plane nipple (3] on tonk wall [2] and drill hole in tank wall
B. Apply Loctite 542 on threads and install boll valve [ 4]
C. Install shoulder nipple [5], T shaped lube (7), socket nipple [11]
"'0_,
u
and plug (8] in the some manner as ball valve [ 4]

.rg
,-~;
D. Remove protection [6] , apply Loctite 5'12 and install pressure
transmitter ( 1] REMARKS
,,' E. Remove cover [13]. I. The transmitter shall be installed vertically.
.~ F. Lead cable [10] through cable gland [9] and connect Do not install transmitter against closed volume of liquid .
I ~
on terminal block. Open valve after entering the threads ta prevent high pressure damage.
f: G. Tighten coble gland [9]
~ 2. If the transmitter is of vented/gauge twe,
H. Fasten cover [13]. do not fill silicone gel/compound in connection box.
s::: 3. Instead of Loctite 542, other similar sealing compounds may be used.
~. REPLACEMENT 4. For article no' s., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing GT-1204.
"'~· A. Remove cover [ 13]. Dal~ Ds1W'DMI
··~
Scale/fal'lfljll
~~avia Maritime AS
-- +' '(:~t:~
8. Dismount old transmitter. 99-09·25 AJK
VJ Chec~td Siac Cl•L Awraffd
Divisjon Autronica
.[ c. Install new transmitter. MaV SJU N-7005 Trondheim
.& If T shaped tube [7] is filled with fluid during installation, """"' I ·-... !.-.- Norway
l.J;,::;:awi:n
VJ
] transmitter may break due to high pressure.
I Installation and replacement of
! ~
l
~
~I
'~
To prevent this, open valve after entering the first threads.
0. Connect cable, tighten coble gland [9] and fasten cover [13].
pressure transmitter type GT302B3xxxV
for level ind. in service tanks etc.
Rtj;CiM.
tl""1 "°· -
GT-1239[
ii~PCbY
i
. ·-· -·-· rue:~i--9j;"ffi.
Sh."Q,
:
.
R&w. ling
I
[
l....
' "'
All rights rt'st'rvecl. Spt>cit.c11tions subject to change •ithout notke.-------------------------------------------------------------~
§ ;2
"
:b
~ ~
~
~
-~
0
~"'
"'
~ "
::i.
!l
~
;;;
;:,
II
i
TI
w
iii
'?
=
N
N
I
I ·
II
11
ie.
.,,, '
g 0
'°
-
~ Ql ......
~ 8
m
~ c
- g ru
"0 [
$8B]ffi
~
~
0
....,
"''
<
~
-
0 ;j
0 ~
0 ~ OPEN VALVE
*i !1 <:
n
"~ •
I 95 I ]6 ~
"'~
0
] [;;{
0
d
I 1 ::::1 £
:>::'
0
0
(IQ Appr. 250 when installed
~
~
O'
REMARKS
Ga" g
t Suitable pressure transmi!lers are:
:::: GT20D/·, GT20S/·, GT206/· and GT-100/·.
t'l. '~ '
""~ :;. """ 2. lns!al!ation descriplion is shown on drawing GT-7t17
D~te O~gnlD•n
EB
Ira~ Seo le N1:.vh M:'.:ritL":f' A\
~ ::i 3 The ttireads are parallel BS P. acc. to ISO 228 1991-98-12 A JK. 1 2.5
"'e: ;;: ~ Ct-ecked Srwc Ctrl. I

Approved
·$-
Liv:sio'1 ~i.d(cdco
'O ~*"
a~
0
S.JU Oly Kja -El N·- 7J0~1 i ror:i:/hei: 0
Nor1<c1v
~
"'1'"'
+:lurRcl~1c:Fr
~
~ ~ £
·
Q
Ball valve type GT -425 ""''~ ""'by Ned
.g
~ ~ o~g no. ""'' ......
;.. ~ ~
& DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GT-425("~(,~"j'"' .....
"' Q
' 7
' " ' 0
" "'
\ I li \, ('
6th Edition March -95
Technical Information
and
Application Guidelines
Pressure transmitters
Series GT200
P-GT200/KEE/950929
Navia Maritime AS,

Division Autronica
Phone:+47 73 58 10 00 Fax:+47 73 91 94 90
•
Internet http://www.autronica-maritime.com
E-mail: mailbox@autronica.no
Sales office:
Sigurd Syrs gt 2, N-0273 Oslo, Norway.
Phone:+47 22 55 34 10 Fax:+47 22 55 30 46
E-mail: sales@autronica.no .+IUTRDNICR-
GT-200. Contents
.,_,;
1. General
1.1 Contents of book
1.4 Ordering key
1.5 Press. transmitter series GT-200, 4 pages Brochure
1.9 Press. transmitter, simplified part list Draw. GT-758
1.10 Important remarks
2. Drawings. Pressure transmitters.

2.1 General drawings, contents
2.2 GT200, dimensional sketch GT-606
2.5 GT206, Spare part GT-837
2.6 GT-207, dimensional sketch GT-731
2.7 Installation example GT205 GT-866
2.8 Survey of system lay-outs for level measurements GT-885
2.9 GT200, Electrical connection GT-696
'-..._../ 2.10 GT205, Electrical connection GT-890
2.11 GT206, Electrical connection GT-891
2.12 EExi installation, electrical conn. to barrier DZ-110 GT-892
3. General Mechanical Details. Drawings.

3.1 Contents
3.2 Mantle Cables, old and new types GT-947
3.3 Mantle Cable, 2-wire, type GT-942 GT-942
3.5 Fastening clamp, AISI 316, type GT-801 GT-801
3.6 Fastening clamp, Mild Steel, type 6562-001.0002 GT-914
3.7 Fastening Bracket with nut, type GT-661 GT-661
3.8 Control valve, 25 bar GT-639
3.9 Control valve, 250 bar GT-462
3.10 Manometer coupling GT-643
3.11 Shoch absorber GT-644
3.12 Adapter GT-838
4• Ahnospheric Pressure Measuring (GT205)

.'-"·
4.1 General information
4.2 Part list and main dimensions GT-728
4.3 Installation GT-753
4.4 Steel cover type UE-1037 UE-1037
s. Inert Gas Measurement, Stand Alone (GT206)

5.1 General Information
5.4 Pipe with flange, 2 wire type GT-784 GT-784
5.5 Pipe with flange, type GT-945 GT-945
5.6 Connection box type UG502 UG-502
5.7 · Adapter type UP-443 UP-443
5.8 Flange UP-442
5.9 Shoulder nipple UP-410
5.10 Protecting tube GL-1387
·._;.
P-GT200/KEE/950929 1.1 Autronica AS
GT-200. Contents
,...--·
J
6. Inert Gas Measurement, Vapour Pressure Measurement,
Installation on pipe line (GT-205)
6.4 Adapting Flange type GT769 GT-769
6.5 Protecting cover GT-740
7. Inert Gas Measurement Crude Oil Tankers with GL90 (GT206)

7.2 Part list and main dimensions (liunk inst) GT-745
7.4 Part list and main dimensions (Angular adapt.) GT-836
8. Inert gas Measurement Chemical Tankers with GL90 (GT206) .;:- -

8.2 Part list and main dimensions GT-744 J
9. Draft (Trim/List) Measurement (GT206)

9.5 Flange 0150 UP-440
9.6 Connection box UG-509
9.7 Restrictor UP-311
9.8 90°C Angular UP-332
9.9 Valve straight UP-288
10. Cargo Line Pressure Measurement (GT-207)

10.5 Adapting Flange GT-325
10.6 Protecting Cover GT-740 J
11. Level on ballast tanks. GT-206 abs. type submersed in tank.
Connection box on deck.
11.5 Connection box type UG-510 UG-510
11.6 Adapter type UP-321 UP-321
11.7 Protecting tube GL-1387
11.8 Shoulder nipple UP-410
12. Level on ballast/service tanks. GT-206 abs. type submersed

in tank. Connection in dry envirements.
r-
12.4 Flange UP-459
J-
P-GTZOO/KEE/950929 1.2 Autronica AS
GT-200. Contents
··-..__,1
13. Level on service tanks. GT-205 vented type installed

outside tank. Connection in dry envirements.
13.2 Part list and main dimensions, GT-205 GT-839
13.3 Installation GT-205 GT-840
13.4 Valve with inst. parts type GT-425 GT-425
14. Level on service tanks. GT-206 abs. type installed

15. Level on service tanks. GT-206 vented type installed

15.2 Part list and main dimensions. GT-756
15.3 Installation drawing. GT-757
15.4 Installation equipment GT-425
16. Level on bilge wells. GT-206 vented type submersed in bilge.

Connection in dry envirements.
16.l General Information
162 Part list and main dimensions. GT-717
16.4 Cable with vented protection tube, 2 wire GT-943
17. Level on service/ballast tanks. GT-206 vented type submersed

in tank. Connection in dry envirements.
17.2 Part list and main dimensions. GT-874
17.4 Flange UG-558
P-GTIOO/KEE/950929 1.3 Autronica A5

Pressure transmitter GT200 series. Ordering key.
GT2 D/ . I ! D D
* Signal output: * Material of Diaphragm:

Transmitter 4-20 mA. 0 A AISI 316
Transducer: p Platinum
5-40 m V up to range 1 bar.
5'-55 m V from 1 bar and up. 5
Side by side type, not yet available. 2 Other options:
Miniature type, not yet available. 3 c Diaphragm in Platinum
Connection box in chromed
* Mechanical design: sea water resistant brass.
Standard, industry application, O Body and adapter in A!SJ 316.
plug connection.
Standard maritime application, 5 Units given by
E AsC-type,
connection box in brass. Page code but inlet opening is 14 mm 0.
Submersible, for mantle cable. 6 P •Wx1
With diaphragm unit, teflon. 7 K -1cp1mrx1 D AsC-type,
M•MP.ax0,1 but diaphragm in AISJ 316.
F ., lncrm:se:i
Diff. maritime appl., not yet avail. 2 """I=' 3 x
Diff'. ind. appl., not yet avail. 8 ...J F AsC-type,
but inlet opening is 014 mm and
*Ranges diaphragm in AJSI 316.
Range (fRO>Overlnad Qi.de
0,1 bar 15 x FRO OP10 s Diaphragm in Platinum.
0,16 bar 10 x FRO OP16 Body and connection GT-660
0,25 bar 10 x FRO OP25 in SAF2507.
0,4 bar 5 x FRO OP40
0,6 bar 5 x FRO OP60 . Only GT207/257:
1,0 bar 3 x FRO 1POO Front diaphragm in Teflon.
1,6 bar 3 x FRO 1P60 Element with A!SJ 316 diaphragm.
2,5 bar 2,5 x FRO 2P50 T - Body, connection box and adapter
4,0 bar 2,5 x FRO 4POO in sea water resistant brass.
6,0 bar 2,5 x FRO 6POO u - Body and adapter in A!Sl 316.
10,0 bar 2,5 x FRO 10PO Conn.box in chromed sea water
16,0 bar 2,5 x FRO 16PO resistant brass.
25,0 bar 2,5 x FRO 25PO
2 x FRO 40PO *Accuracy:
40,0 bar
60,0 bar 2 x FRO 60PO 5 Standard ::0,5 % FRO
100,0 bar 1,5 x FRO 100P 9 With ext diaphragm,GT207 :: 0,9 % FRO
160,0 bar 1,5 x FRO 160P
250,0 bar 1,5 x FRO 250P
1,5 x FRO * Type of transmitter.
400,0 bar 400Pj
600,0 bar 1,5 x FRO 600P Standard:
G Gauge (4 mA at atm. press.)
A Absolute (4 mA at vakuum)
Remarks:
c Sealed gauge (4 mA at 0,8 bar Abs.)
H Sealed gauge (4 mA at 1,0 bar Abs.)
1 Units for zero and range will be the same.
2 Gauge transmitters are related to
Options:
atmospheric pressure.
B Sealed gauge (4 mA at 0,9 bar Abs.)
3 Absolute and sealed gauge transmitters
D Sealed gauge (4 mA at 0,7 bar Abs.)
are related to vacuum.
E Sealed gauge (4 mA at 0,6 bar Abs.)
4 Pressure transmitters above 16 bar can only
F Sealed gauge (4 mA at 0,5 bar Abs.)
be delivered as C, Hor A type.
K Gauge (4 mA at -1,0 bar Ato.)
G-type (Gauge type with 4 mA at atm. pressure) p Gauge (4 mA at -0,2 bar Ato.)
not possible and not necessary. M Gauge (4 mA at -0,5 bar Ato.)
5 FRO= Full range output (4 mA at -0,1 bar Ato.)
L Gauge
6 For more details, see specific drawings (4 mA at Atm. INV. output)
N Gauge
J Gauge (4 mA at -0,05 bar Ato.)
'Y C:\INSTR\SVElN·U\SU\CTlOOKeyl'M4 QS01Q20.X~htr
P-GT.21ll!KEE/9:DJ29 1.4 Autronica.AS

Pressure Transmitters
Series
GT200 and GT250
The Autronica pressure transmitter consists of a small pres-
sure sensing cell and an electronic unit both totally encapsu-
lated into a transmitter body.
• The body is made eithl!'r of sea \Vater resistant brass or acid

resistant steel. ..\ISI 3 I 6L.
• T\\·o-\\·in:. 4 - ~O 1n.-\ output (GT200 series). • .A.. modem. high quality transminer with
5 --JO m\· and 5 - 55 m\-· output IGT~50 series}. excellent price ' performance ratio.
* · ..\ vailable in \·arious \·ersions.
* lntrinsica1Jy safety for hazardous areas: The GT:?OO series i!'
ccnified tOr use ,,·ith standard transmitter zener barriers. The
(iT~50 series is cenificd for use in haz:i.rdous area \·ia a LON
ficldbus.
"'
·;.; \\"HESSOE
P-GT200/KEE/9:DJ29
..:11mran~ Protecting em·ironment. life and propeny ...
1.5 Autronic:a.AS
GT-200 Chapter 1: General I
I ·.r-
GT200, Pressure Transmitters
The GT200 series of two-wire 4-20 mA
transmitters consists of a small pressure
sensing cell together with an electronic unit
totally encapsulated in the sensor body.
This body is made either of sea water resist-
ant brass, or in an acid resistant material
'
AISI 316L.
The transmitters have different range,
being available in absolute, gauge and
sealed gauge versions. (See ordering key
·and technical description.)
Intrinsically safety for hazardous

areas
The entire range is cenified for use with Power supply

II
standard zener barrier to EEx ia IIC TS accord-
ing to Cenelec EN 50020. Power supply to the transminer can vary from
I 0 V to 35 V de.
Element Allowed load resistance is determined of
minimum power supply.
The sensing element is made of mono- See sketch below.
crystaline silicon. The pressure is transferred
to a diaphragm made of this material. The g 1.3
electronic part is a Wheatstone bridge com- -
~ 1.2
prising semiconductor resistors diffused on to I. I
the surface of the diaphragm. By the elastic "'= 0.9
::::
· deformation of the diaphragm. the pressure is "g 0.8
convened into an electrical signal. =
:;:
-~
0.7
~ 0.6 ~?'--':O\
Element housing "" 0.5 .__)
.3 0.4 Operating
The sensing element is installed in a pressure 0.3 region
cell made either of AISI 316L. with a dia-
0.2
phragm of AISI 316L as wet part. or in a
O.I
pressure cell made ofHasteloy 276C with a
diaphragm of Platinum as wet part. As pres-
sure transfer medium between wet pan and 0 IO 15 20 25 30 35
silicon element. silicon oil is used. Power supply !VJ
Example:
Testing
Considt•r a 14 V de unregulated pcnt er supply u ith a
1 1
guaranteed minimum linstantaneousJ voltage of 19 V.

Each transminer is tested at three different From tire sketch this corresponds to a 11mximun1 load
temperatures 25 - 40 - 60 •c, and with zero-to resistance of 450 oh1n. Choosing a total load resistance
full range pressure. A complete data sheet is well below this limit, e.g. 250 ohm. allows cable length
delivered with each transminer. > 1000 111 n1ith 05 n1m.: conductor.
_r -·\_
1.6 AutronicaAS
Technical Specifications
Power supply: 10 to 3S V de Operating ambient temp.: -25 "C to +80 °C
Current consumptioni
Output signal: 4 to 20 mA. Compensated temp. range: 0 °C tO +60 °C
two-wire connection Thermal zero shift:
Load resistance: 0 10 1250 ohm Range 0.4 bar and higher <0.025 % of FRO"J •C
Range025barand0.16bar <0.035 % of FRO"/ 'C
Accuracy: · < 0.5 % FRO* above 0.4 bar Range 0.1 bar <0.050 % of FRO"/ "C
(Incl. non-lineariht, < 0.9 % FRO* below 0.4 bar TI1mnal sensitivity shift: <0.01 % ofRDG ../'C
hysteresis and r,Peat-
ability at 22 •"C) Weight: 0.5 kg excl. cable
Repeatability: <+/- 0.1 % ofFRO*
Long tenn stability: < 0.2 % of FRO*/ year l"=FRO=Fu// rangeo11tp11t ... =RDG =0-16 mA!
Ordering key
Signal output:
Type GT2~ - 1====
Transminer 4--20 mA O
Transducer 5.40 mV. range up to I bar Sl-
Transduc.:~ 5-55 mV. range from I bar and up _J
Mechanical Design:
Standard. indusrry application - plug connection 0
Standard. maritime application - conn. box in brass 5
Submersible for mantle cable 6
With diaphragm unit. teflon 7
Ranges:
Range (FRQ} Qverload Code Range (FROl Q,·erload Code

, Units given
0.1 bar 15xFRO OPIO 10 bar 2.SxFRO IOPO
: by range gzJk
0.16 bar !OxFRO OPl6 16 bar 2.SxFRO 16PO :P=bnr
0.25 bar JOxFRO OP25 25 bar 2.SxFRO 25PO
0.4 bar 5xFRO OP40 40 bar 2xFRO 40PO -·- - ' K = Kp/cm'
:M=MPax0.1
0.6 bar 5xFRO OP60 60 bar 2xFRO 60PO
I bar 3xFRO IPOO JOO bar 1.5xFRO IOOP
'
1.6 bar 3xFRO IP60 160 bar 1.SxFRO 160P
2.S bar 2.SxFRO 2PSO 250 bar l.5xFRO 250P
~ bar 2.SxFRO 4POO 400 bar l.SxFRO 400P
6 bar 2.SxFRO 6POO 600 bar l.5xFRO 600P
Type of transmitter
Gauge {4 mA at ann. pressure. range m3X. 16 bar1 G:
Absolute (4 mA at vacuum) A ·---------------------
Sealed gauge (4 mA at 0.8 bar abs.) C
Sealed gauge {4 mA at 1.0 bar abs.) H
Accurac,·
Standard.(+/- 0.5 o/o FROl S
With ext diaphragm. GT207/257 (+/- 0.9 o/o FRO! 9
Material of diaphragm
AISl316: A
Platinum: p
Platinum diaphragm. connection box in chromed }
sea water resistant brass. Body and adapter in C :
AISl316.
On!v GT"107 .' Gp57·
Front diaphragm in Teflon. Element v.·ith AISI 316
diaphragm.
Body. connection box and adapter in sea water
resisrant brass:
Body and adapter in AISI 3 I 6. Connection box
in chromed sea water resistant brass:
Remarks:
1: For detailed informa1ion, see specific drawings for each type.
2: Gauge transmitters are related to the atmosphericpressure
J: Absolute trtinsmitters are related to vacuum.
1.7 AutronicaAS
GT255, GT256 and GT257,
Pressure Transducers for Use in hazardous Area
via LON-Fieldbus
Autronica bas developed a LON-fieldbus concept for The transducers in the GT250 series are connected to
communication via a 2-wire fieldbus to different types the LON node unit. Up to 8 presseure transducers or
sensor devices in hazardous areas. To be able to connect temperature sensors can be connected to the same LON
more pressure devices to the same bus, Aurronica bas node. The measuring current of I mA is supplied from
developed the pressure transducers series GT2SO. They the LON node. and the rerurned mV signal is converted
are based on the same design as used in the GT200 to a digital signal in the same unit.
series. However. \Vith lower (decreased) current con- Up to 7 LON nodes can be connected to the same LON
sumption. fieldbus network.
I
Power l:?V de LON-fieldbus network I
, ' Signal I I I I Repeater
, '
r,~1.\1 rl.1-1 r1-1-1 •
J,...--:-Atten--~==:=-=--=--=-...!...1,....!...!!!<l.cg>sl I I I I : .,
+ "'·.·,· Jl·iutor
~- s;gnai,
! :i
I; ~
eel
.~ ~J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
·~,,~
; ..._)
r'~.. ~u
' •;..' 1
I l I
!
•
i'i -
L/_t·_!.~ m_V_up_to_lb-" ~l i ~ ~
5-SSmVfrom I b3'
H-s--•O.... : : :-: i
!'----II I I 11
Pressure transducer. I I I I I I I
GT2SOseries _JLON-~el LLON-node_J LL~-node_J I
Max.Spcs_.
prtss1trt tmnsd11ctr5
[
•••••••
I I1
ortnnperaturt5tn$0r5 }.fax. i pcs. LON nodts connecrtd 10 tht I
connected to the samt - samt LONfit/dbus. I
~- Hazardous area +- II -+ Safearea
SPECIFICATIONS which vary from the standard GT200 specifications:

Power supply: I mA from the LON-node
Output signal: 5 -40 mV up to I bar. and 5 - 55 mV from I bar and up
End of mantle cable GT·848 Connections:

Red(+ Supply I mA)
.:..="'-'L-'C!!!<!.-=----1 ....~
Yellow(+ Signal) _+~S~ien~a~l~~~~~~-l"'~
Blue l· Signal) ~-S~ig!!!!!~~~~~--le,,.,~
Black(· Supply) ~-S~u~IVL_~~===---1""~
Representative:
Autronica AS,
Dit1isio11 ofMaritime and Industrial Instrumentation
N-7005 Trondheim, Norwav,
Phone: +47 73 58 10 00, fax:"+47 73 919490
Section: Autronica Marine

Sigurd Syrs gt. 2, N-0273 Oslo, Norway
Phone: +47 22 55 34 10, fax: +-17 22 55 30 46
~
·a WHESSOE comp3tly
1.8 . Autronica.AS
.r rtsrrv£·d. Sprcoricot:On5 subj("ct to <honor •ilhout r.ot:cr. ~ 5 4 3 L__ __c I (
~
r 55
SENSING ELEMENT
1
Pins for connection r
I
Plug-in to signal converter
Cable gland
connection head - 1 - .
Ventilation tube
for gauge types
O-ring
Unbraco screw
( 4 pcs.) Body in stainless steel
os standard (AISl316) E
Pot-meter
...
N fil m for adjusting zero '
or Hostelloy (C 276)
Sensor body gain and ballance . 0-ring
ci
u (adjusted from factory)
PCB with signal - Glass feed through
converter I €'.ff:E:: Moulding .compound Silicone oil
• Loctite sealing D
.Mono-crystoline silicone
Lock washer \ bottom chip
... Adapter ' WB
r:;:g;;41 O-ring \ t Mono-crystaline silicone
'° --'~ PRESSURE top chip with diffused
0
N 1/2"9.S.P.
'-----Pressure sensitive element
'"---- ______ resistors
Embossed stainless steel c

diaphragm (AISl316) as
standard or platinum for
P-type
WEATSTONE BRIDGE
with diffused resistors
I ,/ 'hN '
-----+--........
Decreose ~,
pressure \
B
+OUT '1
DETAIL WB
' ' "" 91.09.02 Dsll"/D•n
S.U./A.K.
Troe
O.L./A.K.
Scnlr 0000000
8i~~~gg Autronica AS
g:gg•gg P.0.Box 3010,
?;' \' I
lncrco!:t! I
Chrcktd
SU
Sptc Ctr!.
O.L.
Approvrd
Kia =
..=::::1_ ..d:l_
·'V •u•:aa
O•DD•oa
N-7002 Trandhein
f. wllh P,cs/'
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
0000000 Norway
.JlurRON1CR A
~
""' -......__ OIN
·--~
__...-' SERIES GT200/----
Simplified port list . IRel. 'Nol
)-,,.--------'-sheet
,., '" GT - 7ss1Sh"'l;·1

·-. GT-200 IMPORTANT REMARKS Chapter 1: General
1.
Allinformationforthedifferentapplicationsmustbefollowed.
Installation instructions given on drawing ''INSTALLATIONAND REPLACEMENT'

for the specific applications must be followed carefully.
2.
TRANSMTITERmust BE INSTALLED VERTICALLY, if otherinformationnot
marked an theirislallationdrawing!
3.
DONOTINSTALL TRANSMITTERAGAINSTCLOSEDVOLUMEOFLIQUID.
Ifinstallation is accordingtoGT-839 page 132, and the valve is closed and the space
from the valve to the transmitter is filled with liquid, and the transmitter is installed,
high pressure will occur and burst I damage the transmitter.
OPEN1HEVALVEAFTERENTERING 1HE 1HREADSTOPREVENT
DAMAGINGHIGHPRESSURE.
4.
IFTRANSMITIERISOFVENTED I GAUGE TYPE; DO NOT FILL SILICONE
GEL I COMPOUND IN CONNECTION BOX.
5.
IF1HE TRANSMITIERISOFVENTED I GAUGE TYPE, CONDENSATION IN
VENTING TUBE CAN CAUSE PROBLEMS.
1HEREFORE 1HIS SOLUTION MUST ONLY BE USED FOR SINGLE
MEASURINGPOINTS,AND INAREASWTIHCONSTANTTEMPERATURE.
TEMPORARY CESSATION OF DELIVERIES OF GT200 LOW-RANGE

PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS rbelow0.6 barl.
Experience from installation of theGT200, GT205 and GT206 low-rangepressure

transmitters has shown that performance has not been satisfactory. Problems have
beenencounteredintxyingtokeepwithinspedficationsbothforthermalstability
and longterm stability.
We have therefore temporarily stopped deliveries of GT200-Series

Pressure Transmitters with the following ranges: 0.1, 0.16, 0.25 and
0.40 bar.
Please be aware of this when using our price list and Application Book.
We are of course working hard to rectify these problems, and wehopetheywillsoon

be solved. When the problems are solved you will be informed accordingly.
1.10 AutronicaAS
G T-200_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Chapter2:
L-.=-=--=.::..::. Pressure
_..:...__ _ ___ Transmitters.
____ General
_ _drawings.
_ _ __, .. ~.·
, __)
2 Pressure transmitters. General drawings.
2.1 Generaldrawings,contents
2.2 GT200,dimensionalsketch GT-606
2.5 G1206,Sparepart GT-837
2.6 GT-207,dimensionalsketch GT-731
2.7 InstallationexampleGT205 GT-866
2.8 Surveyofsystemlay-outsforlevelmeasurements GT-885
2.9 G1200, Electrical connection GT-696
2.10 GT205,Electricalconnection GT-890
2.11 G1206, Electrical connection GT-891
2.12 EExi installation, electrical conn. to barrier DZ-110 GT-892
,- ',
J
2.1 Aut:ronica.AS
-"( 5,c· 3 2 I
'·• ruorvtd. Sp~clflcollont sub,Jccl to chong11 vllhoul nollci.---- 5 4 (
(
~"~I~
PRESSURE TRANSMITIER GT200 SERIES
ORDERING KEY
r
~ j
~
F
~l:,~'d°a~id~~~:~~n---------------- o]l--G_T2_0...J9/C!jll I -
~ ~
.... t--1-
u..o
">
I
I Ii{ I
RANGE (FRO)
O, 1 bar
0,16 bar
0,25 'bar
OVERLOAD
15 limes -----
10 times
to times
KE)'.
OP10
OP16
OP25
I
I'
--
PC
o..,.
,,, 01
+__.
ct:::>
I
0,4 bor 5 limes OP40
I
0,6 bar 5 limes OP60 I
1 bar 3 limes ----- 1POO I
1,6 bar J limes 1P60 E
I
2,5 bar 2,5 limes 2P50
4 bar 2,5 times 4POO 048 -·
6 bar 2,5 limes 6POO
10
16
25
bar
bar
bar
2,5 limes -----
2,5 times
2,5 times
1opoi----~
16PO
25PO
<I-
N
~
I
I Vl
40 bar 2 times 40PO I
60
100
bar
bar
2 times
1,5 limes -----
60PO
lOOP
d
0 1
-RutR0 NlCA-
<>:
~m
~
160 bar 1,5 limes 160P
0
250
400
bar
bar
1,5 limes
1,5 limes
250P
400P
TYPE G1200/----- ~!z
600 bar 1,5 limes 600!' I
SW 36 <5~u;
Vl
.,,.
~
lYPE OF TRANSMITIER
STANDARD : • _
Gouge (4 mA at olm. pressure)------ G
I'. 11!
Absolute (4 mA ot vacuum) --------- A

OPTIONS :
0
N I 1/2 " BSP
Sealed gouge (4 mA at 0,8 bar obs) c I
(Adopter) c
Sealed gouge (4 mA at 1,0 bar obs) H
ACCURACY MAIN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Above 0,4 bar +/- 0,57. FRO ------ 5 Power supply: .................................................... 10-35V
Between 0,1-0,4 bar+/- 0,97. FRO - - 91-----~ Current consumption/output signol: 4-201nA, 2-wire
Load resistance: .......................... : 0-1250 ohms
MATERIAL OF DIAPHRAGM Accuracy: ..................................... : <0,5% of F.R.O.
BODY AND ADAPTER
Diaphragm in A.ISi 316 - Operating ambient temperature . : -25 to BO °C
8
Body and adopter in sea waler A Weight: ......................................... : 0,5kg
resistant brass. Protection grade: ........................ : IP65
Diaphragm In platinum
Body and adopter in sea waler p
resistant brass Dot.e Dsgn/Own Troe Sc 1 aaoaooa
89.12.12 o.L. 1·: 1 Brii~[i88 Autronlco AS
~ect ~ Spec CkL Appro~ed .i:h.. s:gg•gg P.O.Box 3010,
·,,-,, "f7. SU • A.K. Kio -E3- "!" .... :aa N-7002 Trondheim
o•oo•oa
REMARK : 0000000 Norway
Gouge lronsmitlers ore related to the olmospherlc pressure,
Pressure transmitter I Ref,
-!1UIRONIC~ IA
f?;; Absolule transmitters ore related to vacuum.
type GT200/-------
Moximum pressure: 600 bar D11g no.
INi:!ll
she el
Sh.no. Rev.
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GT-6061 lei

R 7 6 5 4 3 2
_ /Ill rlgilh renrvl!d. Speclfk:ollon• cubjecl to chon91 1tllhoul nollco.
0 5 4 3 2 I
PRESSURE TRANSMITIER GT200 SERIES I co. 65
~~I
ORDERING KEY N
......
~:
~
I
r
Mechanical design GT209/ I I
Seo woler resistant conn. box---------- U---1 I
lO
I -- -j
ISi
~' RANGE (FRO) OVERLOAD KEY i ~ ~ CONNECTION BOX
I
m
0, 1 bar
0,16 bar
15 times ---------- OP 10
10 times OP16 H I ~-, ~
~
~
~'-
SEA WATER RESISTANT
0,25 ·bar
0,4 bar
10 limes
5 limes
5 limes
OP25
OP40
'
'
I
,. . BRASS OR
CHROMED SEA WATER
0,6 bar
1
1,6
bar
bar 3 times
OP60
3 limes ·--------- 1POO
1P60
I
.
!
048
1).IR VENTILATION
AT GAUCE TYPE
TRANSMITTER.
RESISTANT BRASS
E
2 15 bar 2,5 times 2P50 BODY
4
6
bar
bar
2,5 limes
2,5 limes
4POO
6POO
I
~~'
I
SEA WATER RESISTANT
10
16
bor
bar
2,5 limes ---------- lOPO >---~
2,5 limes 16PO
~
-. I
I
BRASS OR AISIJ 16
25 bar 2,5 times 25PO
0~
0
bar 2 limes 40PO
40
60 bar 2 limes SOPO .flUJR~NICll
100 bar 1,5 times ---------- 1OOP TYPE GT205/-----
160 bar 1,5 limes 160P 0
250
400
bar
bar
1,5 times
1,5 limes
250P
400P
I SW 36
600 bar t ,5 times 600E..J
'
I ,,. ~
ADAPTER
TYPE OF TRANSMITIER i SEA WATER RESISTANT
t: STANDARD : - BRASS OR AISIJ 16
Gouge ( 4 mA ot elm. pressure) --------- G
Absolute (4 mA ot vacuum) ------------- A
0)
N
' I 1/2 " BSP.
OPTIONS :
I
Sealed gouge ( 4 mA ol 0,8 bar obs) c c
Sealed 9ougo (4 mA ot 1,0 bar obs)
~
MAIN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
ACCURACY
Above 0,4 bor +/- 0,57. FRO ·---·-·-· 5 1-----~
Power supply: .................................................... 10-J5V
Delween 0,1-0,4 bar +/- 0,9r. FRO·-·-· 9 Current consumption/output signol: 4-20mA, 2-wire
Load resistance: .......................... : 0-1250 ohms
MATERIAL OF DIAPHRAGM, CONNECTION Accuracy: ..................................... : <0,5% of F.R.O,
BOX, BODY AND ADAPTER Operoling ambient temperature . : -25 \o 80 •c
Diaphragm in AIS1316.
Connection box, body and cdopler
In sea water resistant brass.
}; Weight: ......................................... : 0,7kg
Protection grade, gouge: ............ : IP56
Protection grade, absolute type: . : IP67
B
Diaphragm in Platinum. }
Connection bo>e in chromed sea waler C 1------~
resistant brass. Body and adopter Dote Dsgo/Dvn Troe seohi: oaaoaao
In AISl316. 98 · 12 · 12 0 .L· 1 ·• 1 0000000 Autronlco AS
D••••oo
~ell a .. ~- _r.h_ g:gg:gg P.O.Box 3010,
>
Diophro~m In Platinum.
Connecl1on bo>C, body and adopter in
}
P
'71,-rz. su.11v.
Spee CtrL
A.K.
Approved
K;o = V ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
0000000 Norway
sea waler resistant brass. ........1
Pressure transmitter I -llu1RaNic~ ~A
1. type GT205/-------
Rd. INeicl
(;;
REMARl<S
1. Gouge tronsmillers are rcloled lo lhe atmospheric pressure. I Maximum pressure; 600 bar ... ~
shecl
stmo. Rev.
-l Absolute tronsmillers ore related lo vocuuL , Ol~lr"".',!ONAL SKETCH GT-6071.J cl

o I 1 I , .1· I " I A l , ;i---::;" ?. )
~( "'(''
'•.r: 1r.<:C''""'!tl Sfi~r..r;r,ulic:-s i;·~!ljctl lo chon!JI.' "ilhout nutlc:e.--- '--~ . J I I(_ " c (
Pl{ESSURE TRANSMITTEI{ GT200 SERIES

01{0ERING KEY
r
~ ,
Mcchorncol design
, _:jl20 /ITlDI SEEN FROM 'A'
;
For mantle coble-------·-------------- ~ 'A'
Plugg connector
RANGE (FRO) OVERLOAD KEY
0, l bar 15 times ---------- OP10
0,16 bar 10 times OP16
1 bar 3 limes ---------- 1POO E
1,6 bar 3 times 1P60
2,5 bar 2,5 times 2P50
4 bar 2,5 times 4POO
2,5 times 6POO PRESSURE
6 bar 048
10 bar 2,5 times ---------- 10POI----~ TRANSMITTER
16 bar 2.5 times 16PO lYPE GT206/-
40 bar 2 limes 40PO AISI 316
60 bar 2 times 60PO N
100 bar 1,5 times ---------- 100P 00
160 bar 1,5 times 160P D
250 bar 1,5 times 250P ..JlUIRONICA-
400 bar 1,5 times 400P TYPE GT206/----- 40
600 bar 1,5 times 600~
I
TYPE OF TRANSMITTER SW 36
STANDARD : _
~ Gouge ( 4 mA ot otm. pressure) --------· G
Absolute (4 mA at vacuum) ------------ A
OPTIONS : 0
N 1/2 " BSP. MAIN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
c
Sealed gouge (4 mA at 0,8 bar obs) C
Sealed gouge ( 4 mA cl 1,0 bar obs) H {Adopter) Power supply: .......................... 10-35V
ACCURACY
.I Current consumption/
output signal: ............................. 4-20mA, 2-wire
Above 0,4 bar +/- 0,5:1 FRO --------- 5
f------' Lood resistance: ....................... 0-1250 ohms
Between 0, 1-0,4 +/- 0,9:1 FRO ------ 9
Accuracy: .................................. <0,5% of F.R.O.
Operating ambient temperature: :-25 to 80°C
MATERIAL OF DIAPHRAGM Weight: ...................................... 0,4kg B
AISI 316 --------------------------- A l - - - - - - ' Protection grode: ...................... IP68
Platinum ·-------.--------------------· p
E}.
AD=GT-628
Dole
89.06.12
Osgn/Own
O.L. ''"' Scale
1: 1
ggggggg Autronico AS
RF.MARK :
Checked Ct.rlAK K" B:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
Gouge transmitters ore related to the atmospheric pressure. s.u. Spec ApProved
JO. ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondhelm
D•DD•oa
>
~
I Absolule transmitters ore related lo vacuum. 0000000 Norway
Pressure transmitter .f:lUIROHICfl IA
I· type GT206/-------
Rel. I Neil
shecl
ii'; Maximum pressure 600 bar Owg no.
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH GT - 63o!'""'f~·I

•
8 7 6 5 I 4 I 3 I 2
All rights reserved Specifications subject to chcnge 'Without notice.
·-·
I
_,
f"
IL.'.~] .
1
''
('.J
en •J
en I
..-
:::.:
a
-ci
-~
(',J
• ··---@
I I I I I
I I • I I I I I
I I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
; '
..
-
' <N
I ro
+lUJRDNIC&
1YPE GT206/--
"
ft
.... .
I
~
" .
I
c
0
I
I
-
I
I 0
I
<N
..9
~
0:
I
~
N
0
"
c""'
"0: - j I
1/2" B.S.P.
-.
I "'""
"
.,,
..9'
....
~
c
" 1
0 2 0-ring 026,65x2,62 6370-004.0017
4 1 Unbraco screw M4x10 UTN015/4C
Qty. Pos. Name, type, dim. Spec., article no. Material
Date Dsgn/Dvn Trac Scale 0000000
171092 AK 1: 1 0000000 Autronica AS
D••••oo
oaooaoo P.O.Box 3010,
Checked _ / Spec Ctr~ Approve~ :j • -a-$- O•DD•DO
•••••DO N-7002 Trondheim
0:
..9 a•oo•ao
~
.9-
0000000 Norway
~ +lUlRDNICA-
"
c""' Pressure transmitter type GT206/- Ref.
.
l~ext
sheet
...,"0:
0 Dwg no.
'
GT -8371Stulofev.,
" SPARE PART DRAWING
"'"
2.5 AutroniaAS
-c "~s·u·R~ ·~·~,~~-~~~~~ ·;;r;~~,, s~~~c
CJi<uERING KEY
6.
\ 5 4 .3
ca.65
I 2 I (
~
Mechonicol design GT20Q/
Seo water resistant conn. box-------- [}-_J
CONNECTION BOX
and diaphragm unit (AISl316)
tUP
I RANGE (FRO)
1
1,6
2,5
4
6
bar
bar
bar
bar
bar
OVERLOAD
3 times
3 limes
2,5 times
2,5 times
1POO
IPSO
2P50
4POO
2,5 times ··-···· 6POO
KEY
+~
SEA WATER RESISTANT
BRAS.S OR
CHROMED SEA WATER
RESISTANT BRASS
10 bar 2,5 times 10PO E

25 bar 2,5 limes 25PO
40 bar 2 times ------- 40PO
BODY AND
TYPE OF TRANSMITIER
STANDARD : 0 ADAPTER
Gouge (4 mA at otm. Pressure) ·-----·
Absolute ( 4 mA at vacuum) ----------
G
A
"'c:i
~
.JIUTRCNICA- SEA WATER RESISTANT

u
GT207/1~POH9C BRASS OR AIS1316
OPTIONS : r-----'
Sealed gouge (4 mA al 0,8 bar obs) C 0
Sealed gouge ( 4 mA ot 1,0 bar obs) H
ACCURACY
Standard +/- D.9:0: FRO (9 O/DO ---- U '
MATERIAL OF DIAPHRAGM, CONNECTION ic---r---i
"'"' BOX, BODY AND ADAPTER
Olophrogm In TEFLON cooled AISl316.}
11
•i
11
'•
l '•;
I
1
- - - - ___ I
1
I
Connection box In chromed sea waler U DIAPHRAGM UNIT

resistant bross. c
Body, adopter and element In AISl316 - f ' - f ' - . l f "-
AISl316
\ MA lERIAL OF DIAPHRAGM: /
Diaphragm In TEFLON coated AISl316.} r- PTFE cooled AISl316 -----1
Connection box, body ond adopter
In sea waler resistant brass.
T ' ' '
Element In AISl316 0-ring
REMARKS 059
1. Gouge transmitters ore related to the atmospheric pressure.
Absolute transmitters ore related to vacuum. 6 pcs. screws M6x35 B
083
LOCATION OF CABLE GLAND
MAIN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 098
Power supply: .................................................... 10-35V
I
Current consumption/output signal: 4-20mA, 2-wire
""'' 91.06.23 I• O.L/A.K. IOsgn/Own Troe 111
18888888
I I ·- I
sco Autronlco AS
- .•. ,...... 1: 1 cuucc P 0 B 3010
Load resistonce: .......................... : 0-1250 ohms Cheelied -· •
Spec Clrl -
l"pprovea g:gg:gg
~- _f.b._ • .. ox ,
Accuracy: ..................................... : <0,53 of F.R.D. O.L _
1--_.....::'.:!::c_ ".L-''~".'.'"""''---'--~-'=-"Vi._ ~=~~:gg
_L_ _ _ _ N-7002 Trondheim
> Operating ombient temperoture . : -25 to 80°C aaaocoo Norway
Weight: ..................................... : 1,8kg Pressure transmitter .f.lu1RoN1cR- IA
1. Protection grode: ............. .... ....... : IP6 7 TYPE GT207 /--------- I Rel. INcxl
she el
~ Maximum pressure: 40 bor Owg no, Sh.no. Rev.
DIMENSIONAL Sl<ETCH GT-7311 IDI

8 7 6 5 4 3 ~
.. ..
- r.u 1i!1hl!I n·~;i'f v•~I ~;lll'l:ifit:nliuu:; Ut~1jrcl ln chn.,uii "ilhnul 1•0H:c1
r--- 25 r-· --- ______

co.65 ,_j REMARKS
.....,. -'- I -
· ..... _ I _ . 1. The lronsrniltar shall be instollud vcrlicolly .
~
j - Do not install lransmillcr ogoinsl closed
_(_[:- -
l-~ · ····-
1
)
1
I ,
volume of liquid.
Open valve after entering the threads
~
1
'-" -+- lo prevent high pressure domo9c.
m1
oci
n I
I
!-
,,_
I
-
-
.. 2
0
0
~
0
U
~~
"- rh
- !qJ
--··
'
@j,i -
'
I
I
-1- -
67
~I
I
I
<j1 -
If the transmitter is of vented/gouge tY.pe,
do not .nu silicone gel/compound in
connect1on box
2. A shock absorber shall olwoys be

used when the transmitter is
=-0 M'(=~---- exposed to pulsating pressure, e.g. on
SW36 I I -I
- ............·-----·
•-- _ _§_Q_ _ _
_,
J fuel feed line (art. no. 6480-005).
The shock absorber shall be localed
os close lo lhe measuring point
as possible.
,..c: :,:,
3. Cu.-disc 018x6,5x2, 6550-030.0006
~r-·---~~
Hcmurk 3 \ ore included in pos. 3,-4,-5,-6,-·7,- 0
GXi)--------·_: •-,- - 8,-9 and 10.
~;2~ \
!"
....
-- ~~t- Remork 3 ==•
1
\
'
11
10
Adapter
Shock absorber for thick liquids
6581-031.0001 - GT-838
6480-006. GT-644
5 6 7
of 1 ' 9 Shock absorber for thin oil 6480-005. GT-644
I I -1---·----
II 8 Shock absorber for air 6480-007. GT-644
i/'
, ....:..-:::::::::::-:::::~- -It~~::::-::::::::::::-::/ 7 Manometer coupling, (tube 010) 6581-019.0009 GT-643
lF
,:~:?',
I I ~
6
5
Manometer coupling, (tube 08)
Manometer coupling, (tube 06)
6581-019.1002 GT-643
6581-019.0002 GT-643
~
Iii
5l
co 4 Control volve, 250 bar 5941-002. GT-462
rr;r1 ~ 3 Control valve, 25 bor 5941-001. GT-639
r~'-Remark 3 " 2 Bracket GT-801 GT-801 B

.f-'l.·-~-1 1 Pressure transmitter GT205/XX GT-607
-h.J_ J Q
...,..,...,•I --~ ~~~· Nome, 1)-pe, dim. Arllele no. Drowif19
Dote Osgn/O•n Troe Scale OIJOOOOO

07 .09.93 A.K./E.S. g~~~~gg Autronico AS
o•ao•oo
a1ec ked Spee Ctr!. flpproved _=-:::i .r.b. o•oO•ao N-700" T. di •
SJU KJA -c:::::::::T ~ •••••oo :> r on 1e1m
. . . g~gg~gg Norwou
~ Port list and morn d1mens1ons +lm•o•ocR A
of pressure transmitter "''- ]"'"'
I·ili .. _ _Llru!!Q _QI_ 99.L under_ pres~ld.UL __ l_ type GT205/- ''•"" f.:::; ••.•.-
'y( (measuring poini) Sec remark 2 1
] / " . • SYfT'>~ L~Y-OUT ., GT-866 '.
1
) !tl__
-l__,,: " 7 fl
.
--;(_ , l!l 1·rr.u• Yt'1l. !ipciciri!;:r1llrms ~v!ijc:l "(.
lo r.hn"'!)C! •ilh:.l nnllcc.----.
J
I ( J • (
··-·-··-················-··································-····························-· ········-·····-············-············-··-·······-··········-················-····
VENTED ·1 rPE ······
~
,~ ~
ABSOLUTE TYPE ABSOLUTE TYP~
'4= !03 r:::=B!ll'l< /,.. GT206/-
~
"--1- GT205/-
GT206/-
J'l r: '-<> ~ I v
~
r
~··,.~¥.IJ"Y'i"
I
TANK
--<>
Level on bollost/service tonks,

~
.~~
.,.-
.................. ..
"'
Level on ballast tonks, GT206 submersed in tonk. Level on service tonks,
E
GT206 submersed in tonk. Connection in dry environ- GT205 Installed outside tonk.
Connection box on deck. ments. Connection in dry environments.
See dwg.GT- 748, sec.11 See dwg.GT- 759, sec.12. See dwg.GT-839, sec.13
··-·---------·--·--·--·- ·----------·--·--------·--·--·--·--·-----~ '-·--·--·--·--·--·----··-----------·--·-·-·
··-·-·--·-----·---·--·----·--ABSOLUTE-TYPE... ------·--·----·-----·VENTED-TYPE.• ·-----·
VENTED TYPE
" • GT206/- GT206/- GT206/-
-x vij~ z
;:: ' ...., 0
HOI "'°"I
~·
.
0.
Level on service tanks, ·- Level on service tonks, ii level on bilge wells,
• ·-· GT206 installed outside tonk.

~f Connection in dry environ-
/ menls.
GT206 installed outside tonk.
Connection in dry environ-
ments. !'
GT206 submerged in bilge.
ments.
c
See dwg.GT- 754, sec.14 See dwg.GT- 756, sec.15 ~ See dwg. GT- 717, sec.16
VENTED TYPE REMARK : IF THE TRANSMITTER IS OF VENTED/GAUGE TYPE,

GT206/- CONDENSATION IN VENTING TUBE MAY CAUSE
PROBLEMS.
THEREFORE THIS SOLUTION MUST ONLY BE B
- USED FOR SINGLE MEASURING POINTS, AND
IN AREAS WITH CONSTANT TEMPERATURE.
D1gn/Dwn
Dole
931219 A.J.K.
Troe Stole ggggggg
D••••oo
Autronlco AS
Chaclied Spec Ctrl Ap_eroved o•oo•ao P.O.Box 3010,
Level on ballast/service tonks. AJK :;JU E.3--$- ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
o•ao•oo
GT206 submersed in tonk. 0000000 Norway
f. Port list ond moin dimensions of -11uIRo•ic• A
g
ii;
!I
--·-·-·-·-·-·--··--·-----·-·-·--·--"
ments.
See dwg. GT-874, sec.17 __ __,
pressure transmitters series GT200/- "''·
SURVEY OF SYSTEM LAY-OUTS 0 •o oo.
GT-885 1
I~~:!,
,.,,.. ,,•.
1A 1
8 7 G 5 4 3 2
All rights reservea. Specifica.toons suojE'ct to cna.nge llitnout notice.
POWER r>c-
' I/
;
SUPPLY
+
,I,
Load::
iI
I
I o
I
I
I
I I I
(
'@' ' '
i .. .. :
I I
\
I
I I
'
I '
I
. , ......
" \
Dote Dsgn/llwn Troe Scale §§§§§§§ Autronica AS

91.01.08 A.K./O.L. 1 : 1 D••••DD
o•oo•oo P.O.Box 3010,
Spec Ctrl.
11:1111:§§
O•OO•OO
N-7002 TrondheiM
0000000 Norway
.flulRONJCfT
Ref. Next
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION sheet
!c'0 GT200/----- Dwg no. Sh.no. RE'v.
N
GT-6961 II
2.9 AutronicaAS
. - - - - - - - All right• M!served. Specifications subject to change without notice. - - - - - - - - - .
c. :1
: i
(" i Top view of

(_J
GT205/GT207
Top cover removed
Screened cable
max.diameter 12 mm
I
I
I
Cable with Cu-screen I
I
Screen to be grounded II II
in the monitoring I
I
I
I
I
system I
I
I
I
I I
I
I I
••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• • ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
I
r-
I
I
m
c
~
Load in monitoring system.
Monitoring system
n
4-20
Mex.value dependent of
power supply,
see specification
+
Power supply 12-32V DC
Date Oagn/llwn Trgc Sccla ccccccc
Checlced Spec CtrL App d _d;.,_

BiiiiiiiiBB
l-=-"'-94"'---'0-'1-_,,25=-.,--+.:-"""S.U"""./E.5"":--.--+:--.,...---1-------1
C•JJJJ•cc
Autronico AS
l-__ !f:!:.::t:::::::=-L----L~:!ro2:v'.:..~--_J_....::C3::'.~-.:P-E.--I ii:iiii:BB N-7005 Trondheim

:3 B~~BB Norway
~
m
Electrical connection +1UJRaN1cA-
1-;,-..,.-------..,..,.,~----l
0
, _ _ . . ___," Pressure transmitter type GT205 and ~\Ul\GT-890 !":!t
! GT207 Owg no. 5hnc. Rav.
~
,;
d! GT-89ol II
'---'-==============================================-' 2.10 AutronicaAS
. . - - - - - - - - All rights reserved. Specifications subject to chonge wlthout notice. ---------.1
:(
POWER SUPPLY 12-32V DC ~
+ Load in monitoring system.

4-20 mA Max.value dependent of
power supply,
Monitoring system
LJ see specification
I
I
I
I
I I
T
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ~····································
Cable with Cu-screen.

Screen to be grounded
in the monitoring system.
;
• I
Connection '
terminals
Connection box
RED+ BLACK-
-
•
Mantle cable from

-- pressure transmitter GT206
Date
94 -01-25 U/E.S
asmvn
rroc Scola
-
cccccoo
ccccccc Autronica AS
1--------+-----·-+------1-------1 c••••cc
Checked tkJ._ Spec CtrL .1 ,
Approved
6 A/
-E3- 0 00 00
c•cc•cc
•
••••800
• -$-
N-7005 Trondheim
~l---------'-------'--~.;;._---'----...:......--1 D•DD•DD Norway
- [J[J[J[J[J[J[J
"fi Electrical .connection 1-,,,+1:...;:um=aN=-1cA-:.....__ __,.,.,.....,.---1

--~--:i Pressure transmitter type GT206 ~1~:!!·.!:.\Gl\~ur~'-8~
1
· 91~--'--1.l_~ext-••_t- - - 1
~ Owg no. Sh.no. Rev.
L-L._:=~==========================G=T-=89=11==1='~YJ 2.11 Autroni.ca AS

. . - - - - - - - - All rfghts reserved. Specifications subject to change without notlce. -------~
+18 to 35V DC
..-----------'----
4 to 20 mA
ov
1 2 3
000
+ViolnJ-V
NOTE!
I
I
' Terminals 3, 5 and 6
I IHA:2'.ARDOU I
I
are internally connected.
AREA
I i~ '¥I
000
* Grounding
4 s 6 conductor
Min.1,5 mm2 min.4 mm2
Eorth bus bar
SAFE AREA
I
•••••••••••••••• •• f••··················································-
I
4-20 mAi+ -I.

•'
' i
HAZARDOUS AREA I I
+
I I
+
''' iI
BLACK
''' i
f'-- Cu-screen
RED
''
I' i
' I
CD
0
N
I-
C!)
E
....e
Q)
..0
c
u
Q)
:;:;
c:
c
:::;;
Top view of
GT205 /GT207 GT200 GT206
Date Dsgn/Own Tree Sccle aaaaaaa
94-01-25 · S.U/E.S. g~~~gg Autranica AS
1-----=---,,~-+~s-~ctrt.-.,---t-A,--.r<!-•Pq---1------l a•aa•aa
Checked pee PP>V.
al---_..;._ _ ___,__ _ _ __.__ _ _ __.__ _ _'---1 a•aa•aa Norway
-E3--$- ~=~~:gg N-7005 Trondheim
~ ccccccc
t Electrical connection of pressure --.=---1
1-;;+1,...,.UTR_aN1_cR-_ _
t--t--r-°'-,-im transmitter type GT200/GT205/GT206/ l~\GT\GT-a92 ~i:!t
~ GT207 to barrier type DZ-110 ovg no. SMo. Rev.
--+--t-""lt
"'
Press.transmitter in hazardous area GT-8921 I J
2.12 AutroniGlAS
GT-200 Olapter 3: Genexal Mechanical Details. Drawings.
3. General Mechanical Details. Drawings.
3.1 Contents
32 Mantle Cables, old and new types GT-947
3.4 MantleCable,4-wire, typeGT-944 GT-944
3.5 Fasteningclamp,AISI316, typeGT-801 GT-801
3.6 Fasteningclamp,MildSteel, type6562-001.0002 GT-914
3.7 Fastening Bracketwithnut, typeGT-661 GT-661
3.8 Controlvalve,25bar GT-639
3.9 Controlvalve,250bar GT-462
3.10 Manometerroupling GT-643
3.11 Shochabsoiber GT-644
3.12 Adapter GT-838
P-Gr200/KEE/99J929 3.1 Autronica.AS

AH rights reserved. Specifications subject to change without notice.
OLD MANTLE CABLES ETC.

MANTLE CABLES
I NEW MANTLE CABLES ETC.
2-WIRE CABLE ' 2-WIRE CABLE

i Type: GT-660/ I I Type: GT-942/
9
i' L in decimeter i Lin mm
--' ! i
I i
4-WIRE CABLE --' 4-WIRE CABLE
I'
Type: GT-848/
L in decimeter
I I'
Type: GT-944/
Lin mm 9
0
(Tl
. A""!.
.
~
I I I ·~,
SHORT CABLES MOULDED IN PIPES <L=max.120mml
2-WIRE CABLE 2-WIRE CABLE

-
,
I' Type: GT-660/
L in decimeter
I I' Type: GT-784/
Lin mm 9
;, i' i
'
,;,•
--'
I --'
i
I' 4-WIRE CABLE
'
I 4-WIRE CABLE
.
0
(Tl '. r' ""!
'
Type: GT -848/
L in decimeter
I .r ~.
'
Type: GT-945/
Lin mm 9
'
' ' '
I ~i I ·~1
VENTED CABLES IN RUBBER TUBES

I
I
l! - :::: ~ 2-WIRE CABLE ~

2-WIRE CABLE
5
-" - Type: GT-715/ =-~
,:
L in decimeter .I ~
'
Type: GT-943/
Lin mm 9
~
<
- --'
--i--
--r- - --'
-~L
--r-~
__
-t
~
~ i- 4-WIRE CABLE
r~ 4
~
Type: GT-946/
~
0
:>
'
, ~ .
.' '
. f ' 'l . Lin mm 9
.
i I i i
Date 0.gnlllvn Troe Scale DDDDDDD

95-01-16 AJJ<./O.Ly. DDDDDDD
o••••oo
Checked~ Spec Ctrl Approved f(/ D•Do•oo Autronico AS
c
g
v ,.if ']s-c.1-fl- . Er-$- a•oa•oo N-7005 Trondheim
•••••oa
D•OD•DD
DDDDDDD Norway
2- Mantle cables and other cables .f!UTRONICFI- l\GT,GT-947
I
u
m
Repl. fir
1:i
m
:>
-e for pressure transmitter type GT- Ri;t. by
m
0 Dvg no.
~ OUTLINE
. GT -9 47 ISlul<>(ev'(ong.
"
<
P.GJ'llll/KEE/991329 3.2 Autronic:t.AS

Black Red
- +
----........ ~
1 pcs. clamping
0 -ring type UP-584
tO
is enclosed os
spare part.
QJ
:;:; ..c I
d .....
u
~
Ol
QJ cQ)
~
,_
c
d
::;: I
'
e4,8
REMARKS :
I' · 1. Material : AISI 316
' 2. Protection grade : IP68
+ 3. Weight : 70g.+ 100g./meter
I! 4. If mantle cable length is
less than 120mm, use GT - 784/-
0
fTl I
instead of GT-942/-
' J 'I I '
! : !
I
'~
I
' '
I I
' '
I I
' 040 '
J •4 pcs.holes e5mmJ
048
ORDERING KEY : GT-942/J

Date Dsgn/Dwn Tree Scale DODD DOD
95-01-09 O.Ly. 1 : 1 DDDDDDD
1--~~..,..,..~~~+-~~~~+-~~~~-+-~~~~-< o••••oo Autronico AS
D•DD•DD
Checked~~ Spec CtrL o•oo•oo N-7005 Trondheim
ApproveA,)
1tA- Et-$- •••••oo
o•oo•oo
DDDDDDD Norway
Mantle cable type G- -942/- +iUTRONICF!-
IRep!. by Noxt
.. for
Repl. for
GT-660 Isheet
c
0
~
pressure transmitter GT-
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
3.3 AutronicaAS
Yellow -Signal
+signal ~r Blue
0
~
- Black
4x0.25mm 2
=-t11I- +Red
"'6 I.
0
<D 1 pcs. ·clomping
ring type UP-584
is enclosed os
spore port.
LL
iI
04,8 I f--
I
1 REMARKS :
1. Material : AJSI 316
l' 2. Protection grade : IP68
3. Weight : 70g.+ 100g./meter
4. If mantle cable length is
I less than 120mm, use GT-945/-
' insted of GT -944/-
I I
' :
4x0,25mm 2
IC )
}i ... !
0
.... • I
I ;:;;~ •
LO ~
;;; '
- -- • I
I •• i
I • I '"
~
0
'
: I
m
c
I 1 2 J 4
'
I
~ ' inn
--> '
"'" I 040
4pcs. holes 05
I
I
048
ORDERING KEY : - GT-944/J

Date Dsgn/D•n Trac Scale 0000000
1
1-=--,--9~s-~0~1_-~1--+=--o~.~LY~·--t-,----,--..,---+---'1~:'--'-1--1
Checked4?~ Spec Ctr!. Apprav•f{q,.
~f-----'---''-'-----'-------'-----'-f---=--'-----''---1 D•Do•oo
~ 1
0000000
-E3-.
o••••oo Autronica AS
~=~~!§§ N-7005 Trondheim
DD DODOO Norway
-E
~
Mantle cable type GT -944/- +luTRaN1c11- ,,,Gr,GT-944
1-,--,-~--~-,--...;;...'---~----1
"
t---!--+-o-<
fO r Repl. for
GT-848
'Repl. by 'Next
sheet
_j pr~~~~~Sl~~~~m~~~~C~T- Dwg no. GT_ 9

4 41sh.no.JRev.1Lang.
VI ~
l'Gl"200/KEE/950l29 3.4 Autronica.AS
All rights resel"'Ved. SpPcificatiOns subject to chQnge without notiCe.
]_
'
'.~ --
..
I I
I I I
"='-'
=
=
,_
c:i
-'
$ •'
-~
:::-
I
i
~I--
I
t I
i . -»-!-
--·!~
~;Y'
' i '-
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I')
I I I
L.:..!
L!..
I
I
! I
I
! I
I
! I
'
I
L
~ I
~
I I
I 67
I 2-
80 45
I I I I I
::;-- ., ..
I 1 I I I '
' lf)
N
I
~ "
S!> I
'
~
"'
0
I/
I
I
c 28
.Q
~
_g.
"
u
~
~
"' 57
~
c
0
N ..
•r
I I~ ARTICLE NO. MATERIAL
1~'
~
~
6562-001.0002
MN-801/1
Mild steel and glass reinforced polyamide
AISl316 and glass reinforced polyamide
0
"'
Do.te Dsgn/Dwn Tro.c Seo.le 0000000

040292 A.K. 1: 1 0000000 Autronica AS
D••••oo
Checked .f. · Spec Ctr!. Approved lj;
-Et-$-
o•oo•oo P.O.Box 3010,
D•DD•DD
•••••DD N-7002 TrondheiM
c O•DO•DD
.Q
9.
0000000 Norway
"
u
Fastening bracket +il!TRDNICA-
~
=
~
for pressure transmitters Ref. lNext

sheet
~
c
GT200-series Dwg no.
-801ist.nofev.j
0
N
,:
~ Dimensional sketch GT 1r
°' ._)
3.5 Autronic:a.AS
'
' I
I I
I I I
I
I I
/.:~: ~ ~ I I
I \ .... I
))J-t-~I !:!:~
I
v 0
-
I I I')
·~~I
Ill I I
I I
I I I I I
I
! I ! i I
I
40
---- -
.3
45
r Base plate
1
I
I
I l!)
\-.__/
.. I
I
""
"
..
-"'
....
"'
..>
c
c
! ./
I
I
28
57
REMARKS
1. Material, clamp: Reinforced polyamide
Material, base plate and screws: Mild steel
2. The base plate . can be welded to steel parts
~
3. If base plate and screws made from AISI 316
0
are required, see drawing GT-801
c
Dote Dsgn/Own Troe Scale DDDDDDD

94 _07 25 AJK 11 DDDDDDD Autranica AS
i..,,...-,-=,..:...- _--:::"--+::--~---11-:-;~-"''ir-,'~~·---i--:----'.! D••••DD
P.D.Bax 3010,
Checked.. tP q Spec Ctrl AprJ-"}j/Y., -E3- ~ ~=~~!§§ N- 7~02 Trandheim
al---~~~·~=~~~~~~''"'---1-----L-L.L.d~~--l---~_!._--J D•ao•co
Norway
t Fastening
- I
clamp type 6562-001.000:i +lurRoN1cff.
ODDO DOD
~f--!-.!1-1 for pressure transmitters type r-R'"'e""i.c.;.;.:;--'-''-----..,.,,~,.,.~_,:!,_.t----1

! GT200/-.
0,
Dwg no.
_-,-
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
'
3.6 AutrcricaAS
68
45 I 50
I
'
2 137 !
:'! - ~,f__---;:;:;=-:: : _I=_=:·-:r·-
t /
( i
,,,,
,,, "n
" '
I
.
I
.~n" ' "
]
BI :'.2
/
, ' 11
"
"
""
""
I
...
11 ' ,
"
""
"
:I
'
.,,,,
11/2" 8.S.~.1 I. SW36

.I
REMARKS
1. Material , all parts : AlSl 316
2. The bracket consists of: bracket, nut and lock washer.
Mech.parts , GT-674
"
~
<i
~
Date
90-06-06
Dsgn/Dvn
0 L
· Y·
Trac Scale
1 .. 1
DDDDDDD
DDDDDDD
o••••oo Autronica AS
'r
;; Checked
o.L y. Spec CtrL
A .J.K.
Approved
K1a.
•
-E3- • D•oo•oo
o•oo•oo N-7005 Trondheim
•••••oo
~ ~ f---------'------'-------'-----'----1 08DO•DD
.,,,· :£. DDDDDDD Norway
0"' '-g Fastening bracket type GT-661 +lUTRONIGA- 1,,GT,GT-661
i..,,...--------::...:..::..;,...;..;:;.;;~'"'-1
Q. i!l for pressure transmitter Rcpl. tor jR•pl. by !Next
- "' type GT206 I - or similar. ·-

~
0 9
r·" f~vfc~~
0
w DIMENSIONAL SKETCH " no. GT_ 6 .,
61
3.7 Autroniat.AS
w 0 u ID <
u ..'
gr! °'
z ~ l'"f.
~
i
c ~ iC 1
a:
,_
::I
J:. ~
l::J
i
!~
·~ /f
.. l@i
{:1I aI
~
i !
;!2\9:i
I,: ;
i£. j
·~
'-: ..._, .,
'' ..!.
t~i
~
• i".2 "'..~
. ·- i' "'
oz
cS: .
.....
';<;·I ...
- -. "S
~
1;;
.... ...
~j
..o;
~:
;
! - ..
.!:
0
~
c:
·!!
..; I
c: .[%
~
''"I '3 <:i
I
'
'-._./·
..,:;; "'
....
~
.,;
..
:::
cS
......
~
~
~
q;
!;
...
~
... "'-~:u ~
a
...~ .0:::
·!!'
~ ~
>i
...
ID
',...../.~·~-========::::r===================================-'
3.8 AutronicaAS
u. UJ Q () lD <
'
u J;
zc ; •
/i <'-I
a: • 'O
.... 0
--.t
'
I I ..._
::i
i I t.:i
i•
;f II
N
®I
-:-: m
~....... :I
~ ' .
l 1)
"'
~ "
• •~
~ •
"'"'? ..,
f, ''
5
"',..,..
t;
!.n :
... QI
.. 1
.r
..,D;
.; -
0
'-
c::
<'.::
"a ! <
9t
56 oz
"' "'
"""'"" ...
IX
~ !E
.....
g a; '
~ "'
~ '
""""
- -
<>
.,..'
....
"'
...,
<>
~
I
::0: ~
l;;
~ ~
. "'
I. .I
co
3.9 Autroni.c:a AS
Ai! :i9nts reservec !::ioec111ca;1on~ suo1ec1 :o cnange w1:nou: no11ce
-·
..
-c-..i ..,,
2
:a::
<C
:::E:
cO
~
20
~/////'. ~ t:>
-
sr~
~
-- ...;
fti
- -.
'-- f
.,
SWT SW2
.
•
TYPE L D SWT' SW2
6581-079. 0002 46 6 27 77
6587-079. 7002 46 8 27 19
.
6587-019. 0009 47 10 27 22
- -
I
~ c
I~ !l!
U)
'm
"'.,
Q) ;;
0
..,....
1
1:f
~
Osgn / Own • Trac Oil"3!l!!'l"'1iiiliiil
~
25.09.89 Scale Autronica AS
"'
Dale
AK/~ -. gi••••iama
l'lliiil"'10ili'1!1!1!<
P.O.Box 3010,
~ Checked Spec Conti/ Approved lli•iil!!!11•1miim:
.,
:r o.~ if5 -E3- $ l'Jl!•llffi~•im;m
•••••l!!!l!OI N-7001 Trondheim
c !ii!i•l!lHili•lim~
\J .g mi!Si~~E!Sll!a Norway
:§ .+IUTRDNIC~ .
u
"
l:
~
•m
0
/1AN0/1ETER COUPL/N6 Rep! tor I Reoi by
m
c Dwg no. Rev.
0
·1 1~ a:"m
N
GT-643 l,q I
3.10 AutronicaAS
.J ... C '-''''-'''"'>:; '''"'"'"' ,, .... ,, .....
J
..,,, ll':::jlll.:0 IC:OCIYCIJ ... 11• ... GIOVll.;> ,;o....,JC"'' '"
::::
--
- (f7~
.........
' ,,.,.
18
2
Cu-disc
\
....'19.
~
V///fi
~~
Q.
"'
- .• ~
-- - ttl
~
.....
-2
"sw27 -_-.---
;", /"
. '
20 31
56
-
. .
TYPE MEASURING POINT

6480-007. Air and wafer
·6480-005. Fuel oil and thin liquids
)( '
6480-006. Thick liquids
e
-"'
en
'm
;;;
0
Date Osgn / Dwt] _a_ Trac Seale l!IG!!ii!Ol!!ll!ll!l

AK/,('/,_.,. 1:1 Autronica AS
Checked
25.09.89
Spec Cont \...../ Approve~
m••••!iii!e
l!llilll!li'<ll!ll!ll!l
lil•l!ll!l•l!llll P.O.Box 3010,
t).~. -Et
*
.m•=.1;A•l11llmli"
•••••l!llll N-7001 Trondheim
e ml•liillilil•iilll~
.2 !aililll!S!ali!i!~Em: Norway
~
I
.+lUTRDNIC,._
u
~
SHOCK ABSORBER Rep! for
m Repl by
0
m
e Owg no. Rev.
"'.," 0
I I r-
N
;
m
a:
6.T-644
3.11 Autronica .AS
. - - - - - - - - - Mil r1gnt.s reserveo. ::ipeC!r1cowon:o ~UUJC:"-"' 1.u 1..11ui1!:1c ...... ,u...... ''"'"' .. .,;., - - - - -- -
SW27
0... 0...
Cf) Cf)
cc 5 20 20 5 cc
hi 'N
........
~
........
~
~·
c
fl
'm
~
0
Q
t .=t
60
i ,:
·-J m
Material: Hex. brass 27 mm
"'
t0
Q
Date Dsgn/Dwn Tree Scale DODOO OD

DDODDDD
21110/92 A.K./E.S. 1:1 D••••OO Autronico AS
o•oo•oo
:§
Checked
0- Spec Ct.r-L Approved~
-Et.+ o•oo•oo N-7005 Trondheim
•••••DD
D•DD•DD Norway
0000000
.g- +IUTRDNJCF!-
m
Ref. Next
1--t--+-1,g Adapter piece type 6581-031.0001 h'GT'1,,G1'GT-838 sheet
1l Dimensional sketch Ovg no. SfLno. Rev.
-..J'--+.'-N=-1
~
·,.__;L_J___L..::..L~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--1~~~~~~~~~--'
GT-8381 II
3.12 AutronicaAS
GT-200 Chapter4: Abnospheric Pressure Measuring (GT-205).
c Drawin!}5 )
1.
Part list and maindimension ................................................................................ GT-728
Installation drawing .............................................................................................. GT-753
Steelcover ......................................................................................................... GT-1037
c'General········.·0
2.
Theatmosphericpressureisnormally 760mm QS, which is equal to
· 1rifoim3tion < 1013 mbar (1.013 bar). The atmospheric pressure varies, normally within 1013 mbar :t
SOmbar. Under extremely conditions it may vary between 930 and 1160 mbar.
Atmosphericpressuremeasuringisimportantwhenusinganabsolutetransmitterora
sealedgaugetransmitter.Incasepressuretransmitterswithreferencetotheatmosphere
(gauge type) are used, atmosphere transmitters are not necessary.
Thereareseveralreasonsformeasuringtheatmosphericpressure.Inconnectionwith
cargoequipmentandlevelmeasurementitisdonetodecidethestaticpressureontop
of the cargo, which is in addition to the pressure which is caused by the liquid pillar.
Atinertgasmeasurementwhichismeasuringthepressureontopofthecargo,atmos-
pheric measurement is necessary to be able to compare with pressure outside the tank,
andthuspreventthatairwithoxygenpenetratesintothetanks.
AtmeasurementusinganimmersedabsolutetypetransmitterGT-206,thereadin!}5
would vary ±50 cm withanairpressurevariation of± 50mbarif compensationfor
varyingairpressureisnotmadebymeansofanatmosphericpressuremeasurement.
3.
Drawing GT-728 shows the installation:
The transmitter has to be mounted vertically.
To prevent influence ofElectromagneticRadiation (Mobile telephones and walkie

talkies ),it must be used screened cable, and thescreenmustbeconnected to the
sensor bodyvia the grounding PG-gland. The screen must not come into the
connection box! The screen.must also be connected to ground in the monitoring
system.
The transmitter is recommended to be mounted ina room with as stable temperature as

possible, and between.20 and 30 °C.
The transmitter has to be mounted onaspotwi1houtheavyvibrations.
Thetransmittermusthaveaccesstoatmosphericpressure.Itcanbeinstalledinaroom
withnormalatmosphericpressure(NOTROOMWTIHOVERPRESSURE!),orit
can have access to normal outside atmospheric pressure by a ventilation tube.
4.
GT-205 I OP60A1M Pressure transmitter
Level 0,8- 1,4 bar abs.
s.
UE-1037 Steel cover
6562-001.0002 Fastening bracket
IN5-GT200-A1M Installationequipment
\..._,/·.
4.1 Autronia.AS
,( ""'"'"' """'"'~" "''"' '" ""V '"~' ,.r....- -·--j·-··--··· ( ·-··I_···---·--··-''-----~---'---( /\ .I :! ( - ....._____ .
ALTERNATIVE "STEEt.:' ALTERNATIVE "WOOD" FINAL INSTALLATION
~
r
0
I ------·-·····
r--------------1--------··
''
''
''
50
h;:~!~:~l___ t----~-f~
.'
'
!1
:4
~
:: : I : '
[ '
:1
'
,I
"11'-~J, I l~-1· _1J _ _--··!lf£['
", '
11
_ ,
r
-.
I
:
r
I
1
1I I
-•· ••
Ill
M-
1
I~ ~
•r 11 ,,.t.,-.,._,,.d,.._-....,_i..,, .......... }·--:
.,----1----,- _, '--I'
I
'~ ~'
r---,--------r---, L
~
.~
>
-·3:::-: .~1-~r;·
I
ir·-
-·~
~
-~·
i.~ g
~
-~
~I~
i -~I-- g
I 1!1 I ~i'loif-
'
o J· : : :- I
, I
-w .
I ~it_ i tH~UMj el=!-
. ·1 11.... ,
I
--· -··-- ·-'
> > I >
u
v
I I >
"'
0
v
'
i 0
~
n.10011cn flui.oo .. cn
I
lYP[: t:IJOV·
'
~·
0 I
I ("-,,.-+-.,-\
l i i ·
ef· ,: ,'
44
" ~''
~ ~ r I I I I
SW~J6 l I : .JI ::
'
...;_, '' '"1.;.::.JT

,__ 4 '-t:p~(2!~ OSP. 'l~ •' i ,
11 I 11
4
•( I
l.:. ~ I
II II I
I I _,]-- ' '

:I
' ~
I I
•o I '
c I
51
~ '°-I.
51
l~ I
I 100
l?_Q_ _ _ ·-·-·-· i.J
J
B REMARKS
1. The installation equipment consists of: 1 4 Inst. eouinmenl INS-GT200-ATM
4 pcs. screws type UTN005/8E 1 3 Steel cover UE-1037 --
4 pcs. screws type UTN006/ 4F
2 pcs. screws type UTN041 /AR j_ 2. ~~:!::~~a ,~~~~~~l g~;;;;g~5g~~~ E=~~-~~~-~--~- ·.
>
2. For detailed instollolion and replacement
see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT - 753 ~
I
..
Po<•••• SU
91.05.J\ I•...,,...
A.K./O.L.
$Foo• uA.K.
~·«
iw;c~
...
lvliclo no., spec.
I
-ES -$
J
lfomarks
1. A
Port list and rnoin dimensions or
ii; •1
~: ~-=
IS"tc. U•I In 2111092 ~su
ctio5/- In 2S02U .... v~u--:=-
1.£I=-~Ir;,.~2:!.!n-N!epl;
o 1: ATM 1n, 95-ot-78,
ln,_!_5.:!!,:lf.
os.. /iG'.
0!•/I•~:
atmospheric pressure tronsmilter
type GT205/---- lo;g;;-···-· i
r,
lo-. ,.,... Dnu~I'°" Oolll$1?'> •••· z.,,. Otovfplbl · Doi.ti~
SYSTEM LAY-OUT Gl ··
8 0 v. 5 A 3 I 2
I l•V I .J I /\.. L
~" • 'J' h '"•"H ~tM "~t•.,., •-'•Jo1I I• l">T?" .~... A •~lu
ALTERNATIVE "STEEL" ALTERNATIVE "WOOD" FINAL INSTALLATION

11
11 ,------------,-~!~-~
~
1
r
ii;;~f· ~;~:i_---~---- ... ' 6 !

1 1'
@-1* ?~ 'f;I ~! 1 PG13,5 PG13,5

Ii!
I
I I "
~ !: : ·, : : J_ - ____,~"~f'
I I I I lb--! 1
I- -
2
.* -
'1i 1
1 :·1-4J
>
II 1
t,_f =J---~l I. 'I

.rt•r•h..._"'-i""'
\
I t
"'j
I
\ ----.J.---7----1
-.- ) r--~----1----
L ' '-,-'
1\ ' 15
I l ·~I•
I, i-\$t I ::: r
[ ~·-
:
tt-l_
~
~
"RU j
'' ''
I L~JJIQrn~i-tR- \l\[J~~ I,
'''"""
CT205/--
J
-Ruu:t1111t11
CT205/--
!:
:I I I
I
I (--t--+-.,-"1
I
I :
'®.
•I
1, *-I I t: ' _)'

.. , l. .............. I '
a :OJ!
l_____J"@ (_1
;l
:1'.J.J'
I
II I
I I 7.,_---~
11
1:
1 i
'"-=-
1
I
~
II
l•
1
1
...... IL----~~---------------- ---------

REMARKS
,-----------------------------,
I INSTALLATION OF CABLE IN CABLE GLAND I
I
2. It is of major importance that the transmitter is Earthing cones
c located in on environment with atmospheric pressure.
3. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT
I GT205/-woll Rubber gasket
' Nul
drawing GT- 728.
I Coble, min 2x0,5mrrl
INSTALLATION ALTERNATIVE "STEEi:'
A. Weld steel plate [7] to steel wall [9]. i' ~ / with Cu-screen
Coble dio. B,2-9,7mm
B. Fasten bracket port [6] to steel plote [7].
C. Remove protector 10] ond fasten transmitter [1] f I
with bracket port 2) orid screws [5].
B
D. loosen fostenin9 screws (11) and remove cover [12].
E. Lead coble [14J through coble gland [15] and
connect on terminal block.
I
J inner sheath - -
1
'(//(J I \_ Wosher
'-- Outer sheath
1
F. Place cover [12] and fasten screws [11].
G. Fasten steel cover [4] with 4 screws [13].
L _-- _~s:r~ - - - - - - ______ - - - - - - ________________ _J
REPLACEMENT INSTALLATION ALTERNATIVE "wooo"
A. loosen screws [13) ond remove cover [4]. A. Place tronsmitler [1] in brocket ports [2] and [6].
~
8. loosen fostening screws [ 11) and remove cover [ 12). B. Fasten bracket to wooden wall with 2 screws [3]. o.1, °'""""" ,,. Scolo
C. Dismount old transmitter. C. Remove protector [10) from tronsmitler. 2~oe111 A.I(.
O. Install new lronsniiller and fasten cover ( 12] . D. Follow operation 0,E,F ond G for alternative "STEEL". °" ~·•
1
su s-nA.K . .tw•t<fa e +
I·i'Ji • E. Locate steel cover [4] ond tighten screws [13].
REPLACEMENT . .. .. ,...
Installation and replacement of
atmospheric pressure lronsmitler Jhi. ~- ~-~
.,,·· Cul11-N:P,D.. It>. ll~-01-111.
ll20~/- h 2~2112 A.IC.

DSW/1-I. A. Use some pre! · ··
prc:;1,;11puun os ollernol1ve STEEi ''·~; type GT205/0P60ATM ~··v 1-1"'1
.. tO.uf'\IL!cn 11111115'7' !1o.!1...! Doottlol.., 0.UIS'V> \ ) I ) INSTALLATION DRAWING "~3 B
(
-- . A I ·7 I •'- </ 5 4 .... '1 ::i ..
B 5 1 3 L 2 I
N>llcr.----c
~c
'_ l• rUl!rv1d. Sptclrlcollon1 1u'Jjt:cl to cl~gt i.1lhoul
!- -
30 (
( !
' - --
r---- ·----, ,-- ---- --------,
~ ~cl :-1-
- r----r--------------~~-----------,-----1 F
I I I I I I
I
I
I
I L----1I
G~
I I
I
@ I
I
I
: -j ----- I
I
I
I
I
I
I : I
"'
~
m -151--_\
I
1
I
' 4 holes 010 r----J
l
~
I
---------=11-lt.
----~---------
I
I
'
I
I ------------ E
I
<O
(t)
I
-, !1 I
I
I
I
I
I
' ,,;
(tJ: "' ,... I
I
I IJ_CJ..j : I
I
II iI
I
i
I
I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I 0
....0
I I
·I
I
0
<O
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
<O
D
I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ti l!-th L - - ---
-------------
-----J-h-i I
I
~~-------------~;i-~
?LP<
\
i >4-1<
I I \ I
I
I
,, ODDO 00
0000 DO
8''' I
c
O••••DO :
g:gg:gs ,.
•••••oa
o•oo•oa 1
I aooocpoa 1
I 1
-RUIRD~JCIT I
I
----- --
__ , I
I I I
~-- -- -~---------------------------J-- __ J
18 18 52 100
B
120
,-
REMARKS
1. Pointed grey RAL7032 Ooh Osgt\/Ovn
040691 A.K.
koc Scale
1:1 8888888 Autronlco AS
2. Steel plate lmm thick g:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
'i;t~z,!>"C/
Spec Clrl Approvtd
-E3--$- ~=~~:gg
O•OD•Oo
N-7002 Trondheim
0000000 Norway
ilUIRDNICIT IA
f.~ Steel cover type UE-1037
OIMENSIONAL Sl<ETCH
Rel. INed
shed
'·•·~ UE-10371"""1'~·1
B 7 6 5 4 3 ~
GT-200. Chapter 5: Inert Gas Measurement, Stand Alone (GT-206).
1.
( Drawings ) Part list and main dimension ................................................................................ GT-720
Installation drawing .............................................................................................. GT-752
Pipewithflange ................................................................................................... GT-784
Connection box ................................................................................................... UG-502
Adapter ......................•...................................................•..................................•.• UP-443
Flange ·················································································································· UP-442
Shouldernipple .................................................................................................... UP-410
Adapter .............................................................................................................. GL-1387
2.
For some cargos there is a demand to have inert gas on top of the cargo, and the inert
gas pressure is to be monitored with high and low alarm
Ondeckitisdifficulttouseagaugetypetransmitter,andwefmmditbesttousea
absolute transmitter.
The users are interested in the inert gas pressure in proportion to the atmospheric
pressure.Ifover-pressureispresent,airwithoxygencannotpenetrateintothetopof
the cargo. In that way possibilities for hazardous mixtures are avoided. In other cases
we avoid thatthecargoisdamagedbecauseofunwantedgas.Suchinstallationshaveto
be intrinsically safe.
Atmospheric pressure transmitter necessary.
3.
The installation is descnbed in detail in drawing GT-752.
As this is an instillation performed onan open deck and is supposed to be in operation

forrnanyyearsinallkindsofweatherconditions, theinstallationhastobeexecuted
100 % correct
Duringtheinstallationperiodtheequipmenthastobeprotectedagainstrain.
4.
GT-206 I OP60CSA Pressure transmitter
Measuringrange0.8-1.4barabs.
GT-784/120 Pipewithflange
Ex91 C063 CertificateEExiaIICT5
Level 0,8-1,4 bar abs.
5.
UG-502 Connection box
UP-443 Adapter
GL-1387 Protection tube
UP-442 Range
INS INERT KM Installation Equipment
6070-027.0019 Silicone gel 0,19 drn'
5.1 AutronicaAS
n I_ 5 I ~ :1 I ;J I /
-c· •lohl• reuirvcd. Spec;lfltollont suhJttL lo choogi: wllhoul tl(lller.:---c
\._)
. 0117 24
-...i-
\_
'•
! 1-
·----·--·----------- ~~~~~~~~~-~
10 F
i _,,.,..,.
.
_ _.,l
a:
_j_
lO E
SW32 ~ ..x
0
REMARKS $ :::;:
1. The installation equipment consists of:

4 pcs. screws type UTN014/BL
4 pcs. lock washers type UTN025/B
1 pc. copper disc code 6550-030.0008 D
1 pc. a-ring code 6370-005.0009
2. For detailed installation and replacement of press.
transmitter, see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT - 752.
~
10 JCoble Yard supply
9 Silicone gel ···- --·--·-Q
6070-027.001 c
B Installation equipment INS-INERT KM
1 I 1 Flange UP-442
1 I s Shoulder nipple UP-410
5 Protection tube GL-1367/500
4 Adopter UP-443
3 Connection box UG-502
DECK I1 I2 Pipe with flange GT-784/120 Pipe length= 120mm B
Pressure transmitter GT206/0P60C5A
QtyJPosJ Nome, type, dim. Article no.,spec. I Remarks
Data OignlO.n Troe Scola -- 0000000
0000000 AUt romeo
. AS
280891 I A.K. - 8:~~:88 P.O.Box 3010,
Checll;ed SU !Spec ttrL AK Approved Kjo. -EJ- 4>- ~=~~;gg N-7002 Trondheim
· · g~gg~gg Norway
~
2 8 8 Part list and main dimensions of +IUTROHICfl.
INext
I"
I·
i:;
pressure transmitter type GT206/-
for inert gas measurement
I Rd.
Owg no.
~heel
GT-· 7 201""'(~·1
0134
SYSTEM LAY OUT
B 7 6 5 4 3 2
- "11 rir;hlt. r·t>scn•t.rl- !ipecif;r,ul;1;r.r, 1;u~j<1tl lo c•·o••iJ~ vilh:J,1l 11uli1.t'.
,, J •
@- 9 22 5 9
~ L.___ l(({';'ID' //UUU/UfU"l//1~(¢
I ~r-~-
0--w [
INSTALLATION
A. Weld flange (61 to tonk lop {deck).
B. Place coeper disc ( 1OJ on tronsrrntter ( 1] ond fosten transmitter to
flange [6] with oppr. 100 Nm. ·
C. locate o-ring [7] in 9roave ond install adapter (4) on flange [6].
D. Remove protector [ 17 J and displace cover [ 1.3).
E. Put manlle coble [2) through cable gland [ 18) ond fasten connection
box (3] with 3 screws and 3 lock washers [19). D
·---<® F. Fasten upper nut on coble gland [18] and fix terminal list [16).
G. Connect red wire ( +) to terminal 11 and black wire (-) ta terminal 1 <.
Rl (4' H. Connect external cable [9) to corresponding terminals.
I. Fasten nipple [151 adopter (22] ond protection lube [5].
K. Fill silicone gel [BJ in connection box. Stop filling 6mrri before connection
~ box lop, and allow to cure oppr. 15 minutes in of en box.
L. Check that there is silicone grease an o-ring (21 and that surfaces ore
clean.
M. Place cover [13] and fasten 4 screws [14] with appr. 7 Nm. c
REPLACEMENT
A. First step is a reverse operation of point M, K, G, F and E.
B. Reinstollotion is a repeat of point B, C, E, F, G, K, L and M.
REMARKS
Do not install transmitter against closed volume of liquid.
2. Warranty is valid only when prescriptions on this drawing ore followed. 8
3. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing GT-720.
~---<6
DECK Doh Dsgn/D11ri Troe Scola 0000000 Al I AS
280891 A.K. - 8~~~i88 u ron co
~ _i;h__ g:gg:gg P.O.Box 3010,
I
theck11d Spec tlrt. ApproYed •
S.U. AK KJo. -= ""fT .....oo N-7002 Trondheim
o•oo•ao
0000000 Norway
~ Installation and replacement of .J'.lu"'""" jA
I·~ pressure transmitter type GT206/- •·•· j~,:;:,
for inert gos measurement Owg no.
' GT - 75:zl:~f~I
c: --s----1----,---~1---....j
l / I 5 I
1
4
lf'.!S'V''(::l.,ATION DRAWING
(._ ) J 2 }
Black Red
-=--._,., ~
J
I
'
I
'
I 1 pcs. clamping
'
0s I ring type UP-584
is enclosed as
.c
~
g I' spare part.
'
.9
CJ
I
0.. '
I
'
I
'
..I.
I : I
~ I
I I
I
'
I I
' '
I I I
' 040
I•4 pcs.holes "sm,,; I
048
m
"0
--,;
N
ORDERING KEY : GT-784/ J
m
Pipe length in mm - - - - - - - - - - ' -
"'
REMARKS:
~
....
"'m 1. Material : AISI 316
~
0 2. Protection grade : IP6B
c
3. Weight CGT-784/100) : 80 gram
4. ~ pipe length is more than 120mm,
use GT-942/--- instead of GT-784/---
Dote Osgn/Dwn Tree Scale DDDODDD

DDDDDDD
5 OL --+-----+---1-':_1_-1
r---9-'s--0~1--o~--+---,-,·~Y-· D••••DD Autronico AS
Checked// ;;
{U./Jf-pv/
Spec CtrL Approved,/•,..,
~""
-E3- ~
~
B=BB=BB
•••••DD N-7005 Trondheim
§.f-----'-----'-'--'---'-------'---~'-"-"'-'-------'-~
_ I
D•DD•DD
DDDDDDD Norway
! Pipe with flange type GT- 784/- 1-::-+1,_,ura
....o_N1_cA-_,-:-.,.-,--"-'G'--T',._,,GT_,-,....1s_4-;
8 for Replier IReJllby l:!t
_l pressure transmitter GT- Dwg no. GT-784 ISh.nc.,Rev.,Lcng.
'j-"j ~ DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
5.4 Autroni.ca AS
Yellow -Signal
+signal ~t Blue
= ~111-
Ln
+Red
=. - Black
M
~
0
l[)
z ~ 4x0,25mm2
<
-,
=
.
~
I
I
I 1 pcs. clamping
.r:.
~
06· i ring type UP-584
is enclosed as
Cl ' spare part.
c:
QJ I
'
QJ
.9-
a.
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
• !
0 '
N
I
I
I
I
I
. I I '
I I
I
0
l[)
1 2 3 4
11"11 ll'TI
4pcs. hales
048
,;
ORDERING KEY : GT-945/ J
"'" Pipe length rn mm - - - - - - - - - - - ' -
REMARKS :
1. Material : AISI 316
2. Protection grade : IP68
3. Weight !GT -945/100) : 80 gram
4. If pipe length is mare than 120mm,
use GT -944/- instead of GT -945/-
Dote Dsgn/Dwn Tree DDDDDDD Scale

95-01-05 O.Ly. DDDDDDD 1 : 1
D••••DD AutranicD AS
Checked /)u,/.__ Spec CtrL Approver~ '..i, -0 • D•DD•DD
D•DD•DD
~1---__:..:.....:..._ _.1.,__ _ _ _.1.,__ _ _f-,--'----'---I
D•DD•DD Norway
DDDDDDD
f Pipe with flange type GT-945/- +il!TRDNICR-
~"
Rep!. for I Next
pressure transmitter GT -
for
Dwg no.
IRepl. by
sheet
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
P-GJ'2Ql/KEE/9S'.l929 5.5 Autronic:a AS
All rights reserved SpeclflcctJons subject to change -without. notice.
0117 24
Protection cover
N
('.)
a..
Jb
091
m
.§
-+--+->-l.
'-'f--'
m
"'
Material:--------- AISI 316

Weight:---------- 2,3kg
Protection grade: IP 67
Dote Osgn/Ovn
150891 A.K.
Troe Scale
8888888
D••••DD Autronica AS
J:.tiJcked /II, Spec Ctr~ Approved . o•oo•oo P.0.Box 3010,
" ·7"-'fZ. S.U.7v. VJ_) KJO. li:lili:BB
O•DD•OD
N-7002 Trondheim
,..
,Sl
~ 0000000
-J:lUTRONICA-
Norway
b
m
Ref. Next
c!l Connection box type UG-502 sheet
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ovg no.
5.6 AutronicaAS
. - - - - - - - All rights reserved Spe.:iFicotfons subject to chonge without notice.
092
i
I
i
I
'
~t
I
=
N
= 'I
~
II
I
I
I
I ~
I
=
N
I
I
I
I
+I
N
I I CD
I ~
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I I ''
.
I I l
I
' I !t
I.
i I
0130 .I
100
4holes 014
Material: AISI 316L

Weight: 2,8 kg
Dote
22.5.91
Dsgn/Dvn
A.K./S.R.
Trac Scole
1: 2 ggggggg Autronico AS
D••••DD
Checked Spec Ctr-L Approved~ -= _,a,_ o•oo•oo
il:ilil:§g
P.O.Box 3010,
E.S. S.R.
-c:::::::r 'f'" ~
D•oa•DD
N-7002 Trondheim
~t--------'-------'------'----'--1
~
.9-
DDDDDDD Norway
~
u
-RlIIRDNICA-
m
m Ref. Next
c Adopter type UP-443 sheet
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Owg no.
5.7 AutronicaAS
t'.O &eke kopler"es overt.ates ondr'e eller- po onnen mote utnJt.t.es ut. vOl"'t. scmtykke. Ret.t tJ1 i.constn.J<sjonsfOl"'onar.-iger fOl"oernoes:
074,5 3,7
M12
,....
l()
~~
·l()
"<!"
cio ci
N +I +I
LO
..-- 0 N
N N
""
c ..
~
~
1 2" BSP
,;!
....0"
.."
~
~
"' -
<i
Weight: 2, 1 kg
1 1 Flens/ Flange 0130

Ant.pr Pos. Tegnlng
Navn,type,dm Hoterlole
enhet nr. Stondord
m
co "O OverfLbeh. KLmOl 0000000
0 Cl) DODD DOD Autronico AS
m °' O••••DO
-.,5
"' c:c
.::::
0
Doto
11.4.91
KonstrJregnet
S.R.
Tracet HOlestokk
1: 1
D•DO•OO P.O.Box 3010,
D•DD•DD
a•OD•aa
0000000 Norway
.::::
> -
0 .g"
0 Cl)
Kontroll M.B. Stondlcontroll GodkjentK
A. • E3-4T .flUTRONICA-
Erstotning fori Erstottet OV>
6 3:. Flens 0150 med hull 1/2" B.S.P.
OETALJTEGNING Tegn.nr. Rev.
Flange 0150 with hole 1/2" B.S.P.
DETAIL DRAWING UP-442 IBI
5.8 AutronicaAS
All rign~ reserveo. :>oeciticouons SUDJeCt. t.o cncnge w1u1out. nu1.1;;c:.
'. .'
I
' ...
..
8v ..,·
0 0
..
88 :;}
~!;
~~ ... !::f
'il§ ..d
1,5x45"
~
~
."' ....,
e
~g
?§ .
0 ~
0
///~////h.,
?,
:..__L
30"
- -----" ~1
~
0
0
-
~
= ..
~
N
c ..., 0 ~
ii: ~
N
2 ,-w d
m
;; l;
. I')
&
(!)
0..
g
ii!"
.
i!;5 c
"'
~
;l!
0..
(f)
t. ~..._
4 CD t'•,
4 '
~ "
I
16 13 16 '-
I')
I
c ~
u;
.....m
~
c
0 I 48
.1
c
-"
~
,g.
~
u
~
m
c
m
c
N
0 ,. '
J
>
m
"'c
fl
....m
~ui ~
c
0
w 1 1 Nippel/Nipple UP-410/1
6-kont 32 mm{.hex.6, 32 mm
N
AISI 16
"?
~
Ant. Pos. Novn, type, dim. Artikkelnr.,tegning Moteriole
...
~
0
Overfl. beh . 'KL mOJ 0000000
0000000 Autronica AS
O••••DD
~
Q) Doto Konstr./Tegnet Trocet MOlestokk O•DD•DD
c O•OO•OO N-7005 Trondheim
04/11/92 A.K./E.S. 1:1 •••••DD
"'"'E
c D•DO•DD
~
:ll Kon troll Stand. kontroll Godkjent~ 0000000 Norway
0
,g.
~
u
m
. -E:t--$- +lUlRDNICA- hWP'h'UPWP-410
m
c
Erstotning for IErstottet ov
Ans a tsnippel PG21-3/ 4" UP-410
I I!
DET ALJTEGNING
I
Tegn. nr.
UP-410Jc
Rev.
v~·
.
/u/~ Shoulder nipple PG21-3/4''. UP-410 J
5.9 Autronic.a.AS
- .c.<. __,-" 1·nerved. Sp11clrlcotlon1 subject. to change ,,Jlhoul n1;1llcn:---0- ( 5 4 ( 3 2 (
II Movable coupling SW32 Movable coupling SW32
~II ===.iI ~--~--u-- - - - - - - - -

~ ~"'
a,
cri ,..._
~
"-.. '& -I~-"--
I ---- ---~I-- --- -t--~·-- - -
"!
ID E
"' ===7
I ---------- ·-1}.L-{I
'O
Acid resistant steel Fleiclble smthetlc armoured rubber tube Acid resistant steel
L ±s
~ Standard l: 500 and 1000
,C
ORDERING EXAMPLE: Gl-1387/.500 IR

Me.chonicol design I I
l 1n mm
'Dole
021092
D1gn!Dvn
A.K.
Troe Seo!• ggggggg Autronlca AS
g:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
Checked'~· Appr~r
Spic ClrL
€3--<fr ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
o•oo•ga
> 00000 o Norway
FLEXIBLE PROTECTION -llUIRaNIC~ IA
f. TUBE GL-1387
Ref.
no.
JNelll
she el
il\ Owg
Dimensional drowing GL-13871'""""/'ZI

-
8 I 7 I 6 I 5 4 3 2
GT-200 Chapter6: Inert Gas Measurement, Vapour Pressure Measurement (GT-206).
1.
General Information
Part list and main dimension ................................................................................ GT-770
Jnslallationdrawing .............................................................................................. GT-771
Adaptingflange ................................................................................................... GT-769
Protectingcover ................................................................................................... GT-740
2.
For some cargos there is a demand to have inert gas on top of the cargo, and the inert
gaspressureistobemonitoredwithhighandlowalarm.
IfthetransmitterisinstalledOm toO,Smabovethedeckonsmallvessels,itiscliffi-
culttouseagaugetypetransmi~andwefounditbesttouseanabsolutetransmitter:
Theusersareinte:cestedintheinertgaspressureinproportiontotheatmospheric
pressure.Ifover-pressureispresent,airwithoxygencannotpenetrateintothetopof
the cargo. In thatwaypossibilities for hazardous mixtures are avoided. In other cases
weavoidthatthecargoisdamagedbecauseofunwantedgas.Suchinstallationshaveto
beintrinsicallysafe.
Onlargervesselswherethetransmitterisinstalledatleastlmabovedecklevel,itis
possfuletouseagaugetransmitter:Atmosphericpressuretransmitte:cisthennot
necessary.
3.
TheinstallationisdescribedindetailindrawingGT-771.
Asthisisaninstallationpetformedonanopendeckandissupposedtobeinoperation
for many years in all kinds of weather conditions, theinstallationhas to be executed
100 "lo correct.
During the installation period the equipment has to be protected against rain.
4.
GT-205 I OP60C5C Pressure transmitter
Measuringrange0.8-1.4barabs.
GT-205 /OP40L5C Pressure Thmsmitte:c
Measuringrange0.1-0.3barrel.
Ex91 C063 Certificate EExia JIC TS
s.
GT-769 Adapting flange
6531-007.1002 Counternutl/2"BSP
GT-740 Protection cover
UIN014/6H Fastening screws 6pcsM6 x20
6070-027.0019 Silicone ge!0,19 dm3 (Sufficient for 10 pcs)
6.1 Autronica.AS
I , I I
{ ---{ 1
)
" L -- L I / :
~ ·--1 F
. -- ------------------------------------)
I O
0
G
~ ~_,_
'
~
®
I
I/
'
I~
-'-
, ' PG13,5
--
N
I
"'..
I
I 3
-
i
I
lo'! -
.
~
a.
~ K +-i'I -- ~ ---t
-~
I
0 . I I
I
F 1
I
' 9
"'-... a.
w
a I ..- Rem.2
~--------- ---1--- --------, I REMARKS
c
I I i
.i:tu111~c1t I I I 1. For detailed installation and replacement of pressure
I
I!
T)Pct GT205/--
I transmitter, see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT- 771.
'
4 ., 2. Remove sharp edge.
-
I SWIO- I
..."' SW 36 I 7 N
.x
~ J--(6), h-d --
N-
·-
-
-- n-f,
I j1,11,o
I~
II
II I
·:!--(8)
I 8 I I I
I 1!
I --\---- \
- ---
::;
0
1
1
9
8
Coble max. 012
Loctite no. 542
Yard supply
Yard supply I
I
J
1
E_
7 Coble protection tube Yard supply
8
I
"--- ~-
I
----
- ,.,.---
~
1 6 Counter nut 1/2"8SP 6531-007.1002
1 5 Silicone gel 6070-027.0019 Sufficient for 10 tronsm.
I o9a
I 6 4 Screw M6x20 UTN014/6H
I ..... Drain hole 06
I
(ol lowest polnl) 1 3 Protection GT-740
~
I 1 2 Adopter flange GT-769 I
I
1 1 Pressure transmitter GT205/0P60C5C
Oly. Pos. Nome, type, dim. Article no., spec. Remarks
(/-.._ ~
-
- - - - - Doh
29.10.91
Osgn/Dwn
·A.K./R.T.
Troe Scale
1: 1 8888888 Autronlco AS
8:~~:88 P.O.Box 3010,
SJU Spec ClrL Approved
Checked
El--$- ~=~~:88 N-7002 Trondheim
D•DO•os Norway
000000
r:- Port list and main dimensions of .f:lUTRDNIG!l . 1/
Rel. Isheet
New I
1· pressure transmitter type GT205/-
installed on inert gos pipes.
~ Owg no.
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-7701"""1'~1

, . • ' " ' ' ' " ' 0
' •
ll .) J <.. I
- loll 1·•1J1•l!l 1•,1.r• ·~U S1•r•1;if~nt~h11 r..1~.jr,cl lo r.l•or•;}t' withc~t n0Uc;11.----'"------....J'------"------'-------'------'------"-------'------"~--'--J..------'------,
13 INSTALLATION
12
~
-----, A. Remove protector [10) from transmitter (1) ond install counter
nut [11) Ir
~ B. Apply Loctite no.542 [8) on threads and screw transmitter
into odopter flonge [2).
I
C. Locate tronsmitter in wonted position ond fasten counter nut [11)
D. Install coble (6) properly and fasten coble gland [12)
~
E. Connect the two conductors correctly and fill silicone gel [14)
Stop filling 5mm before connection box top.
F. Fasten cover (13). .
G. Check that coble protection tube (5) hos no sharp edge (7) I
I •-i--<D H. Locate protection [3]. E
I. Apply Loctite no.222 [15) and fasten 4 screws [9].
.......
TYPE CT205/--
J. Remember drain hole ( 4) at lowest point.
REPLACEMENT
I
A. Unscrew 4 screws [9) and remove protection [3)
I
I
B.
C.
D.
Remove cover (1.3) and disconnect the two conductors
Untighten coble gland [12) and pull out coble [6)
Unscrew transmitter a
15 ~15
11 9
-r '
--- E. Follow installation prescription for the new transmitter.
REMARKS
..."' 1. The transmitter shall be installed vertically.

Oo not install transmitter against closed
B Drain hole e6 volume of liquid.
{ot lowest point} Open valve ofter entering the threads c
to prevent high pressure damage.
II ©
If the transmitter is of vented/gouge type,
2 do not fill silicone gel/compound in
connection box
2. Warranty is valid only when prescriptions on
this drawing ore followed .
3. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT B
drawing no. GT- 770.
Dote Dagn/Dwn Troe Scola 8888888 Aulronica AS

29.10.91 A.K./R.T. g:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
Checked Spec Clrl.AK Approved Kja -EJ- -$- i:~~:gg N-7002 Trondhelm
S.U. · g~gg~gg Norway
~ Installation and replacement of I .flurnaN1cR IA
INell!
I·
?;.
pressure transmitter type GT205/-
Rel,
instolled on inert gos pipes. Owg no.

sheel
INSTii' ··,l).TION DRAWING GT - 77,j''~J'~·/

I I !\.__ .
C, B 7 -,------,,5-----.---'----:-4----r
/
. :· 3 2 J
G 5 4 ' 3 I 2 I
-c
·l!)'•ls 1·~-;')rv•:ij ~fl~tiflcollons t•,/Jjar.l lo chonye ~l\h:)UL rool~o:---c
(1
r
~
I
E
".,, ".....
.
----------·
I
I
I
I
I
I:: =1
·_
°"..
O>
, ~
/ 1,5°
..."'
15 12
.---
20 c
78 ! 1
,B
Material: AIS1316L
Weight: 1,3kg
"'" 28.10.91
£.
Oagn/Own
A.K.
lroc
R.T.
Scola
1: 1 8888888 Autronica AS
8:~~:88 P.O.Box 3010,
ChecM11d Spec Clrl. Approvrd tfi:J -El-4r ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondhelm
O•OO•OO
~ 0000000 Norway
Flens type GT- 769 .flu1RoN1CR- IA
!·
~
DETALJTEGNING
Flange type GT-769
Ref,
Dwg no.
·1Ned
:sheet
DETAIL DRAWING GT - 769,Sh-i'"'I

8 ····-1 7 I 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 1 2
l.ll i:-ights reserved Specificotlons su~jcct to chc:ige 'W'lt.hcut :ioUcc.
4 holes 0 7 mm
25 58
1 ir-----
I
·-7i------------- ----1i
- - - Ii_~ +14-~ --------- ~~J ___________________ ]
! I-
-t-----1~------------J..------------·- -
I . 0
l I I '°
-L-- rr--
I
iJL ___ J_
~
·~
- -------------.,,,,,,
---------- __ J; _ _ _.._
I I
1-i_ _ _ _ 7""1,,,,,,8:,:8_ _ _ _,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
~
"
.2
_g.
I
I
I
~
I' I
I() I
c
"m
m I
I
I
m I
...."
0
,;
I ! ----------------- I
I
("""'«
"'
m
I I
I 87
~::.<
<
<!
{jf
....
~
m
c0
I 170
I
N
"'
r--
0 Material : AISI 316
V)
N
r-- Dote Dsgn/Ovn Troe Sc<lle 0000000
0000000 Autronico AS
A.K./O.L.
""
..e
r--
91.09.12
Checked O.L. Spec Ctr~ AK
D••••OC P.O.Box
oaooaoa 3010,
oaooaoa
U)
0
Approved
-ea-$- •••••CC N-7002 Trondheim
.... :3_g." OaOO•OCl
0000000 Norwoy
::§ ~ .flUTRONICA-
0
"m
m
INext
-V)
c
m
Protection type GT-740 Ref.
sheet
I ...."
0 Ovg no.
GT - 7 40lsruio'(;·1 ,,
I< ,;
m DIMENSIONAL SKETCH '
"'
P-Gr.2ro/KEE/9SJ'J29 6.5 Autronica.AS
GT-200 Chapter 7: Inert Gas Measurement, Crude Oil Tankers with GL90 (GT-206).
1.
"frunk adapter installation
Part list and main dimensions···································-··································· GT-745
Installation drawing ......................................................................................... GT-710
Angular adapter installation 0200

Part list and main dimensions ........................................................................ GT-836
2.
The transmitter is installed in adapter for GL-90, and is connected in connec-
tion box on antenna GLA-90.
It is two possible solution:

1. 1'runk adapter installation, see draw. GT-745
2 Angular adapter installation see draw. GT-836
3.
The installation is described in detail in drawing GT-710 and GT-835.
As this is an installation designed to stand on an open deck and it is of vital

importance for the lifetime of the equipment that the installatiO:n is executed
100 % correct, and that the equipment is kept dry during the installation
period.
4.
GT-206 I OP60C5A Pressure transmitter
Measuring range 0.8 - 1.4 bar abs.
GT-742/ 730 Mantle cable (trunk adapter)
GT-742/ 430 Mantle cable (angular adapter)
Ex91 C063 Certificate
5.
6550-030.0008 Copper disc 026 x 021 x 1,5
6581-045.0008 Coupling FS6- l/4'"BSP
UP-448 Adapter unit (only chemical tankers)
P-GT.!00/KEE/950929 7.1 Autronica AS

I·
nolice:---c L " I L__ " I
( '!)hl!I 1'1.'t'lr"YNl !;pc1.;Hcul;o11~1 r.ubj~d lo chU"\j~ .. :~houl
78
(
32
(
r
§ 8 CD Port of antenna
~
~ ,l
(~--~-~1
i -
.
i ~:b
";:J E
,..g " "''il
I
SW36
0
~
2 t
"X"
REMARKS
l. For detailed installation and replacement of c
pressure transmitter and montle coble
see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT- 710.
2. Dimensional sketch, see drawing GT-630.
3 I Copper disc 26x21x1.5l6550-030.0008

2 I Mantle cable IGT-942/730 B
Pressure tronsml\ler IGT206/0P60C5A
Qty. I Pos.} Nome, type, dim. Spec., article no. I Remarks
I
Dolt
Checked
120691
SU
• •
IOagn/OYn
A.K.
ISpec ClrLAK
Troe
Approved Ki'o.
Scale
-
E3- _r,h_
~
8888888 Aulronlca AS
g:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
O•OD•oo
~ 0000000 Norway
Port list and main dimensions of .J:lu1Ron1cR IA
f SEEN FROM II x
II
for inert gos on crude oil tankers.
1
I Rel.
o.g no.
)No.t
sheet
GT - 7 451'""'(~·1
~
SYSTEM LAY-OUT
8 7 G 5 4 3 2
-•••'/ll••• .. ,,.11.to:•«l.,...11.;.,tuc"""''"\,.,\,..:~.------ U V I ~ -I /\ J ~ I
gr c;___~_J 2 14 6 7 8
~
-...
IJ-1~-t-,--1
<=-=·-,...,___"_ - Ir- - I
-~
I
! ' l~-l\J--
[
14
2
1J
12
t
2
D
·--·-1r f ~
PLAN VIEW
"X" f.1
i:! INSTALLATION
A. Unscrew 4 screws (11) ond remove proteclors[9] from
REPLACEMENT
c transmitter[ 1] and mantle coble [2J c
B. Put linger lip Into silicone grease OoJ ond opply on A. Dismount screws (11)
0-ring 5 and on plugs (4] B. Bend mantle cable[ 2] apart from transmitter [1.]
C. Connect plugs [ 4.) C. Disconnect plugs(4J
D. Assemble transmitter[ 1]and mantle cable (2.] D. Dismount defective transmitter.
E. Tighten srews (11] with_ 4 Nm. E. Put o new Cu-disc[.3] on new transmitter.
F. Put Cu-disc[J] on tronsmitter[l.] F. Screw new transmitter into socket [12]wilh J0-40 Nm
G. Screw transmitter(1 ]inla socket l\2] with 100-150 Nm.
H. Bend mantle cable[2]lawards coupling [lJ]
G. Turn transmitter unlll the holes on transmitter corresponds to
screws [11]
( Min. bending radius Is JO mm.)
I. Push nut [6] and clamping ring [7] onto mantle cable end [14] .
H. Repeal operation 8, C, D and E from installation description. SEEN FROM "X"
B
J. Apply some silicone grease on mantle coble end piece [14)
REMARKS "
and clomping ring [7J
K. Push mantle coble end piece [14] Into coupling bady[8]and 1. The transmitter may be installed up ta
90" from a vertical position.
lighten nut [6]wilh JO Nm.
Do not install transmitter against closed
1;"
L. Connect red wire ( +) la terminal [11] ond black wire (-) la
terminal [12]
volume of liquid.
2. Warranty is valid only when prescriptions
on this drawing ore followed.
...
..... s.u.
U.Ol.110. o.l:K°:ic.s. 11
'""
lcofrc\lt.AK 1-...''Kio.
~
~·
h 3. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT
drowlng GT-745.
lnslollotion ond replacement of
pressure transmitter type GT206/- '· :::.,
"
?;; R1m0th reolud, tS-01-24, esw.
.•'
I•~
CT-?tS In 111091 Al(
'·ltirK••I ..... Doll~ ••• 11....1 11r....1..... ~ . ""'>
for inert gos on crude oil lonkers.
""'....
GT- - • 'l
J'~J"'J
8
l) I 5 I 4 l):
l B A 3 2 (·')-
(~ L_ U I • J I < I
! rfghl• renrv1d. Speclflc0Uon1 •ubJ1ct. t.o chooge wllhout noUce.--(
( ('
§ 78 32
8 Port of
~
....
ant en no
~
·•t-+'1 r
tl i
.
:-'
Drain hole
1 REMARKS
1. For detailed installation and replacement
of pressure transmitter, see
INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-835.
3 ICoooer disc 26x21x1,5 16550-030.000B

2 I Mantle coble GT-942/430
Pressure transmitter 'GT206/0P60C5A
Oty. IPos.I Nome, l)pe, dim. Artlcle no., spec. I Rem.arks
Oot.1 D1gn/Ovn I Troe Sco1e coooooa
oooaooa Autronlco AS
15.10.92 A.K./E.S. D••••DO
o•oa•oa P.O.Box 3010,
Checked
s.u.
Spic ClrL
'"""'".AJK I -E3- • o•aa•oa
•••••DO
D•DC•aa
N-7002 Trondheim
Norway
i~·
0000000
Port list and main dimensions of -RUTRONJCA-
Ref. Next
pressure transmitter type GT206/- shed
for inert gos. Angu'lar tonk adopter. Ovg no.
ii;
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-836 1'8{"'1
B 7 6 5 4 3 2
I tiV !> '1 J\J ;? 1
- ,, • T" ,,, .. ,.-1 ~/'l":~ol"'" •·l•l''l I• t'-.:•go .11 .... 1 ... 1-.0
0D G
C~)CD~--~l G 14
~
r
ll-----ii-1---+-rl
~
'
~ -~
c
14
2 ,<
12
-~i
I
f
D
!;!
INSTALLATION REPLACEMENT
A. Unscrew 4 screws [11) and remove protectors[9] from A. Dismount screws [11] c
transmitter[ 1] and mantle coble [2] 8. Bend mantle coble[2] apart from tronsmitter[1.]
8. Put finger tip into silicone grease [10] and apply on C. Disconnect plugs [4.]
0-ring 5 and on plugs [ 4.] D. Dismount defective transmitter.
C. Connect plugs [4.] E. Put a new Cu-disc[3]on new transmitter.
D. Assemble tronsmitter[l]ond mantle coble [2.] F. Screw new transmitter into socket [12] with 30-40 Nm
E. Tighten srews [11] with 4 Nm. G. Turn transmitter until the holes on transmitter corresponds to
F. Put Cu-disc[ 3) on transmitter [1.] screws [11]
G. Screw tronsmitter[l ]into socket D2] with 100-150 Nm. H. Repeat operation B,C,D and E from instollalion description.
H. Bend mantle coble[2]towords coupling [13]
( Min. bending radius Is 30 mm.) B
I. Push nut [6] and clomping ring [7] onto mantle coble end [14] . REMARKS
J. Apply some silicone grease on mantle coble end piece (14] l. The lronsmitler may be installed up lo
and clamping rlng[7J 90' from a vertical position.
K. Push mantle coble end piece [14] lnto coupling body[8]ond Do not install transmitter ogoinst closed
volume of liquid.
tighten nut[6]with 30 Nm.
L. Connect red wire ( +) to terminal [11] and block wire (-) to 2. Worronly is valid only when prescriptions ... Dt,vo...
"~
""'"
i~· on this drawing ore followed HS.10.112 .A.IC./E:.S. Autronlco AS
terminal [12] ~,~., ll>ft ctr\ . . . .H P.QBol( 3010,
J. for orticle nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT
<e4> A
drawing GT-836. Installation and replacement of
pressure transmitter type GT206/- A,f, /~~::,
~ Ll, (or 'tnerl gos. Angular tonk adopter. °"'"" . , ,- .... ~
l. '\ . . IR!."'"' . . . . ~Hd. g!>-01-211,
~1.... e
es..
Do\111',... •n lhnol Du~lbl
7
llo\1/Sl1
' , 5 • l__i {\ J
2
GT-· ..~-. ·
;--
1A 1
·-·
GT-200 01.apter 8: Inert Gas Measurement, Chemical Tankers with GL90 (GT-206).
1.
Chemical tankers, straight adapter installation 0200
2.
The transmitter is installed in adapter for GL-90, and is connected in connec-
tion box on antenna GLA-90.
3.
The installation is described in detail in drawing GT-714.
As this is an installation designed to stand on an open deck and it is of vital

importance for the lifetime of the equipment that the installation is executed
100 % correct, and that the equipment is kept dry during the installation
period.
4.
GT-206 I OP60C5A Pressure transmitter
GT-942 I 430 Mantle cable

Ex91 C063 Certificate
5.
UP-448 Adapter unit (only chemical tankers)
P-GT200/KEE/950929 8.1 Autroniea AS

-~htu rcr.o;:rv11rl v.\h~.:t oollt:c.--c
L I L " I
(
J
( SJl(IC1rieot!c"'8 suhj1•cl lo thlll>!JO
(,
_4_. T ,---·- + 32 Part G.
antenna
~ ---1 2
~
~
....
~ 0
<D
3l I ir
I
[
SW27 SW36 SW3
REMARKS
.
00
pressure transmitter and mantle cable
see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT- 714.
2. The installation eguipment consists of c
r.T I f3 1 pcs. SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing GT- 7 44.
1 pcs. INSTALLATION DRAWING GT- 714.
1 pcs. SPARE PART DRAWING GT-837.
____ , ___ _ 3 Adopter unit UP-448
----i---- 2 Montie coble GT-942/430 I IB
1 0
Pressure transmitter GT206/0P60C5A
DECK (
1 I
Oty.IPos.I Nome, twe. dim.
Dole Osgn/Own
A.K.
Troe
Article no., spec.
Scale
I Remorks
8888888 Autronico AS
IChecked
120891
S.U.
'Sprc Ctrl.
AK
lApi)rOVUd
Kja.
I -E3-
. .r.b~ I o••••aa
m
~=~~:88
D•DD•Da P.O.Box 3010,
N-7002 Trondheim
D•DD•DO
~ DDDOOOO Norway
Port list and main dimensions of I flu1RoN1cn- I"
I
~
f or inert gos on chemical tankers etc.
Ref.
Dwg rio.
INe•l
sheet
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT_ 744r .. r~·1

8 7 6 5 4 J 2
I I Li'/ ~ \ ""10
~~(~~-~J
2 M
j r
I I
-ifI§ _ I I
fil
'
~
I
-ltl-=!Ell
tll
~-@
14
[
o----@ 2 1----1! I
~
I
I
iil--~E- _ -J{JLI I
I
DI@ 15
. l====j=---
l==l ; ---r r
00 @--t:::.__j
"' INSTALLATION
REPLACEMENT
A. Dismount screws [11]
c A. Apply some PTFE lope on lhreods (12] B. Bend monlle coble[2)oporl from lronsmilter[l.]
8. Screw odopler (1zj Into socket [1qJ end C. Olsconnecl plugs [ 4J
secure wilh counter nut [1ta D. Dismount defective transmitter.
C. Unscrew 4 screws [1 ~ and remove protectors E. Screw new transmitter into adopter (12] with 30-40 Nm.
(9] from lronsmitler ( 1] end monlle coble [2] F. Turn transmitter until the holes on transmitter Corresponds lo
D. Pul finger lip into silicone grease (10] and screws [11)
apply on O-rin9 l5] and on plugs [ 4] G. Repeat operation D,E,F, and G from lnstalllion description.
E. Connect plugs l4
F. Assemble lronsmiller [ 1] end monlle coble (2] REMARKS
G. Tighten screws [11] with 4 Nm.
B H. Screw transmitter [1] into adopter (1zj with 100-150 Nm. 1. The transmitter shall be inslollCd vertically.
J. Bend monlle coble [2] lowords coupling [ljj
(Min. bending rodius is 30 mm.) Do not Install transmitter against closed volume of llquld ..
K. Push nul [6] ond clomping ring (7] onto monlle coble end [14] . 2. WorrontY is valid only when prescriptions on this drawing ore followed .
L. Apply some silicone !ireose on mantle coble end piece [11
and clomping ring (7J 3. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drowing no. GT-744.
i·i':i A
M. Push man lie coble end piece (11) into coupling body [BJ
end lighten nul [6) with 30 Nm.
N. Connect red wire ( +) lo lerminol [11] ond block wire ( ·) lo
lerminol [12]
~ ..
thK~ii
03.04.91
s.u. ·-
A J(,/[.S. ""
s,tcCltl.AK 1~K
lnslollolion and replacement of '

pressure transmitter type GT206/- • ::.1
.,. .
.'!..I ~.01.n c.s.
p,nr.t•. ,,,_d 0102n AK c A1 .... •••.. •~~02°01, ns. ... , . · ::·~, for inert gos on chemical tankers. 0-1.... • ,~~, ....,
l _,·
, Oroc• l...,
B
Do\otl to .. J- Orn•"\""
7
Do\1'1/vl
__,J
:)
5 4 ~
\
1\3,
2
..-·~'\ '
y--
C
GT-200 Chapter 9: Draft (1iim/Lisl) Measurement (GT-206).
1.
Installation drawing ..................................................................~ ...................... GT-750
Flange ................................................................................................................ UP-440
Connection box ................................................................................................ UG-509
Restrictor ............................................................................................................ UP-311
Valve 90 °C ........................................................................................................ UP-332
Valve .................................................................................................................. UP-288
2.
Draft measurement is important for two reasons:
A:
Draft as information when passing shallow water, in and out of harbours
B:
To compare with calculated values found on the basis of level measurement on
tanks and remaining weights.
Trim is important when adjustment to most economical trim for a certain

voyage is to be executed. The starting point for the measurements is pressure
transmitters which are mounted near the bottom of the ship. They measure the
static pressure from the liquid pillar on the outside of the hull.
On the basis of these measurement draft forward and aft, trim and list are
calculated.
3.
In case it is only desired to measured deep draught and eventually trim, two
pressure measurements are used. One transmitter is mounted as far as possi-
ble forward. The other as far aft on the ship as possible.
The transmitter are mounted in the centre line on the ship, or as close to the
centre line and at the same side.
As these transmitter installations are mounted in the bottom of the ship when
floods occur, it is recommended to use immersible, absolute transmitters with
mantle cable type GT-206.
The list transmitters are mounted approx., midships and as far from the centre
line as possible and at the same distance. These transmitters are often
mounted in ballast tanks, and then they have to be immersible, absolute
transmitter with mantle cable GT-206.
A flange is welded to the ships hull. To this flange an approved closing valve
is mounted. Behind this valve pressure transmitter GT-206 is mounted. Also an
air tube leading up to free air is mounted here.
The water level outside the ship will be the same in the air tube. Between the
pressure transmitter and the valve a restriction is mounted. This together with
the air tube gives a good damping of the pressure shock which may come
from heavy head sea.
P-GTIOO/KEE/950929 Autronica AS
L...:G::...:T:..-...:2::.0::..::0:___..,.-__________Ch_a_p_te_r_9_:_o_raf_t_(ilim/L_·
__ _ _e_n1_<_G_T-_-2_0_6l_.- I ....~"
is_1>_M_e_as_urem
4.
GT-206 I lPOOCSP Pressure transmitter
Level 0-7 m H20, max. 30 m H20
GT-206 I 1P60CSP Pressure transmitter

Level0-13 mH20,max.48 mH20
GT-206 I 2PSOCSP Pressure transmitter

Measuring range 0.8 - 3,3 bar abs.
Level 0-22 m H20, max. 62 m H20
GT-206 I 4POOCSP Pressure transmitter

Measuring range 0.8 - 4,8 bar abs.
Level 0-37 m H20, max. 100 m H20 -· ",
GT-942 /n Mantle cable

Additional price per metre cable
Cable length in mm.
Ex91 C063 Certificate EEx ia Il C TS
5.
UP-440 Flange
6370-005.0003 0-ring 024,2 x 3
UP-311 Restrictor
UP-332 Valve (Bottom installation)
UP-288 Valve (Side installation)
P-GTIOO/KEE/950929 9.2
( '-"11 ······•d \rlr•~<Ol'2' .. ·~J<•\ u
I
··~· .1... 1 .... ,~.
(
.
O < /\ , 1 ~ I (
'11--.;'.
J
~
r
c~~O-
I
t
~
'
=u
I
~
- I
!! I
+·®!! ~~, - )
5
[
ij
I
® !UST
....
i
11 ···@» --
LIST
·a·
UST
·a·
'-----""""'"---~.I I I
·;,,.·
ORAfT(TRIM)
11 II ORArt(TRIM)
'"'"
... ..
, I
0
I DETAIL "A" I I DETAIL "a']

e e
ii ~
"'
!.>
8 g
c 3 du 14 Atm. ress.tronsm. u1.tUO/Ut'OU~OA c
• 13 Vent. pipe 025 Yard suoolv Min. 025
12(Tolece DN4D PNl 6 I Yard supply
11 IGaskel DN4D PNl 6 I Yard suppl
lDIFlonae DN40 PN16 IYard suppl
9 IFlonae DN40 PNl 6 I Yard suppl
8 IValve DN40 PNl 6 I UP-288 OPTION
co.200 200 co.200
7 (Valve DN40 PN16 IUP-332 OPTION
6 IReslrlclar 05 I UP-311
D I , 5 Connection box UG-509 Ir
· 4 0-rina 024,2x3 6370-005.0003
3 (Flanae DN40 PN16 (UP-440
2 (Montie cable --1 GT-942/-
,Pressure lransm. IGT206/-C5P
REMARKS
IOlyfosl Nome, lwe, dim. Arllcle no., spec. Remorks
~
A
1. for detailed lnstollotion and replacement of pressure transmitter,
mantel coble etc., see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-750.
2. Port list and main dimensions of atmospheric RR~-+L'
' ...
~
91.08.215
SU
.
1·-
~ u~
I
A.K.O.l.
A.It
·-
...........,
I
,
i(i;.;
.
... - mm1
5••5 '"'""'" ..
•gg•
I Et -<!r
. 8
P.O.Box 3010,
N-7002 Trondheim
II
I· pressure transmitter, see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-728.
I Port hst and mo1n drmens1ons
of pressure transmitter type
.Ru11e .. c11
u
l.for11DIJ
1:0::!,
~ B I IRu,,3 011.U t.S. ••._
1 1 C1
GT206/- - - - for droll measurement .,., ... ~~
Al"' prH.b. lro JS0202 A Ill. c ~ ...... ttw., 95-01-21, BS•/,t.··b·"
'
1,, lhntl Drt,.,\... toll ti •••lr..... l!:o11•)'1"" Doll•/' SYSTEM lAY-OUT GT-749
0 0 v 5 /\ 3 2
I U\/ b 4 · ·
.. •;ru ........i ti...~~•t"-•• ._.,.Kt ~
I
i11•"'1i' "'""" ·•.1" /\. J I
1
j[~
I
r
3
8 =o
I'
t
I
E @---.,,,. I l I'
/
I SJ I
If
''
JI
II" (5
'
[
II"
ORMT/TRIM If
"
w""liIf w
ORAFT/TRll.t
../ UST~
Q
TRW
~UST
INSTALLATION
A. In order to achieve the best occurocy, tho trim Indication sensors
should be mounted on the center llne (CL). If not possible, the sensors
hove lo be mounled on the some side, and ol the equal distance from the
CL The llsl sensors, must be localed S)melrleolly on either side of the CL
0 8. Weld flanges (9] lo bottom [14] ond sides [15l
C. Place gaskets [111 on rlonges {9] and faslen valves (7] and [BJ with screws [18} 2 2
0, Put 4 screws [16 In holes of T-plece [12J
E. Place gasket {11) on ellher side of reslr/cror [6l end push It onto screws (16}
F, Place T-piece (12) wllh gaskets [11] ond restriclor [6] ogolnsl the valves {7] and
TeJ and fasten with nuts {17J
:: G.
H.
I,
Install venlllallan pipe [IJ] with flange {10] and gasket [11) on T-plece [12J
Place goskel (11] and flange [J] on upj)er flonqe of T-plece [12] ond fosten with
, screws \16] and nuts (17J
Place o-rlng (4] In groove on Oonqe [Jl remove protection (19 from lronsmllter [1]
J, Apply Loctite no, 542120) on threads, and fasten transmitter [1].
K. Unscrew 4 screws (25 and remove protectors (23] from tron!lmltler {1] and mantle coble (2).
c L. Put finger lip Into slllcone grease [24] and oppl{ on o-ring [22] and pluqs [21).
M. Connect plugs (21] , and assemble lronsmitler 1] ond mantle coble (2].
N. Tighten screws {25] with 4 Nm.
0.
P.
Install connection box [51
on a dry place.
Install mantle coble end 26] Jn connecllon box (5l connect red wire (+) lo
termlnol 1 and block wire(-) lo termlnol 2.
Q. fasten monlht coble [2] lo ventlrotlon pipe (IJ] with strips or slmllor.
REPLACEMENT
A. Close valves [7] or [8]
B. O!smount screws (251. and bend mantle coble (2] oporl from transmitter [tJ
C. Disconnect plugs (21] ond dismount defective transmitter. '.17'
0. Apply loctlle no. 542 [20] on threads, and fasten new tronsmllter with J0-40 Nm.
a E. Turn mantle coble [2] unlll screws corresponds to holes In lronsmiller,
f, Repeat operation L, M and N from fnstollollon descrlpllan.
REMARKS
1. The lronsmllter shall be lnslolled verlicolly.
Do not Install lronsmlller oqolnsl closed volume of llquld,
Red
·-
Open valve oiler cnlerln9 the threads to prevent high pressure domoge.
.....,. ...
2. Warranty is valid only when prescriplions on this drawing ore followed, + t;;1.
''"
§~"'II ~~';:,'~~,~:
J.
~
lnsleod of Loclile 5'12, other sfmilor seolinq compound con be used. 91.0!l.2!1 A.IC.O.l.
~!~
Spoc (1'1.
4, lnslollatlon ond replacement of atmospheric pressure lronsmiller t°'""'' SU <a{f>
I·~
A I
5,
type GT205/0P60C5A, see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-753.
ror article no's, see SYSTEM lAY-OUf drcwlng GT-749. 'f- Block A.K.
Installation and replosemenl of
K1a
g~gg
N·7002 TrondlleWll II
Norvoy
l,,O:~~·"""'"'-''---=~-
]::;!,
·-
11 1
pressure transmitter type • •
Atm. rrw., 9~-01-27, 95.,/./••b.,.
Y -.-..-,~-,····1
!
t""' Alm.11<n.lr.ln 2!101'2 A It.
O"c'"'""' lloUtll: •10 ll...I 0.H•blbl ... '°"i'· --~----~---~----~---/
Q~ ..
"'_>. .
GT206 -CSP for drort measurement
INSTAllATION DRAWING
°"~"'""
......), ? B
('-' B 7 _,; 5 4
_,,,'J /\ 3 2
.;·
H6. ikke kop;eres ovrrlotes onare eller p6. onnen Mte utnyttes ut v6i-t sontykke. Rett t= kOl\S1r\l.csjonsfDt"onor;ngl'r iOl"cPnu:ies. -.- •
0
0
0
~
00
00
00
"'
M
~
.."'"'
- ~
"'~
00
00
00
'.;!
~
/
/
;;;
c I
-..
::
d
~
~
00
MO
~ '""
0
I
I
•
.'
-+--EB---
-oo
~
0
-..
M
0
.,
-"
"''
...
0
/
I
1/2" BSP "'1 8
-...
~ N
"'" ~ 3,7 Weight: 2 kg
-~ ~~.5
-
~
0
gf--~...-~~~~~~~~~~~--'-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--J
1 Flan e PN16 0150 DIN 2527 AISI 316L
Ant.pr Pos. Tegrang
No.vn,.type.din. Ho.ter;ate
enhet nr. Standard
Overflbeh. Kl.n~I
!--~~~~~~~~~~-,-~~;...,..~~~~~~~~~~~~
8888888
D••••OO Autronico. AS
·
Doto Koostr./Tegnet Trocet H61estokk O•oo•oo P.O.Box 3010,
i--~-1_1._4_.9_1~~-+~s_.R_·~~~1--~~~~-1---1_:_1~~~~ ii:iiii:88
O•oo•DD N- 7002 Trondhe'1M
Kontrctl t...~ StanciJ<ontroll Godkjent _k- -=- _,;h_ 0000000 Norwo. y
'IV <f.E:> V -flUTRDNICFf -=
Ersto.tning tor. ErstottE't o.v:
-"'..
~ ·Flange 0150 with hole 1/2" BSP TegtUJt".
UP-440
Rev.
II
P-GnOO/KEE/950929 9.5 Autronica AS
All rights reserved. Spedflcotlons subject. to change without notlce.
I
........... 08,5 I I
;_ .. I
0
..
· co
·-
l[)-,-1.·\+i@
·~
~ 111
I I
83
70
2 pcs.
fixing holes --+U-.~-J.----------...:.:=1---1--~
I
I
I
I
I I
r-----------,
r-----+-----1
I
I
I I
I ,.--L-----+--., I I
r~~-t-~~-~;-~;-*1
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I I I co
I I ~;) Ci> N c;, c;, c;~ I I 0
I
I
L-----------------J
1 2 3 4 5 6
I
I
I I
I + + I
I
I
I I
I
I
1-;,.
I
I
PG16
~
w
,,.,
Cl!
~ ~
a:i N
m
.,, N Date Osgn/Own Trac Scale ggggggg Autronico AS
"
c: 0
~
Checked
190891 A.K.
Spec CtrL Approved _,,i,,_
o••••oo
D•DD•oo P.O.Box 3010,
.£ .E
O'I
SU -E3- T
A.K.
_§ 1--------'--------'--~--........--------1
K ·a il:il~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
O•DO•DD N
., c: ~ 0000000 orway
]: £ -5 _ _ _ _ _~-----1
i-;-R..;.UTR:.._O:..N..;.l:..CA-
z ~ ~ Connection box type UG-509 Ret. ~;!1
m
6 DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Dwg no. ShJ"la. Rev.
mlL'.lt::C11u,;a11oni. :.uw 0::1..; , ............ "'"' ........................... - - - -
1
a5
110
150
·' Material: A/SI 316

c
.,
5'
'
•
;;
c
Date Dsgn /Own Trac Scale

11. 9. 88 'l!i< 1: 2 Autronica AS
Checked -~ Spec Con! ~ Approvei:., P.O.Box 3010,
P.-z:.. ~~-· N-7001 Trondheim
.§ Norway
E-
u
••
c Flow resfrictor ~5
AePI !or ReDI by
•c
0 Owg no. Rev.
I I
N
~
cc
UP-311
P-GT200/KEE/950929 9.7 Autronic:a AS
. . . - - - - - - - - ;.., ng~ls reservec SD.?c111ca1 1ons suo 1ec: to criange w11nou: no11ce - - - - - - -.....,
¢160
I \
.......
~
/
.
..
'O
I. J
"'""" .
.-- 1 ~
e: 'O
J 1
~
I
~--~ ¢18
I
- ~
J
. . ---
_, vi
I ,,,.•""" _,.•'
- .
'- .....
\ ~
-
--t- -· r-.....
J
• ..,!,_..
l
-
•: /
¢150 40 J
110
150
. Haterial. housing. Ductile iron W.0.7042 DIN1693

Haterial. disc: R55 W.2.10.9601DIN1705
Halerial.. stem: CuSn 8 W.2.1030
Haker: Albert Richter Armaturenfabr~k. W. Germany
The valve is approved by DnV
The valve can be used for: sea water, fresh water, oil etc.
Autronica AS
P.O.Box 3010,
N-7001 Trondheim
Norway
90° angular stop valve with stuffing box
Reel lor
DN 40 PN16 .
Dwg no. Rev.
,_ _ _UP-332
____ I I___..IJ-
r ·
I
-·---- "' ·- _ .. t;. •1'::.., .:.., .. ._ .• ,,.a,..,. .... "'""')<.:'-· .... _, . ., •• .,.o;. ............. -· .... - - - - - - - - ,
~160
'G
I
] (
'O I~ \0
~
"' I 1
J
..-!-...._,I
I I
\,_.,
-- >(
0
e: y __ ,__:::g_ {!18
/_© ........
. ""· '
--
,.........,_
I
.,,,-..
.... -
-
--- .. --·
\~·'"--
'-.....
'/
·--
'
200 ~
.
110
Haterial, housing: Ductile iron W.0.7042 DIN 1693

" , disc: RGS W. 2.10.9601 DIN 1705
" , stem: Cu Sn 8 W. 2. 1030
Haker: Albert Richter Armaturenfabrik, W. Germany
The valve is approved by DnV
c
.<!! The valve can be used for: sea water, fresh water, oil etc.
"''
•
;;
c
~
Dale
11 8
Checked
8 7
h..
Osgn / Own
~
Spec Cont
~
Trac
Approved
·····6!:!~
.§ 1----...:....---l.-----'------'-----'---lm•l!!m•;;;;
Scale
1: 5
lflleil~al~lil:S~ Norway
~Eii!l!am!l!;!rii!~
!m!!il"1"11!!!1l!1l Autronica AS
1--__:....:..:..:·~·..:....:.---l---"''='---+------"-"'-'-::.....---1 m••••;;I!! P.O.Box 3010,
l1i'l•lifilmH•!§~ ~ * ~•~i!'i!i•l1iill!£!
N-7001 Trondheim
§. ~UTRDNJCR-
gu Stop valve with stuffing box I Repl by
i--:.;==::.._--..-------t
Rep! for
•c DN40 PN 16 Owg no. Rev.

0
N
•
; UP-288 I I
c:
P-GT.200/KEE/950929 9.9 Autronica AS

GT-200 Chapter 10: Cargo Line Pressure Measurement (GT-207).
1.
Installation drawing ..................................................................:...................... GT-741
Adapting Flange .............................................................................................. UP-325
Protection cover ................................................................................................ GT-740
2.
On tankers there is often a need to measure the pressure in the loading I
unloading tubes to decide if the pumps is operating OK, and if they deliver
the right pressure.
As the measurements concern all types of cargos, the transmitter itself is

protected by a membrane unit of acid-proof steal with a membrane covered
with teflon.
The installation is often placed out on an open deck, where the transmitter for
longer periods will be under water. We therefore use an absolute transmitter. If
the relative pressure in relation to the atmospheric pressure is desired, an
atmospheric pressure transmitter must be installed.
Maximum pressure is 40 bar. This is limited by the specifications on tightening

in the membrane unit. The installation must be intrinsically safe.
3.
The transmitter is mounted on flange GT-325 which is welded to the cargo line
tube. The cable is led through tubes to the transmitter and entering the nipple
on the pressure transmitter GT-207. The cable tube is drained on the lowest
print.
It is of great importance for the function and lifetime of the transmitter that the
installation is performed 100%. Especially this concerns the cable inlet to the
transmitter and also that the transmitter housing is kept dry from the sur-
roundings during the installation period.
P-G!ZOO/KEE/950929 10.1 Autronica AS

GT-200 Chapter 10: Cargo Line Pressure Measurement (GT-207).
4.
GT-207 I 10POH9U Pressure transmitter
Measuring range 0 - 10 bar
with start at 1 bar abs.


Ex91 C63 Certificate EEx ia II C TS
. ··--....,
5.
GT-325 Adapting flange
''J
GT-740 Protection house
6370-027.0019 Silicone gel 0.19 dm3
P.{;1'200/KEE/950929 10.2 Autronica AS

C. ,;:ihts rm;r.~v.,11 Si:r.r::rit;ntio••~ $0.llji:cl lo chnngo wi~hoJl notk;i:.--( _ " I •
r--·---·-------.. -~ 50
"
Ii -·---- ~--------------- -------------------------~'
~
0
<=
~
(.)
----·------]
PG13,5 ~
.
lO
lfl
I
'
I
3
REMARKS
1. If the transmitter is of vented/gouge type,
do not fill silicone gel/compound in
connection box
0
"'a. 2. For detailed installation and replacement of
"'0 -CD pressure transmitter, see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT- 741.
.,.
<Ol
~
~
iE
1----------
J 1Rem.4
--~--~--------,
1~-®
3. Dimensional sketch see drawing GT-731.
4. Remove sharp edge.
mt"]"'~--}SW36 TI
I I
I I
II
II-- --U i .
____ L J
1'
N
U j 11 I
I--- -- -- -•• ... L--•--·
... 5
~
0
e ::11 0-ring I 1
\.
::;;
_t___ I I '
'-l-- -- - - -- ---Ir (
-- --------------
' I
I098 Oroln hole 06 1 6 Coble, max. 012mm Yard supply
i (at lowest point) 1 5 Coble protection tube Yard supply
~
1 4 Silicone gel 6070-027.0019
I
1 3 Protection GT-740
1 2 Adopter flange GT-325 !
- 1 1 Pressure transmitter GT207 / .... H9U
Qty. Pos. Nome, twe, dim. Spec., ortlcle no. Remarks
Oolo
91.05.JO
01gn/Ovn
A.K./O.L.
ITroe IScoht- 8888888 Autronlca AS
,_
g:~~;gg P.O.Box 3010,
Chee Med
A.K.
Spec Clrl. I P.pproved
K.Ao.
I E3- ·""-
Y° i:~i;gg N-7002 Trondhelm
g~gg~gg Norway
i~· Port list and main dimensions of
pressure transmitter type GT207 /-
..J:IUJRONICA-
Rel. I: sheel
Ne~t
f/\
Dwg no.
7261'" 1'~·1
00
~ installed on crossovers or similar
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-
I 6 I 5 I 4 3 -, 2 I .,
8 I 7
lJ J I w I. I
--,.u o·'!J'•l:i ri?<.:C''<"~" Srr.r.;11catio1n; r.11hj1•rl lo r.h0t1;in ,,;~h:i:1l w::lir.e.---''------'------"------L------'-'-------'------"------'------"~-~---'-------'-------,
(i)
INSTALLATION
~ .. A.
8.
Remove protector [11) from lronsmiller [1)
Locole lronsmiller (1) on adopter flonge [2)
"'1
-· C. Fos\en 2 screws [10) with 7 Nm
~ D. lnsloll coble [6) properly and fasten coble glond [12)
~ E. Connect the conductors correctly ond fill silicone gel [14]
~
;
' Slop filling 5mm before connection box lop
~ I
I
F. Fasten cover (13]
!I ·--1---<D ;__.©
G.
H.
Check that coble protection lube [5) hos no shorp edge [7]
Locole protection [3] and foslen 4 screws [9] with 7 Nm I.
I. Remember droin hole [ 4) al lowest point
-l'.lllll!t"1Clt
111'£ GU07/---·
9 I
,.,,. II I
'
REPLACEMENT
; ' '1
A. Unscrew 4 screws [9) and remove protection [3]
I .. ···, • (5 B. Remove cover [13) ond disconnect the: two conductors
~ 11
1
.• D
C. Untighlen coble gland [12) and pull out coble (6)
D. Unscrew 2 screws (10]
'= ' 111 ' 11 I 'i
'--·
-- --------•------ E. Tronsmiller [1] is now releosed ond con be removed
I 1111 I I '.......__
1
.... REMARKS
f
8 1. The \ronsmiller shall be installed vertically.
w Drain hole m6
(ol lownl polnl) Do not instoll transmitter against closed c
volume of liquid.
© Open valve ofter entering \he threads
lo prevent high pressure damage.
2 2. If the transmitter is of vented/gouge type,
do not fill silicone gel/ compound in
connection box
3. Worronty is valid only when prescriptions on
this drowing ore followed . 8
4. For article nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing no. GT-726
Doh Dsgr"l/Dwn Troe Stole 0000000 ,

, 080891 A.K. - g~~~~gg Autrornco AS
Checked Spec Ctrl. Approved ~ _ti\_ g:gg:gg P.O.Box 3010,
!• SU A.K. Kia = "V n•Hoo N-7002 Trandheirn
O•OD•oo
0000000 Norway
~ lnslollotion ond replacement of I +luTRmm::R fA
Ref, iNul
I·ii; inslalled on crossovers or similar Owg no.
sheet
GT-74 1 '"~1·"·1
C
1
--,----..,,.-----..--_.J_--,---IN_,Sr'·\-ATION DRAWING
c: 8 7 \.__) 5 4 3 2
···~.----'
(,. ghlt r1:1sorved. Sp1dflcollon1 5ubJ1:c:l lo cl1M91 lfllhout. notice.---(· 5 (
3 2 (
~~
F
-..
~
ill
lO
E
::;
. .
....
II) (';: ro
m
" 0
... co.1,5"
"!.
~ 15
12 c
78±1
Material: AISI 316L (min.2,7% Mo) 18
El-.
Doto 01gt"1/oYn Troe
02.05.89 A.K.
Scoh~
1: 1 ggggggg Autronico AS
Checked Spec Ct.rl ~proved g:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
E.S. AK J.S. ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
~ D•OO•aa
0000000 Norway
g Flens type GT -325 .flUIRONlCA- IA
6· DETALJTEGNING
Ref.
'Ne•I
: sheet
ii; Flange type GT-325 Ovg no.
DETAIL DRAWING GT-32si"~1?·1

B I 7 I G I 5 I 4 I J I ;>
AU i:-ight.s reserved Speclflcot.lons su::iji?ct t.o change without not.ice.
{
I
4 holes 7 mm
·-
13
25 58 •
I I
I
N
=
en
..-
Ir-----
,, .{f+ .._ _________ ~~1-------------------11
[L__
-.:
b --- -~----------- ------~
= I
I
-
0
C"-J
l() !
. !-!--.--11------- -
I .
---·. 1--i-------------- '-- 0
.... I <D
i
I
I
•'-
I
-~-
,,ff"Hw -
1._ _ _ _ .J _
- - -~:-------------------~
- -------- ----------- .J;
I I
71,88
I I
..
I
I
----------------------------- ----------------- I
I
I I ,, __
I I
I I
I I
I I ''
I I
I I
I I
I I
c! I I
I
ft I
I
'0"
~ I
I
c
. I
I
I
I
I
I
....
<D
~
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
c I
:§. I
I
-"'~
r-- I
u
m
c"
l()
.,
I
I
I
I
"c
...
0 I I I
I -·......~
,; -----------------
"'" I I '
c! I 87
~ I I
.9
170
'"'0"
~
"'<
N
C>
,...0Ol Material .. AISI 316

"'....
N
Dcle Dsgn/Dlrn Trac Scole aoooooo
co 91.09.12 A.K./O.L. 0000000 Autronica AS
2 C••••OO
.... Chec:l<ed Spec Ct.rat::. Approved AK o•coaoa P.O.Box 3010,
oaoo•oo
"' O.L. -a-{$- •••••DC N-7002 Trondheim
,...
0 c
-"
~
cwoo•cc
0000000 Norway
::s -"'
~
u
.fllJIRONIC&
-"
0 m
Ref. rNexl
"' c" Protection type GT-740 sheet
...
c
<
0
,;
"'"
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
Ovg no.
Gr- 7 40(.n°f;·1 ~."'_

GT-200 Otapter 11: Level on ballast tanks. GT-206 abs. type submersed in tank.
1.
Adapter ............................................................................................................. UP-321
Protection tube ............................................................................................... GL-1387
Shoulder nipple ................................................................................................ UP-410
2.
To calculate the ships total cargo measurement on ballast tanks is necessary. It
may be done by installing submersible pressure transmitters which are
mounted near the bottom of the tank. These have to be absolute pressure
transmitters which then measure the static pressure from the liquid pillar
together with the atmospheric pressure on the top of the liquid surface. It is
therefore necessary with atmospheric pressure measurement
EA-2.
Notice: Because we are using an absolute pressure transmitter and compare
with the signal from an atmospheric pressure transmitter, it is necessary with
some calculations before level measurements are presented. Autronica are
using a microcomputer for this purpose. In the computer we have put infor-
mation regarding installation distance from the button, specific gravity for the
liquid and also offset adjust possibilities.
Double bottom tanks which are e.g. 3 m high have air tube above deck. Venti-
lation from such tanks may be found approx., 20 m above the bottom of the
tank. In case the tank is overfilled the air tube will be filled, and when calculat-
ing the static pressure, which the transmitter has to stand without changing
the specifications, this liquid height must be used. (E.g. 20 m H20).
On tankers ship the installation mostly have to be intrinsically safe.
3.
The transmitter is mounted approx. 150 mm above the bottom of the tank. Lay
stress on to find a place where the transmitter does not come in direct contact
with liquid jet from cleaning equipment.
Function and lifetime of the transmitter are quite dependent on that the instal-
lation is 100% correct, and on that installation descriptions in drawing GT-751
are followed. During the installation period it is important that the connection
box is protected against humidity and water.
P-GTIOO/KEE/950929 11.1 Autronica AS

GT-200 Chapter 11: Level on ballast tanks. GT-206 abs. type submersed in tank. I
4.
GT-206 / 1POOC5P Pressure transmitter
Measuring range 0,8 - 1,8 bar abs.
GT-206 I 1P60C5P Pressure transmitter

Level 0-13 m H20, max 30 m H20

GT-206 I 4POOC5P Pressure transmitter

Level 0-37 m H20, max 100 m H20
GT-942 /~ Mantle cable

L-~~~~~~~
Cable length in mm.
Ex91 C063 Certificate EEx ia II C T5
5.
UP-321 Adapter
GL-1387 Protection tube
UP-410 Shoulder nipple
GT-661 Fastening bracket with nut
IN5-GT206-BAL Installation equipment
.6070-027.0019 Silicone gel 0.19 dm3
r ,
___)
P-GT.200/KEE/950929 11.2 Autron.ica AS

I
- ,,, ·-- j " r.---·--c v ,
':-@ • L .
".
"
TANK TOP Drain hole 06

=
i
~--
r---
I
0
I ~/ J'! ,...
- i
•
6
::;: I I N It!• 10 co.?54
"' ti E
I ~I mtil II ra
f E
cI ;; 0
A Ii!
~~
-ti u
"
~ -g I H l\l ~ REMARKS
"" 11 ICoble D=mox.o16 -IYord supply
1 llOIAnole bor 50x50x51Yord suool
1. The installation equipment consists of: 119 !Siiicone oel 16070-027.0019
•4,8 20 pcs. saddles type MN-1568 1 18 !Inst. eouioment llNS-GT206-BAL
20 pcs. screws type UTN014 /6E 1 17 IFosteninQ bracket IGT-661
6 !Shoulder nioole IUP-410
BI
~I ~ ~
20 pcs. nuts type UTN062/6 5 !Protection tube IGL-1387 /500
,..... 20 pcs. lock washers type UTN025/6 4 !Mantle cable IGT-942
3 !Adopter \UP-321
2. For detailed installation and replacement 2 !Connection box IUG-510
see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT- 751 1 !Pressure tronsm. IGT206/----C5P
.LlLilill ,,..... 10ly\Pos\Nome, lwe. dim. Artlcle no., spec.
> Dale 91.011.20 D<X1""o.l. l•oo lnl• ~~1• Aulronlco AS

" 0
~
t>.c~•• ~ c~ ~ ..,,_.+._ ~·~: P.0.9011 3010,
I
i:;
•
.!. -·
· ~7 2 2) zz b} 2 2 z 2 z z z z 2 2 zl TANK BOTTO'-'!
""''"''•• u.!t•d, ,,.01-21 es.
7
O.l.
•
AK
, •
l<jo. E3- V
•
pressure transmitter type GT206/-- "•

for level ind. in ballast tonks etc.
~=·•:
00
N-7002 Trondhe!tn
Nor"oy
Port hst ond mo1n d1mens1ons of ~"'r:"~"'~"'---~~--l
~~;! 1
a..,..
t
,.... ,.... ,
CL-13117l~OO lot 2111092 A.IC
'
lh, f,,,.. 0.K•-IM Ool.t•ll,.. 1;;;.]1....I Or•vbt'" °"''~' I
SYSTEM IAY-OUT GT-748 B
I 7 I 0 v I 5 4 3 2
8 ' ' A
I 1 liV ti 4 /\J ;.t
•1 •'II'•• ,.,.. "d ~1.,.du"""' • .,,...., le ,..,.-00 •I,..<\ "''~'
•:
r
0--
\:::=';:=::f"181RH!LJ.:..:_"~--
- I -- - -- -- ---
1- __ . 'c=----
• -- - 3
!'
§'
8
5
'
S1 __J I i _1--{3
'
~
~I f=. I I
I U.'llC.104' A. Weld adopter [3] to tonk top ond fastening bracket [7) to lank wall.
It ls Important that bracket hos good contact lo tonk wall.
8. [1J] to tonk wall.
Weld angular bor
E C. Place tronsmllter in bracket [7] and fasten wllh nut [21] .

0. Unscrew 4 screws [15] and remove protectors {16] from
transmitter [1] and mantle coble [4].
J) rY.1 E. Put linger lip Into silicone grease l19] ond apply on a-ring
[18] and an plugs [17],
F. Connect plugs (17) .
§# --(4 G. Assemble transmitter [1] and mantle coble (4).
H. Tighten screws [15] with 4 Nm .
0 I. Remove protector [22] , locate connection bolC (2] ond

fasten with J screws [2J] .
J. Put mantle coble [ 4] through coupling [6] and fosten nut (24]
with 20Nm.
K. Make o loop [25) on mantle coble , and fasten mantle coble

...... L.
with saddles [8], screws [9], lock washer (11) and nut (10) .
rosten terminal list [28] lo ·cannccllon box [2] .
;,,.
•• M. Connect red conductor ( +) lo terminal 1 and block conductor
8 (-) to terminal 2 , ond connect the coble [14] to some terminals.
c 9
N. Fasten coble gland (261 adopter [29] and protection lube [5] .
9;]j
f()i
11 0. Check that drain hole [20] Is turned downwards •
P. Fill silicone gel [12] In the connection bolC. Stop filling 6 mm
--@ berore connection box top
@---q·----- ' -- -o Q, Place cover [27) on connection bolt and fasten screws with 7 Nm
@
.19: REPLACEMENT
A. Dismount screws (15) ,
. '
.!':::,.. .L----'-!J 8. Bend mantle coble [4] apart from transmitter (1].
B
C. Disconnect plugs [17).
0. Dismount defective transmitter •
E. Place new transmitter In bracket [i') , turn lronsmitlcr unlll holes
db\ :
on transmitter correspond lo screws [15] and lighten nut [21] .
F. Repeat operation E, F, G and H.
I °"'' 91 .08.24 l°'.:1.i'o.L. P•• lk<ll• ~~1 Aulronlco AS

~
i~ A rn~???2 ??????2iti\l'fll 80nOlol
REMARKS
Dwtl<••
SU
,
1s,.1 cut.
I A.I<.
lnslo11ohon and replacement of
.
I"""'''"
K"in
I
-av _A._ ~!gg:
~:n:
ISOOO
~11001t~
P.OBo>e 3019,
N-7002 Trondh11lrn I
Horvoy fl
pressure tronsmitl~r type GT206/-- ~.c /~::!.

~ C I IRtm0t~1 ot.iud. 'llS-0\-21, BS•
,.,. - 1. The tronsmiller shell be Installed vcr\icolly!
~· For ortlcle nos., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drowin9 r~48. for level ind. in ballast lonks etc. Q,,.., · ,.- ....
-l
• The monlle coble mus I nol be cut! . INSTALlATJON DRAWING 9p·-''\ ~ 1 1
'·
';
lolo/' ••>.!Ivel Dnvti11r1 DtlO/'
1
.'
,/ 5 4 )
1
1\3 I 2 1
l ).
r------- All rights reserved. SpcciFiCo.t>ons subject to cnonge witnout noi.ce.
0117 24
Protection cover
091
Material: ________ _. AISI 31 6

Weight::._ _________ 2,3kg
Protection grade: IP 67
Dot• Dsgn/Dwn lroc Seo I• DDDDDDD

A.K. DDDDDDD Autronico AS
150891 O••••DO
O•OO•OO P.O.Box 3010,
Check•d 11(/ Spec Ctrl<ZJ Appro~d -E3- • O•OO•OO
B1---------'---_:;=---'-...:::f-:::2'----l.----'---1 DDDDDDD •••••CO
o•oo•oo
N-7002 TrondheiM
Norway
·"':;:
L +lUTRDNICA-
~ Connection box type UG-51 0 Rel. Next
sheet
Dimensional sketch Dwg no. SMo. R•v.
'Y.__,__...._£_.___ _..----------~--u_G-_s_1_ol_l_I~
P-GT200/KEE/9S0929 11.5 Autronica. AS
- All rlghll rc1trvtd. Speclrlcollon1 1ubjecl lo chO'llJI "1lhoul 11ollce: G 5 4 3 2
~
8
~
! i
/-~- ......
,/' I ''-,
I. ,...--,--..., \
__ _J___ _-,L_~\L_J __ _
I I }.
v ~ ~ I ..
0
Ill
N
a>
..
,/
@/·,. _ _. ---~'~
,, I / '-.,
50
' ...._ _ _i_

I .. _..- '
....
i
I
RB
....
"' -<\ 3
125 ~_kl"'
Adopter UP-321/1
AISI 316L I I 1,9 kg
(mln.2,7% MO/
Novn,typ1,dlm.
Kl.m6~
Tegnlngutondord
~
Motulole ·
cocccoo
I
g~~~~gg Autronlca AS
olo Kon1tr./hgnll Trocet MChHlokk c•coaoo
88-12-10 A.K. t1 ~=~~:g~ N-7005 Trondheim
i\' Konlroll Stand. "onlrdl Godkjenl ~ -"*'- 8~88~80 Norway
O.L. S.B. -.;;;::;;::::J' "1" -Ru1RoH1cn- l\lF\l\lP\lP-321
:!
~· Adapter type UP-321 .::'.:'"'"• '°' ,..,,'"'' ••
....,
(._<. I DET ALJTEGNc: ·; --
ii';
.' . UE . '1 B
l. , e I 1 ~1 ' I 5 I " 4 3 1 2
'
r . I 5 I 1 3 I 2 I
<( ~hl11 rP.s~r-.td. Srir.elfk:ollons aubJotl lo chQnge -.llhoul notli:r..--- :(,
( (
g F
8
~.__
~
- Movcbl lino SW32 Movobl II SW32 -
~ - -
-- -- .z:===
:::::i N
tl
-- ·-- ----------
ti
) I ---- ----- Cl.
_,,,. ---· - -- -!-- ~;

--- ~
I I
I
--1-
I
- ~----- --------- --- 0
- Y - -n ..
------ -.t I
I .. z E
I
---------- ~ ----- ----- -- I
-
~ ~
===:r ~
"'
t......J "'C.::::::.
L,......
(ct lowest point)
~· .... J-
(ct lowest point)
0
Acid resistant steel Flexible s...nthetlc armoured rubber tube Acid resistant sleei
L +5
t::
:., Standard L: 500 end 1000
ORDERING EXAMPLE: GL-1387 I 8

Mechcniccl design I
L in mm--------~
Dal a D1gn1Dwn Traa Scola 0000000
021092 A.K. s~~~~88 Aulronlca AS
•co•ca P.O.Box 3010,
chect.ed~s·. Spic ClrL
'""%'.:'l1 E3-4>- ~=i~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
D•OC•OO
0000000 NOl"WOY
i~
FLEXIBLE PROTECTION
TUBE GL,-1387
41U1RDNIC~
Ref. INelll
she el
I~
Ovg no.
i';; GL-1387j'""'f;·1
Dimensional drawing I
8 7 6 5 4 3 2
All rights reserveo. :>pecir1cot.1ons suOJeCt. t.o cnong~ wn.noui. 11u1.•11;t:.
J
. 0 0
.....;
88 0
c:o
00
N~ ..."'
00
oo ~
.0 00
-N ...
1~30"
Ii .s!§
00 m 1,5x45"
...
~
~
...0
00 ~
;; ~g 0
......,
///~////,
i
E
~
g "e ... 0
~
f
~,.., N
c
~ -~
...
0 ~
r<)
~
N
C!>. ~- --··-- :_J_
G
;l1
...0 51
0..
J
:. ::
~ i;;
-
~
~ 0..
:!! en
"' CD
. --~
4 4 '
~
.........
16 13 16 r<)
I
c
....."'
i;;
.
~
c
0 I 48
I
c
.S!
~
~
~
u
m
m
c
.. ..
...."0 "
I~
........c
..
~ui
~
.g
w 1 1 Nippel/Nipple UP-410/1
6-kont 32 mm{.hex.6, 32 mm
N
AISI 16
--
~
Ant. Pos. Novn, type, dim. Artikkelnr.,tegning Moteriole
~ Overll. beh. !Kl. mOJ 0000000
0000000
0
~
Doto Konstr./Tegnet Tracet MOlestokk
O••••OO
a•aO•OO
Autronica AS
Q)
c a•aa•ac N-7005 Trondheim
04/11/92 A.K./E.S. 1:1 •••••CO
"' ,..
Q)
~" o•oO•OO Norway
"E
0
..
~
u
m
Kon troll Stand. kontroll Godkjent~
-E3-4r 0000000
+lUJRDNICFI-
Erstotning for
l:\UP\1:\UP\UP-410
IErstottet av
c
Ans a tsnippel PG21-3/ 4" ' UP-410
I~ Tegn. nr. Rev.
(..)
0:
.
>
DET ALJTEGNING
Shoulder nioole PG21-3/4". UP-410 uP-410lc I I
P-GTZOO/KEE/950929 11.8 Autronica AS

GT-200 Chapter U: Level on ballast/service tanks. GT-206 abs. type submersed in tank.
1.
Flange ................................................................................................................. GT-459
2&3:
See section 11 "Level measurements in ballast tanks"
4.
GT-206 I OP60C5P Pressure transmitter




Level 0-37 m H20, max 100 m H20

Cable length in mm.
Ex91 C063 Certificate EEic ia II C TS
5.
6571-009.0090 Cable gland
UP-459 Flange
GT-661 Fastening bracket with nut
IN5-GT206-BAL Installation equipment
P-GnOO/KEE/950929 12.1 Autronica AS

( -~-c v
I !> 4 ( A J ~
•'tl"U ....... t Sa:-•u1 ...... •.1'ir'<l I• ....... ·~""""""'\•
l~----0
rr-=-~--==11....
~
r
I
\\:-"'J_
ra -
--A ;~---------
~ ~._J
' ! ,__ 1:::::1-----, SEEN FROM A
~ I'[,I>__ o-;;-
' ,:i--J I
til ® t 0
,;- <i'7'
0 >1 ,...... ~··
II~------!~-"
, 2 J _4___0s____
0 ,l ~
[ ~ + -
I
~
~ + -
6
,, I I
mll
J-1
~III
-
I '1' I I-
TANK TOP
I
~$ ~
D
@j
0
.II
'
~ {;'
~
-='
,,i'
.1
SW14'
u:.; l c;:r:::p
U')
REMARKS
II ... 1. The installation equipment consists of:

40 pcs. saddles type MN-1568
'
.... - .~ 4
~1~
~l~
I \ ''-----
~ 40 pcs. screws type UTN014/6E
40 pcs. nuts type UTN062/6
40 pcs. lock washer type UTN025/6
i:; '
5 EI ti n>W-1 7 I 2. For detailed installatian and replacement
see INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-760
~-rn @,
; E
c
~8 ~
~"'
c." 4 !12 !Screw M16x25 Yard supply
-5 .!!~ "•II (9 n·t·n 1 I 11 IFlonoe ON40 PN16 Yard supply
- "~0
0 I l I f !
1 110 !Coble 0=015 max. Yard supply
""l I~ ~I
t:-t-~ ~-t-~
11 1 ii
f5' ii't=T~:.:V
I JI
llol I:11 ~1 1 19 !Anole bar 50x50x5. Yard supply
Ill
\':!.)
Hi04,8 •I • Ii
1
• 1 I B IGosket ON40 PN16 Yard supply
© ~c---•-- : l -•-------------
:
---'\:.w.;ea,------------- •I -------------•-f] --•---,
::
-------------~a'i!n-1'·--
1 17 !Inst. equipment !INS-GT206-BAL
1 16 IFostening bracket IGT-661
B ..t:El ,------f--------------- ---------------~------· 1 15 !Flange IUP-459
a:: I · ® _______________ J•_____ _I
0 1 14 IMonlle coble IGT-942/-
~I ------L--------------- 1'
ci
---41 1 I 3 !Coble gland 16571-009.0090
u ' 1 12 !Connection box IUG-509
I With fix.screws
R'~ i6n-©
11 11 !Pressure tronsm. !GT206/-C5P
~
g
4 Oly Pos
tt-.chd
Nome, l)'Pe, dim,
Doi• g\.0&. 20 °'I.:.'fto.L.
Sfoor Cir\
a"""" =··=
1•..,
""""'"'
Article no.,spec.
kolo
-"*'-
1~~11
•11R•
Remork!I
Aulronlco l\S
P.O.Bo" J919,
N-7802 Trondheim I fl
~·
A ~z22J222~222222222221! TANK BOTTOM 1-- 0110 -----~---~----~-~~-j E:m&
Port list and main dimensions of
NorwolJ
1-r.~f•c•o••c•c•----,,""---I
0150 press. lronsm. lype GT206/- for •· .~:!1
i:; e
A
I bo1a40pcu .. UUlt, AX/
I lco•lh 1"1. 110291,
••• 1i.... 111....1Dl,...,
AJ(,
Ooltl~~
I
IC I
I I
IRrm. ,.,.,. 115-01-21.
1•••. 11;.;10.... _,,..
es.
Dolt/~
' I
level ind. in bollost tonks etc.
SYSTEM LAY-OUT (Conn.box IPS5)
°"' ro.
GT-759
,~~, ... ,
C
e I T I 0 v I 5 ' ' I\ J I 2 I J
I I Uy !> 4 j\J ';! 1
Al: •7h ,.,.. ,.~ ljoo;~UI- o.•>)":"l lo rl'7',jl' w\l~J\ M\<t------------
:•)•·
SEEN FROM A .<®
t_~
12
g 1wv----0 r---------,
I r----•----~
r-.l-----~-, I
8 Iw-i--.. -1,--0--~·
s
'
---A I!lNNN0001
~,--2--1-1·s--;j
I. - . - ~
~ I l
I I J
!ll
0© ©---c:~==l#==~b
...a..\ I
I I
11
I.I
\
l
I.
I
E
~J !® I I
PG16
luzu~zzhh I ii 11ep2224 TANK TOP
INSTALLATION
A. Weld flange 1111 lo lank lop and brackel 161 lo lank wall.
DI ~ -,;/// 8 B. Weld angular bar 191 lo lank wall.
[. Place lransmiller 111 in brackel 161 and laslen wilh nul 1211.
O. Place gaskel IBI and flange 151 on flange 1111 and laslen wilh screws 1121 .
E. Pul manfle cable 141 lhrough flanges 151 and 1111
F 8 ©----ff F. Unscrew Ii screws 1151 and remove proleclors 1161 lrom lransmiller 111
and manlle cable It.I.
.
G. Pul linger lip lnlo s!icone grease 1191 and apply on o-rng 1161 and on plugs 1171.
H. Connecl plugs 1171 • assemble lransmiller 111 and m"1fle cable 14l
L Tighlen screws 1151 wilh 4 Nm
,, J. I manfle cable 141 is loo long . make a loop 1251 wilh min radius ol 25mm .
K. Faslen m"111e cable wilh saddles 171 , screws 11ll , lock washers 1141 and nuls 1201
l. Pul cable gland 1221 onlo manlle cable 141 .faslen cable gland n flange 151
4 • and l~hlen nul 131 .
0 @ M. GtJde m"1fle cable 141 llll"ough coupling 1231 and inslall conneclion box 121 .
~ Faslen coupling 1231 on manlle cable end 1241 .
0. Connecl red conduclor H lo lermlnal 1 and black conduclor 1-l lo lerlrinal 2 .
e~.8
__J
I b~•CFI
'•"-- •
___-G) P. [onnecl exlernal cable <101 lo lerninal 5 H "1d 6 1-1 .
D. Faslen connection box cover .
I N Jll
8 REPLACEMENT
A. Oismol.Oll screws 1151 and bend maJllle cable 141 aparl lrom lransmiller 111 .
B. Oisconnecl plugs 1171 and ilsmol.Oll deleclive lransmiller .
[. Place new lransmiller in brackel 161 ,1..-n lr"1smiller unll holes on lransmiller
~-.---------'·-© correspond lo screws 1151 and lighlen nul 1211 .
0. Repral operalion F .G .H and I .
tf '. t-+t ~---© ftTJJ.-·-@ ... ~"''
.,,,,..
'-' ··~...••
.... _:~m 1iutron1co As
:gg.
i~ 1w P.O.Boic 3010,
°"'"~··
Spos Clri.
SU AK. K"1 El-$- : •• : N·71l02 Trondheim
A _ruig• Nor ... oy
TANK BOTTOM llfMARKS lnstollolion and replacement of ll1J1•a .. r1J
~
1 lhe lransmiller shall be inslalled vr.rlicallyl press. lronsm. type GT206/- for I:!.
~ -··-··1 ... -
1 1 B1
.• !""' •n . .s-01-n.as..1 _ 2 fur arhcle no's see SYSl[M LAY-OUT drawin.\!,~T-759. level ind. in ballast tonks etc. l)o,,.. ~-
)'°
l l ., j
frlllt><"0711Al{
JNSTALLATION DRAWING (Conn.box /PSS) GT - ~0
""'"~ e ... •- t'"''~ ""''~
; .
"'"
...
1-·- 5 I
l_.i A J 2 l)
,;11 rignts r"eservi;>a. St.'.'e'Cifications suoject ;.o c:"longe witnou~ noi..ce.
a.: A SECTION A-A

UJ
~
en
0
---1! --.... / .
1® Ii /-~\
I
----·----L-
~--l--:0'
.I I 16
11 0
150
Material: AISI 316
Date Dsgn/Dwn Troe Scale oooaooo

05.09.91 AK RT 1 25 DDDDDDD Autronica AS
~--,-,;;.;;-:.::..:..:.::..;___r,,.:.~·~·:-:--,.--.jf.:.-_;_~·~·--.ji--~;.=.:..:·:'....---1 DaaaaDD
Checke!L-P Spec Ctrl Approved J$.- ~ -= g:gg:gg P.O.Box 3010,
e_ t-_ _;:h.=-f-..._,----'------'----~~--1--=---==-~2-.-I •••••DD
O•OO•DO N-7002 TronclheiM
;;
.o DDDDDoo Norway
b +!UJRONICR-
~ Flange DN40 PN 1 6 i-,R'""er;-._.;___ ___,.,.,.N•-•l,----l
.--+-+--l sheet
I! with PG9-threads Dwg no. Sh.no. Rev.
£ UP-4591 II
-,,,_).__~P~'GT.2~00~/~KEE~/~9:;:;;:5092~9==:::C==================~1~·2~.4;:================================__1 Autronka.AS
GT-200 Chapter 13: Level on service tanks. GT-205 vented type installed outside tank.
1.
Part list and main dimension .......................................................................... GT-839
Valve with installation parts ........................................................................... GT-425
2.
It is often desirable with level measurement on service tanks containing water,
oil, diesel etc.
On this tanks it is usually possible to install the transmitter from outside the
tank, - as shown in drawing GT-746. It is supposed that the place where the
transmitter is installed will not submerge.
The transmitter has protection grade IP65, and we may use a vented transmit-
ter also called gauge type. Atmospheric transmitter is not necessary. For the
most applications we may use transmitters with membrane made of AISI 316,
but against sea water it is necessary to use element with membrane in plati-
num.
3.
The transmitter ought not to be mounted quite at the bottom of the tank, -
preferably approximately 50 mm above the bottom. It is supposed that there is
atmospheric pressure on top of the liquid surface.
4.
Tank contents: Diesel, oil, fresh water etc.
GT-205 I OP10G5A Pressure transmitter Level 0-1 m H20

GT-205 I OP25G5A Pressure transmitter Level 0-2,5 m H20
GT-205 I OP40G5A Pressure transmitter Level Q-4 m H20
GT-205 I OP60G5A Pressure transmitter Level Q-6 m H20
GT-205 I 1POOG5A Pressure transmitter Level 0-10 m H20
GT-205 I 1P60G5A Pressure transmitter Level 0-16 m H20
GT-205 I 2P50G5A Pressure transmitter Level 0-25 m H20
Tank contents: Sea water above 25 °C.
GT-205 I OP10G5P Pressure transmitter Level 0-1 m H20

GT-205 I OP25G5P Pressure transmitter Level 0-2,5 m H20
GT-205 I OP40G5P Pressure transmitter Level D-4 m H20
GT-205 I OP60G5P Pressure· transmitter Level Q-6 H20 m
GT-205 I 1POOG5P Pressure transmitter Level 0-10 m H20
GT-205 I 1P60G5P Pressure transmitter Level 0-16 m H20
s.
GT-425 Installation equipment
P-GTIOO/KEE/950929 13.l Autronica AS

t, .1 I I ... .. I
- r.11 rli1!1~•; fl'":1•r ~rrl !ipc~c·r~;ut~lh!: i:uhi•oc:l to •."U"~<' 11i~l>?ul 11c:t~·.,,
r
g
8
~
··--··-----CT',,
11 · I
I"'f"I... RR'i1---
'
~ IU:i~JHI- ~
ill tj·
048
:i
.Jlu1116NJC11
I l1 06-12
TANK ~ CD E
SW36
0
ID
0
N
•I [ 2 D
0
ID
95 36 222
....
I::
c
j j 2 jBoll valve with inst. mot.jGT-425 j js

Pressure transmitter GT205 /- - -GSA
REMARKS
Qty.IPos. Nome,type,dim. Article no. Remarks
1. For detailed installation ond replacement of Oo\o Dsgo/DMn Troe Scale coooaao
, 26.10.92 A.K./E.s. 1:2,s g~~~~gg Autronlco AS
pressure transmitter, see INSTALLATION ~ _.t:b.. g:gg:gg
DRAWING GT-840.
Checked
S.U.
Spec CLrl. Approved
AJK = "fT
P.O.Box 3010,
•nnoo N-7002 Trondheim
a•oo•oa
0000000 Norway
,
"!!' '
Part list and main dimensions of -llu•RD•ic~ ~
g 2. The protection grade is IP65.
~ pressure transmitter type GT205/- "''· I~.::!,
for level inct.~n service tanks etc. 0 1
~ ·• M. j"M/'"I
{ '. ·, I S~ ;.M LAY-OUT GT-839 , B
\..._ 8 7 5 4 I 3 I 2 I t \
- L____ I {
"'l'1:ivl ll:>lir.1!.--- ( I " L
I ( ...
( "t1hls nir.1:rvrrJ ~/!l't.fit.u~i1..~•~ r.•1!:jr;;l lo i:!><J"(it\' _.
\_
i ~.
@--------~~ @--i;f 7' I 'f. ~I
~ 1 ~111~! -~
'
~ CD ill --@
9
.RulllbNJCA
(;\--:m:
~ L:-~ TANK ® 3 4 5 ,-
·--©
::.. 6
" I
I 1.1
I (11
---~---H\
0
OPEN
tO •
....
---- Weld ~
w
w INSTALLATION ~
0
A. Weld plane nipple (3] on tonk wall [2] and drill hole in tonk wall w
VJ
7 8
B. Apply Loctite 542 on threads and install boll valve ( 4] g c
C. Install shoulder nipple (5] , T shaped tube (7] , socket nipple (11] u
and plug (8] In the some manner as ball valve (4]
D. Remove protection [6] , apply Loctite 542 and insloll pressure
transmitter [1] REMARKS
E. Loosen fastening screws [12) and remove cover [13).
F. Lead coble (10] through coble gland (9] and connect
Do not install transmitter against closed volume of liquid.
on terminal block.
Open valve ofter entering the threads to prevent high pressure damage.
G. Tighten coble gland (9) 2. If the transmitter is of vented/gouge twe.
H. Place cover [13) , and tighten screws (12). B
do not fill silicone gel/compound in connection box.
If pas. 7 is filled with fluid during installation, 3. Instead of Loctite 542, other similar sealing compounds may be used.
REPLACEMENT 4. For article no's., see SYSTEM LAY-OUT drawing GT-839.
A. Loosen screws [12] and remove cover [13]
8. Dismount old transmitter. I °"" 23.10.92
SU
Dsgr\/Own
I A.K./E.S.
1spec Clrl.
Troe Scola
1:2,5
-~- ~
ODOOODD
g~~~~gg Aulronico AS
g:gg:gg P.O.Box 3010,
,
C. Install new transmitter. I

Checloed
. .
Approved
AJK -= "fT •nnaa N-7002 kondhelm
~
1 D•OO•OO
If T shaped tube (7] is filled wilh fluid during installation, 0000000 Norway
g lransrnil ler may break due to high pressure. Installation and replacement of I -11UJRONICR 14
§· To prevent this, open valve ofter entering the first. threads. pressure transmitter type GT205/-
Ref. INe•I
shed
Iii D. Connect coble, tighten coble gland [9] and foslen cover [13). for level ind. in service tanks etc. o..g mJ. Sh-nn Rr,,..
INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-B4ol Isl

8 7 6 5 4 J 2
,
-1111 rl[)llll reservtd. Sper.lflcollont cubj(,cl lo change wllhoul ooUce.
~
" ' ' J ' < ' I
9
~
i.
E -~::·-
-r-
r
~ .
~tll
-
·-f-
i
IJ] IE
a:
in
ai
~
~ I -, I-
I
-
~
~w-
._ _j_ <= t-
0
--·'-·- -· ··- -1- f-~ I- - · ' - · • ··- - - L---~---
I -· ~-- L-
-
~
' ,_ '
I I I
I
i=t-
-
OPEN VALVE
I
.""
....
95 I 36
0
~
~
--'
~ I
w J_
0
'rc
g
0 I
i
I
Appr. 250 when installed
REMARKS B
1. Suitable pressure transmitters ore:
GT200/-, GT205/-, GT206/- and GT-100/-,
2. lnstollolion description ls show n on drawing GT-747
Ooh Dsgn/Own Scote
3. The threads ore parallel B.S.P acc. lo ISO 228 120891 A.K. ''"" 1:2,5 8888888 Autronlco AS
Checlled Spec CtrL Approved g:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
s.u. AK Kjo. -E.3- • ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
r; IJ•OO•OD
0000000 Norway
..f.lUIRONICn A
~e•I
i·~ $h~---
Rel. -
Boll valve type GT-425
Dvg no.
GT -42f i':~(~·1
DIMENSIONAL Sl<ETCH
... ,,~,
l' r-- _)___ 1· l_. .. ' • • "\,

B
l·
' '
l:
GT-200 Chapter 14: Level on service tanks. GT-206 abs. type installed outside tank.
i
'-__./
1.
Connection box ................................................................................................. GT-509
2.
On service tanks, where there is a risk for the transmitter to be submerged, a
immersible transmitter type GT-206 with mantle cable is used. Tiris is an
absolute transmitter, and atmospheric measurements is then necessary.
3.
The installation on service tanks is shown in drawing GT-755.
The mantle cable is finished in connection box UG-509, and the box has to be
mounted on a spot (place) where it is dry. The box has (encapsulation) grade
1P65.
In case it is desired to measure the level in a sump at the bottom of the ship,
the same transmitter and connection box may be used. The installation mate-
rial is replaced by a mounting bracket type GT-661 which is welded to the
hull. See drawing GT-717 at page 83.
4.
GT-206 I OP60C5P Pressure transmitter
Level 0-3 m H20
GT-206 I lPOOCSP Pressure transmitter

Level 0-7 m H20
GT-206 / 1P60C5P Pressure transmitter

Level 0-13 m H20
GT-206 / 2P50C5P Pressure transmitter

Level 0-22 m H20

Cable length in mm.
5.
GT-425 Installation equipment
P-CiT200/KEE/950929 14.1 Autronica AS

.1 ·' I I ·-· I _ .. I
( . r·i9!•~'l rc~·~··ye:i !:p1•c;r;cul1u11$ ."~!:ijntl lo 1:hnr•r;c •nl~'llJl o::ili~l!.--c
( 8? t
--i~~-1-P
10
Ir- 11
g 0
048
'---,
.---,
I r,--l~L
8
~ ..-x ti
u
.Jl11111~N1tll
SW36
1fiGrt ••I
ti.!.!..!...!..!~
f123456
+ - ... + -
"IN
" 0
'"'
ill ~ \( \
ill $
0
SW19-
<O SW14-
1 0 SEEN FROM X
I 36
---® ~ 95
SEEN FROM Y
u v '.> 4 A "J :I
l~--e
0-
§ 1~111~-x w w---@ I I
l:~i·'.;li-~
\IL~.;-f-:-5-~
8
ra
'
,..;..,.
r±
©~--- y
!;!---@
i I.
©----rc!-- --~).=£ t••
SEEN FROM X
1J ·f:I (10 [
Dll (12 TRANSMITTER SEEN FROM Y

I
,<
SEEN FROM Y
-llLllR~lllClt
T)'Pf G"f101/-•
' INSTALLATION
A. Weld plane nipple [3] on tonk wall [2) and drill hole Jn tonk wall
B. Apply Loctite 542 on threads and install boll valve [ 4]
C. Install shoulder nipple (5) , T shaped tube (7) , socket nipple [11]
(6) l(I]J and plug [B] in the some manner as boll valve [ 4]
D. Remove protection [6] , apply Loctite 542 and Install pressure
transmitter [1]
0
E. Unscrew 4 screws f15J and remove protectors [9] from tronsmlller [I]
... and mantle coble (14].
F. Put finger tip into silicone grease [10] and apply on a-ring {16] and on
t plugs [13).
G. Connect plugs [13].
·
H. Assemble transmitter [1] and monlle coble (14].
I.Tighten screws [15] with 4 Nm.
J. Put mantle coble [14] Into connecllon box [17] and lnslofl connection box, c
K. Tighten nut [18) ond roslen manlle coble [14] with soddles [12].
L. Connect red wire ( +) lo termlnol 1 ond block wire (-) to termlnol 2.
TANK M. Connect externol coble ond foslen connection box cover [19].
REPLACEMENT
© 4 5 7
-y A. Dismount screws [15J
p::::j::E{----(11 B. Bend montle coble {14] oporl from transmitter [1] and disconnect plugs [13).
C. Dismount defective lronsmlller.
~ ljt-t·tt-rr-®
D. Cleon threads Inside socket nipple [11].
B
E. Remove protection [6] , apply Loctite 542 and Install new .transmitter.
F. Turn new transmitter lntil holes In transmitter correspond to screws In mantle
Ill I II l+wrud coble flange.
G. Unscrew 4 screws [15] and remove protectors [9) rrom nl!w tronsmltler.
---------------- !!! '
;;, I
H. Follow point E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M under INSTALLATION.
> '
REMARKS
~
§ ! ~u
~ .I "'
I·
~ e ln1I. ll•O· !rt 2111092 .UC/SU
-~
..,"',....
·001t. !rt 2601112 A.I(, .£-1 IR•"'·'"'-· tS-01-31. O~•/ u,i.~
'-.
Oohll=g'\ ···11-1:110.. i.1 .... POUll-17'
l • 7 i------ 5 I 4
/
All rights reserved Spe:lflcotlons subject to chonge without noUce.
\.....-!.. :
08,5
I I
0
![)-.----+~+~@
·. " (()
·-. -
~ 111
I I
II 05
83
70
2 pcs.
fixin9 holes --+itt--m--+-----------':.::i--1------..-
I
I
I
I r-----------, I
I
I
I
I
r-----+-----,
I I
I
I I ,---L-----,--.., I I
:l !i~~-~~-~~-~;-~;--?;-1 I
I
I
~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ " :
I I I I
: : :L-----------------J
I I
I
I
I
v
r-.
(()
0
~
11123456 I
::+
I I
'*°+ I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
c
:3
.Q.
: "*"
I
c
."
u
0
~------LtE:::::l=34-J
.
c
0
--HHtHl
...... \ ___
N
-J .
"'
,;
PG16
cJj _,."
ui
LU
..
"'
'
~
0
,.., c
06
"'0 "'<
N
a:i N
m
"" ..,.00
N Dote Osgn/Own Troe Scole ggggggg Autronico AS
c:
O> r-~-19_0_8_9_1~~--ir-A_._K~·-,-~--i~~~~~-t-~~~~---l
Checked Spec Ctrl Approved _,;!;,__
O••••OO
o•oo•oo P.O.Box 3 til0,
~
0
..c .5
c SU A.K. K ·o -E3- -V ii:iiii:§g N-7002 Trondheim
" 1--~~~~~~__.._~~~~~'--~-'-~~-'-~~~-'-~~ O•DD•DD
" £c: :3
O>
0000000 Norway
a. .Q.
-tl UTR 0 NI CA-
z c.."
Q.
~
u
0
0 Ref. Next
Connection box type UG-509
LU
..
c
0 DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Dwg no.
sheet
</ "'.
,;
P-GT200/KEE/950929 14.4 AutroniaAS

GT-200 Chapter 15: Level on service tanks. GT-206 vented type installed outside tank.
1.
Installation drawing .................................................................. :...................... GT-757
Installation equipment ..................................................................................... GT-425
2.
On service tanks, where there is a risk for the transmitter to be submerged, and
where there is no atmospheric measurement, a submersible transmitter type
GT-206 with "'vented rubber tube'' is used. Electrical connections is executed
through the rubber tube.
3.
The installation on service tanks is shown in drawing GT-757. The rubber tube
is finished in the connection box UG-500, and the box has to be placed on a
dry spot. Protection grade for the pressure transmitter is 1P65 and for the
connection box 1P34.
4.
GT-206 I OPlOGSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-1 m H20
GT-206 I OP25G5P Pressure transmitter Level 0-2,5 m H20
GT-206 I lPOOGSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-10 m H20
GT-943 I n Cable with vented protection rubber tube

~---- Cable length in dm.
5.
GT-425 Ball valve
UG-500 Connection box incl. fastening screws
P-GT200/KEE/950929 15.1 Aut:ronica AS

( 'ahl~ n1~'1r••::J ~;im;ific.•1liri"!i !i;1hj1~::l
... -·fl
lu 1.h:in:;~ v!ll,cul nulicf'! ---c I·
" I
' (
I L I
c._·,
- --
tuP r
g 0
0 i- s2
~ I
'
0
ci
u 0
0 ii- 70
~ SW36
~
.S I
'
~
ill
~x 0
::;
Lrs li~{~~h:hli13
· 1-·i·-1-r-·-;--i N
r-.. ~ [
"' ! - .. \ -
+·.J .
---@
--® 95 36
013 Ventilation
PG16
SEEN FROM X
SEEN FROM Y D
....,,,,
REMARKS
I. For deloiled lnslol/allon and replocement of pressure
c
lronsmitter, see INSTALLATION ORA\\1NG GT-757.
2. The prolection grode of the transmitter is IP68, ond IP34 for lhe conneclion box.
TANK 5 !Clomp Yard supply
4 !Ball valve with inst. mot.I GT-425
3 !Connection box UG-500 I With fixing screws
2 !Vented coble GT-943/- B
Weld Pressure transmitter GT206/--G5-
4 Qty. IPos.I Nome, type, dim. Article no., sp~c. I Remoiks
Dole Osgn/Own
280891 A.K.
Troe Seo!•
1:2,5 8888888 Autronlco AS
g;~~;gg P.O.Box 3010,
..__ y Checlled
s.u.
Spec Ctrl.
AK
Approvtd ,
KJa. -c .+ ~=~~;gg N-7002 Trondheim
D•OD•OD
Norway
~
0000000
Port list and main dimensions of +1UIRONJCA- IA
press lronsm. GT206/-(vented coble)
Rel. I: sheel
Ne•l
I·
75~1"' (~·1
for level ind. in service tonks etc. Dwg no. 00
ii'; 222
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT -
B 7 6 ------1 5 4 J 2
- •• •>/~• , ..·«••t !.ro'<~<~l""" '-'•)'-1
I U V 1 "..,
'"t~~------'------"--'-----'-----=--------'------''--------'-----''"'--'-----.L---
. '
/\ , ' ~
g
1
I w w-@ tu ~~ ~
I UP
.
•{---@
8
~ Ii -x
0--i!:j. .i±t. _21 .~ \'. ...... ~
ir.-!-.!-1-~
.... I
r.:'I
'
I -- ·:::;t (~
~--11~1
\!.V g;w l!I ~· ..,; .
!~·!·S-}j·f
~ I
-@ lR1 t14'
1J>---+
I---@)
lh4\
\1-'.W--@ ©-1:.J ---,
TRANSMITTER
SEEN FROM Y SEEN FROM Y
SEEN FROM X
E
Amierat1t
<
fJP• Gl20f/··
'
INSTALLATION
A. Weld plane nipple (3) on tonk wall (2] and drill hole in tonk wall
0--{WJ.J 8. Apply Loe lite 542 on threods and lnstoll boll volve [ 4]
C. lnsloll shoulder nipple [5], T shoped lube [7], sockel nipple [11]
and plug (8) in the some monner os boll valve [ 4]
D. Remove protection [6), apply Loctite 542 and install pressure transmitter [1].
E. Unscrew 4 screws [15] ond remove protectors [9] from lronsmltter [l]
D
and vented coble [14J

.... F. Put finger tip Into slllcone grease [10] ond apply on a-ring [16] ond on plugs (13).
G. Connect plugs [13).
I:: H. Assemble transmitter [1] and vented coble [14l'
I. Tighten screws [15] with 4 Nm.
J. Put vented coble [14] on connection box (17] and Install
connection box with ventllotlon hole (20] downwards.
K. fasten clomp [18] ond clomps [12). c
l. Connect red wire ( +) to termlnol l ond block wire (-) tQ terminal 2.
M. Connect external coble and fasten connection box cover [19].
TANK
REPLACEMENT
A. Dismount screws (15).
0 -y
8. Bend montle coble [14] oport from transmitter (1] and disconnect plugs [l.3].
C. Dismount defective transmitter.
~11 D. Cleon threads inside socket nipple [11}
E. Remove protection [6], apply Locllle 542 ond Install new transmitter.
f. Turn new transmitter lntll holes In transmitter correspond to screws in coble flange.
B
.i.. G. Unscrew 4 screws [15) ond remove protectors [9] from new lronsmlllcr.
H. follow point E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L ond M under INSTALLATION.
' REMARKS
·····-··········.J
I 1. The transmitter shall be inslolled verlico11y.
Do not Vlsloll honsmlller ogolnsl closed volume of llquld.
Open volve oiler entering !he lhreods lo prevent high pressure damage.
8 2. The transmitter ls of vented/gouge !we.
candensalian In venting lube may cause problems. lii§!al
i§· Therefore this solullon must only be used for single
measuring points, ond in areas wilh constant lemperohue.
Do\1 210891
o.c~...
SU
,
°'Ift" ,...
S(M<I """ """~ 4
"~~2 $
I' A.K. I Kio I El <Ir 81;88~
Aulrorico AS
• 88 :~ ro.eG11 3010.
:••;, N·1002
Nor110!J
'''"'"''•
A
j
J. Worronly is valid only when prescriptions lnstollollon and replacement of '--"~""~'~"'~'--~=~-
i'n on this drowing ore followed. pr~ss.tronsm. GT206/-(venled coble) A.I. ]::!1
,!_
•
llul. dto!, In '91092 AK,
·1111h "' non:r A.II'. • c I IRt......... 1!1·02-09, es.
...\ ·.
4, ror orlicle nos., see SYST[M LAY-OUT drowing GT'~\
.,. ' ~
for level ind. in service tonks elc. .,..,,. ,"' .. !"'!
l '·~-
Jlond Du .. ~l:O-. INSTALLATION DRAWING GT· '·,,, I C
Do!tll Jro
1 ""' ~ 5 • ). /\ J ~ ' . j-
. ' B
C._. , rlglls raurvtd. SpeclOcollon1 subjl'cl lo change vllhool oolko:--(
5 4 3 2
l[~f]
~ .C·f·-
-=,...-
--3
-r-
~ i
·r
~ill I
E
a:
vi
ai
'
~
DJJ I LLD lgT__

DlttffIT.lfb tl±t-
·- ·-1-· -·~·~· ..
0
OPEN VALVE
."'
....
95 36
0
"'
~
~
0
w c
g
u
Appr. 250 when installed
REMARKS 8
1. Suitable pressure transmitters ore:
GT200/-, GT205/-, GT206/- and GT-100/-.
2. Installation description is shown on drawing GT-747
Ooh Dsgn/Ovn
3. The threads ore porollel B.S.P. acc. to ISO 228 120891 A.K.
koe Scole
1:2,5 8888888 Autronlco AS
Checked AK l'lpProved g:~~:gg P.O.Box 3010,
s.u. Spec ClrL
Kjo. El--$- ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
~ g~gg~gg Norway
~
~· Ball valve type GT-425 I,,.,,•.. ""
-ilUlRONIC~
~Nc•I
sh eel
- -Rev.
--
IA
ili DIMENSIONAL Sl<ETCH Shno.
GT-4251 lc;I
8 7 G 5 4 3 2
Alt rights reserved Speclflcatlons subject to change without not!ce.
08,S
"'
83
. .I
,,.-~-,..~~~~~~~~~"7°"o '--~~--t-
I
2 pcs. ._ ~
fixing holes ---..jlff-1-)lt-,-)----------------.-
'
:'
:
''
c
-"'
:'
~ '
~
'm
c
c
0 0 0 0 0 0
'S 0 0 0 0 0 0
'
,;.. 2 3 4 5 6
...~
0
N
+
c;'
~
"":.
x
0
' -- r;;;E
~
% "'
m
m
Ln
N
c
c
N
,;
~
m
"'
PCi16
Material : Painted silumin

'<"" Protection grade: IP34 •10-•14
N
~
5?
~ Date Dsgn/Dvn Trac Scale DDDDDDO
N
>i 91-04-05 A.K./E.S. 1 : 1 DDODDDO
.5 < o••••oa Autronica AS
!!.
N Checked Spec CtrL Approved -e:9- ~ o•aa•aa
D•DO•OO
•••••oa N-7005 Trondheim
~
.,,c
:§c•----~s~.u.::____,__~A~.~K~----'---K~ia_._--'----~-'---1 o•oa•oa
N
C>
DDDDDOO Norway
~
t'
c N
:g .5
-5 +IU1RONICA-
c
m
=l; .!l 0
Connection box type UG-500 Repl for RepL by Next

sheet
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ovg no. Shno.I Rev. Lang.

< UG-500 I c1 , ,
"'
J.
P-GnOO/KEE/950929 15.5. AutronicaAS
GT-200 Chapter 16: Level on bilge wells. GT-206 vented type submersed in bilge.
1.
Cable with vented protection tube ................................................................. GT-943
2.
If it is desired to measure the level in a bilge wells or in a sump in the bottom
of the ship and where the pressure transmitter normally are submersed, a
submersible type GT-206 with '"vented rubber tube'" is used. Electrical connec-
tion is executed through the rubber tube.
Atmospheric measurement not necessary.
3.
The installation in the bilge is shown on draw. GT-765. The pressure transmit-
ter is fixed to a mounting bracket GT-661 which is welded to the hull.
It is important to have good electrical contact from the pressure transmitter,

through the bracket to the ship hull or tank wall.
The rubber tube is finished in the connection box UG-500, and the box has to
be placed in a dry area.
Protection grade: Pressure transmitter, 1P65

Protection grade: Connection box 1P34
4.
GT-206 I OP25GSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-2,5 m H20
GT-206 I OP40GSP Pressure transmitter Level D-4 m H20
GT-206 I OP60GSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-6 m H20
GT-206 I 1POOGSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-10 m H20
GT-206 I 2P50GSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-25 m H20
GT-943 /n Cable with vented protection rubber tube

Cable length in mm.
5.
Bilge wells installation.
GT-661 Mounting bracket

I I
(
J L
{(, ;;1t.t1: rl'r.l'r~~··• !:r•r.·r.·r;~.ol~ms i;11t:.r·cl tu t"w•;;ic •ilhriul "0l•-.;t·----c.
(
~ ,f;
,.
~
~
2 holes for
'
~
ill
~I.s
E1
J screws M4X25
r------,
Iii ~
·~u
, ....
!r-Gi~=-i~=i1
:Lrt_N_~-'?.-"-!d '""I
I'-- N
0
r.
'
II
~
.........._,_ . l•
-' '
"*'.
112)4~1
t 013 ~
~
I I -t-- PG16
0
i------< 2 3
REMARKS
.... pressure transmitter, see INSTALLATION DRAWING
f; GT-765.
2. The protection grode for the transmitter
is IP68, ond IP34 for the connection box. c
Cl
'•1--(D 1 I5 Saddle Yord supply

0
u
"O
Qi
1 I4 Brocket GT-661
S: -CUM/••""" 3 Connection box UG-500 With fixing screws
2 Coble with pro!. tube GT-943/- B
Pressure transmitter GT206/--G5-
Oly. JPos.J Name, lype, dim. Spec., article no. I Remarks
I
Dole
91 05.30
OsgrllOwn
A.K./0.L.
Troe Scola
-
8888888
o••••oo Autronico AS
[
Checkt?d
.
Spec Clrl, Approved . ~ _r.b_ c•DD•aa P.O.Box 3010,
D•DD•DO
S.U. AK KJO. ~ ~ ~=~~:gg N-7002 Trondheim
aaaaaao Norway
Part list and main dimensions af .flulRONIC!l A
press.transm. GT206/-(vented cable) " "· '""'
for level ind. in bilge wells etc. '"' "'· /'""'"/'"·/ -l
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-717 D
4 3 2
I I
. , i·111lr: 11•r.1•r.,,~·•J ~f1t•r.1ri:;oli'.ms &\•l: <·tl lo t'•ll'l;jl? ~·ll1nut lo(lli~I!.---
/' . \ )
J
)
L
)
r-·------ ~~
~
8 ~1 1·---fo--1
~
2 holes for
I!--'-7-=-011
'
~
i<l
0
0
0
.s
11
'
screws M1X25
t<t / -1 I
E 1l r------,
r---t"--,
5 I
I r-t----;-, I
:f&N-ff-H1t-"l f.
~ llNNNffffffl
IL:---------"-' .;-' 0
f'- N
,-
~
1123•51
J Ill : t "*" •
'
~
~
013
D
f-----f 2 3
REMARKS
... pressure transmitter, see INSTALLATION DRAWING
"'"' GT-765.
2. The protection grade for the transmitter
is IP68, end IP34 for the connection box. c
Cl
0
u
'O
-CD 1 1
1 I4
s Saddle
Brockel GT-661
Yord supply
Qi
:;;: ~!1111"/····· 3 Connection box UG-500 With fixing screws
2 Coble with prot. lube GT-943/- B
~=j
Pressure transmitter GT206/--G5-
Oly.!Pos.I Nome, type, dim. Spec., article no. Remarks
Al ,
0 ' 45 ...j
I '"' 91.05.30 01grl/Own
'A.K./O.L.
Spec C~rt.
Troe Sco!u
-
0000000
g~~~~88 u romeo AS
g:gg:gg P.O.Box 3010,
f'-
[
Checked
S.U. AK
Approved
Kjo. =.,..--, _.r.b._
~ .....oo
O•OO•OO
N-7002
Norway
Trondheim
E' Port list and main dimensions of -llu"""""
0000000
;;---/A
g BILGE BOTTOM
B· ~,.,,.,~ press.tronsm. GT206/-(vented coble) "''· J~~;LJ
for level ind. in bilge wells etc.
717r~I'~/
D•g f'\O,
~
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT -
B 7 5 !; 4 3 2
Black • ( Red
~·
.. 0 -
----...... , -
+
0
N
.
I
,06,3
I Material, tube clamp: AISI 316

I @I
I
' .
I
'
I
'
I
I
- ---I--·.__
---T-
' .---
,
I
I
Material.flexible tube: Nitril (-40 to 90°C)
!
I
'
I
:
l
I
I
"
--.§
,;
.!ii
048
t"
~
0 ORDERING KEY · GT-943/T
c
Tube length (TL) in mm
Dote Dsgn/Dwn Troe Scale 0000000

95-01-09 O.ly. 1 : 1 0000000
Che eke~ Spec CtrL O•OO•Oo Autronica AS

o••••oo
Approve/<'c.._ -E;3- •
c
ii:iiii:l58 N-7005 Trondheim
0
:;; o•oo•oo
0000000
Norwo11
"
i' Cable· with protection tube -tlUTRDNIGFI- h\.GT\.GT-943
u
m
"
CJ
type GT-943/- Rep!. for
GT -715
I
Repl. by Isheet
Next
N
"c0 for pressure transmitter GT -
'-._.,/ ,;
DIMENSIONAL SKETCH
. j' I "
0:
P-GT.?00/KEE/950929 16.4 Autroruca AS

GT-200 Otapter 17: Level on service/ballast tanks. GT-206 vented type submersed in tank.
1.
General Information
Flange ................................................................................................................ UP-558
2.
On service tanks and ballast tanks where the connection can be done in dry
area, submersed type GT-206 with vented rubber tube can be used. Electrical
connection is executed through the rubber tube.
3.
The installation in the tank is shown on draw. GT-875. The pressure transmit-
ter is fixed to a mounting bracket GT-661 which is welded to the hull or tank
well.
It is important to have good electrical contact from the pressure transmitter,

through the bracket to the ship hull or tank wall.
The rubber tube is finished in the connection l;>ox UG-500, and the connection
box has to be placed in a dry area.
Important:
The rubber tube out from the connection box must go up to at least 1 m above
the box. The length from the connection box to the highest point of the rubber
tube must be at least 10 % of the rubber tube total length.
This, to prevent moisture to penetrate into the transmitter.
The moisture will condensate in the 10 % of the rubber tube connected to the
box, and the water will be drained from the connection box through the drain
hole.
··-...._;
4.
GT-206 I OP25GSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-2,5 m H20
GT-206 I lPOOGSP Pressure transmitter Level 0-10 m H20
GT-943 /n Cable with vented protection rubber tube.

' - - - - - Cable length in dm.
5.
GT-661 Mounting bracket
UP-5581 Flange
6571-001.1160 Cable gland
P-GT.200/KEE/950929 17.1 Autronic:a AS

{ I •:1hl~ n? .. l"l"Y~•I Spe:.r;:;nliun~ s11hj1u:.l lo r,h1l'•;P. .,:u1:iul ••:l'c.r..-- ( • • ,. ., ' ( \ - ,_ ( ,•
~
~ o 10% of tolol -- \ ---,-
a
'
·~
·-
It
I
· length t1--
~
'---+i-,-
~ E I 10
\
;-.:r.::±-1
irf-&-.-1,-"J,-ij '>!" N
I 013 ~' :L.!_til_!.._!_0_!.J ('- 0
~
- ---
.. rrir
,·- '*'·-
1 113451 .- I
-----<® ~ ~ {- _ REMARKS
1{11 I
, @6
--------l!~:::::::l=z;~;!J
l,..L-'.:J
_ _i 1. For detoiled inslollotion and replacement of
j@! t. h .be~-PG16 pressure lronsmiller, see INSTALLATION DRAWING
~-® GT-875
~---"',~,---+-~ TANK TOP 3
,__ ~~.a= 2. The protection grade for the transmitter C
1
JI is IP68, and IP34 for the connection box.
The connection box must be installed in dry area.
....
~
I
fT
10 ©
Jr.+.,........
I 11
rr+T"""I
10 Saddle Yard supply -
I ! I II ! I I I ! I 1 J 4 9 Screw Ml 6x25 Yard supply
- •7· @ ij __ ~ 57· I 1 8 Gasket DN40 PN16 Yard supply C
~ I ,-, ~ 1 1 7 Flange 0N4D PNl 6 Yard supply
@-c=~;I=======' ±t '=======Ii¥=~ Cabl~
0
'. : 1 6 gland 6571-001.1160

o ,------------- 1-------------j 1 5 Flange UP-558/1 -
:: I •--(D L_ __ } ___ .0___ +1---------4---J
1
1 4 Bracket GT-661
8 ~ ~ 1 3 Connection box UG-500 With fixing screws
Q.> ~ 4 .
:S: "'""M/·--- 1 2 Cable with pro!. tube GT-943/- B
I 1 1 Pressure transmitter GT206/--G5-
)
_,_i~'t==~~-~i~· ~ Qty. Pos. Nome, type, dim. Spec., article no. Remarks
I l
·. - Oote 93-11-16 ''A"'J"K""
. . .
Troe Sc~ ggggggg
D••••OO
Aulronico AS
CXJ Checked Spuc Clrl. Approved _r,b_ g:gg:gg P.O.Box 30)0, .
0 45 Olv AJK -E3- 'V u•uaa N-7002 Trondheim
1:' f".. I. 1---=,_-'~----'--~=~--~--J O•OO•DO
oaooooa Norway
g ~ -·· Port list and main dimensions of -lluTRDNICR ,A
§· N". TTOM press.tronsm. GT206/-(vented coble) ••1. I~~;!,

ii; -·~~~ for level ind. in ballast tonks e.lc. '''"'· 1''"' ·1'"·1 I
SYSTEM LAY-OUT GT-874 8 f
... , I r.. I ~ I d I 'l I :> I 1
I 1 l>V ~ ii /\:J ~ ,
- ·~ •!1-U ........ ,,-r.~"'',..,, "(..i"<I I• <'.,..JO •l.._J\ •'01"•
.' -.. -=-··:

tf/ 17
l UP
~ ®~
-,=..:i_..,
:·r!-ilt~
~ '~fHli'
A-,='l;;l;;=====:~·t~-------J~---1 e--hI
~nlli~- •t;
~!ll 't:!;J L------ J ~~~
lr---, @ - - ------- ---
___ r------ I
SEEN FROM X
INSTALLATION (
'1---ffi ( A. Weld brockel(4)lo tonk wall (2), and flange (24] lo tonk lop.
:~12
w fil-€l 8. Remove protection (6), place lock washer (20) and fasten
transmitter (1) in bracket [ 4] with nut (5].
<
C. Remove protectors (9) from transmitter (1] and vented coble

(14] and unscrew 4 screws (15].
I
TANK TOP D. Put finger lip Into silicone grease (10) and apply on a-ring (16),
J______ ,./.:-t"-
fo\ __
plugs (13) ond on flange sealing surface.
~' ! , I E. Connect plugs (13) and assemble transmitter (1] and vented coble (14].
D
F. Tighten screws (15] with 4 Nm.
'B'l I
·"'--@ G. Place gasket (22) on flange (24), and fasten flange [?3) .wilh
screws (21).
>----1- I
H. Put vented cable (14) through tonk top, coble gland (25) and
.... -Rimre111Clt fasten vented coble [14] on brackets [12).
i:! TW• C:\JOI/~~ I. Fasten coble gland [25), put vented coble (14) on connection box
[3) and install connection box with ventilation hole [19) downwards.
!~12 J. Fasten clomp (17) and clomps [12).
K. Connect red wire ( +) lo terminal 1 and block wire (-) !o terminal 2.
c
2
@---~r-r-~;- L. Connect external coble and fasten connection box cover [18).
~ I I
®----1.1 I
I
I
o I REPLACEMENT
" "'--r--"'
~ A. Dismount screws (15].
8. Toke vented coble [14) carefully apart from transmitter [1) and
disconnect plugs [13).
C. Dismount defective transmitter.
D. Remove protection [6), and install new transmitter.
9
E. Turn new transmitter until holes in transmitter correspond to
screws in coble flange.
~----
F. Unscrew 4 screws [15] and remove protectors [9) from· new
TI._ ·REMARKS
transmitter.
G. Follow point D, E and F under INSTALLATION.
!:Li
I
1. The lronsmilter shall be Installed verlicolly.

2. The tronsmitler
is of venled/gouge twe. ~" 113-11-16
.~r1K~ r·........_... _ , I~.!§. ,
i6· ------ J TANK BOTTOM
Condensation in venting lube moy cause problems.
Therefore this solution must only be used for single measuring
points and in areas wilh conslonl lemperolure.
-~~----------,-..,,-.----------, 3. Vlauonly is ...atid only when prescriptions on this drawing ore followed.
(>lt:l11 JRS
. . ._ .,..
lflsloltohon and replacement of .flu11a111~
press.tronsm. GT206/-(venled coble) •·
I
1k1:2.S(A2) :88: Aulronlco AS
P.OBox 3010,
=..= ~;;!~~,,,,,.,,... •
:"::!,
i;; .::J I. 4. r-· orliclc nos., see SYSl(M LAY-OUT drawing GT-874. °''.... ·
~ .... .,.i., ,.,.,,.c1. 1s-02-01. es. 5._,,_ re proper clcchicol contact between lronsmiller and wall.
for level ind. in ballast tonks etc.
INSTALLATION DRAWING GT-. -(;;1
(.':," ~~· •fl'"'"" 8 Dolt/' 1,.. Fono JDtt•••I... 0.l• I•- ) 5 4 ) /\ J 2 -, ·~-
AU rights reserved. ~pec1t1cauons SUDJect to cnonge wu. nuut. 1101..11,;~
c:·) A SECTION A-A

I
--'----....
~ /
xx- I ~
I
I~ i ' ' I / \
----~----L-
r.c
~ ! .:0' 5
0...
---~--- ...
.I I 1s
110
150
Material: AISI 316
Dote
93-11-18 I
Dsgn/Own
A.J.K.
Troe Seo le
1: 2.5
ggggggg Autronico AS
D••••ao P.O.Box 3010,
o•oo•oo
li:lili:gg N- 7002 Trondheim
D•OD•DD
0000000 Norway
+!UTRONICA-
Ref. Next
Flange DN40 PN16 sheet
with PG16-threads Ovg no.

Temperature Sensor
Description

The MN! 535 Temperature Sensor is designed for
monitoring temperatures in cargo tanks onboard
,/ chemical tankers, gas and oil tankers, product carriers
Vand certain specialized vessels.
The system consists of the following main parts:

• An UP-321 Adapting Flange welded to the
tank top.
• A protection pipe in the tank (not made by
KMSS).
• An MN-1805 Terminal Box for temperature
sensors.
• 1, 2 or 3 MN1535 Temperature Sensors.
One flange is welded to the deck for each tank

top. A protection pipe runs through the centre
hole down into the tank. The terminal box is /
located on top of the flange and the temperature
,,,..- sensors run from the box down the protection
-vpipe.
The liquid/oil must:

• Be suitable for the cargo temperature.
• Not corrode the sensors and pipes.
• Not, in case of leakage, be harmful to the Connection to LON Ex Field-bus
cargo. Normally the MNl535 Temperature Sensor is
• Not freeze or crystallize in the temperature installed in a hazardous area, and the installation
range in question. must be intrinsically safe, EEx ia. Connecting the
temperature sensors to a LON Node normally solves
The MN1535 Temperature Sensor this. The LON Node is a part of an Ex Field-bus with
The temperature sensor can be delivered with Pt! 00 EEx ia approval, see separate description.
or Pt! 000 elements according to IEC 751.
For connection, see Fig. 3.

P-MN1535/CE 030107 pab
The MN1535 Temperature Sensor:
Element type:
-
Ptlaa or PtIOaa according to !EC 751
Temperature range: -2aa to +4ao 0 c
Connection: 2-, 3- or 4-core flexible wires
Length (L): To be specified. Minimum L = I aamm, maximum L = saaaamm
Protection grade: IP6S
Coupling: l/S" NPT threads
Weight: a.lkg/m
Accuracy: Class B (standard) Class A (optional)

-1aa 0 c ±a.s 0 c ±a.35°C
a0 c ±a.3°C ±a.1s 0 c
1aa0 c ±a.s 0 c ±a.35°C
2aa 0 c ±l.3°C ±a.ss 0 c
4aa 0 c ±2.3°C ±a.95°C
6aa 0 c ±3.3°C ±l.35°C
J
TTj
ORDER EXAMPLE: MNIS35 T 12500 U
Mcchnnicnl
3-wirc conncction(lcttcr no. I) ---~
Length in mm -
PtlOO Element (letter no.2) ------~
Letter no. 1 Exnlanation Letter No. 2 Element Ran2e

F 4-wire connection M Pt!aaa Ohm/a°C -20a to 4aa 0 c
N 4-wire connection 1/3 DIN u Pt!aa Ohm/a 0 c -20a to 4aa 0 c
T 3-wire connection v TSa2 Ohm/a 0 c a to 1aa0 c
s Single element 2-wire connection
-
Fig. I: The MN! 535 Temperature Sensor with the MN-1805 Terminal Box, dimensions
¢114 45 500
3/~''BS.0
70
4 Fig. 2: Adapting Flange,

dimensions
I. MN-1805 Tenninal Box
2. UP-321 Adapting Flange
¢50
3. UP-29211 Adapter 3/4"B.S.P.
4. GL-1387/500 Protecting Tube
5. MNl535-Sensor
RB
125
¢36
¢30
r
Fig. 3:
The MN-1805 Temperature Sensor and LON Node, connection
ION Fhll- b..Is n haza.rr:bus

a.rm, ~ AL- 100
~2 !{P!lr~-J
mvl'NoJ.
L, I. I. 3 .... ·-
I
I eu-~-
I I 0 100
I' I j
I
*
I"""' ' t
I !
l
-1- r
I
I
!
!
l
!
- --1-r ; ; - - - r+-
!
!
!
I
I
1 '''l
,_ '
Ir,, , , ~
JU
Is , 7 ' "'
\]
.L,
9jl 1
·~
A1 MN-1805
'
Thmhtl
11
' ' '' ''

L
''
'' '' '' ''
'' '
' ' ' Can plESSin fitbg
'' '' '
' ,, '' '
' Pci:I res:Stant strel.
'''
28
'''
' " ''' " l/8'NP1'
~ ''' L '
J
L.
'lEMP. 'lEMP. 'IEMP. :

SENSOR I SEN9:>R SENSOR 1 0
4 ,8 Mante cabl:,aci:l
l?tlOOO PtlOOO 1 Ptl.000 1
MNl.535 MNl535 MN1535 ! res:Stant Bl6
:_ _ _ _
IC1i1
_ _ J 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Hrn
MDOIE
1
__ _ :
lB02 Q/ZO'C
?t:J.000 Q/O'C
~
?--100 Q/O'C
+-
L
2:-wl:c
~
1802 or
'"""'
•
•s
"1'1
''\..'..'' El:ment
Dwg. MN-1S33

The temperature/resistance relationships used in this standard are as follows:
- for the range -200° C to 0° C:
R1=R0 [1 +At+Bt2+C(t-100°C)flJ
-for the range 0°C to 850°C:

R1=R0 [1 +At+Bt2)
A= 3.9083 x 10-3 °c-1

B = -5.775 x 10-7 °c-2
c = -4.183 x 10-12 °C-4
For resistance thermometers satisfying the above relationships the temperature coefficient ex, defined as:
ex= IB1oe-:-8Ql has the exact value 0.00385055°C

100 x R 0
where
R 100 is the resistance at 100°C
R0 is the resistance at 0°C
Tolerances, Pt100 and Pt1000

The tolerance values of resistance thermometers are classified as follows:
Tolerance class Tolerance ( ° C)

A 0.15 + 0.002 111 •
B 0.3 + 0.005 I II
• 1t I - modulus of temperature in degrees
Celsius without regard to sign.
Tolerance
Temperature Class A Class 8
(oC) (± oc) (± o) (± oc) (± o)
-200 0.55 0.24 1.3 0.56
-100 0.35 0.14 0.8 0.32
0 0.15 0.06 0.3 0.12
100 0.35 0.13 0.8 0.30
200 0.55 0.20 1.3 0.48
300 0.75 0.27 1.8 0.64
400 0.95 0.33 2.3 0.79
500 1.15 0.38 2.8 0.93
600 1.35 0.43 3.3 1.06
650 1.45 0.46 3.6 1.13
700 - - 3.8 1.17
800 - - 4.3 1.28
850 - - 4.6 1.34
5.0
'5
to / 10
35 /
J.O / t .5
~y
,,
~
'C 2.5 ohm
I"/ . y
1.0 t .0
)P'
/
,,,
-
15
/ ~ ,. ~
1.0
'"
~
, /" I
0.5
0.5
0 0 .j;
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800850
'C
"-''KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS AS

Haakon V!I's gt. 4 N-7005 Trondheim Norway
Platinum resistance ...:....
~
temperature sensors ~
Pt100 (Pt1000) KONGSBERG
Relation Temperature vs. Resistance

According to IEC751 I ITS-90
'C
ITS-90 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-200 18.52
-190 22.83 22.40 21.97 21.54 21.11 20.68 20.25 19.82 19.38 18.95 18.52
- -180
-170
27.10
31.34
26.67
30.91
26.24
30.49
25.82
30.07
25.39
29.64
24.97
29.22
24.54
28.80
24.11
28.37
23.68
27.95
23.25
27.52
22.83
27.10
~ -160 35.54 35.12 34.70 34.28 33.86 33.44 33.02 32.60 32.18 31.76 31.34
-150 39.72 39.31 38.89 38.47 38.05 37.64 37.22 36.80 36.38 35.96 35.54
-140 43.88 43.46 43.05 42.63 42.22 41.80 41.39 40.97 40.56 40.14 39.72
-130 48.00 47.59 47.18 46.77 46.36 45.94 45.53 45.12 44.70 44.29 43.88
-120 52.11 51.70 51.29 50.88 50.47 50.06 49.65 49.24 48.83 48.42 48.00
-110 56.19 55.79 55.38 54.97 54.56 54.15 53.75 53.34 52.93 52.52 52.11
-100 60.26. 59.85 59.44 59.04 58.63 58.23 57.82 57.41 57.01 56.60 56.19
-90 64.30 63.90 63.49 63.09 62.68 62.28 61.88 61.47 61.07 60.66 60.26
-80 68.33 67.92 67.52 67.12 66.72 66.31 65.91 65.51 65.11 64.70 64.30
-70 72.33 71.93 71.53 71.13 70.73 70.33 69.93 69.53 69.13 68.73 68.33
-60 76.33 75.93 75.53 75.13 74.73 74.33 73.93 73.53 73.13 72.73 72.33
-50 80.31 79.91 79.51 79.11 78.72 78.32 77.92 77.52 77.12 76.73 76.33
-40 84.27 83.87 83.48 83.08 82.69 82.29 81.89 81.50 81.10 80.70 80.31
-30 88.22 87.83 87.43 87.04 86.64 86.25 85.85 85.46 85.06 84.67 84.27
-20 92.16 91.77 91.37 90.98 90.59 90.19 89.80 89.40 89.01 88.62 88.22
-10 96.09 95.69 95.30 94.91 94.52 94.12 93.73 93.34 92.95 92.55 92.16
0 100.00 99.61 99.22 98.83 98.44 98.04 97.65 97.26 96.87 96.48 96.09
0 100.00 100.39 100.78 101.17 101.56 101.95 102.34 102.73 103.12 103.51 103.90
~
10 103.90 104.29 104.68 105.07 105.46 105.85 106.24 106.63 107.02 107.40 107.79
20 107.79 108.18 108.57 108.96 109.35 109.73 110.12 110.51 110.90 111.29 111.67
30 111.67 112.06 112.45 112.83 113.22 113.61 114.00 114.38 114.77 115.15 115.54
40 115.54 115.93 116.31 116.70 117.08 117.47 117.86 118.24 118.63 119.01 119.40
50 119.40 119.78 120.17 120.55 120.94 121.32 121.71 122.09 122.47 122.86 123.24
60 123.24 123.63 124.01 124.39 124.78 125.16 125.54 125.93 126.31 126.69 127.08
70 127.08 127.46 127.84 128.22 128.61 128.99 129.37 129.75 130.13 130.52 130.90
80 130.90 131.28 131.66 132.04 132.42 132.80 133.18 133.57 133.95 134.33 134.71
90 134.71 135.09 135.47 135.85 136.23 136.61 136.99 137.37 137.75 138.13 138.51
100 138.51 138.88 139.26 139.64 140.02 140.40 140.78 141.16 141.54 141.91 142.29
110 142.29 142.67 143.05 143.43 143.80 144.18 144.56 144.94 145.31 145.69 146.07
120 146.07 146.44 146.82 147.20 147.57 147.95 148.33 148.70 149.08 149.46 149.83
130 149.83 150.21 150.58 150.96 151.33 151.71 152.08 152.46 152.83 153.21 153.58
140 153.58 153.96 154.33 154.71 155.08 155.46 155.83 156.20 156.58 156.95 157.33
150 157.33 157.70 158.07 158.45 158.82 159.19 159.56 159.94 160.31 160.68 161.05
160 161.05 161.43 161.80 162.17 162.54 162.91 163.29 163.66 164.03 164.40 164.77
170 164.77 165.14 165.51 165.89 166.26 166.63 167.00 167.37 167.74 168.11 168.48
180 168.48 168.85 169.22 169.59 169.96 170.33 170.70 171.07 171.43 171.80 172.17
190 172.17 172.54 172.91 173.28 173.65 174.02 174.38 174.75 175.12 175.49 175.86
Pl1000 - Pl100 x 10
P-TSIEC751/CE 030103 pab

'C
ITS-90 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
200 175.86 176.22 176.59 176.96 177.33 177.69 178.06 178.43 178.79 179.16 179.53
210 179.53 179.89 180.26 180.63 180.99 181.36 181.72 182.09 182.46 182.82 183.19
220 183.19 183.55 183.92 184.28 184.65 185.01 185.38 185.74 186.11 186.47 186.84
230 186.84 187.20 187.56 187.93 188.29 188.66 189.02 189.38 189.75 190.11 190.47
240 190.47 190.84 191.20 191.56 191.92 192.29 192.65 193.01 193.37 193.74 194.10
250 194.10 194.46 194.82 195.18 195.55 195.91 196.27 196.63 196.99 197.35 197.71
260 197.71 198.07 198.43 198.79 199.15 199.51 199.87 200.23 200.59 200.95 201.31
270 201.31 201.67 202.03 202.39 202.75 203.11 203.47 203.83 204.19 204.55 204.90
280 204.90 205.26 205.62 205.98 206.34 206.70 207.05 207.41 207.77 208.13 208.48
290 208.48 208.84 209.20 209.56 209.91 210.27 210.63 210.98 211.34 211.70 212.05
300 212.05 212.41 212.76 213.12 213.48 213.83 214.19 214.54 214.90 215.25 215.61
310 215.61 215.96 216.32 216.67 217.03 217.38 217.74 218.09 218.44 218.80 219.15
320 219.15 219.51 219.86 220.21 220.57 220.92 221.27 221.63 221.98 222.33 222.68
330 222.68 223.04 223.39 223.74 224.09 224.45 224.80 225.15 225.50 225.85 226.21
340 226.21 226.56 226.91 227.26 227.61 227.96 228.31 228.66 229.02 229.37 229.72
350 229.72 230.07 230.42 230.77 231.12 231.47 231.82 232.17 232.52 232.87 233.21
360 233.21 233.56 233.91 234.26 234.61 234.96 235.31 235.66 236.00 236.35 236.70
370 236.70 237.05 237.40 237.74 238.09 238.44 238.79 239.13 239.48 239.83 240.18
380 240.18 240.52 240.87 241.22 241.56 241.91 242.26 242.60 242.95 243.29 243.64
390 243.64 243.99 244.33 244.68 245.02 245.37 245.71 246.06 246.40 246.75 247.09
400 247.09 247.44 247.78 248.13 248.47 248.81 249.16 249.50 249.85 250.19 250.53
410 250.53 250.88 251.22 251.56 251.91 252.25 252.59 252.93 253.28 253.62 253.96
420 253.96 254.30 254.65 254.99 255.33 255.67 256.01 256.35 256.70 257.04 257.38
430 257.38 257.72' 258.06 258.40 258.74 259.08 259.42 259.76 260.10 260.44 260.78
440 260.78 261.12 261.46 261.80 262.14 262.48 262.82 263.16 263.50 263.84 264.18
450 264.18 264.52 264.86 265.20 265.53 265.87 266.21 266.55 266.89 267.22 267.56
460 267.56 267.90 268.24 268.57 268.91 269.25 269.59 269.92 270.26 270.60 270.93
470 270.93 271.27 271.61 271.94 272.28 272.61 272.95 273.29 273.62 273.96 274.29
480 274.29 274.63 274.96 275.30 275.63 275.97 276.30 276.64 276.97 277.31 277.64
490 277.64 277.98 278.31 278.64 278.98 279.31 279.64 279.98 280.31 280.64 280.98
500 280.98 281.31 281.64 281.98 282.31 282.64 282.97 283.31 283.64 283.97 284.30
510 284.30 284.63 284.97 285.30 285.63 285.96 286.29 286.62 286.95 287.29 287.62
520 287.62 287.95 288.28 288.61 288.94 289.27 289.60 289.93 290.26 290.59 290.92
530 290.92 291.25 291.58 291.91 292.24 292.56 292.89 293.22 293.55 293.88 294.21
540 294.21 294.54 294.86 295.19 295.52 295.85 296.18 296.50 296.83 297.16 297.49
550 297.49 297.81 298.14 298.47 298.80 299.12 299.45 299.78 300.10 300.43 300.75
560 300.75 301.08 301.41 301.73 302.06 302.38 302.71 303.03 303.36 303.69 304.01
570 304.01 304.34 304.66 304.98 305.31 305.63 305.96 306.28 306.61 306.93 307.25
580 307.25 307.58 307.90 308.23 308.55 308.87 309.20 309.52 309.84 310.16 310.49
590 310.49 310.81 311.13 311.45 311.78 312.10 312.42 312.74 313.06 313.39 313.71
600 313.71 314.03 314.35 314.67 314.99 315.31 315.64 315.96 316.28 316.60 316.92
610 316.92 317.24 317.56 317.88 318.20 318.52 318.84 319.16 319.48 319.80 320.12
620 320.12 320.43 320.75 321.07 321.39 321.71 322.03 322.35 322.67 322.98 323.30
630 323.30 323.62 323.94 324.26 324.57 324.89 325.21 325.53 325.84 326.16 326.48
640 326.48 326.79 327.11 327.43 327.74 328.06 328.38 328.69 329.01 329.32 329.64
650 329.64 329.96 330.27 330.59 330.90 331.22 331.53 331.85 332.16 332.48 332.79
660 332.79 333.11 333.42 333.74 334.05 334.36 334.68 334.99 335.31 335.62 335.93
670 335.93 336.25 336.56 336.87 337.18 337.50 337.81 338.12 338.44 338.75 339.06
680 339.06 339.37 339.69 340.00 340.31 340.62 340.93 341.24 341.56 341.87 342.18
690 342.18 342.49 342.80 343.11 343.42 343.73 344.04 344.35 344.66 344.97 345.28
700 345.28 345.59 345.90 346.21 346.52 346.83 347.14 347.45 347.76 348.07 348.38
710 348.38 348.69 348.99 349.30 349.61 349.92 350.23 350.54 350.84 351.15 351.46
720 351.46 351.77 352.08 352.38 352.69 353.00 . 353.30 353.61 353.92 354.22 354.53
730 354.53 354.84 355.14 355.45 355.76 356.06 356.37 356.67 356.98 357.28 357.59
740 357.59 357.90 358.20 358.51 358.81 359.12 359.42 359.72 360.03 360.33 360.64
750 360.64 360.94 361.25 361.55 361.85 362.16 362.46 362.76 363.07 363.37 363.67
760 363.67 363.98 364.28 364.58 364.89 365.19 365.49 365.79 366.10 366.40 366.70
770 366.70 367.00 367.30 367.60 367.91 368.21 368.51 368.81 369.11 369.41 369.71
780 369.71 370.01 370.31 370.61 370.91 371.21 371.51 371.81 372.11 372.41 372.71
790 372.71 373.01 373.31 373.61 373.91 374.21 374.51 374.81 375.11 375.41 375.70
800 375.70 376.00 376.30 376.60 376.90 377.19 377.49 377.79 378.09 378.39 378.68
810 378.68 378.98 379.28 379.57 379.87 380.17 380.46 380.76 381.06 381.35 381.65
820 381.65 381.95 382.24 382.54 382.83 383.13 383.42 383.72 384.01 384.31 384.60
830 384.60 384.90 385.19 385.49 385.78 386.08 386.37 386.67 386.96 387.25 387.55
840 387.55 387.84 388.14 388.43 388.72 389.02 389.31 389.60 389.90 390.19 390.48
850 390.48
Pt1000 =
Pt100 x 10

Service Course AutoCargo 2000

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Course AutoCargo 2000

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AutroCARGO 2000

Participants : Francisco Valero Sedni Control Spain

Accommodation in Trondheim :Britannia Hotel, Address : Dronningens gt 5, 7011 Trondheim,

Date & Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

14.15 -14.30 Coffee Break 15 min

Oate_.·&.T_i_me Subject Responsible I Lecturer

Tuesday The AutroCARGO 2000 system

12.00 -13.00 Lunch

Date &Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

Date& Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

Date & Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

Date& Time Subject Responsible I Lecturer

10.15-10.30 Goffe Break 15 min

12.00 ·13.00 Lunch

Date&Tlme Subject Responsible I Lecturer

Host and course supervisor : 0istein Juul

1. Customer Fault Description

The Ullage indication started showing proper. , i: ·: ,, I

3) Radar ullages shows erratic. 6P , .·W ',','

1. Customer Fault Description

software/platform can be time consuming process. ) !Ji, 1

:111 ' ..•• ' 'i

1. MAIN PURPOSE OF VISIT

2. REPORTED WHILE ON-BOARD

3. AFTER SERVICE VISIT

What was tested: GLlOO system performance

17.10.2018 Preparation for service

Date: KM representative signature:

LOP/In-House Time Hours

Off-Shore Travel to Fujairah Port+ Port Clearance 0800-1000

After Work 12:00-14:00

Date: KM repres tative signature:

SERVICE REPORT 24/7 Follow the Sun Support:

Date: KM repre entative signature:

Software release upgrade 0 Software - Configuration changes 0

Hardware changes 0 Hardware - Configuration changes 0

What was tested:

WS-2 Hard disk failure

Travelled to Fujairah Port and embarked the vessel as requested.

Software/configuration changes: NIL

Date: KM represe tative signature:

:, SERVICE REPORT 24/7 Follow the Sun Support:

1. MAIN PURPOSE OF VISIT

WS-2 Hard disk failure

1.1. REPORTED WHILE ON BOARD

2. TECHNICAL REPORT SUMMARY

WS-2 Hard disk failure

3. SPARE PARTS DELIVERED BY KM SERVICE ENGINEER

4. WORK DUE FOR NEXT SERVICE

0 w~·c..~ '~ Q \c...y> s '~

( r-~ (. , e j ~ b h-e eicc,l--rcc, [e_ )

~ l V..~<>::.r~-<- - \ o'.l,O v-.. \.c "-"'--

1 \):,r.... -=- ' , o 1 s+z '-'r Ic.. 1vi '- .

f0 c- "'""--"". "'-.) -="'.:> \C';,. 'flJ, "'-<.. c. (:+,,_..: ,,). KONGSBERG

\'.) ~-s s '--~"-a\ ~\ --\ (cv--\,...'.'.) "-\l3 cc ~ I-\ l'2> oOeKpeRt

s L~\...( V"\~ c G.V' \...-. ".'J ."'- . . . . . . '-"

G.(Jolo..kl 1'2i \/~. .~s _

KONGSBERG MARITIME SHIP SYSTEMS

(;f _soo senenc:.,L

C ::,0~0c<?- \'V\~~--;os ~C-~C\k~ i' 2- ~A~~~~

Technical Note KON GS BERG

AutroCAL®, self-calibrating radar level gauge.

Radar sig11al propagatio11 i11 a gas-filled pipe.

in which Er is the relative dielectric constant of the gas/vapor in the tank